Time Has An End
1 like•1,457 views
The document titled 'Time Has an End' by Harold Camping discusses the Bible's perspective on the historical timeline of the world, emphasizing God's pre-planned salvation program throughout history. It illustrates the significance of biblical events and dates regarding the end of the world, asserting that these timelines are under divine control. The book emphasizes the necessity of biblical authority and corrected understanding as crucial elements in interpreting scripture.
![97
to become the beginning of this special nation, the nation to which God gave the
name ““Israel”” (Genesis 35:9-12).
The Bible gives ample evidence that Abram, whose name was later
changedtoAbraham(Genesis17:5),wasanimmediatesonofTerah.Factis,we
readinGenesis11:31thatGodcalledAbramoutofthelandofUroftheChaldees
(another name for Babylon) to go to a far away land called Canaan. Abram
immediatelyleftUroftheChaldees,togetherwithhiswifeSarai,hisnephewLot,
and his aged father Terah, to go to this new land.
The Bible reveals in Genesis 11:31-32 that they stopped in Haran
where Abram’’s father died at the age of 205. Since Terah was born in the
year 8716, his death year was 8921. The Bible also gives us information that
Abram was seventy-five years of age at this time (Genesis 12:4).
From this time forward, the calendar of history that identifies with the
unfolding of God’’s salvation plan is set forth in the Bible with sufficient
citations so that by combining the Biblical information with non-Biblical
information (which can be shown to be very accurate), we are able to
continue the calendar with complete precision all the way to our day.
We learned that Terah died in the year 8921. In the same year,
Abram was seventy-five. This was the year Abram came into the land of
Canaan. We read in Genesis 21:5 that when Abram, now called Abraham,
was 100 years old, Isaac was born to him and his wife Sarah. (A year earlier,
God had changed Sarai’’s name to Sarah [Genesis 17:15].) The year of
Isaac’’s birth was 8946.
When Isaac was sixty years of age, he became the father of Jacob,
in the year 9006. When Jacob was 130 years of age, he came with his entire
family into the land of Egypt (Genesis 47:9). That was the year 9136.
The people of Israel remained in Egypt exactly 430 years (Exodus
12:40-41). Therefore, they came out of Egypt in the year 9566. Remember,
these dates are the years after the year ““0”” when God created the world.
ThenextBiblicalcitationpertainingtoGod’’sCalendarofHistoryisinI
Kings 6:1 where God records that it was 480 years after the year Israel came out
of Egypt that the construction of the temple began. That was the year 10,046.
Here is what God says in I Kings 6:1:
And it came to pass in the four hundred and eightieth year after
the children of Israel were come out of the land of Egypt, in the
fourth year of Solomon’’s reign over Israel, in the month Zif, which
is the second month, that he began to build the house of the
LORD.
Chapter 3 / Calendar Patriarchs](https://image.slidesharecdn.com/timehasanend-131005153341-phpapp01/85/Time-Has-An-End-89-320.jpg)
![123
aslongasitbreathes,whatreallymakeshumansphysicallyaliveisthattheirsouls
remainpresentintheirbodies.Wewillexaminethisprincipleaswecarefullylook
at Genesis 2:7. Remember, it declares:
And the LORD God formed man of the dust of the ground, and
breathed into his nostrils the breath of life; and man became a
living soul.
We have learned from Genesis 2:7 that Adam was created with a
physical body. But then this verse says: ““and breathed into his nostrils the
breath of life; and man became a living soul.”” In this phrase, five words are
especially significant. They are the Hebrew words ““breathed”” (naphach),
““breath”” (neshamah), ““life”” (chayyim), ““living”” (chayyah), and ““soul”” (le
nephesh). We should examine each of these Hebrew words very carefully. As
we do so, we will reaffirm that every word in the original language of the Bible
isveryimportant.Inaddition,wewilllearnthattheBibleisitsowndictionary.The
Bible’’s usage of any word helps to define the meaning of that word.
““Breathed””
Let us first examine the word ““breathed”” (Hebrew naphach). We
read that ““God breathed into his nostrils.”” The Hebrew word that is
translated ““breathed”” is found several times in the Bible. It is never used in
connection with breath being given to animals. Thus, by the use of this word for
““breathed,””Godisemphasizingadistinctdifferencebetweenmanandanimals.
It is significantly used in Ezekiel 37:9 where God describes the phenomenon of
dry bones coming to life. There we read:
Then said he unto me, Prophesy unto the wind, prophesy, son of
man, and say to the wind, Thus saith the Lord GOD; Come from
the four winds, O breath, and breathe [Hebrew naphach] upon
these slain, that they may live.
This usage accords with the breathing of God in Genesis 2:7 where God
is giving life to the dead body of Adam. It identifies with the statement of John
20:22, when God breathed on the disciples. We read there:
And when he had said this, he breathed on them and saith unto
them, Receive ye the Holy Ghost.
Chapter 4 / Mankind Was Created in the Image of God](https://image.slidesharecdn.com/timehasanend-131005153341-phpapp01/85/Time-Has-An-End-115-320.jpg)
![124 Time Has An End
Christ’’s breathing on His disciples was a demonstration of one element
ofsalvation,thatis,aspirituallydeadsoulbecomesspirituallyalive,indweltbythe
Holy Ghost (also called in the Bible ““the Holy Spirit”” [ in Luke 11:13 for
example]).So,weseeadirectparallelbetweentheoriginalcreationofmanwhen
GodcreatedhimperfectintheimageofGodandthespiritualre-creationofGod’’s
peoplewhentheyreceiveanew,resurrectedsoul(John3:3-8;IICorinthians5:17;
Ephesians 4:24; I John 3:9). (See Chapter 13 of this book.)
““Breath””
The next word found in Genesis 2:7 that we should examine is the word
““breath.”” It is the Hebrew word ““neshamah.”” The word ““neshamah”” is never
used in the Bible in connection with the breath of animals. The breath given to
animals is the Hebrew word ““ruach,”” which also can be translated ““spirit,”” and
is also used at times in speaking of the breath or spirit of mankind.
However, God’’s use of neshamah in Genesis 2:7 provides a total
separation between animals and man. Thus, by the means of the two words
““breathed”” and ““breath”” as they are used in Genesis 2:7, God is teaching that
mankindistotallyunique.Wearelearningthatthisisdescribinghowmanbecame
aspiritualbeing.ItisbywhatGoddescribesasHisownbreathingandbreaththat
mankind was given a spirit essence (also called soul). This soul proved that
mankind had become created in the likeness of God because in this soul, God in
His Spirit entered into and identified with mankind. This provided not only the
means by which God could bring God’’s energy into man so that mankind might
willandworktoGod’’sgoodpleasure,butitalsoprovidedthemeansbywhichGod
Himselfactuallyworksinmankind.Thepresenceofthesoulinhumanbeingssets
them completely apart from animals. Animals were not created with a soul.
““Life””
The next word we should carefully examine is the word ““life”” (Hebrew
chayyim). It is very closely related to the Hebrew words ““chay,”” ““chayah,”” and
““chayyah.”” All of these words express the concept of life or living. However,
chayyimisapluralword.Itshouldbetranslatedasthepluralword““lives.””Thus,
inGenesis2:7,thephrase““breathoflife”” shouldbetranslated““breathoflives.””
How are we to understand this odd phrase ““breath of lives?”” A search
of the Bible reveals that it was used more than eighty times by God as He wrote
the Bible. It is used as God speaks of man’’s life, of animal life, and of God’’s life.
We should look at examples of each of these three usages to determine more
precisely what God is teaching by means of this plural word ““chayyim.””](https://image.slidesharecdn.com/timehasanend-131005153341-phpapp01/85/Time-Has-An-End-116-320.jpg)
![135
be as the fat of lambs: they shall consume; into smoke shall they
consume away.
This same horrible punishment was endured by the Lord Jesus Christ as
He paid for the sins of those He came to save. Isaiah 53:10 informs us:
Yet it pleased the LORD to bruise him; he hath put him to grief:
when thou shalt make his soul an offering for sin, he shall see
his seed, he shall prolong his days, and the pleasure of the LORD
shall prosper in his hand.
Unsavedmankindstillretaintheirsoul(orspiritessence).Thisgivesthe
evilspirits,headedupbySatan,opportunitytoruleverydefinitelyoverthem.We
readinEphesians2:2:
Wherein in time past ye walked according to the course of this
world, according to the prince of the power of the air, the spirit
that now worketh in the children of disobedience.
The word ““worketh”” in this verse is the Greek word ““energeo”” which
is used to indicate that Satan energizes unsaved mankind even as the Holy Spirit
energizes those who have become saved. We read in Philippians 2:12-13:
Wherefore, my beloved, as ye have always obeyed, not as in my
presence only, but now much more in my absence, work out
your own salvation with fear and trembling. For it is God which
worketh in you both to will and to do of his good pleasure.
Theword““worketh””andtheword ““do””inthisversearealsotheGreek
word ““energeo”” from which we get the English word ““energy.”” Thus, this verse
is literally declaring that it is God who energizes those He saves to will and to
energizeofHisgoodpleasure.Thatis,itisthesavedindividual’’sresurrectedsoul
orthespiritualpartofhimthathasbeenenergizedbyGodtodoHiswill.Goddoes
thisbyactuallybecomingapartofthesavedperson’’spersonality.Thisideaisalso
described in Ephesians 1:11 where we are taught that it is Christ ““who worketh
[energizes] all things after the counsel of His own will.”” This same truth is
emphasizedinGalatians2:20:
I am crucified with Christ: nevertheless I live; yet not I, but
Christ liveth in me: and the life which I now live in the flesh I
Chapter 4 / Mankind Was Created in the Image of God](https://image.slidesharecdn.com/timehasanend-131005153341-phpapp01/85/Time-Has-An-End-127-320.jpg)
![153
Be ye not unequally yoked together with unbelievers: for what
fellowship hath righteousness with unrighteousness? and what
communion hath light with darkness?
The fact that there were many religious people in that day is suggested
by the statement of Genesis 6:4 which indicates that the product of these mixed
marriages were ““mighty men . . . men of renown.”” We read there:
There were giants in the earth in those days; and also after that,
when the sons of God came in unto the daughters of men, and
they bare children to them, the same became mighty men which
were of old, men of renown.
The phrase ““men of renown”” literally is ““men of the name,”” that is,
““men of the name of God.”” It appears that these men were outstanding religious
leaders who were identified with the name of God. They were also called
““giants.”” The Hebrew word translated ““giants”” is the word ““nephilim.”” The
word ““nephilim”” is a plural word probably signifying ““fallen ones.”” It is derived
from the Hebrew verb ““naphal”” which means ““to fall.””
. . . at that time, there were many reputable religious teachers
and leaders, even as there are in our day.
Integrating the words ““giants”” (nephilim), mighty, and men of renown
(men of the name), we can conclude that the Bible reveals that at that time, there
were many reputable religious teachers and leaders, even as there are in our day.
But these apparently spiritually important men who identified with the name of
God had fallen. They were under the wrath of God. We know that this is so
because they all perished in the judgment of the Flood.
Genesis 6:4 declares, ““There were giants [nephilim] in the earth in
those days; and also after that . . . .”” The phrase ““also after that”” teaches
us that the same spiritual condition that prevailed just before the Flood would
continueaftertheFlood.AswecontinuetostudytheBiblicalCalendarofHistory,
we will learn that this sad condition of highly touted religious leaders who had
spirituallyfallen(becomingnephilim)didcontinue.Indeed,thissadconditionis
also everywhere present in our day, at this time of history!
Wehave,therefore,learnedthatGod’’swraththatbroughtabouttheruin
of the whole earth by the waters of the Flood was not only upon the wicked who
Chapter 5 / 4990 B.C. The Flood––1877 B.C. Joseph](https://image.slidesharecdn.com/timehasanend-131005153341-phpapp01/85/Time-Has-An-End-145-320.jpg)
![159
Earlier in this study, we learned that just before the Flood of Noah’’s
day, ““There were giants [Hebrew nephilim] in the earth in those days;
and also after that . . .”” (Genesis 6:4). The Bible is its own dictionary so we
can learn the meaning of words used in the Bible by seeing how they are used
elsewhere in the Bible. When we carefully studied this passage, we learned that
spiritually, it refers to the spiritual leaders of that day who had come under the
wrath of God, that is, they had become very sinful. We also learned that the
phrase ““and also after that”” emphasizes that, after the Flood, as the human
race would again multiply upon the earth, the potential for spiritual leaders to fall
into sin would continue throughout time.
However, we must also look at Genesis 6:4 as possibly setting forth a
historical physical fact. Therefore, we must carefully search the Bible to help us
to know what we can about these words in their physical, historical teaching.
The only other place in the Bible where the Hebrew word ““nephilim””
can be found is in Numbers 13:33:
And there we saw the giants, the sons of Anak, which come of
the giants [Hebrew nephilim]: and we were in our own sight as
grasshoppers, and so we were in their sight.
In this verse, God appears to use the word ““giant”” (Hebrew nephilim) to de-
scribe individuals of great physical stature. Indeed, in the early days of the
nation of Israel, literal, physical giants —— men of great size —— did live in the land
of Israel. This is attested to by several Biblical verses. For example, we read in
Deuteronomy 2:10-11 and 20-21:
The Emims dwelt therein in times past, a people great, and many,
and tall, as the Anakims; which also were accounted giants, as
the Anakims; but the Moabites call them Emims.
That also was accounted a land of giants: giants dwelt therein in
old time; and the Ammonites call them Zamzummims; a people
great, and many, and tall, as the Anakims; but the LORD de-
stroyed them before them; and they succeeded them, and dwelt
in their stead.
To give us an idea of the physical size of these giants, God gives us two
citations. In Deuteronomy 3:11, we read:
For only Og king of Bashan remained of the remnant of giants;
behold, his bedstead was a bedstead of iron; is it not in Rabbath
Chapter 5 / 4990 B.C. The Flood––1877 B.C. Joseph](https://image.slidesharecdn.com/timehasanend-131005153341-phpapp01/85/Time-Has-An-End-151-320.jpg)
![169
continents.TheBiblicalrecordofcoursemakestheconceptof150millionyears
completelyinvalid.ThiscontinentalsplitmusthaveoccurredinthedaysofPeleg
because the Bible declares that ““in his days was the earth divided”” (Genesis
10:25).
Aninterestingtimecorrelationisfoundinsecularrecordsinconnection
withtheMayacivilizationthatexistedhundredsofyearsagoinCentralAmerica.
Dr. Howard LaFay wrote in ““National Geographic Magazine””:
. . . the Maya practiced an astronomy so precise that their ancient calendar was
as accurate as the one we employ today; they plotted the courses of celestial
bodies, and to the awe of the faithful, their priests predicted both solar and
lunar eclipses. They calculated the path of Venus –– an elusive planet that is by
turn a morning and evening star –– with an error of only fourteen seconds a
year. The Maya originated a complex system of writing and pioneered the
mathematicalconceptofzero.2
TheMayaproducedsquareorrectangularelementscalledglyphblocks,
which made up separate units of an inscription. These inscriptions were
frequentlycalendarsandwerefoundonstelaeandmonumentalbuildingssuchas
temples. Archaeologists have correlated the Maya calendar with our calendar to
the extent that precise dates recorded in the Maya writings can be expressed in
terms of our calendar. The curious thing is that these calendars frequently
includedafoundationdate.
Dr. George E. Stuart writes:
. . . the beginning of the Maya calendar [is] a date that most Mayanists agree
corresponds to our own August 11, 3114 B.C. What, one can only wonder, was
the high significance of that day, long before Maya history began? 3
ArchaeologistswhostudytheancientcivilizationofMayapuzzleabout
the date 3114 B.C., but the Bible gives the answer. Significantly, as we noted
above, the Bible indicates that Peleg’’s period was from 3153 B.C. to 2914 B.C.,
so that Peleg would have been thirty-nine years of age in the year 3114 B.C., the
beginningyearoftheMayacalendar.TheBiblerecordsthatitwasduringPeleg’’s
period that the earth was divided. The division of the continents occurred,
therefore,inalllikelihood,duringPeleg’’slifetime.
_____________________
2
Dr. Howard LaFay, ““The Maya, Children of Time,”” in National Geographic
Magazine, December, 1976, p. 729.
3
Dr. George E. Stuart, ““The Maya Riddle of the Glyphs,”” in National Geographic
Magazine, December, 1976, p. 779.
Chapter 5 / 4990 B.C. The Flood––1877 B.C. Joseph](https://image.slidesharecdn.com/timehasanend-131005153341-phpapp01/85/Time-Has-An-End-161-320.jpg)
![208 Time Has An End
Numbers 10:10 declares:
Also in the day of your gladness, and in your solemn days, and in
the beginnings of your months, ye shall blow with the trumpets
over your burnt offerings, and over the sacrifices of your peace
offerings; that they may be to you for a memorial before your God:
I am the LORD your God.
We learn from this verse that the sounding of the silver trumpets was to
remind Israel of the significance of the burnt offerings and peace offerings. In
other words, they were blown on the first day of each month to remind Israel that
their salvation was dependent upon the Messiah who would come and offer
Himself as a burnt offering.
The third Hebrew word that is frequently translated as the word
“trumpet” is the word “shophar.” It is usually translated as our English word
“trumpet,” but additionally, in three instances, it is translated as “cornet.”
The “shophar” was not a true musical instrument. It was a ram’s horn
that was used to give a loud blast of sound. It should never have been translated
as “trumpet” or “cornet” because these incorrect translations seriously obscure
the spiritual meaning that was conveyed by the blowing of the ram’s horn. We
will see this as we continue this study.
WhilewearemakingcorrectionofthetranslationofHebrewwords,two
other words should be examined very carefully. They are the Hebrew words
“teruah” and “yobel.”
The Hebrew word “teruah” is correctly translated in a number of ways,
but upon occasion, it is translated altogether incorrectly. The Hebrew word
“teruah” is used thirty-six times in the Bible. It is used at times of great joy or at
theanticipationofgreatvictory.Forexample,atthetimethewallsofJerichofell,
the priests gave a great shout (teruah), and the walls fell down flat (Joshua 6:20).
At the time the ark was brought into Jerusalem, there was shouting (teruah) and
thesoundofmanymusicalinstruments(IChronicles15:28).Whenthefoundation
of the temple was laid in Ezra’s day, there was the shout (teruah) of joy (Ezra
3:13). Sometimes the anticipation of victory was on the part of the enemies of
IsraelasinJeremiah4:19,whereGodportraysthesorrowofJeremiahashehears
“the alarm [teruah] of war.” Jeremiah had been told by God that the enemy
wouldbecompletelyvictorious.
“Teruah” is a Hebrew word that is also correctly translated as “jubilee.”
We read in Leviticus 25:9:
Then shalt thou cause the trumpet [Hebrew shophar, ram’s horn]](https://image.slidesharecdn.com/timehasanend-131005153341-phpapp01/85/Time-Has-An-End-200-320.jpg)
![209
of the jubilee [Hebrew teruah] to sound on the tenth day of the
seventh month, in the day of atonement shall ye make the
trumpet [Hebrew shophar, ram’s horn] sound throughout all your
land.
In two verses of the Bible, the Hebrew word “teruah” is incorrectly
translated as “blowing of trumpets.” In these verses, a more accurate translation
wouldhavebeentheword“jubilee”aswasdoneinLeviticus25:9,whichisquoted
above. These two verses are Leviticus 23:24 and Numbers 29:1.
In one additional verse, Numbers 31:6, the word “teruah” is translated
as “blow” and would have been better translated as “of the alarm.”
Before we harmonize these verses together, we must also examine the
Hebrew word “yobel.” The Hebrew word “yobel” should always be translated
as “jubilee.” While ordinarily this has been done by the translators, in one very
significant place it is incorrectly translated “trumpet.” Moreover, in a later
chapter of the Bible, which we will carefully examine later in this study, it is
repeatedly translated as “rams’ horns.”
The Feast of the Seventh Month New Moon2
With the above corrections in mind, we can now return to the feast days
oftheOldTestament.WebegantoexaminetheFeastoftheSeventhMonthNew
Moon, and there are verses that teach us the significance of this feast day.
Leviticus23:24:
Speak unto the children of Israel, saying, In the seventh month,
in the first day of the month, shall ye have a sabbath, a memorial
of blowing of trumpets [Hebrew teruah, jubilee], an holy
convocation.
Numbers29:1:
And in the seventh month, on the first day of the month, ye shall
have an holy convocation; ye shall do no servile work: it is a day
of blowing the trumpets [Hebrew teruah, jubilee] unto you.
2
Theologians frequently speak of this feast as the Feast of Trumpets. This is altogether
an incorrect naming of this feast.
Chapter 6 / 1447 B.C. The Exodus - 931 B.C. King Solomon](https://image.slidesharecdn.com/timehasanend-131005153341-phpapp01/85/Time-Has-An-End-201-320.jpg)
![210 Time Has An End
Psalm81:3:
Blow up the trumpet [Hebrew shophar, ram’s horn] in the new
moon, in the time appointed, on our solemn feast day.
Remember it was the silver trumpets that were to be blown on the new
moon days. Therefore, because it was the ram’s horn that was blown on this new
moon day mentioned in Psalm 81:3, this particular new moon day has to have
occurredontheSeventhMonthNewMoonwhichisalsocalledafeastdayinthis
verse.
Moreover, when we look ahead at the Day of Atonement, which was to
be observed the tenth day of the seventh month, we will discover that the ram’s
hornwasblownonthatdayaswell,closelyidentifyingtheDayofAtonementwith
the word “jubilee” which is translated from the Hebrew word “teruah.”
We read in Leviticus 25:9:
Then shalt thou cause [Hebrew shophar, ram’s horn] the trumpet
of the jubile [Hebrew teruah] to sound on the tenth day of the
seventh month, in the day of atonement shall ye make the
trumpet [Hebrew shophar, ram’s horn] sound throughout all your
land.
When we harmonize the verses we have been examining, we arrive at
thefollowingconclusions.
1. Except for the Seventh Month New Moon, upon each month’s new
moon day, the silver trumpets were to be blown as a memorial of the burnt and
peace offerings.
2. The Seventh Month New Moon was a feast day on which the ram’s
horn was to be blown as a memorial of the jubilee.
3. On the tenth day of the seventh month, the ram’s horn of the jubilee
was to be sounded throughout the land. This was the Day of Atonement.
Thus, we discover that the first day (new moon day) of the seventh
month, and the tenth day of the seventh month (the Day of Atonement), were
closely identified with the Jubilee. Therefore, we should now carefully examine
theBible’steachingconcerningtheJubilee.Whyisitsocloselylinkedtoboththe
Feast of the Seventh Month New Moon and to the Day of Atonement? Let us
first learn a bit more about the Day of Atonement.](https://image.slidesharecdn.com/timehasanend-131005153341-phpapp01/85/Time-Has-An-End-202-320.jpg)
![214 Time Has An End
And thou shalt set bounds unto the people round about, saying,
Take heed to yourselves, that ye go not up into the mount, or
touch the border of it: whosoever toucheth the mount shall be
surely put to death: there shall not an hand touch it, but he shall
surely be stoned, or shot through; whether it be beast or man, it
shall not live: when the trumpet [Hebrew yobel, jubilee] soundeth
long, they shall come up to the mount.
The message is very clear. Death, pointing to the second death (eternal
damnation), awaits every human being because our sins have brought us
completely under the wrath of God, despite the fact that God created us to live
withHim.
. . . the Jubilee is a reference to publishing throughout the world
the wonderful news that the time of liberty has come.
But!!! look at the last part of verse 13. There we read, “when the
[jubilee] soundeth long, they shall come up to the mount.” Wonderfully, we
see in this verse the very essence of the Gospel. Remember we are learning that
the Jubilee is a reference to publishing throughout the world the wonderful news
that the time of liberty has come. It is the most important of all liberties because
it means to be set free from the tyranny of Satan and from the bondage of sin.
It means to become free to eternally serve God as Savior and Lord. It means to
have been set free from the penalty for sin that is demanded by the perfect Law
of God. It was a beautiful portrait showing that in the time of Jubilee, through
Christ, a saved individual can come into the presence of God without fear of
punishment.
WhentheJubileesounded,IsraelcouldcometoMountSinaifromwhere
God spoke to them. In like manner, forgiven human beings can come to Mount
Zion and not be destroyed. The penalty for their sins has been paid! (Hebrews
12:18-24). Genuine Christians have become free to go to God as their loving
heavenly Father. Jubilee is a word that signifies all the blessings that flow from
the Gospel of salvation.
Therefore, we can readily understand that Christ Himself is the very
essence of the Jubilee. Even as Christ is the very essence of the Day of
Atonement when the Jubilee was to be sounded, so we see Christ as the Jubilee
who is to be proclaimed to the whole world.](https://image.slidesharecdn.com/timehasanend-131005153341-phpapp01/85/Time-Has-An-End-206-320.jpg)
![305
generation.” But that does not make any apparent sense. What kind of a
generationisathousandgeneration?Onlywhenwerealizethatthenumber1,000
can spiritually mean that which is complete does the sense of the verse become
clear. God’s commands are to a complete generation. The generation that God
has in mind, based on the word “covenant” which is found in this phrase, must
include all the peoples of the earth. Psalm 105, verse 7, shows this:
He is the LORD our God: his judgments are in all the earth.
Likewise, when we read Revelation 20:2-7 we learn that Satan was
bound for a thousand years. But when we carefully study everything in the Bible
that relates to the binding of Satan, we learn that 1,000 years no doubt covers the
wholeperiodoftimefromA.D.33toA.D.1988.Thisobviouslyisamuchlarger
period of time than a literal 1,000 years. Therefore, even as was the situation in
Psalm 105, the “a thousand” of Revelation 20:2 is a synonym for the word
“complete” or “completeness.” Satan was bound for the completeness (1,000
years) of God’s timetable for his binding.
6. Frequently, large numbers can be broken down to smaller sig-
nificant numbers to expose the spiritual significance of the larger
number.
Larger numbers in Scripture have spiritual significance, but that signifi-
cance often may not be seen until the number is broken down into its smaller
significant numbers. The combination of these smaller numbers may convey
two or three or more statements of spiritual truth agreeing completely with all
that the rest of the Bible declares. This again highlights the magnificent nature
of how God has written the Bible.
We have already observed how God has displayed His use of the fac-
tors of a larger number to teach spiritual truth (Matthew 18:21 [490 = 70 x 7]).
(See also Leviticus 23:15-16; 25:8.) Now we cite, as examples of the many in
the Bible, two large numbers given in Scripture whose combination of factors
convey rich spiritual truth.
In John Chapter 21, by means of a historical parable, God describes all
ofthosewhowillbecomesavedduringthelatterrain.Thisisthetimewhenthere
will be the final salvation period during which all those who are still to become
savedwillbecomesaved.ItoccursduringthesecondpartoftheGreatTribulation
which will immediately precede the end of the world. God describes these who
are to be saved as 153 fish that were caught in a net that did not break and which
were brought to land without being in a ship. The number 153 equals 3 x 3 x 17.
Chapter 8 / The Numbers in the Bible](https://image.slidesharecdn.com/timehasanend-131005153341-phpapp01/85/Time-Has-An-End-297-320.jpg)
![333
HerodhadwantedtheMagitocomebacktoJerusalemandreporttohim
if they found this child King (Matthew 2:8). But the Magi were warned by God
not to return to Jerusalem. Therefore, they went home another way (Matthew
2:12).
ButnowcomesinformationimportanttoourexaminationoftheBiblical
Timeline of History. We read in the Bible that Herod, in great anger, gave the
commandthatallofthechildreninBethlehemweretobekilled, “fromtwoyears
old and under, according to the time which he had diligently enquired of
the wise men [Magi]” (Matthew 2:16).
Thus,Godhasgivenusatimereference.Wecanknowthatthestarmust
have appeared about two years earlier because in his effort to kill Jesus, Herod
killedallthetwo-year-oldsinBethlehemaccordingtothetimetheMagihadgiven
him. Therefore, we may assume, as did Herod, that Jesus was born about two
years before the Magi spoke to Herod. Since Herod was still living prior to April
of 4 B.C., it meant that Jesus had to have been born at least two years earlier,
thatis,twoyearspriortoAprilof4B.C.Remember,HeroddiedinAprilof4B.C.
Presently, we will look at Biblical evidence that indicates Jesus had to
have been born late in September or early in October. Therefore, Jesus would
then have had to have been born in 7 B.C. because if He were born in September
of6B.C.Jesuswouldhavebeenonlyoneandahalfyearsoldwhenhewasvisited
by the Magi. Therefore, Jesus must have been born in September or October of
7 B.C.
. . . the very essence of the Jubilee Year resides in Christ
through whom liberty can be proclaimed to the world.
The year 7 B.C. was a very significant year. Earlier we learned that it
was a Jubilee Year. We also learned that the very essence of the Jubilee Year
resides in Christ through whom liberty can be proclaimed to the world.
In Which Month Was Jesus Born?
Butwhataboutthemonthoftheyear?Whatcanwelearn?InLuke1:35-
36, God records the messenger from Heaven giving Mary the news of her
impendingconception:
And the angel answered and said unto her, The Holy Ghost shall
come upon thee, and the power of the Highest shall overshadow
Chapter 9 / 7 B.C.-A.D. 33 Christ’s Birth and Ministry](https://image.slidesharecdn.com/timehasanend-131005153341-phpapp01/85/Time-Has-An-End-325-320.jpg)
![347
Thus, the pattern of the punishment of Christ, the ultimate Passover
Lamb, was dramatically set forth already in Exodus Chapter 12 where God
details the selection of the Passover lamb.
In addition, the ninth day of Nisan in A.D. 33 was exactly, to the day,
three and a half years after September 25 in A.D. 29 when Jesus was an-
nounced as the Lamb of God. Curiously, this in turn precisely agrees with the
prophecy of Daniel 9:27 wherein God indicated that “in the midst of the week
[seven] He shall cause the sacrifice and the oblation to cease.”
If we now recognize that Palm Sunday occurred exactly three and a half
years after Jesus was baptized, the timetable is as follows:
1. Jesus’ baptism to Palm Sunday 3½ years 1,278 days
2. Palm Sunday to cross 5 days
3. Cross to Saturday in tomb 1 day
4. Saturday immediately after crucifixion
to Pentecost 50 days
1,334 days or
1,335 days,
inclusive
When we include both the day of Christ’s baptism and the day of
Pentecost, we end up with precisely 1,335 days. This 1,335 days is the exact
numberprophesiedinDaniel12:12.Totheveryday,thisprophecywasfulfilled.
When we examine the 1,335 days, we can pinpoint that period on the
calendar.TheendofitisonPentecostinA.D.33.InanexaminationoftheJewish
calendar for A.D. 33, we find that Pentecost was May 21. We know that this is
an accurate date because of the great amount of Biblical evidence that points to
A.D. 33 as the year of the cross. When we examine the Jewish calendar for A.D.
33, we find that the timing of the Passover of A.D. 33 agrees perfectly with the
Biblical information that identifies with the timing of the Passover.
Therefore, we can be quite certain that Pentecost occurred on May 21,
A.D. 33. But what date in A.D. 29 was exactly 1,335 days earlier than this? It
would be interesting to know if Jesus was baptized on any kind of special day
insofar as new moons or other feast days are concerned.
According to astronomical calculation, we can discover that in A.D. 29,
when Jesus was baptized, the date of His baptism was September 25.
Chapter 9 / 7 B.C.-A.D. 33 Christ’s Birth and Ministry](https://image.slidesharecdn.com/timehasanend-131005153341-phpapp01/85/Time-Has-An-End-339-320.jpg)
![349
holy convocation. Ye shall do no servile work therein: but ye shall
offer an offering made by fire unto the LORD.
We can be absolutely certain that it was on this special day of the first
day of the seventh month in A.D. 29 that Jesus was baptized. We can be
absolutely certain because God had prophesied hundreds of years earlier in
Daniel 12:12 that, “Blessed is he [the Messiah] that waiteth, and cometh to
the thousand three hundred and five and thirty days.” How precisely the
Biblegivesinformation!
TheHebrewwordinDaniel12:12thatistranslated“cometh”intheKing
JamesBibleisusedveryinterestinglyinanotherplace.Theword“cometh”used
in Daniel 12:12 is the Hebrew word “naga.” The same word “naga” is translated
“touch” more than ninety times in phrases such as “the soul that shall touch
any unclean thing” (Leviticus 7:21), and “an hand touched me” (Daniel
10:10).Butthissameword“naga”isalsotranslated“come”inafewplaces.One
of these places is extremely interesting because it is used in connection with the
observance of feast days. This citation is Ezra 3:1, where we read:
And when the seventh month was come, and the children of Israel
were in the cities, the people gathered themselves together as
one man to Jerusalem.
The word “come” is the Hebrew “naga” even as it is in Daniel 12:12. In Ezra
3:6, God adds the words:
From the first day of the seventh month began they to offer burnt
offerings unto the LORD. But the foundation of the temple of the
LORD was not yet laid.
These verses historically relate the experiences of Israel in Ezra’s day.
Spiritually,theymustpointtoJesusWholaidthefoundationofthespiritualtemple
— the whole body of true believers — by going to the cross. The historical event
recorded in Ezra Chapter 3 is, therefore, a portrait pointing to the baptism and
announcement of Jesus as the Lamb that would take away the sins of the world.
Both in Ezra Chapter 3 and in Daniel 12:12, God is focusing on Tishri 1 which is
the first day of the seventh month. Three and one half years after Jesus was
announced as the Lamb of God, the foundation of the temple would be laid by
Jesus experiencing God’s wrath.
Since the word “come” used in both Ezra Chapter 3 and Daniel 12:12
ordinarilysignifies“touch,”wecanknowthatDaniel12:12isteachingthatChrist
Chapter 9 / 7 B.C.-A.D. 33 Christ’s Birth and Ministry](https://image.slidesharecdn.com/timehasanend-131005153341-phpapp01/85/Time-Has-An-End-341-320.jpg)
![382 Time Has An End
When ye therefore shall see the abomination of desolation,
spoken of by Daniel the prophet, stand in the holy place, (whoso
readeth, let him understand:) then let them which be in Judaea
flee into the mountains.
The “holy place” in this verse refers to the local congregations which
throughout the Church Age were the caretakers of the Bible. They had been
mandated by God to send the Gospel into all the world. But during the Great
Tribulation,theabominationofdesolationisinallofthelocalcongregations.The
abomination of desolation is Satan who now rules in the churches. The word
“Judaea,” like the word “temple” in II Thessalonians 2:4, was used in the Old
Testament as a representation of the external kingdom of God. In the Church
Age, it therefore refers to the local churches. The “mountains” refer to Christ
Himself. We read in Psalm 121:1:
I will lift up mine eyes unto the hills [or mountains], from whence
cometh my help.
Thus, in Matthew 24:15, God is teaching that the true believers, if they
have not already been driven out, are commanded to flee from the local
congregations.
Outside of the Churches, There Is an End to the Silence
However, wonderfully, throughout the world outside of the local
congregations, this terrible situation ends at the conclusion of the first part (the
time of the half hour of silence) of the Great Tribulation. The silence in Heaven
gives place to a great Gospel salvation program during the second part of the
Great Tribulation that will continue to the end of time. Now, the “latter rain” is
falling; the Jubilee is again being sounded. All around the world, there is a great
multitude being saved outside of the local congregations. We will examine this
wonderful news later in our study.
The logical questions that follow are: The Great Tribulation lasted one
hour; how long is that? How long is the period that is spoken of as “about half an
hour?” When did the Great Tribulation begin? We will examine these questions
as we continue our study.
We do know that the period called the Great Tribulation is an event that
closes with the return of Jesus Christ at the very end of the world. We read in
Matthew24:29-30:](https://image.slidesharecdn.com/timehasanend-131005153341-phpapp01/85/Time-Has-An-End-374-320.jpg)
![412 Time Has An End
be revealed, the son of perdition; who opposeth and exalteth
himself above all that is called God, or that is worshipped; so
that he as God sitteth in the temple of God, shewing himself that
he is God.
Who Is The Antichrist?
II Thessalonians 2:3 teaches that the man of sin will be revealed. The
man of sin is the antichrist who will be very prominent near the end of the world.
Who is the antichrist?
Throughout the church era, theologians have believed that Satan would
finallyruleintheworldbymeansofindwellingaveryprominentpolitical-religious
man. It was thought that this man, because Satan indwells him, would have
enormous evil power throughout the world. In the past, notorious rulers such as
Kaiser Wilhelm II, Adolf Hitler, Benito Mussolini, or some supreme ruler of the
Catholicchurch,haveintheirtimeofpowerbeenlookedataspossiblecandidates
for the antichrist. However, each of these individuals has died and the world has
continued, thus indicating that the speculation concerning them was altogether
incorrect.
However, in our day, we know for certain who this man of sin, this
antichrist, is. The Bible verse that exposes him is I John 4:3:
And every spirit that confesseth not that Jesus Christ is come
in the flesh is not of God: and this is that of antichrist, whereof
ye have heard that it [he] should come; and even now already is
it [he] in the world.
The fact that the antichrist was already in the world when God was writing this
verse, about 2,000 years ago, and would also be in the world at the time of the
closingeventsofthehistoryoftheworld,provesthathecannotbeahumanbeing.
Each and every human lives out his life and then dies, never to reappear until the
end of time when the resurrection of all the dead will occur.
However,thedescriptionoftheantichrist inthisversefitsperfectlywith
Satan. He was in existence 2,000 years ago and is still very much in existence
today. He is the pseudo-christ, the false christ, the antichrist, who heads up the
kingdom of Satan, which includes all the unsaved throughout the world. He is a
counterfeit christ, constantly endeavoring to destroy Christ. He is described
together with those who blindly assist him in II Corinthians 11:13-15:
For such are false apostles, deceitful workers, transforming them-
selves into the apostles of Christ. And no marvel; for Satan him-](https://image.slidesharecdn.com/timehasanend-131005153341-phpapp01/85/Time-Has-An-End-404-320.jpg)
Time Has An End
- 2. nd the angel which I saw stand upon the sea and upon the earth lifted up his hand to heaven, And sware by him that liveth for ever and ever, who created heaven, and the things that therein are, and the earth, and the things that therein are, and the sea, and the things which are therein, that there should be time no longer: But in the days of the voice of the seventh angel, when he shall begin to sound, the mystery of God should be finished, as he hath declared to his servants the prophets. Revelation 10:5-7
- 4. iv Time Has An End Second Printing All rights reserved, including the right of reproduction in whole or in part in any form. Copyright © 2005 by Harold Camping Published by Vantage Press, Inc. NewYork,NewYork Manufactured in the United States of America ISBN0-533-15169-4
- 5. vContents Table of Contents Time Has An End Preface .......................................................................................................... xi Correction by the Bible .................................................................................. xi Progressive Revelation ..................................................................................xii End Times .................................................................................................... xiv IITimothy 3:16Applied ................................................................................ xiv How Should One Teach the Bible? ............................................................. xvi Why Would God Give Us End-Time Dates? .............................................. xviii Jonah Gives An Exact Time for Destruction to Happen.............................. xix Time Has An End ......................................................................................... xx Chapter 1. The Ultimate Terror — Judgment Day ................................ 1 A Fictional Story of Terror .............................................................................. 2 A True Story of Terror .................................................................................... 3 God Can and Will Do What He Has Planned................................................. 4 God Gave a Timetable .................................................................................... 5 Proof that the Deluge Did Happen ................................................................. 7 For a Long Time, God Has Been Warning ..................................................... 9 It Is About to Occur...................................................................................... 10 Who Should Be Warning the World? ............................................................ 13 How Can I Escape? ..................................................................................... 15 The Bible’s Book of Jonah............................................................................ 15 God’sSolution ............................................................................................... 17 Preaching, Proclaiming, Prophesying, Warning ............................................ 17 God’s True People Must Sound the Warning ................................................ 23 WhatAbout Election? ................................................................................... 25 Life Is No Longer the Same ......................................................................... 26 The Final Minutes ......................................................................................... 29 Chapter 2. Does God Exist? .................................................................... 33 Evolution’sAbsurdities .................................................................................. 34 The Bible Reveals the Complete Truth ......................................................... 37 Only God Can ConvinceYou ........................................................................ 39 Prophecies Given and Fulfilled...................................................................... 43 THE BIBLE: An Instruction Book ............................................................... 46 The Bible is the Supreme Law Book of God ................................................ 48
- 6. vi Time Has An End How to Escape the Wrath of God ................................................................ 51 The Creation of Time .................................................................................... 57 True Believers are Watchmen ...................................................................... 62 Eternity Past ................................................................................................. 63 Chapter 3. Calendar Patriarchs ............................................................... 69 Verbal Clues to Lineage Patterns of Biblical Speech ................................... 69 Inspired Verbs ............................................................................................... 70 Noah’s and Terah’s Sons .............................................................................. 72 Patriarchal Periods........................................................................................ 74 Patriarchal Periods on the Family Tree ........................................................ 78 The Key that Unlocks Genesis Chapters 5 and 11 ....................................... 78 The Time Bridge ........................................................................................... 80 Parents and Patriarchs.................................................................................. 81 Jacob: Forty Years in Haran ......................................................................... 81 The Perfect Tally .......................................................................................... 84 Genesis Chapters 5 and 11 Are A Calendar ................................................. 86 Time Begins .................................................................................................. 88 From Noah to Abraham ................................................................................ 93 Aligning the Biblical Calendar with Our Modern Calendar .......................... 98 11,013 B.C. Creation................................................................................... 104 Already at the Beginning, We May See God’s Prediction of the Future ..........113 Chapter 4. Mankind Was Created in the Image of God .....................119 The Creation of Animals ............................................................................. 121 The Creation of Man .................................................................................. 121 “Breathed” .................................................................................................. 123 “Breath” . .................................................................................................. 124 “Life” .......................................................................................................... 124 “Living Being” ............................................................................................ 127 “For the Dead Body” .................................................................................. 127 Man’s Soul Impacted His Body .................................................................. 129 How Then Did Adam and Eve Fall Into Sin? ............................................. 130 In His Body, Mankind was Vulnerable ....................................................... 130 The Temptation Experienced by Jesus ....................................................... 131 The Consequence of Man’s Sin.................................................................. 132 All Mankind was Included in Adam . ......................................................... 136 Physical Death of Man ............................................................................... 139 Biblical Principles We Learn from Genesis 2:7 .......................................... 139 The Bible’s Focus: God Saves Sinners ....................................................... 142
- 7. viiContents Chapter 5. 4990 B.C. The Flood — 1877 B.C. Joseph..................... 147 The Biblical TimelineAfter the Flood ......................................................... 151 The Pre-Flood Spiritual Condition ............................................................... 152 No Surprise to the Remnant ....................................................................... 154 Pre-Flood Humans ...................................................................................... 157 The Bible Answers ..................................................................................... 158 A Giant is Nearly Twice as Tall as Average People ................................... 161 The Noachian Flood Provides the Answers ............................................... 162 Carbon — A Radioactive Timepiece .......................................................... 163 Leprechauns and Elves ............................................................................... 165 After the Flood............................................................................................ 167 The Earth is Divided ................................................................................... 168 The Earth’s Language is Confused ............................................................ 170 2092 B.C. God Begins Again with Abraham .............................................. 173 2068 B.C. God Reiterates His Promise to Abraham .................................. 177 2007 B.C. Jacob is Born ............................................................................. 178 1899 B.C. Joseph is Seventeen .................................................................. 181 Chapter 6. 1447 B.C. The Exodus — 931 B.C. King Solomon ....... 187 God Sets the Stage for Israel’s Departure from Egypt .............................. 189 The Ten Plagues ......................................................................................... 191 The Death of the Firstborn ......................................................................... 196 Israel Crosses the Red Sea ........................................................................ 199 LawsAnticipating God’s Salvation ............................................................. 201 The Passover Feast .................................................................................... 202 The Feast of Weeks.................................................................................... 205 Very Occasionally a Translation Must be Corrected .................................. 207 The Word “Trumpet” .................................................................................. 207 The Feast of the Seventh Month New Moon ............................................. 209 The Day of Atonement ................................................................................211 The Jubilee Year ......................................................................................... 215 1407 B.C. Israel Enters the Land of Canaan ............................................. 218 The Crossing of the Jordan River ............................................................... 224 Israel Faces the Wicked Cities of Canaan.................................................. 227 We Can Understand All of the Killing ........................................................ 229 Disaster Strikes ........................................................................................... 230 The Land of Canaan Portrays the World ................................................... 232 How Terrible Is Punishment For Sin! ......................................................... 235 Jericho Destroyed ....................................................................................... 237 Incorrect Translation ................................................................................... 237
- 8. viii Time Has An End More Spiritual Truth is Revealed ................................................................ 239 Two Jubilees ............................................................................................... 240 1047 B.C. .................................................................................................... 242 Shiloh........................................................................................................... 244 We Want a King ......................................................................................... 250 A Major Change ......................................................................................... 252 Chapter 7. 931 B.C. The Divided Kingdom — 391 B.C. The Close of the Old Testament ............................................................................. 253 Jonah ........................................................................................................... 254 Looking for the Spiritual Meaning............................................................... 256 Unsaved Mankind is Desperately Wicked .................................................. 261 God Restrains Wickedness in the Lives of the Unsaved ............................ 261 God Gives People Up To Sin ...................................................................... 262 709 B.C. The End of the Ten Tribes........................................................... 264 609 B.C. Disaster Comes to Judah ............................................................ 269 587 B.C. Jerusalem is Destroyed ............................................................... 271 Twenty-Three Kings ................................................................................... 273 539 B.C. Babylon Conquered ..................................................................... 277 Cyrus........................................................................................................... 282 Cambyses ................................................................................................... 284 Darius I ....................................................................................................... 285 Xerxes I ...................................................................................................... 286 Artaxerxes I................................................................................................ 286 Artaxerxes II — King Ahasuerus of the Book of Esther........................... 287 The Book of Esther — A Historical Parable .............................................. 293 Chapter 8. The Numbers In The Bible ................................................ 299 Numbers May Convey Spiritual Truth ........................................................ 302 The Numbers of the Bible Do Not Appear by Happenstance.................... 306 Time Intervals Can Convey Spiritual Truth ................................................. 312 Christ Spoke in Parables ............................................................................. 323 Parables and the Book of Jeremiah ............................................................ 326 Chapter 9. 7 B.C.–A.D. 33. Christ’s Birth and Ministry .................. 331 In Which Month Was Jesus Born? ............................................................. 333 More Information about 7 B.C. .................................................................. 339 A.D. 29. Jesus is Announced ..................................................................... 342 The Announcement of the Jubilee .............................................................. 348 How Old Was Jesus When He Was Baptized?.......................................... 351
- 9. ixContents A.D. 33. Christ is Crucified ........................................................................ 352 Christ Arose ................................................................................................ 356 Pentecost .................................................................................................... 358 More Information about A.D. 33 ................................................................ 360 Preliminary Outline of End-Time Events .................................................... 361 Chapter 10. The Church Age and the Great Tribulation ................... 365 New Testament Ceremonial Laws ............................................................. 367 Satan Impacts the Local Congregations ..................................................... 368 The Great Tribulation .................................................................................. 373 Silence in Heaven ....................................................................................... 375 Outside of the Churches, There is an End to the Silence ........................... 382 “My People” Are Under God’s Judgment .................................................. 383 Each and Every Local Church Is Under God’s Wrath ............................... 390 In Which Century Will The Great Tribulation Begin? ................................. 392 False Prophets Will Arise ............................................................................ 395 The Noachian Flood Offers a Clue ............................................................ 397 Beloved, Be Not Ignorant ........................................................................... 398 One Thing ................................................................................................... 399 One Day is as a Thousand Years ............................................................... 400 We Know When the Flood Occurred ......................................................... 402 Are We Now Near The End of Seven Days?............................................ 406 Judgment Day Has Already Begun ............................................................ 407 Revelation Chapters 2 and 3 Speak to All Local Churches throughout the Church Age......................................................................................... 408 Who Is The Antichrist? ............................................................................... 412 I Come Quickly ........................................................................................... 414 No One Knows the Day or Hour of Christ’s Return ................................. 416 The Feast of Tabernacles ........................................................................... 416 The Unsaved Do Not Hear Because They Do Not Believe ...................... 420 True Believers Must Warn the World ......................................................... 422 Christ Has Already Come As the Judge ..................................................... 423 What Is the Judging Process? .................................................................... 425 No One Can Become Saved in Any of the Local Churches ...................... 427 2,300 Days .................................................................................................. 428 The Holy Place is Made Righteous ............................................................ 433 The Gospel Goes Into All of the World ....................................................... 435 The Great Tribulation: 23 Years .................................................................. 436 The Church Age: Pentecostal Firstfruits..................................................... 439 A Brief Review ........................................................................................... 440
- 10. x Time Has An End Is There More Biblical Information? .......................................................... 444 What We Know Thus Far .......................................................................... 445 Chapter 11. Patterns ............................................................................... 449 Biblical Patterns of the Great Tribulation .................................................... 450 A Brief Summary ........................................................................................ 469 Chapter 12. After the Great Tribulation............................................... 473 New Resurrected Bodies ........................................................................... 477 God’s Overall Plan for this Universe .......................................................... 479 Eternity Future ............................................................................................ 481 Chapter 13. What Must I Do To Become Saved?.............................. 485 Certainty of Salvation ................................................................................. 485 Chosen of God ............................................................................................ 485 The Chosen Ones Were Given to Christ .................................................... 487 The Sin Bearer............................................................................................ 487 The Miracle of the New Birth .................................................................... 489 AMighty Transformation ............................................................................ 490 Fear and Trembling ..................................................................................... 494 But Perfect Love Casts Out Fear .............................................................. 495 What Must I Do To Become Saved? ......................................................... 497 God Tests Us .............................................................................................. 498 Lazarus is Resurrected to Show Us How God Saves ................................ 501 Important Time Interval Relationships (Fold Out Chart)................. 513 Chronology of the Judges ...................................................................... 515 Chronology of the Kings ........................................................................ 516 Scripture Index ........................................................................................ 517 Who or What is Family Radio? .............................................................. 543 Family Radio Location and Frequency Guide ..................................... 545 Family Radio Language and Frequency Schedule .............................. 551 Open Forum / Internet ........................................................................... 560
- 11. xiPreface Preface This book is a study of the Bible that is concerned with the entire his- tory of the world. We will learn from the Bible that God has pre-determined and pre-arranged and pre-planned in exquisite detail the entire program for this world including its salvation. We will understand that whenever anything happens, it has been precisely pre-planned by God. God is the Creator of time, and there- fore, He is the Ruler of time (Colossians 1:16-17). We will discover that the timeline of history is not governed by the rise and fall of civilizations or social structures, or anything else that mankind may consider of great value or importance. Rather, it is governed by the unfolding of God’s pre-planned salvation program. It was planned and initiated in eternity past, unfolds in time, and will continue into eternity future (Romans 11:36; Ephesians 1:10). Between these two eternities are the approximately 13,000 years of the existence of this universe which, of course, includes our planet Earth. Our purpose in this Bible study is to examine this timeline of God’s pre- planned salvation program. This, of course, means that we will identify dates which may relate to the timing of the end of the world. Our conclusions, even those which relate to the future, will not be formed capriciously or for the pur- pose of gaining undue attention.As we discover important milestones along the timeline of history, we will see their strategic relationships to what the Bible discloses about future time events. The Bible is a Book that is absolutely true and trustworthy. It is the centerpiece, the keystone of this study. There are many principles that should be kept in mind as we study the Bible, two of which are very important as we attempt to set forth the history of the world according to the true data set forth in the Bible. Correction by the Bible The first principle is that the Bible is the teacher and corrects the stu- dent of the Bible. The Bible declares in II Timothy 3:16: All scripture is given by inspiration of God, and is profitable for doctrine, for reproof, for correction, for instruction in righteous- ness. As we study the Bible, our conclusions are always subject to being corrected by the Bible. As a captain keeps a great ship on course by making
- 12. xii Time Has An End very small adjustments in the ship’s forward progress toward its destination, so the Bible keeps the student on course to truth by making correction in the student’s thinking and doctrine whenever necessary. The Bible is the authority. It is the final word (Matthew 24:35; John 6:68). Without it, or if the student goes con- trary to it, the student will most certainly stray off course (Psalm 119:105). The necessity for these corrections is a result of the fact that however carefully we have studied a particular subject in the Bible, there is a second principle that also must be kept in mind. That is the principle which we can call “progressive revelation.” Progressive Revelation What is progressive revelation? We should spend a moment examining this question. The Bible is the complete revelation of God’s Word to the human race. We are not to add to it. We are not to take away from it (Deuteronomy 4:2; Revelation 22:18-19). It alone and in its entirety is the Word of God. However, determining when any individual might receive truth from the Bible is another matter altogether. Before anything else, we must affirm that God alone gives understanding of His truth (Job 32:7-9; 38:36; Proverbs 16:1; Romans 8:28-29; Philippians 2:13). Then, in addition, we find demonstrated time and again in the Bible that God governs when that understanding will be given (Proverbs 21:1; Daniel 2:20-23; Luke 24:45; II Timothy 2:7; I John 5:20). There is a timetable known only to God as to when He plans to reveal, to whom He wishes, truth from the Bible. And that timetable reflects precisely each and every point in time when He knows the revealing of that truth is necessary in order to bring together all the intricacies of the unfolding of His salvation plan (Ephesians 1:9-12; 3:1-5). God’s schedule for revealing truth works perfectly in conjunction with His control of the affairs of men (Psalm 31:15). There are no conflicts; no emergency adjustments. Nothing happens incidentally or coincidentally. Noth- ing happens accidentally. God’s timetable is always in play when anyone be- comes aware of any of His truth. We will cite a few examples from the Bible. Jesus clearly told His disciples that the time would come when He would be killed and, after three days, He would rise again. Mark 8:31 declares: And he began to teach them, that the Son of man must suffer many things, and be rejected of the elders, and of the chief priests, and scribes, and be killed, and after three days rise again. Even though this is a plain, clear statement, it was not understood at all by the
- 13. xiiiPreface disciples (Mark 9:31-32). It was only after Christ’s resurrection, as the disciples were reminded by the two men in shining garments, who stood outside the empty sepulcher, that they understood. Luke 24:6-8 informs us: He is not here, but is risen: remember how he spake unto you when he was yet in Galilee, saying, the Son of man must be de- livered into the hands of sinful men, and be crucified, and the third day rise again. And they remembered his words. This verse indicates that God had given them the revelation that Christ was to be killed and was to rise again, but it was not a revelation that became a part of their understanding until Christ had risen. Likewise, we read in Ephesians 3:3-5: How that by revelation he made known unto me the mystery; (as I wrote afore in few words, whereby, when ye read, ye may understand my knowledge in the mystery of Christ) which in other ages was not made known unto the sons of men, as it is now revealed unto his holy apostles and prophets by the Spirit. God is indicating that what had been a mystery was now made known to the Apostle Paul, “that the Gentiles should be fellowheirs, and of the same body, and partakers of his promise in Christ by the gospel” (Ephesians 3, verse 6). However, this truth had been written about repeatedly in the Bible. For example, Abram’s name was changed to Abraham because he would be the father of many nations (Genesis 17:5-7). Another example is when Jesus told the disciples in Matthew 28:19: Go ye therefore, and teach all nations, baptizing them in the name of the Father, and of the Son, and of the Holy Ghost. The truth that those whom God would save would include people from all nations of the world is taught in many places in the Bible. But while this truth was included in the Bible, which is God’s revelation to mankind, only when Saul of Tarsus had become saved was this wonderful principle fully revealed. Thus, we can know that, in the Bible, many truths are declared. But God may not reveal to students of the Bible an understanding of those truths until long after the students’first exposure to them. We can call this progressive revelation. That is, God has His own timetable for giving an understanding of those truths.
- 14. xiv Time Has An End End Times The principle of progressive revelation is especially emphasized in Daniel 12:8-9: And I heard, but I understood not: then said I, O my Lord, what shall be the end of these things? And he said, Go thy way, Daniel: for the words are closed up and sealed till the time of the end. In God’s revelation, which is the Bible, God has a great many things to say about the end of the world and the details that lead up to the end of the world. But God has a timetable for the giving of understanding of these truths. We learn from these verses in Daniel Chapter 12 that this is definitely true of the details of God’s plans for the end of the world. The true meaning of these end-time statements is not to be revealed until the time of the end. This is why many devout, God-fearing theologians of the past have endeavored to explain the meaning of Biblical end-time passages, but they have not even come close to the truth. This was not because of a lack of trust in the Bible. It simply was not the time that God had set up to reveal the meaning of these end-time passages. Thus, we can expect that in our day, when the Biblical signs are show- ing that we must be close to the end of time (see, for example, Matthew Chap- ter 24; Romans Chapter 1; II Timothy Chapter 3), God is now revealing the meaning of a great many Biblical passages that deal with end-time truth to the minds of careful, diligent students of the Bible. The very fact that we can find great harmony in our understanding of Biblical passages that heretofore have been very obscure, greatly encourages us that we have correctly understood this principle of progressive revelation. We can expect, therefore, that many passages of the Bible, which in earlier times have been somewhat mysterious, must now be re-examined.And we can expect that they can now be understood. This also means that regardless of the time when we believe we have come to truth, we should still continue to study the question at issue because we may need further correction. If we have come to truth in regard to any teaching of the Bible, we will discover that continued study of the Bible will repeatedly affirm that truth.At the same time, as we continue to study the Bible, should we find other teaching that contradicts or corrects what we had assumed to be true, we will know we earlier had not come to truth. II Timothy 3:16 Applied About thirteen years ago, I wrote the book entitled 1994?. In it, I set forth a great amount of information derived solely from the Bible that suggested
- 15. xvPreface very strongly that there was a high likelihood that the world would come to an end sometime in the yearA.D. 1994. Of course, the world did not end, and now, eleven years later, the world is still here. However, during the past eleven years, God has been opening up to many who are studying the Bible considerable additional information which re- lates to the unfolding of God’s salvation plan. When this additional information was integrated into the information which was set forth in the book 1994?, we knew that indeed the year 1994 was an extremely important year. Moreover, we will discover that now, as we understand the Bible, it was the year 1994 in which Christ came a second time to begin the completion of the evangelization of His true people. We also have found considerable evidence that there is a high likelihood that the year 2011 will be the year in which the end will come. Nothing has changed in God’s program. The Bible has simply made correction on our course toward truth! We do know with absolute certainty that there will come a time when this world will come to its end (I Corinthians 15:24). We also know that any reliable advance knowledge of such a dramatic event can only come from the Bible (Matthew 24:35; Mark 13:31; Luke 21:33). We also know that about 7,000 years ago, in the year 4990 B.C., God destroyed the entire world by means of the Noachian Flood (See Chapter 5 of this book). It also appears that 120 years before the time of the Flood, God gave the inhabitants of that world the knowledge of the year when the Flood would occur (Genesis 6:3). Moreover, seven days before the Flood, God made clear the exact day when the Flood would begin (Genesis 7:4). We also know that God is the same yesterday, today, and forever (Hebrews 13:8). That is, the way God acted in the past tells us the way He will act in the present and in the future. Therefore, if He gave Noah such precise information concerning the timing of the Flood, we have every reason to believe that God has placed in the Bible similar information concerning the timing of the end of the world. Thus, we are greatly encouraged as we diligently search the Bible for anything and every- thing God might reveal to us. It goes without saying that it is very hazardous to focus upon future dates about any matter, and certainly it would appear completely unwise in regard to the end of time. We immediately see the enormous risk of such an action. Throughout history, men have set dates and in every case, without ex- ception, they were wrong in their prediction. Therefore, it would appear that anyone who dares to set any kind of a date for the end of time is virtually guaranteed to be wrong. Moreover, if the Bible teacher who dares to suggest a date is trusted by many, there may be confusion or hurt and disappointment in the lives of many of
- 16. xvi Time Has An End these trusting individuals. Having said this, let us look for a moment at the re- sponsibility of a Bible teacher. How Should One Teach the Bible? If he is a true child of God, the Bible teacher will attempt to teach as accurately as possible. He will teach all that he, himself, has learned from the Bible. He will readily admit, of course, that he is not infallible in his teaching.As we have already pointed out, the purpose of the Bible is not only to bring an understanding of truth, but also to provide correction of that which has been wrongly understood. This does not mean, however, that the Bible teacher should be the least bit careless in his attempt to teach truth. He must be supremely careful and responsible as he teaches what he believes to be the truth of the Bible (James 3:1). Ordinarily, if a very responsible teacher teaches a doctrine as Bible truth, but later he is corrected by further study of the Bible, it is not looked upon by others as a dreadfully serious matter. Fact is, there will be those who will sincerely appreciate the honesty of the teacher as he makes correction to his wrong doctrine. However, when it comes to suggesting any kind of date for the end of time, many will vehemently oppose his efforts. These people might be included in one of three groups. The first group could be those who are unalterably convinced that the Bible prohibits making any statements that suggest the timing of the end. Their objections will hopefully be answered in this study. The second group would include those who believe fully that their Bible teacher does teach truth but who will selfishly use the end of time information for their own personal gain. For example, they may seek to purchase an auto- mobile or some other object that they cannot possibly afford to buy. But if they can “buy now and pay later,” they believe they can have the automobile now and never have to pay later because the end of the world will come first. But later on, if the teacher makes correction based on Biblical truth concerning future time, this group will find themselves trapped by their very wrongful ven- tures. (Those who engage in this kind of thinking and action deserve to be trapped because they have no idea of the nature and purpose of Bible truths.) A third group will use the Bible teacher’s error to discredit everything else he teaches. These people admit that the Bible teacher is ordinarily very accurate in his Bible teaching, but should his suggested end-time date prove to be wrong, they will seize upon the opportunity to call into question many other things he is teaching. Thus, these individuals will be given a convenient alibi to justify their unbelief of Biblical truth.
- 17. xviiPreface For these reasons, as well as possibly others, it certainly appears totally unwise for any credible Bible teacher to suggest any kind of end-time date. But the Bible teacher must guard his relationship with God. He knows he must be obedient and speak the truth of God’s Word. When he believes, after very careful study and prayer, that he understands any Biblical doctrine, he must teach that doctrine (Jeremiah 1:7-10,17; 20:9; Acts 20:26-27; Ephesians 4:14-15; II Timothy 2:2; 4:1-4). He must never be concerned about protecting himself from slander and reviling as he endeavors to be faithful to God’s Word (I Corinthians 4:1-4; I Peter 2:21-23). His first and only task is to please God, not to please men (II Corinthians 5:9; Galatians 1:10). Moreover, when the Bible teacher knows that we are living in a time when God is increasingly giving more enlightenment to serious Bible students (as we noted earlier, we can call this progressive revelation), the teacher knows also that trying to understand where our world is in God’s timeline should be an even greater exercise than before — a matter to be taken more seriously today than at any other time in history (Revelation 22:6-7). God warns in Ezekiel Chapter 33 that when the watchman sees the enemy coming, but does not sound the alarm, the watchman will be under the wrath of God (Ezekiel 33: 6-8). With regard to the idea that, in the past, no date setter has ever been correct, there is another side to this coin. We know that God’s salvation pro- gram in time is real and ongoing (Acts 15:14-18). But also we know absolutely that there will be an end of time; the Bible says so (Revelation 10:5-6). And we know that there is a great deal of general evidence that the time of the end has drawn very close. Jesus tells us we must discern the times (Luke 12:35-57). And wonderfully, we affirm that a likely date for the end of time can be known — a date not set arbitrarily, but a date identified from and based upon all the information that the Bible gives us concerning the unfolding of God’s grand salvation plan! (Matthew 24:39; I Thessalonians 5:4)! For several years now, we at Family Radio have been teaching that God has already come to bring judgment upon the local congregations, that is, He is already preparing them for the trial of Judgment Day. We, therefore, have been teaching that God has abandoned each and every local congregation so that the true believers in Christ, if they have not already been driven out, are commanded to come out. We, for several years, have been teaching that we are in the time of the latter rain during which God is bringing in the final harvest of those who are to be saved. This is the time when the Gospel is no longer under the care of the local congregations but is being sent into the world by individuals who are not under any church authority but who are definitely under the author- ity of the Bible.
- 18. xviii Time Has An End For several years, we at Family Radio have been teaching that we are already in this second part of the Great Tribulation (the latter rain) and, there- fore, the end of the world can be only a relatively few years in the future (see The End of the Church Age and After and Wheat and Tares available free of charge from Family Radio). In this study of the history of the world, we are simply adding to all that we have already been teaching concerning the probable year for the end of the world. But, someone can argue, “Is it not enough to repeatedly insist that Judg- ment Day is coming?” The answer is: If we are told when the enemy will be here, the warning will be far more insistent. It should be obvious that the cancer patient will react quite differently if his trusted, competent doctor tells him, “Your cancer is terminal; you have six months to live,” than if his doctor tells him, “You have cancer and someday, you will die of that cancer.” The giving of a timetable should clearly enhance the seriousness of the warning! In any case, we must remember that a faithful Bible teacher cannot pick and choose what he wishes to teach. He must teach everything he learns from the Bible (Acts 20:26-27). If he truly believes God has given a timeline to the end, then he must teach what he understands from the Bible concerning that timeline. True, he may delay teaching certain doctrines because he believes he is not properly prepared to teach them. It is always foolish for the teacher to teach something before he clearly understands it. But once that understanding is fully in his grasp, the Bible teacher must proclaim what the Bible has shown him is God’s message. The teacher is compelled to speak because he knows it is not his own word, but God’s Word that He is declaring (Jeremiah 1:9; 20:9)! Why God Would Give Us End-Time Dates But questions still linger in our minds. Why would God give us end-time dates? Why should we be concerned with knowing the possible year of the end of the world? As we have already indicated, God’s true people must publish to the world anything they can learn from the Bible about any subject. The true be- liever has no option. His role in the world is to teach all nations (Matthew 28:20) and what he teaches must be the whole counsel of God (Acts 20:26-27). More- over, as we learned earlier, it is the duty of the true believer to warn the citizenry when danger is threatening (Ezekiel 33:1-10). But consider the situation of those who are threatened by a very great hurricane or typhoon. People want to know, “Where will it make landfall?” That is, what is its path over the ocean, and where will it begin and continue its devastation on land?
- 19. xixPreface Then people want to know “How strong is the hurricane? How much damage will it do?” And the people in the path of the hurricane desperately want to know, “When will it make landfall? How fast is it moving down its destructive path?” Why are people in the potential path of this hurricane asking these questions? The answer is obvious. They want to know how severely this ap- proaching hurricane will affect their life and property. Furthermore, they want to know how much time they have to prepare before its destruction begins. Likewise, people who are not ready for the return of Christ and the Judgment that will immediately follow must know the seriousness and the severity of the approaching end of time (Matthew 24:42-46). Jonah Gives an Exact Time for Destruction to Happen Significantly, when Jonah was sent by God to Nineveh to warn of im- pending judgment on that great city, he not only published that the terrible judg- ment was coming, but he also gave a precise time when that judgment would fall. We read in the Bible in Jonah 3:1-4: And the word of the LORD came unto Jonah the second time, saying, Arise, go unto Nineveh, that great city, and preach unto it the preaching that I bid thee. So Jonah arose, and went unto Nineveh, according to the word of the LORD. Now Nineveh was an exceeding great city of three days’ journey. And Jonah began to enter into the city a day’s journey, and he cried, and said, Yet forty days, and Nineveh shall be overthrown. In the experience of Jonah at Nineveh, we see the wonderful mercy of God in saving a great multitude of people. We see the results of this salvation in how they responded to the warning in a God-pleasing way. Thus, the impending catastrophe was avoided. We read in Jonah 3:5-10: So the people of Nineveh believed God, and proclaimed a fast, and put on sackcloth, from the greatest of them even to the least of them. For word came unto the king of Nineveh, and he arose from his throne, and he laid his robe from him, and cov- ered him with sackcloth, and sat in ashes. And he caused it to be proclaimed and published through Nineveh by the decree of the king and his nobles, saying, Let neither man nor beast, herd nor flock, taste any thing: let them not feed, nor drink water: but let
- 20. xx Time Has An End man and beast be covered with sackcloth, and cry mightily unto God: yea, let them turn every one from his evil way, and from the violence that is in their hands. Who can tell if God will turn and repent, and turn away from his fierce anger, that we perish not? And God saw their works, that they turned from their evil way; and God repented of the evil, that he had said that he would do unto them; and he did it not. Time Has An End In parallel fashion, God is warning the world that, in all likelihood, in the year 2011, the whole world will be destroyed. Sadly today, there is no evidence that the leaders and the people of our world are responding to this warning as the King of Nineveh did to Jonah’s warning. However, there is surely the possi- bility for individuals all over the world to escape this awful destruction.All those who become saved will indeed be protected from this destruction. They are the individuals who are spoken of in Revelation 7:9-14 who are saved during this time of Great Tribulation during which God has already begun the judgment process (Jeremiah 25:26-29; I Peter 4:17). This explains why God has given so much calendar information in the Bible.As we carefully go down the timeline of history, we will see definite structure and harmony in the important historical events recorded in the Bible as they relate to each other. Thus, as we project them, based only on Biblical information, to the end of time, we will conceivably come to the year that possibly may very well be the last year of the history of the world. We might recall that in Noah’s day, the people of his world were given warning of the year of the Flood. But they remained in complete denial and perished in the Flood. We have just noted that ancient Nineveh was given the precise day that total destruction would come upon them. They repented and pleaded for God’s mercy. God did not bring destruction upon Nineveh, but He did bring horrific destruction upon the world of Noah’s day. Now, as we have already noted, the warning that the end of the world is almost here is making very, very little impact upon the peoples of the world. We would be very naive to believe that the whole world of today would react to the news that God is almost ready to bring the world to an end! Would today’s world cry to God for mercy? Well, the Bible informs us in Matthew 24:37-39: But as the days of Noe were, so shall also the coming of the Son of man be. For as in the days that were before the flood they
- 21. xxiPreface were eating and drinking, marrying and giving in marriage, until the day that Noe entered into the ark, and knew not until the flood came, and took them all away; so shall also the coming of the Son of man be. On the other hand, God also tells us in Revelation 7:9-14 that a great multitude will become saved during these closing years before the end of time. Even as the Ninevites reacted to the preaching of Jonah, and cried to God for mercy, so there will be this remnant in our world today who in total are the great multitude who will react to the terrifying news that, in a few years, the end will come. May it be that a great many people will cry to God for His mercy as they become aware that the end of time has almost arrived! It is our earnest, fervent prayer, as you become involved in the under- taking that is now before us, that you not become so bogged down or so en- grossed in academic detail that you miss the urgent, demanding message which constantly transcends the whole: YOU AND I MUST BE SAVED! We cannot escape the ultimate terror — the destruction and judgment that will fall when Christ returns at the end of time — unless God gives us His mercy and salva- tion. Oh, how wonderful is His mercy and salvation which He repeatedly re- veals in the Bible (Acts 4:10-12; 17:30-31)! (Please see Chapter 13 of this present writing, “What Must I Do to Become Saved?”). God says inActs 4:10- 12: Be it known unto you all, and to all the people of Israel, that by the name of Jesus Christ of Nazareth, whom ye crucified, whom God raised from the dead, even by him doth this man stand here before you whole. This is the stone which was set at nought of you builders, which is become the head of the corner. Neither is there salvation in any other: for there is none other name under heaven given among men, whereby we must be saved. And God says inActs 17:30-31: . . . God . . . now commandeth all men everywhere to repent: because he hath appointed a day, in the which he will judge the world in righteousness by that man whom he hath ordained; whereof he hath given assurance unto all men, in that he hath raised him from the dead. Having said all of the above, the end-time dates presented in this study
- 22. xxii Time Has An End are not being offered as absolute fact. They are being offered based upon our present knowledge of Biblical truth. Continued study of the Bible may result in correction being made at some future time if any errors have been made. We must never forget that the Bible is given not only to teach us doctrine but also to make correction in whatever doctrine we hold. Wherever we have correctly understood the Bible, however, the resulting date absolutely will be correct. How then should we live in the face of a possible known date for the end? At Family Radio, on the one hand, we make decisions as if the end could be quite far away. For example, contracts are negotiated as if the future was altogether indefinite. We are the first ones to understand that we are not infal- lible in our conclusions, and that there may be correction at some time in the future. Yet, on the other hand, we fully realize the high likelihood that the dates set forth in this study are correct. Fact is, as we continue to study these matters, our conclusions are confirmed again and again. We find more and more evi- dence of the likelihood that 2011 could well be the end-time year. Thus, we are greatly stimulated to send forth the Gospel so that as many people as possible can hear the Gospel in the shortest possible time. If this world is still in existence after the end of 2011, we will know that there is still much more we can learn from the Bible. Before that time, or at that time, we surely will receive correction from the Bible concerning any conclu- sions which prove to be in error.
- 24. xxiv Time Has An End
- 25. 33 Chapter 2 Does God Exist? The foregoing chapter describing the ultimate terror ““Judgment Day”” presupposes that there is a God. If we could know that God did not exist, then obviously,therewouldbenoJudgmentDay.IftherewerenoJudgmentDay,the ultimate act of terror described in this study could not happen. Thus, the worst terror this world would then face is further terrorist activity by evil men. If we could know that God did not exist, then obviously, there would be no Judgment Day. Indeed,therearethosewhodesperatelytrytoprovethatthereisnoGod. Consequently, they dream up fantasies such as evolution. In spite of the utterly impossible nature of evolution, there are those with brilliant minds who tenaciously cling to this preposterous idea. They must do this because if they admit there is a being who created this universe, then they logically would know that they must someday answer to this Creator Being. TheyknowthisintuitivelybecauseGodhascreatedmankindintheimage of God (Genesis 1:27). The Bible tells us about the way mankind was created. InRomans1:18-20,Godinformsus: For the wrath of God is revealed from heaven against all ungodliness and unrighteousness of men, who hold the truth in unrighteousness; because that which may be known of God is manifest in them; for God hath shewed it unto them. For the invisible things of him from the creation of the world are clearly seen, being understood by the things that are made, even His eternal power and Godhead; so that they are without excuse. Furthermore,inRomans2:14-16,Goddeclares: For when the Gentiles, which have not the law, do by nature the things contained in the law, these, having not the law, are a law unto themselves: which shew the work of the law written in their hearts, their conscience also bearing witness, and their thoughts the mean while accusing or else excusing one another; in the day Chapter One is being revised and currently not available. Please continue to ChapterTwo.
- 26. 34 Time Has An End when God shall judge the secrets of men by Jesus Christ according to my gospel. . . . while people would wish there were no higher being called God, deep in their hearts they know there is a God with whom they somehow must relate. Thus, while people would wish there were no higher being called God, deep in their hearts they know there is a God with whom they somehow must relate. Genesis 1:27 informs us that man was created in the image of God. Even thoughthatimagewasseverelymarredbyman’’ssin,mankindcannotclaimthat he has no knowledge whatsoever of God. Man’’s problem with God becomes very serious because mankind was created in the image of God. Therefore, all mankind knows consciously or subconsciouslythathehassininhislife.Inhisheart,heknowsthereissomething terribly wrong when acts of murder, stealing, and other vicious acts against his fellowman are committed. He also knows fundamentally that somehow the scales of justice must be balanced. The only Judge who is qualified to perfectly accomplish this is that Infinite Being who created this universe. Thus,tomany,theideaoftheexistenceofaCreatorBeing,whoiscalled God, is a completely unacceptable idea. Therefore, to avoid this altogether unacceptable conclusion, they have concocted crazy ideas such as evolution. Evolution’’s Absurdities Thenotioncalledevolutioncanbeeasilyshowntobeutterlyimpossible. Considerasimpleobjectlikeatable.Howdidthattablecomeintoexistence?No one can deny that a human being designed it and then carefully constructed it. Under no circumstance can anyone conclude that over a long period of time that tablesomehowevolved.Everypersonwitheventheslightestintelligenceknows that. JumpnowtoahumanbeingwithhismorethanthreebillionpairsofDNA inhisgenome.Obviously,thedesignofthehumangenomeisamilliontimesmore complexthanthedesignofthetable.Thus,ifasimpleobjectlikeatablerequires a designer, certainly, a being as complex as a human being also requires a designer. Furthermore, if this table had to be manufactured by someone after it wasdesigned,itshouldbeimmediatelyobviousthatahumanbeingalsohastobe made by someone. For that matter, everywhere we look in this universe, we find millions of objects far more complex than a simple table. If a simple table could
- 27. 35 notbeaproductofevolution,thenneithercananyoftheseothermillionsofobjects in the universe be a product of evolution. Theveryfactthatintelligentmenandwomenslavishlymaintaintheidea of evolution is a fact in itself that proves there is a God who created the universe. The conduct of these individuals in believing in the supposed reality of such a preposterous idea as that of evolution in itself indicates that deep in their being, perhapsintheirsubconsciousmind,theyknowthattheremustbeadivinecreator. What other reason could there be that would cause intelligent men and women to try to believe in such an impossible concept as evolution? WemighttakenoteoncemoreofthetruthswearegivenintheBiblethat showwhysomehumansinsistonbelievinginevolution.InGenesis1:27,weread: So God created man in his own image, in the image of God created he him; male and female created he them. God further teaches in Romans 1:18-20, which we quoted and want to quote again because of the importance of this statement: For the wrath of God is revealed from heaven against all ungodliness and unrighteousness of men, who hold the truth in unrighteousness; because that which may be known of God is manifest in them; for God hath shewed it unto them. For the invisible things of him from the creation of the world are clearly seen, being understood by the things that are made, even his eternal power and Godhead; so that they are without excuse. Remember, again, we read from Romans 2:14-16, where God instructsus: For when the Gentiles, which have not the law, do by nature the things contained in the law, these, having not the law, are a law unto themselves: which shew the work of the law written in their hearts, their conscience also bearing witness, and their thoughts the mean while accusing or else excusing one another; in the day when God shall judge the secrets of men by Jesus Christ according to my gospel. Significantly,Godtakesnoteofthefoolishnessofthosewhotrytodeny theexistenceofGodbyindicatingsoinbothPsalm14:1andinPsalm53:1where we read: Chapter 2 / Does God Exist?
- 28. 36 Time Has An End The fool hath said in his heart, there is no God. Frankly, they are in complete denial. Given all of the foregoing information, one should not be surprised that itisespeciallytheindividualswithgreathumanintelligencewhowouldbemost desiroustosomehowproveanyreliabilityatallintheconceptofevolution.With superior human intelligence that God Himself gave them, they know there must be a Creator Being, and that Creator Being is someone to whom the human race must answer. But in their panic to silence this totally unacceptable conclusion, they have developed and tenaciously cling to this impossible idea of evolution. Frankly, they are in complete denial. WehavelearnedfromRomans2:14-16thatGod’’sLawiswrittenonthe hearts of man. We can see this principle in action in a number of ways. One way we see this is when we note that primitive peoples offered sacrifices to appease the angry gods. Not infrequently, these oblations included human sacrifices. Intuitively, they concluded a life must be sacrificed as some kind of an ultimate paymentfortheirwrongdoing. As we have already learned from Romans Chapter 2, God’’s Law to some degree is an integral part of man’’s personality. Therefore, naturally he knows there is some kind of a higher being that governs his life. Apart from the Bible, he knows very little about this higher being. He does know, however, that he must somehow find that intelligence —— he must find this higher being —— so that he can pay suitable homage to this being. He may decide, therefore, that the sun, the moon, or the constellations of the stars is the supreme intelligence. He, therefore, will worship the sun, or he may follow the ideas of astrology. Or, it is possiblethathemaybelievesomeanimalisthatsupremeintelligencethathemust recognize and worship. Thus, like the ancient Egyptians, he might worship an image of a calf. Or he may decide that a supreme intelligence called God can be designedbytheworshiperhimself.So,hecarvesatreeorarockuntilitresembles some kind of living person. In this way the Buddhist pays homage and worships a Buddha carved from a tree and gilded with scarlet, silver, and gold paint. In our modern sophisticated society, we have been influenced to some degree by the Bible. So, we believe there is a higher being whom we cannot see who has ultimate control over our life. Or, if we want to demonstrate our own superiorintelligence,wecanfollowtheleadoftheatheistsandevolutionistsand attempt to insist that there is no God. As we witness their rejection of the existence of God, we can know how greatly mankind can be in denial of the fact that there is a Supreme Intelligence who rules the world.
- 29. 37 The big question is: where do we have information about this Supreme Being? The big question is: where do we have information about this Supreme Being? Countless books have been written to explain this Supreme Intelligence whoever or whatever it may be. Worldwide religions like Buddhism and Islam have been developed in an effort to describe this higher being and how man is to relate to him. Unfortunately, all of these attempts to find this higher being and properly worship him are developed by the minds of men. Therefore, whatever wisdom that is offered can be no greater than that which is in man’’s mind alone. As we saw earlier in this study, the world all around us with its billions of complex structures cries out for an acknowledgment that there must be an infinite mind that has designed and created this vast universe. Where can we go tofindoutaboutthisgreatintelligence?Sincemanissimplyoneofthecreatures whoinhabitsthisuniverse,heisnotqualifiedtofindthissupremeGod.Thisisso even though he strives mightily to come to a solution as to who is this God. The Bible Reveals the Complete Truth Wonderfully, this Supreme Being Himself has revealed who this Supreme Intelligence is. Amazingly, He has written a book (II Peter 1:20-21), which we call the Bible, in which He describes very much about Himself as well as how He brought this universe into existence. The Bible therefore is the most amazing and important book in the entire world. No other book can stand in its shadow. No other book is so absolutely true and trustworthy as the Bible (John 17:17). (Please see the Preface to this present writing.) BecausetheBibleissoimpeccablytrueandtrustworthy,itimmediately becomes unacceptable to mankind. This is so because it describes in detail who mankindisandhowhumansfitintoGod’’slong-rangeplans.TheBiblerevealsthat mankind was created in the image of God and therefore is accountable to God (Romans 1:18-23; 2:14-16). It reveals that God created mankind to serve God perfectly(GenesisChapters1-3;Revelation22:3).AndtheBiblesetsforthallthe rules and principles mankind is to obey in service to God (Matthew 4:4). Among these laws is the law concerning the perfect justice of God (Romans Chapters 1-6). This law stipulates that if an individual disobeys any of the Biblical Laws, he must someday stand before God as the Righteous Judge to answer for breaking God’’s Law. The Bible calls this act of disobeying any of God’’sLaw““sin.””AndbecausesinisrebellionagainstGod,theCreatorandJudge Chapter 2 / Does God Exist?
- 30. 38 Time Has An End of the world, the penalty for sin, as described by God’’s Law, is enormous. The penalty is to be damned forever in a place the Bible calls ““the lake of fire”” (Revelation 20:15). It is a place where ““the smoke of their torment ascendeth up for ever and ever”” (Revelation 14:11). Because mankind knows he has sinned, he therefore finds the Bible to be a totally unacceptable book. Because mankind knows he has sinned, he therefore finds the Bible to be a totally unacceptable book. He absolutely does not want to think about a penalty for sin as great as that of eternal damnation. Consequently, as we have learnedearlier,heblindlytriestobecomeanatheistoranevolutionist.Or,hetries to design or become part of a religion with which he can be comfortable. In any event,hetriesveryhardtobelievethattheBibleisnotGod’’sBookandthatithas noauthorityoverhislife. This kind of thinking cannot and will not change the fact that the Laws of the Bible will be carried out. Whether this individual likes it or not, in time, he will be standing before the Judgment Throne of God to answer for his sins. God has a complete knowledge of each and every sin that each and every individual has committed (Hebrews 4:13). These sins may be sins of the mind, or sins of action, or sins of words, but each sin will be found out. And any one of the sins is sufficient to cause the sentence of eternal damnation to be decreed (James 2:10-13). Thefactis,ifwewanttobecompletelyhonestandrealisticaboutourlife, we must learn everything we possibly can about ourselves. And there is no other bookthatcanbegintotellusaboutourselvesastheBibleisabletodo(Psalm119). Wonderfully,theBiblenotonlydisclosestoustheawfulconsequenceofsin,but it also has much to say about the magnificent plan God has provided whereby a greatmultitudewhichnomancannumberwillberescuedbyGod(Hebrews7:25; 9:26b-28). This is God’’s salvation plan whereby many individuals will come to know that Jesus Christ is their Savior. Mankind wants a salvation over which he can have some control. However, even God’’s plan of salvation is altogether unacceptable to mankind.TheBibleindicatesthatthisplandependsentirelyonGod’’smercyand
- 31. 39 God’’ssovereigndecisionastowhomGodhasnamedtobecomesaved(Romans 9:14-24). Because of man’’s sinful condition, he will never come to Christ on Christ’’s terms (John 5:38, 40). Those terms emphasize that an individual can makenocontributionwhatsoevertohissalvation(Ephesians2:8-9).Hemustwait entirely upon God’’s mercy as to whether or not he will become saved (Lamentations 3:26). This also is unacceptable to mankind. Mankind wants a salvation over which he can have some control. This he believes will more certainly make it possible for him to become saved, if and when he wishes to do so. At the same time, it is subconsciously satisfying to his ego that he is able to make some contribution to the grand work of his salvation (Romans Chapter 3, and Chapter 11, verses 5-6). Theconsequenceofallthisisthatmostindividualswillfindfaultwiththe Bible (Psalm 50:16-17; Romans 9:20). They will argue that it is no more authoritative than any other religious book. For example, they believe that the Islamic Koran or some book of that nature has equal authority. Or, they will readilybelievethosewhoclaimthattheBiblehaserrorsandcontradictionswithin it. Or possibly, they will simply ignore the Bible because they are too busy with theirlife. Additionally, there will be those who might acknowledge the Bible as God’’s Holy Book, but they will pick and choose among the wealth of Biblical statements to extract those statements that appear to support what they wish to believe God’’s salvation plan should be (Matthew 23:23). In other words, the problem mankind faces is not that of the integrity or the truth or the authority of theBible.TheproblemisthatpeopleordinarilywillnothumblysubmittotheBible as the Word of God which is of supreme importance to each and every human being(Luke12:57;John7:24). Only God Can Convince You Arguments are frequently set forth as to why we are to believe that the Bible is the trustworthy Word of God. But no matter how convincing these arguments may be, these arguments will not cause anyone to begin to trust the Bible as the authoritative Word of God. This is so because it absolutely requires an action by God Himself working in the life of an individual to cause that individualtohumblehimselfinthepresenceoftheBible,trustingthatindeedthe BibleistheHolyWordofGodandistobeobeyed(John3:21;Philippians2:13). Therefore, the most meaningful way to address the question of the authority of the Bible is by means of the Bible itself. The words that we will quote are God’’s words. They are the voice of Almighty God Himself. In other words, we do not have to defend the authority and the trustworthiness of the Bible. The Bible is Chapter 2 / Does God Exist?
- 32. 40 Time Has An End always constant and consistent. It is the sinful nature and lack of understanding of man that casts doubt on or brings disagreement about the teachings of Scripture. We know that only God Himself can give an individual spiritual understanding so that he will trust implicitly in God’’s Word the Bible. Withtheseprinciplesinmind,letuslistentoGod’’sownwordsconcerning the nature and truth of the Bible. Psalm2:1-4: Why do the heathen rage, and the people imagine a vain thing? The kings of the earth set themselves, and the rulers take counsel together, against the LORD, and against his anointed, saying, let us break their bands asunder, and cast away their cords from us. He that sitteth in the heavens shall laugh: the Lord shall have them in derision. Psalm2:8-11: Ask of me, and I shall give thee the heathen for thine inheritance, and the uttermost parts of the earth for thy possession. Thou shalt break them with a rod of iron; thou shalt dash them in pieces like a potter’’s vessel. Be wise now therefore, O ye kings: be instructed, ye judges of the earth. Serve the LORD with fear, and rejoice with trembling. Psalm108:4: For thy mercy is great above the heavens: and thy truth reacheth unto the clouds. Psalm117:2: For his merciful kindness is great toward us: and the truth of the LORD endureth for ever. Praise ye the LORD. Isaiah40:13-15: Who hath directed the Spirit of the LORD, or being his counsellor hath taught him? With whom took he counsel, and who instructed him, and taught him in the path of judgment, and taught him knowledge, and shewed to him the way of understanding? Behold, the nations are as a drop of a bucket, and are counted as
- 33. 41 the small dust of the balance: behold, he taketh up the isles as a very little thing. Isaiah40:17: All nations before him are as nothing; and they are counted to him less than nothing, and vanity. Isaiah40:28: Hast thou not known? hast thou not heard, that the everlasting God, the LORD, the Creator of the ends of the earth, fainteth not, neither is weary? there is no searching of his understanding. Isaiah41:4: Who hath wrought and done it, calling the generations from the beginning? I the LORD, the first, and with the last; I am he. Isaiah46:9-10: Remember the former things of old: for I am God, and there is none else; I am God, and there is none like me, declaring the end from the beginning, and from ancient times the things that are not yet done, saying, My counsel shall stand, and I will do all my pleasure. Isaiah48:3: I have declared the former things from the beginning; and they went forth out of my mouth, and I shewed them; I did them suddenly, and they came to pass. Matthew24:35: Heaven and earth shall pass away, but my words shall not pass away. John17:17: Sanctify them through thy truth: thy word is truth. Chapter 2 / Does God Exist?
- 34. 42 Time Has An End In the first chapter of Romans, God makes a series of statements in which He assures us that every unsaved individual knows deep in his heart there is a God who is the Creator, He is God to whom they must answer. We have quotedtheseversesbefore,buttheyaresoimportant,wearegoingtoquotethem again. We read in Romans 1:19-21: Because that which may be known of God is manifest in them; for God hath shewed it unto them. For the invisible things of him from the creation of the world are clearly seen, being understood by the things that are made, even his eternal power and Godhead; so that they are without excuse: because that, when they knew God, they glorified him not as God, neither were thankful; but became vain in their imaginations, and their foolish heart was darkened. And then God goes on to say in Romans 1:28-32: And even as they did not like to retain God in their knowledge, God gave them over to a reprobate mind, to do those things which are not convenient . . .who knowing the judgment of God, that they which commit such things are worthy of death, not only do the same, but have pleasure in them that do them. God knows the hearts and minds of all mankind (Jeremiah 17:10). In these verses, God is speaking to us and assuring us that, without question, each and every human being is quite aware that there is a God to whom he must answer. Since God has put a knowledge of God in the heart of each and every humanbeing,itisGod’’spurposethattheyalsoshouldbetoldthattheBibleisthe Word of God (Jeremiah 22:29; 36:1-3; John 20:30-31). To assist them in this knowledge, God makes many statements whereby they can know the Bible is God’’s Word. Some of these are as follows: Isaiah42:9: Behold, the former things are come to pass, and new things do I declare: before they spring forth I tell you of them. IITimothy3:16: All scripture is given by inspiration of God, and is profitable for
- 35. 43 doctrine, for reproof, for correction, for instruction in righteousness. II Peter 1:21: For the prophecy came not in old time by the will of man: but holy men of God spake as they were moved by the Holy Ghost. Prophecies Given and Fulfilled Aswereadtheseverses,welearnthatGodisemphasizingoneimportant way we can know that the Bible is true, and that is, whenever God prophesied concerning a future event, that event always came to pass. For example, there arenumerouspropheticstatementssprinkledthroughouttheOldTestamentthat give details concerning the coming of the Lord Jesus as Messiah, details such as the city in which He was to be born (Micah 5:2), the tribe of Israel from which He was to come (Genesis 49:10), and the ugly reception He would receive from the Jewish people (see Psalm 22, Isaiah Chapter 53, and many other references), were all prophesied hundreds of years before they were literally fulfilled. AnexcellentillustrationofthischaracteristicoftheBiblecanbeseenin anoteworthyfulfillmentofeventsthatwereprophesiedconcerningthenationof Israel. The Bible predicted that, with the exception of a small percentage of the people of this nation, as a nation they would never accept Jesus as the Messiah. The Bible indicates this rejection would continue all the way to the end of the world (Isaiah 6:9-12; Amos 8:14; Mark 11:13-14; Romans 11:5-10, 25). This prophecy is remarkable for two reasons. The first is that, in A.D. 70, Jerusalem was completely destroyed by the Romans, and for almost 1,900 years after this, the nation of Israel had no homeland. Effectively, they had disappeared from the world scene as a viable nation among the nations of the world. Therefore, how could they continue to reject Christ all the way to the end of the world, if they no longer existed as a nation that could reject Him? The second reason this prophecy is remarkable is the importance of the nameJesusChristontheworldscene.Everynationhasitsfavoritesonsthatthey are proud to own and acknowledge because of the contributions that they have made to the world. Jesus Christ is a true Israelite from the tribe of Judah and the family of David. One would think that by now, Israel would be only too ready to acknowledge Him as one of their favorite sons even though they may not agree altogetherwithHistheologicalteachings.However,theBiblealreadyprophesied almost 2,000 years earlier that Israel would continue to reject Him all the way to the end of the world. Chapter 2 / Does God Exist?
- 36. 44 Time Has An End To make this prophecy become true, they would have to again become a nation. Indeed, they would have to become a nation existing close to the end of theworld.Onlyinthiswaywouldtherebecredibleevidencethattheywouldstill be rejecting Christ all the way to the end of the world. This prophecy is given in the words of Romans 11:25: For I would not, brethren, that ye should be ignorant of this mystery, lest ye should be wise in your own conceits; that blindness in part is happened to Israel, until the fulness of the Gentiles be come in. The whole chapter of Romans 11 is speaking of the sad fact that, except for a remnant chosen by grace, the nation of Israel would remain in blindness. Verses 5 through 8 declare this fact: Even so then at this present time also there is a remnant according to the election of grace. And if by grace, then is it no more of works: otherwise grace is no more grace. But if it be of works, then is it no more grace: otherwise work is no more work. What then? Israel hath not obtained that which he seeketh for; but the election hath obtained it, and the rest were blinded (according as it is written, God hath given them the spirit of slumber, eyes that they should not see, and ears that they should not hear;) unto this day. Verse25prophesiesthatthisblindnesswouldcontinueuntilthefulness oftheGentileswouldcomein(thatis,theGentiles’’comingtoasavedrelationship with Christ). In other words, as long as one non-Jew remained anywhere in the worldwhowastobecomesavedandstillremainedunsaved,thisblindnesswould stillbeonnationalIsrael.Thus,thisprophecyvirtuallydemandsthatIsraelwould have to exist as a nation very near the end of the world. Only in this way could there be a clear indication that this prophecy had been fulfilled. Fact is, the Bible prophesies in another place that before the end of the world,Israelwouldbeanationonceagain.Thisfactisfoundwhenweunderstand the language of Mark 13:28-29 where we read: Now learn a parable of the fig tree; When her branch is yet tender, and putteth forth leaves, ye know that summer is near: so ye in like manner, when ye shall see these things come to pass, know that it is nigh, even at the doors.
- 37. 45 This whole chapter of Mark is speaking of the time of the Great Tribulation, which comes just before the end of the world. Frequently, God uses the figure of the fig tree to represent the nation of Israel.Forexample,inMarkChapter11,Jesuscursedafigtreeindicatingitwould neveragainbearfruit.Thisincident,recordedinMarkChapter11,verses12-14, and verses 20-21, is pointing to the fact that Israel, represented by the fig tree, would never again as a nation bear spiritual fruit (that is, trust in Jesus as their Savior).ButtheMark13:28-29referencealsodisclosesthatasaharbingerofthe nearness of the end of the world, it would again be a nation. It would be a fig tree with leaves. That is, it is a fig tree that represents Israel as a viable nation. But this fig tree would produce no spiritual fruit precisely as God prophesied concerningitinRomans11:25.Thatis,asanationtheywouldrejectChristastheir Messiah.* Therefore, these two prophesies of Mark Chapter 13 and Romans Chapter 11, while sounding quite different from each other, in actuality are teaching the same truth, namely, that very close to the end of the world, Israel again would be a nation. But they would be a nation that still rejects Christ. To our amazement and astonishment, these prophecies literally came true. In 1948, after almost 1,900 years of non-existence as a nation, Israel again became a nation with their own homeland. Moreover, after having continued morethanfiftyyearssincethenasaviablenationamongthenationsoftheworld, Israel still rejects Christ as their Messiah even as Romans 11:25 had prophesied. This prophecy is only one among a great many that the Bible has predicted would eventually come true and did come true. God repeatedly has demonstrated that He has the power, ability, and authority to make each and every one of His prophecies come to pass. OneofthegreatestpropheciesoftheBibleisyettobefulfilled:thereturn of Jesus Christ and the end of the world. We dare to look into these prophesies because we know we can trust the Bible. As we see how God has worked out His salvation plan down through the ages, we will see how He will bring history to a grand and awesome conclusion for which we all must be ready! We should be impressed with the fact that only God could have written the Bible. ___________________________ * Readers are invited to obtain from Family Radio a free copy of the book The Fig Tree, which gives much information about the Bible’’s teachings concerning the history and future of the nation of Israel. Chapter 2 / Does God Exist?
- 38. 46 Time Has An End All of the information in this study is based upon prophecies from the Bible.Asyoureadthisstudy,Itrustyouwillbegintounderstandthatthiswriting isaresultofthemeticulousaccuracyoftheBible,notthesurmisingsofman.And thisstudyservestoputondisplayGod’’sfaithfulnessinbringingtheseprophecies to fulfillment. We should be impressed with the fact that only God could have writtentheBible. Scholars can rave about other books that they have written, but they are nothing compared to the exquisite accuracy and integrity of the Bible. Need we say more to defend the Bible as God’’s Word? Indeed, all we must do is begin to carefully read it. But there is more that should be propounded before we begin to examine the Bible’’s teachings concerning the unfolding of God’’s plan for the historyoftheworld.WeshouldrealizethattheBibleisadivineinstructionbook for the human race. THE BIBLE: An Instruction Book When any of us purchase a computer or any complicated piece of equipment, the device normally comes with instructions concerning its use. In verysimilarfashion,Godhasgiventheearthtomankind,andHe,too,hasprovided aninstructionbooktoassistusinrealizingthegreatestblessingsasweliveonthis earth.InHisdivinemercyandwisdom,Hegavethisbooktomankind.Thisbook istheBible. The instructions given with the purchase of a sophisticated instrument, or even a simple piece of furniture that must be assembled before it can be used, usuallydonotdescribetheobject’’sdensityorchemicalcompositionoranyother intricate details concerning the materials used in the manufacture of the purchasedobject.Hopefully,however,thereisenoughinformationgivensothat maximum usage and enjoyment of the equipment can be obtained. . . . the Bible is an exceptionally extraordinary instruction book that the Creator of all things has given to us! Similarly,inGod’’sinstructionbook,theBible,Hedoesnotgiveusdetails about the chemical composition of any of the billions of objects He has created. InHisinstructionbook,Hedoesnotgivedetailsconcerningelectronsandradio-
- 39. 47 magneticwaves.ButHedoestellushowandwhenthisuniversecameintobeing (Genesis 1:1; John 1:1-3). He does tell us how to best relate to everything God has created so that we can have the most blessed life (Deuteronomy 30:19-20; Matthew 11:28-30). Indeed, the Bible is an exceptionally extraordinary instruction book that the Creator of all things has given to us! NotonlyhastheGodoftheuniversegiventheseinstructionsintheBible, Hehasalsocreatedmankindwithanabilitytoreadandhavesomeunderstanding of these instructions. Thus, we should begin to see that the Bible is supremely important. Ifacomplexinstrumentlikeacomputerisgiventoanindividualwhohas received no instruction whatsoever in the science of computer technology, and no instructions come with the computer, what is the likelihood that he will ever benefit from the use of that computer? It is more likely that, in a short time, he will have destroyed that computer because he made all the wrong attempts to make it work. Likewise, mankind, without the instruction book the Bible, cannot achieve the security and happiness he desires. Fact is, the Bible shows that if anyonefollowstherulesoftheBible,thereisapossibilityhecanhavetheabsolute highest blessing and happiness. That blessing is to become eternally a child of God,servingHimandreigningwithHimforevermore(RomansChapter8).Truly wemustrealizethattheBibleisasuper-supremelyvaluablebookofinstructions that God has given to mankind. What a pity that people do not want to carefully readthisinstructionbook. We might take note that sometimes instruction manuals that come with complexobjectsaredifficulttounderstand.Themorecomplextheinstrumentis, themorelikelyitwillbethattheinstructionsmaybedifficulttofollow.Thus,we shouldnotbesurprisedwhenwediscoverthattheBibleisdifficulttounderstand. TheBiblegivesusinformationaboutinfiniteGodwhohasnobeginningandwho spoke and brought this world into existence (Psalm 147:4-5; Isaiah 48:12-13; Colossians1:16-17;ITimothy1:17). The Bible speaks about God’’s perfect justice that demands eternal damnation for those who violate even the smallest of God’’s rules (James 2:10- 12).ItalsodescribesaloveinwhichGodHimself,inthepersonoftheLordJesus Christ,madepaymentforsinonbehalfoftherebellioushumansHecametosave (John3:14-16;10:11-15).YouwillrecallthatGodcreatedmankindtoserveGod perfectly (Matthew 5:48; I Peter 1:15-16). Yet, without the impartation of salvation by God to man, mankind is doomed to fall short of the perfection God demands (Romans 3:23). Thus, instead of having the highest blessing and maximum happiness, man ends up under the wrath of God, under eternal damnation(John3:36).TheBibletellsusthatwhenGodsavesaman,Heremoves Chapter 2 / Does God Exist?
- 40. 48 Time Has An End rebellion from the heart of man (Ephesians 2:12-17), so that once again, he can serve God acceptably (Hebrews 12:28). Assinfulhumans,wecannotunderstandtheseawesomeactionsofGod. We only argue and exclaim that we cannot trust the Bible. For example, we may contend that the Bible cannot be any more trustworthy than any other book that calls itself the Word of God. However, God comes to the rescue! God can cause people to approach theBibleveryhumbly,recognizingthatitisGodHimselfwhoisspeaking(Psalm 65:4;Jeremiah30:2;Romans2:4).GodHimselfcanworkinthemindsandhearts of men to make them begin to understand more clearly the instructions given in the Bible (Psalm 119). ThisdoesnotmeanthatthosetowhomGodbeginstogiveunderstanding oftheBiblewillbecomeexpertsinBibletruth,increasinglybeingabletoclearly understandeachandeveryverseoftheBible(IIPeter3:16-18).Rather,itmeans thatthosewhoareassistedbyGod,inthepersonoftheHolySpirit(ICorinthians 2:9-10), to understand the Bible will primarily and most importantly begin to understand that they are sinners who unquestionably deserve the eternal wrath ofGodaspaymentfortheirsins(Ezra9:6,13;Psalm119:9;ITimothy1:15).And theywillincreasinglyunderstandthatonlyGodHimself,inthepersonoftheLord Jesus Christ, can make payment for sins (I John 1:8 - 2:2). Of all the truths set forthinthisinstructionbook,thesemaybeconsideredfoundationalifothertruths of the Bible are to be understood (Hebrews 5:13 - 6:2). How wonderful that God has given us such a magnificent instruction book! What a pity that most people do not want to carefully read it! But much more must be said about the Bible. We shall see next that it is the supreme Law Book of the universe. The Bible is the Supreme Law Book of God The peoples of the world have little or no awareness of the fact that the Bible is a law book. Even among serious Bible students, the same ignorance of theBibleexists.However,inthisstudy,wewillseethattheBiblerevealsitsmajor character as a law book. For example, in it God sets forth the laws, decrees, ordinances, statutes, and commandments by which God governs. The Bible sets forth all the rules and principles mankind is to obey for the service of God (Deuteronomy10:12-13;31:24-26;Micah6:8). Surprisingly, God Himself has made Himself subject to the same laws to which mankind is subject.
- 41. 49 Surprisingly, God has made Himself subject to the same laws to which mankind is subject. In Psalm 138:2 we read: I will worship toward thy holy temple, and praise thy name for thy lovingkindness and for thy truth: for thou hast magnified thy word above all thy name. ThisremarkableandsurprisingcitationspokenbyGodHimselfandgiven as a tenet of God’’s holy Law informs us that God Himself is subject to the Word of God. The Word of God is the Bible, which is the Law of God. The words ““laws,”” ““statutes,”” ““decrees,”” ““ordinances,”” ““commands,”” etc., are synonyms found many hundreds of times in the Bible. For example, in the longest Psalm of theBible(Psalm119),whichhasmorethan170verses,weseethatvirtuallyeach and every verse makes reference to the Law of God. The Bible (the Law Book) stipulateshoweachhumanbeingistoconducthimself.TheKing,whorulesover mankindandwhohasestablishedthelawsbywhichheistolive,isGodHimself. HecreatedthisworldtogetherwithmankindtobringpraiseandglorytoHimself as the matchless Creator (Deuteronomy 4:32-40; Romans 11:36; Revelation 4:11).HecreatedmankindinHisownimageandplacedhiminabeautifulperfect universe (Genesis 1:27 - 2:9; Isaiah 45:18). However, because mankind was created in the image of God, God immediatelyestablishedlawsbywhichmankindwastoliveastheyserveGodas their King (Psalm 97:7-10a). If humans were to continue in the perfection in which they were created, they would have to continue to be as righteous as God Himselfisrighteous(Matthew5:45-48).They,therefore,wouldhavetoperfectly obey all of the commands set forth in God’’s Law Book (Galatians 3:10). Therefore, to test man’’s fidelity to God, God immediately set up the testing arena by which our first parents —— Adam and Eve —— could be tested. God had already begun to lay down laws by which they were to live as God’’s servants. They were placed in a beautiful garden and commanded to dress (till) itandkeepit(Genesis2:15).Butalsointhatbeautifulgarden,Godplacedatree, giving it a very intriguing name, ““the tree of knowledge of good and evil”” (Genesis 2:9b). God then gave Adam and Eve the command that they could eat of every tree in the garden except one, and in the day that they would eat of the treeofknowledgeofgoodandevil,theywouldsurelydie.Genesis2:16-17says: And the LORD God commanded the man, saying, Of every tree of the garden thou mayest freely eat: but of the tree of the knowledge of good and evil, thou shalt not eat of it: for in the day that thou eatest thereof thou shalt surely die. Chapter 2 / Does God Exist?
- 42. 50 Time Has An End Already therefore, in the second chapter of Genesis, we can understand that God is a God of law. He sets forth the laws by which mankind is to live, and He also indicates the penalty that will be placed on the lawbreaker. To these first laws that were given to mankind in Genesis Chapter 2, God eventually added hundreds of additional laws. All of these laws are recorded in the Bible, the Law BookofGod. The law given to Adam called for death as the penalty for breaking the law. The establishment of law also requires the prescribing of penalties for breaking that law. The law given to Adam called for death as the penalty for breaking the law (Genesis 2:17). As God continued to write His Law Book, the Bible, God became more and more specific as to what that death was. It was not physical death. It was a death far more terrible. When God created man in His own image, He created mankind to live forever even as God continues to live forever(Genesis3:22).However,God’’sLawBook,theBible,alsosetsforththe principle that when man sins (breaks the Law of God, I John 3:4), the penalty is eternal damnation. Mankind will exist forever in the future, but instead of living in the highest good and happiness, they are to be punished for their sins by being cast into Hell for all eternity as payment for their sins (Jeremiah 17:4; Matthew 25:46;Luke12:5;Romans2:7-8;6:22-23;Revelation14:11). God has established the Law and He has decreed the punishment that man must receive as a consequence of breaking that Law. But a judge is also required to adjudicate the matter. The Law Book (the Bible) therefore tells us whothejudgeis.TheJudgeisGodHimselfwhocreatedmanandwhoestablished the Law. In Psalm 7:8, God declares: The LORD shall judge the people . . . . In Psalm 9:8, the citation is given: And he shall judge the world in righteousness, he shall minister judgment to the people in uprightness. However, since there is a judge who must judge the world, there must beatrialatwhichjudgmentwillbemade.GoddescribesthattrialinIICorinthians 5:10:
- 43. 51 For we must all appear before the judgment seat of Christ; that every one may receive the things done in his body, according to that he hath done, whether it be good or bad. This trial will take place at the end of the world. We read in John 12:48: He that rejecteth me, and receiveth not my words, hath one that judgeth him: the word that I have spoken, the same shall judge him in the last day. We see, therefore, that the trial will occur on the last day of this world’’s existence. To know more about this trial, we can turn to Revelation 20:11-12, where we read: And I saw a great white throne, and him that sat on it, from whose face the earth and the heaven fled away; and there was found no place for them. And I saw the dead, small and great, stand before God; and the books were opened: and another book was opened, which is the book of life: and the dead were judged out of those things which were written in the books, according to their works. How to Escape the Wrath of God Thus far, we have before us some basic truths that show that the Bible isalawbook.SinceallofmankindhavesinnedagainstGod,allofmankindstand guilty and can expect to receive punishment for that sin (Romans 2:3; 3:19). However, the Bible also discloses to us that there is a way of escape from the wrathofGod.ThatwayofescapeisaresultoftheamazingmercyofGod(Psalm 103:10-11). That way of escape is also an integral part of the Law of God. Remember earlier we learned that God Himself is subject to this same Law Book. He is the way of escape that has been set forth in the Law Book. The BibledecreesthatsinceChristisGod,Hehastocarefullyandmeticulouslycarry outallthattheBiblesaysabouthowthiswayofescapewouldoccur.Thisisvery important because Christ Himself who is God is the Savior (Isaiah 43:11; Luke 2:11;John17:1-4;Hebrews1:1-3,8).HeistheOnewhomustbeartheenormous wrath of God in order to provide the means by which this way of escape will operate (Isaiah 53:6; Romans 3:24-25; II Corinthians 5:21; I Peter 3:18). We are alsodelightedtoknowthatthisisallspelledoutandsetforthintheLawBook(the Bible) and that God Himself must perfectly carry this out because He has placed Himself under that law. Chapter 2 / Does God Exist?
- 44. 52 Time Has An End That way of escape is the Gospel of God’’s grace (Ephesians 2:8). It is the good news of salvation (Hebrews 2:3a). It is a plan by which God’’s perfect justiceisperfectlysatisfied(Romans3:23-26).Itisaplanbywhichtherewillbe many who escape the consequences of their sins (Isaiah 53:11). Instead of being cast into Hell on the last day, they will end up in the highest bliss forevermore as sons of God reigning with Christ in the ““new heavens and a new earth”” (Romans 8:16-18; II Peter 3:13; I John 3:2; Revelation Chapter 21). As we have learned from Psalm 138:2, the Word (the Law) of God is above His name. Therefore, when God in His great wisdom designed His plan of salvation, the Law of God could not be set aside or violated in any way. Sin is sin. The wages of sin is death (Romans 6:23a). The death that God has in mind for all those who are guilty of sin is that they are to be eternally damned to Hell. The way of escape had to meet all the requirements demanded by God’’s Law. When we carefully analyze what was required by God’’s Law as satisfaction or payment for the sins of those God would save, we see that the solution is beyond our wildest imagination. It is an incredible act of God’’s love, mercy, and grace. Only an all-wise and perfectly loving God could conceive of such a plan and carry it out to fulfillment. In so doing, He must keep the Law of Godperfectly. The plan called for finding a substitute or stand-in for guilty man. That substitute would have to meet the following very rigorous qualifications: 1. He must be a human being because it was humans who rebelled against God by transgressing His perfect laws (I Corinthians 15:21). 2. He must be a perfect human being without any sins of his own (II Corinthians 5:21; I Peter 2:21-22) . 3. He must be able to bear an enormous load of sin because every sin of every individual for whom he would become a substitute would have to be laid on him. He must bear the guilt for each and every one God intended to save from the wrath of God (Isaiah Chapter 53; Romans 5:11-19; I Peter 2:24). 4. He would have to be an individual who was able to endure a super enormous punishment for the sins that were to be laid on him and not be utterly and forevermore consumed in his attempt to pay for those sins (Romans 4:25; I Corinthians15:20-22). 5. He had to be entirely willing to experience this horrible wrath of God that He Himself, being a perfect person, did not deserve at all (Matthew 16:21- 23; Luke 22:41-42; I Peter 3:18). Could such a person be found? God’’s perfect righteousness demanded thattherescueplanforsinfulmancouldnotviolateintheslightestdegreeanypart
- 45. 53 of the Law of God. The Bible reports that God looked for such an individual but none could be found. In Isaiah 63:5 we read: And I looked, and there was none to help; and I wondered that there was none to uphold: therefore mine own arm brought salvation unto me; and my fury, it upheld me. Of course, such a qualified person did not exist anywhere. Remember we read in Romans 3:10-12: As it is written, There is none righteous, no, not one: there is none that understandeth, there is none that seeketh after God. They are all gone out of the way, they are together become unprofitable; there is none that doeth good, no, not one. Giventhissadfact,thattherecouldnotbeahumananywherewhocould begin to provide the way of escape, God Himself had to do the impossible. God Himself, in the person of the Lord Jesus Christ, took on a human nature (Philippians 2:5-8). Christ, who is called the Son of God by God Himself, also becametheSonofman.BybeingbornofMary(Matthew1:18-25;Galatians4:4- 5), He took on a human nature. He thus met the qualification of being part of the human race. He Himself, however, had no sin. We read in II Corinthians 5:21: For he hath made him to be sin for us, who knew no sin; that we might be made the righteousness of God in him. God then gave to Christ all those whom God had chosen to save (that is, to experience the way of escape from Hell). We read in John 6:37: All that the Father giveth me shall come to me; and him that cometh to me I will in no wise cast out. In John 17:2, we read that as Jesus was praying, He declared: As thou hast given him power over all flesh, that he should give eternal life to as many as thou hast given him. However, in order for Christ to have these who were given to Him eternally, He had to provide payment for their sins. Otherwise, they would first Chapter 2 / Does God Exist?
- 46. 54 Time Has An End havetospendeternityinHelltopayfortheirsins.Sinceeternityisforever,Christ would never be able to take them into Heaven as His own. Therefore, the sins of these individuals, every dirty, rotten, awful one of them, were laid on Jesus ChristwhohadbeennamedbyGodtobetheirsubstituteorstand-in.Again,note IICorinthians5:21: For he hath made him to be sin for us, who knew no sin; that we might be made the righteousness of God in him. We read in Isaiah 53:5-6: But he was wounded for our transgressions, he was bruised for our iniquities: the chastisement of our peace was upon him; and with his stripes we are healed. All we like sheep have gone astray; we have turned every one to his own way; and the LORD hath laid on him the iniquity of us all. The ““usall”” in these verses are all those whom God had elected to be His people andwhohadbeengiventoChristbytheFather(John17:2,9,11-12,24).TheLaw Book (the Bible) further declares in Ephesians 1:3-7: Blessed be the God and Father of our Lord Jesus Christ, who hath blessed us with all spiritual blessings in heavenly places in Christ: according as he hath chosen us in him before the foundation of the world, that we should be holy and without blame before him in love: having predestinated us unto the adoption of children by Jesus Christ to himself, according to the good pleasure of his will, to the praise of the glory of his grace, wherein he hath made us accepted in the beloved. In whom we have redemption through his blood, the forgiveness of sins, according to the riches of his grace. Since Christ is the Substitute provided by God to satisfy the demands of God’’s Law Book on behalf of those whom God planned to save, Christ had to be and was altogether willing to endure the punishment that would be equal to that which should have been endured by each and every one whom God had elected to become saved (Hebrews 9:26b-28). It is only because the Lord Jesus never ceased to be God that it was possible for Him to carry out this enormous requirement and thus pay for the sins of His people (Isaiah 63:5; Luke 22:41-42; John10:28-30).
- 47. 55 Only God can see all the sins of which Jesus has become guilty. The trial of Jesus was about to begin. The Judge was God Himself. But in God’’s perfect justice, the Judge must also be represented by a human judge. God selected Pontius Pilate who represented Caesar, the highest ruler of the worldinthatday,tobethatjudge(Matthew27:2).Jesuswastobebroughttotrial todiscoverHisguiltorinnocence.OnlyGodknowsthatJesuswasterriblyguilty. OnlyGodcanseeallthesinsofwhichJesushasbecomeguiltybecauseeachand every sin of each and every person whom God had given to Christ had been laid uponHim(Isaiah53:6).Factis,JesuscouldhaveneverreturnedtoHeavenunless full payment had been made for every one of those sins (John 17:1-5; Hebrews 1:1-3). What a terrible situation! Jesus realized the enormous punishment He mustbeartosatisfytheperfectjusticeofGod.Therecouldbenolesseningofthe punishment demanded by God’’s Law. There could be no pity or mercy shown Christ. He was guilty before God’’s perfect Law. God was under the Law of God (the Bible), so that He had to perfectly exact a punishment that would be completely equal to that which should have been endured by each and every one of those whom God had elected to salvation. That punishment was the fact that each of them should spend eternity in Hell. No wonder, as Jesus was preparing to go before Pilate, the sweat was pouring off His body like great drops of blood to the ground (Luke 22:44). No wonder He prayed in astonishment, ““Father, if it be possible, let this cup pass from me”” (Matthew 26:39). The cup is the cup of God’’s wrath that He must endure until the payment for each and every sin that had been laid on Him had been made (Mark 14:23-24; John 18:11). NoonewilleverknowtheawfulsufferingJesuswasbeginningtosuffer. We do not know how God was punishing Him (Isaiah 53:10). We obtain a little insightasweseeHimhangingonthecross.ThecrywaswrenchedfromHislips, ““My God, my God, why hast thou forsaken me?”” (Matthew 27:46). We will never understand the supreme horror of God forsaking God, for as Christ suffered, He never ceased to be God (Matthew 27:54; Philippians 2:8-11). He was nailed to a cross to show the world that He had become cursed by God. We read in Galatians 3:13: Christ hath redeemed us from the curse of the law, being made a curse for us: for it is written, Cursed is every one that hangeth on a tree. Chapter 2 / Does God Exist?
- 48. 56 Time Has An End As we see Him in the Garden of Gethsemane, piteously praying that the cupofGod’’swrathmightpassfromHim,wealsoseeHisperfectobedience,His perfect willingness to be the Substitute as He declares, ““not my will but thine be done”” (Luke 22:42b). Christ was the perfectly willing Substitute. He was also the perfectly capable Substitute. Before the daylight hours ended that Friday afternoon, we hear the wonderful words from the lips of Jesus from the cross, ““It is finished”” (John 19:30). He, for sin, had fully paid the penalty demanded by the Law of God. The Law of God had been fully satisfied. GodcouldnowlegallyforgivethesinsofthosewhomGodhadelectedtobecome saved (Isaiah Chapter 53; Romans 5:11-19). We thus see that as God provided a way of escape for the elect of God so that they would never have to stand for judgment, the perfectly righteous justice and integrity of God was perfectly maintained (Romans 3:26). In II Corinthians5:10wereadthateveryhumanbeinghastostandbeforethejudgment seat (Greek bema) of Christ. When Jesus stood before Pilate to receive the condemnationofGodforthesinsthathadbeenlaidonHim,thesameGreekword (bema)isusedbyGodindescribingPilate’’sjudgmentseat(Matthew27:19;John 19:13). Thus,byJesushavingbeenfoundguiltyforsinandmakingpaymentfor sinasGodbroughtHiswrathonHim,therequirementsofIICorinthians5:10(that each and every person must be tried before the judgment seat of Christ) was completely satisfied for His elect. That is why God can declare in Romans 8:1: There is therefore now no condemnation to them which are in Christ Jesus . . . That is why the Law also declares in Revelation 3:10: Because thou hast kept the word of my patience, I also will keep thee from the hour of temptation, which shall come upon all the world, to try them that dwell upon the earth. The word ““temptation”” in this verse should be translated ““trial.”” This verse is assuring true believers in Christ that they will never be brought to trial. This is so because Christ as their Substitute has already stood for trial on their behalf. We thus should see that the whole context and message of the Bible is very legal. It is no wonder the Bible repeatedly speaks of itself as the Law. One of the major messages of the Bible —— that it is the Law Book —— is frequently obscured because of the complex language God uses. It is also
- 49. 57 obscured by the numerous historical events that are recorded throughout the Bible. But when we begin to understand that the Bible is a law book, we can be greatly helped in our understanding of phrases that are otherwise very difficult and complex. We also are helped in our understanding of those historical events thatarerecordedallthroughtheBible.Invariablywefindthatsinbringsjudgment. ThisistruewhetheritisasinofawickednationlikeBabylon(JeremiahChapters 50 and 51), or sin in a holy place like the temple in Jerusalem (John 2:13-17), or in the local congregations at the end of the Church Age (Jeremiah 6:10-19; Matthew 24:15). The more clearly we understand the Bible to be a book of law, the more clearly we will understand the otherwise more difficult parts of the Bible. Of course, we must never forget that only God can lead us into any truth (John14:6;16:13;17:17). Thisbringsustothepresentsituationthatexistsintheworld.Morethan six billion people are living today. Unless they are saved or become saved, each and every one is destined to stand before the judgment seat of Christ to answer fortheirsins.Andasthisstudywillshow,weareonlyashorttimefromthatawful event.Thefinaljudgmenthasalreadybegun.ThisissobecauseGod’’sjudgment ispresentlyuponallofthelocalcongregationsthroughouttheworld(IPeter4:17). (See The End of the Church Age and After and Wheat and Tares, available fromFamilyRadio.) But now we should begin our study of the timeline of the unfolding of God’’smagnificentsalvationplan.Intheprocess,wewilllearnmuchaboutGod’’s timetable for the end of the world. Writers of history are interested in a variety of events that they consider tobesignificantmarkersofthepassageoftime.Theriseandfallofcivilizations, the development of scientific knowledge, the occurrence of some wars, and the appearance of certain notable or notorious rulers are some of the markers that emphasize the movement of time through the history of the world. However, the Bible is the only true and trustworthy document that embraces, with perfect accuracy, the history of the world, and it utilizes an entirely different kind of time marker. It shows us that the timeline of history is governedbytheunfoldingofGod’’ssalvationplan,whichHehasprovidedforthe world.TheBibleisextremelyaccurateandtrueinallthatitdeclares,soweknow that in the Bible we have a perfect record of the history of the world. The Creation of Time The Bible is the supreme Law Book that proclaims the message of salvation by our Lord Jesus Christ. We have already examined to a tiny degree this amazingly perfect legal solution to the problem of sinners and their Chapter 2 / Does God Exist?
- 50. 58 Time Has An End transgression of God’’s Law. Now, the Bible speaks of Jesus being from everlasting to everlasting (Psalm 41:13). In between these two ““everlastings”” is the time of the existence of the planet Earth. In between these two ““everlastings”” is the time of the existence of the planet Earth. When God created this universe, He also created time. Fact is, on thefourthdayofcreation,Hecreatedthemagnificentcelestialclockwhichisour solar system. The sun, the planets, the earth, and the moon are all integral parts of this huge celestial clock that ticks off the days, the months, the seasons, and the years. We read in Genesis 1:14-18: And God said, Let there be lights in the firmament of the heaven to divide the day from the night; and let them be for signs, and for seasons, and for days, and years: and let them be for lights in the firmament of the heaven to give light upon the earth: and it was so. And God made two great lights; the greater light to rule the day, and the lesser light to rule the night: he made the stars also. And God set them in the firmament of the heaven to give light upon the earth, and to rule over the day and over the night, and to divide the light from the darkness: and God saw that it was good. We do not readily recognize that when God planned the salvation program for the planet Earth, He established a very precise time frame for the unfolding of this marvelous salvation program. We do know that before God created this universe and before He created time, He had already designed His entire salvation program. He had already named each and every person that He planned to save. God’’s method of saving was already worked out. The Bible reports that Christ as the sacrificial Lamb was ““slain from the foundation of the world”” (Revelation 13:8b). However, along with these super-important detailsofGod’’ssalvationplan,Godalsodevelopedaverydetailedtimeprogram that pre-scheduled each event in this salvation plan. God summarizes this principle in the language of Ecclesiastes 3:1, where we read: To every thing there is a season, and a time to every purpose under the heaven.
- 51. 59 This verse emphasizes that there is a time to every purpose under the heaven. That is, time is of essence wherever God’’s will is to be done. This principle is further detailed in the next seven verses of Ecclesiastes Chapter 3 as God declares that there is: A time to be born, and a time to die; a time to plant, and a time to pluck up that which is planted; a time to kill, and a time to heal; a time to break down, and a time to build up; a time to weep, and a time to laugh; a time to mourn, and a time to dance; a time to cast away stones, and a time to gather stones together; a time to embrace, and a time to refrain from embracing; a time to get, and a time to lose; a time to keep, and a time to cast away; a time to rend, and a time to sew; a time to keep silence, and a time to speak; a time to love, and a time to hate; a time of war, and a time of peace. Each of the statements in these seven verses relates to aspects of the unfolding of God’’s salvation plan. God illustrates this as He, at various junctures in His salvation plan, speaks of the particular event being addressed as occurring in accordance with a previously-planned time program. For example, in Acts 7:17, God speaks of Israel in Egypt. This verse states: But when the time of the promise drew nigh, which God had sworn to Abraham, the people grew and multiplied in Egypt. Or again, in Mark 1:15, where God says: . . . The time is fulfilled, and the kingdom of God is at hand: repent ye, and believe the gospel. The phrase ““the time is fulfilled”” indicates that this moment when Jesus began to preach in Galilee was in accord with a previously-planned timetable. ThesameprincipleisstatedinconnectionwiththefirstcomingofChrist. Galatians4:4declares: But when the fulness of the time was come, God sent forth his Son, made of a woman, made under the law. The same kind of language is found in Ephesians 1:10, where we read: Chapter 2 / Does God Exist?
- 52. 60 Time Has An End That in the dispensation of the fulness of times he might gather together in one all things in Christ, both which are in heaven, and which are on earth; even in him. Similar language is used in Luke 9:51, where we read: And it came to pass, when the time was come that he should be received up, he steadfastly set his face to go to Jerusalem. When God speaks about the time plan for the end of the world, He declaresinDaniel8:19: . . . Behold, I will make thee know what shall be in the last end of the indignation: for at the time appointed the end shall be. Similarly,inHabakkuk2:3,Godsays: For the vision is yet for an appointed time, but at the end it shall speak, and not lie: though it tarry, wait for it; because it will surely come, it will not tarry. From the above Biblical references, we should understand that God’’s wholesalvationplanforthisearthwascarefullypre-programmedtofollowavery precise time schedule. God’’s whole salvation plan for this earth was carefully pre-programmed to follow a very precise time schedule. NowweshouldrealizewhyGodhasputsomuchtimeinformationinthe Bible.Earlier,webrieflylookedatActs7:17inwhichthetimeforIsraeltogoout of Egypt is spoken of as having almost come. Then, within the next few verses, God makes four distinct time references. In Acts 7:20, we read: In which time Moses was born, and was exceeding fair, and nourished up in his father’’s house three months. In Acts 7:23, we read:
- 53. 61 And when he was full forty years old, it came into his heart to visit his brethren the children of Israel. Also, in Acts 7:30, God says: And when forty years were expired, there appeared to him in the wilderness of mount Sina an angel of the Lord in a flame of fire in a bush. And in Acts 7:36, we read: He brought them out, after that he had shewed wonders and signs in the land of Egypt, and in the Red sea, and in the wilderness forty years. Obviously, the amount of time required for each event to occur is a very important part of the Gospel message. . . . the whole Bible is a calendar that details the various important milestones in the unfolding of God’’s Gospel plan. Thus, we should not be surprised when we learn that the whole Bible is acalendarthatdetailsthevariousimportantmilestonesintheunfoldingofGod’’s Gospelplan.TounderstandthisCalendarwillbeoneimportantgoalofthisstudy. We will discover that these important milestones did not occur in any random or haphazardform.Instead,wewilldiscoverthateacheventistime-relatedtoother important events in a very distinct pattern that must have been previously carefullydesigned. One curious fact is that there was also a time for God to enlighten the minds of His people, so that they might know this Biblical Calendar of History. Amazingly, it is only in our generation that this calendar has been found in the Bible.WhyGodwaiteduntilthistimewhenwehavecomealmosttotheveryend of time before He made the calendar known is a puzzle in itself. We can speculate that because the Bible does not reveal a probable date for the end of the world, people have not taken seriously the idea of a judgment day. A day of reckoning has been largely dismissed because it always has been projected so far into the distant future. But the teaching of the Bible is that at any Chapter 2 / Does God Exist?
- 54. 62 Time Has An End time that awful day is close at hand. This is so because when a person dies, the next moment he will experience will be the moment he has been resurrected to stand before Christ as the Judge. Perhaps God did not want to encourage premature discussion of this subject which is very interesting and enticing to some people but which might intrude upon the most important focus of the Bible —— salvation. Perhaps this is one of the reasons for Jesus’’ words in Acts 1:7 after the disciples asked Him if this were the time that He would ““restore again the kingdom to Israel”” (Acts 1:6b). Jesus replied to them: . . . It is not for you to know the times or the seasons, which the Father hath put in his own power. However, as we have come very close to the very end of history, a discussion of the possible timing of the end of time itself enhances the warning that Christ is coming as the Judge of all the earth. Thus, the need for salvation is greatly magnified. It should cause mankind to search the Bible more carefully than ever in an effort to find truth. ThissurelygivesmajorinsightintowhatGodteachesinDanielChapter 12,thatis,theprincipleofprogressiverevelation.DanielChapter12teachesthat therearemanythingsintheBiblethataresealedupuntilthetimeoftheend.That is, as we come to the end of the world, there are many teachings of the Bible that GoddidnotallowearliersearchersofBibletruthtounderstandbutwhicharenow becomingincreasinglyunderstood. Certainly, it is the duty of a faithful Bible teacher to share the doctrines he has come to understand as God has opened his understanding to Bible truth. True Believers Are Watchmen Moreover, the Bible teaches that the true believers are watchmen. We readinEzekiel33:2-6: Son of man, speak to the children of thy people, and say unto them, When I bring the sword upon a land, if the people of the land take a man of their coasts, and set him for their watchman: if when he seeth the sword come upon the land, he blow the trumpet, and warn the people; then whosoever heareth the sound of the trumpet, and taketh not warning; if the sword come, and take him away, his blood shall be upon his own head. He heard the sound of the trumpet, and took not warning; his blood shall be upon him
- 55. 63 but he that taketh warning shall deliver his soul. But if the watchman see the sword come, and blow not the trumpet, and the people be not warned; if the sword come, and take any person from among them, he is taken away in his iniquity; but his blood will I require at the watchman’’s hand. We read in Luke 12:37-38: Blessed are those servants, whom the lord when he cometh shall find watching: verily I say unto you, that he shall gird himself, and make them to sit down to meat, and will come forth and serve them. And if he shall come in the second watch, or come in the third watch, and find them so, blessed are those servants. The watchmen, the true believers, are faithfully to sound the warning concerning what they can know from the Bible about the closeness of Judgment Day. In any case, at this time in history, when we have approached very close to the time when the world will come to an end, God has revealed the fact that the Bible gives us a detailed calendar of the history of this earth. As God opens ourunderstandingofthisveryinterestingandimportantsubject,welearnafresh how difficult it is to understand the Bible. Fact is, God has hidden the necessary Biblical information concerning the Calendar of the Bible to such a degree that noBiblestudentsortheologianshavecometoanunderstandingofituntilourday. Incidentally,wemustunderstandthatanenlargedunderstandingofthis important subject did not come because someone is smarter or more worthy or more holy than those in the past who have searched the Bible for truth. It is only because we are now living at a time when God is revealing many truths of the Bible to His true believers who are earnestly searching the Word. God has prophesied concerning this matter. Daniel 12:9 declares: . . . Go thy way, Daniel: for the words are closed up and sealed till the time of the end. Eternity Past We will learn in this study that time began in the year 11,013 B.C. However, God’’s Law Book, the Bible, reaches into eternity past. We, of course, donotunderstandeternity.Ourmindsweredesignedtoidentifywithtime.Time isregulatedbythegreatcelestialclockthatGodspokeintoexistenceonthefourth Chapter 2 / Does God Exist?
- 56. 64 Time Has An End dayofcreation.Butpriortothefirstdayofcreation,timedidnotexist.Theredid exist eternity, however, which our human knowledge cannot measure. The best we can say is that what existed before time was ““eternity past.”” We will also learn that there is an ““eternity future.”” We will see that this conceptidentifieswiththeendoftimewhichwillcomeonthedaythatChrist,the Judgeofalltheearth,comestoendthisearth’’sexistence.Atthispoint,however, we will read several passages that give a little insight into eternity past. In speaking about eternity past God uses the phrase ““from everlasting.”” We read, for example, in Psalm 41:13: Blessed be the LORD God of Israel from everlasting, and to everlasting. Amen, and Amen. Again, in Psalm 90:2, we read: Before the mountains were brought forth, or ever thou hadst formed the earth and the world, even from everlasting to everlasting, thou art God. God also uses language such as ““before the foundation of the world.”” Now, in this present universe, planet Earth is the most important planet because it serves as the locale for God’’s salvation program. Therefore, God uses the words ““before the foundation of the world”” to refer to eternity past. We read inJohn17:24: Father, I will that they also, whom thou hast given me, be with me where I am; that they may behold my glory, which thou hast given me: for thou lovedst me before the foundation of the world. Again, we read in Ephesians 1:4, as God speaks of His grand plan of salvation: According as he hath chosen us in him before the foundation of the world, that we should be holy and without blame before him in love. In yet another example, I Peter 1:18-20 speaks about Christ as the Savior: Forasmuch as ye know that ye were not redeemed with corruptible things, as silver and gold, from your vain conversation received by tradition from your fathers; but with the
- 57. 65 precious blood of Christ, as of a lamb without blemish and without spot: who verily was foreordained before the foundation of the world, but was manifest in these last times for you. From these Biblical citations we learn that not only did there exist an eternity before the creation of time, but also, that God’’s plan of salvation was worked out in meticulous detail before the first day of creation. Because God is infinite in every aspect of His being, He knew every individual who would be born . . . Because God is infinite in every aspect of His being, He knew every individualwhowouldbebornatanytimeduringthedurationofthehistoryofthe world, even before He created time. God also knew that our first parents, Adam and Eve, whom He would create, would rebel against His Law and plunge the wholehumanraceintorebellionagainstGod(Romans5:12).Asaconsequence, that rebellion could only bring the righteous justice and wrath of God against mankind.ButbecauseGodisaGodofsalvation,theBibletellsusthatHewould choose to withhold His wrath from many who are just as deserving of eternal punishment as all the others. Therefore, in eternity past, before time began, God had already chosen those whom He would save. He already had prepared for theirsalvationbychoosingtobecometheirSubstituteinChrist,““inhimdwelleth all the fulness of the Godhead bodily””(Colossians 2:9). The Lord Jesus Christ was to be their Savior so that in principle, He, as the great I AM, the ever-present One (John 8:58; 17:5), was ““the Lamb slain from the foundation of the world””(Revelation13:8b). Earlier, we learned that the death of Christ was payment for each and every sin of those whom He came to save. Since Christ, in principle, was slain fromthefoundationoftheworld,wemayconcludethatHeknewabouteachand every sin that would ever be committed by those He came to save. Inadditiontotheversesquotedabove,wereadinMatthew25:34,where Godsays: Then shall the King say unto them on his right hand, Come, ye blessed of my Father, inherit the kingdom prepared for you from the foundation of the world. We also read, in Hebrews 4:3, that God says: Chapter 2 / Does God Exist?
- 58. 66 Time Has An End For we which have believed do enter into rest, as he said, As I have sworn in my wrath, if they shall enter into my rest: although the works were finished from the foundation of the world. God’’s great and wonderful salvation plan was the motivating cause for His creation of this amazing planet Earth. Thus, we learn that God’’s great and wonderful salvation plan was the motivating cause for His creation of this amazing planet Earth. We, therefore, should not at all be surprised to learn that what governs the timeline of earth’’s history is the unfolding of God’’s marvelous work of salvation. Everything connectedwithGod’’ssalvationprogramworkstounfoldthegreatesteventinall of history. No earthly story, no human saga, no sprawling epic can come within aneternityofmatchingwhatGodisdeclaringinHisWordtheBible.Factis,God’’s magnificent salvation plan is the very substance and essence of history. How then, and when, and where did it all begin? Beforethestartofanygreattrip,whetheritbeajourneytotheSouthPole or an ascent to the top of the earth’’s highest mountain or a trip to the moon, enormous and detailed preparations must be made. So too, before the beginning oftheunfoldingofGod’’ssalvationprogram,enormouspreparationsweremade. In no particular chronological order, those preparations included but were not limitedtothefollowing: •• Creation of the universe to demonstrate the glory of God as Creator. •• Creation of time. •• Creation of planet Earth, the locale where God’’s salvation pro- gram would be developed and which eternally would identify withmankind. •• Creation of mankind in the image of God. •• Naming of Christ to be the Savior. •• God’’s choosing of all those who were to become saved. •• Creation of angels to be servants of God. Some would be used of God as His servants in His salvation program, some would rebel and become instrumental in the rebellion of mankind. •• Creation of the great celestial time clock (our solar system) to mark the passage of time and also to provide types and figures
- 59. 67 of various aspects of God’’s salvation program. •• Establishment of the Law of God which began rather simply and finally was expanded to become the entire Bible. •• Christ, in principle, dying for the sins of those who were chosen to salvation so that from the moment mankind sinned, salvation was an existent reality. •• The establishment of a testing arena where our first parents could be tested concerning their obedience to God. This testing arena was the beautiful Garden of Eden, which was located in the perfect world that God had created. This garden was to typify how the perfect kingdom of God (consisting of those who would become saved) would exist in a world which would become altogether sinful. (See also The Glorious Garden of Eden, available from Family Radio free of charge.) •• Establishment of the seventh-day Sabbath as a day of rest. God Himself rested on the seventh day of creation (Genesis 2:1-3). This was a tremendous sign pointing to the fact that we must never try to achieve salvation by our own efforts. (See also Sunday: The Sabbath, available from Family Radio.) •• The institution of marriage which would point to the beautiful fact that those who were recipients of God’’s salvation would become married to Christ (Genesis 2:23-24; Ephesians 5:25- 33). (See also What God Hath Joined Together, available free of charge from Family Radio.) Within a very short time, God’’s whole salvation plan for mankind was set into motion. •• Desiring to be a king like God, the angel Lucifer rebelled against God. •• Taking on the form of a serpent, Lucifer tempted Eve so that she disobeyed God by eating the forbidden fruit. •• Eve gave the forbidden fruit toAdam. He, too, in disobedience, ate of it. •• Mankind became spiritually dead. They no longer were ener- gized by God, and God no longer dwelt within them. •• Also known as Satan or the devil, the serpent was cursed but was given the right to rule over mankind. •• Mankind was cursed and became completely infected by sin because God no longer energized them. The whole human race Chapter 2 / Does God Exist?
- 60. 68 Time Has An End became subject to eternal damnation in both body and soul. •• Adam and Eve were driven out of the Garden of Eden wherein was the tree of life. The cherubim with a flaming sword, placed at the entrance of the garden, represented God as the Judge. God was portraying the fact that the only way for anyone to get into the kingdom of God (the Garden of Eden), wherein is Christ (the tree of life), is for that person first to be judged for his sins. This meant that no one could ever enter into Heaven, wherein is Christ, unless he first spent an eternity in Hell pay- ing for his sins, and because eternity is forever, this excluded all mankind from Heaven unless a capable and willing substitute could be found to pay for their sins. •• The earth itself was cursed so that in many ways, it became an enemy of man. Thorns, thistles, poisonous animals, poisonous bacteria, carnivorous animals, etc., resulted from this curse. Immediately, man’’s life span began to become shorter and shorter. •• Adam and Eve discovered their physical nakedness which was a picture of their spiritual nakedness, that is, God could readily see their sin-infected personality. •• God killed animals and provided animal skins to cover the na- kedness of Adam and Eve. This action pointed to the essence of God’’s salvation plan that must unfold. The killed animals represented Christ as the Savior who must die, that is, He must suffer eternal damnation for the sins of God’’s chosen people. All of the above are from the most reliable history book of all ages. The Bible is completely without error and will stand any test it may be given. It is God’’s supernal revelation of truth to each and every one of us. Now that we have briefly outlined the fundamental elements of God’’s marvelous salvation plan, we will go through the Bible to discover God’’s Calen- dar, which is, indeed, the oldest and best Calendar, yes, the perfect Calendar of the history of the world. Once we have accomplished this, we can again begin at the beginning and proceed down the timeline of history, giving some details that relate to all-important milestones in the unfolding of God’’s salvation plan.
- 61. 69 Chapter 3 Calendar Patriarchs Discovering the calendar of history is no easy matter. God has intentionally buried all the necessary information concerning this important subject deep in the language of the Bible. Only in God’’s own timetable will He openourunderstandingconcerningthis. To begin our search, we have to remember several very significant truths.ThefirstisthattheBibleistheWordofGod.Therefore,regardlessofhow difficultorcomplicatedthelanguageoftheBiblemayappeartobe,itisabsolutely true and trustworthy. Secondly,wemustkeepinmindthatanyunderstandingwemayreceive must come from the Bible and that that understanding is given by the God of the Bible. Thirdly,GodwrotetheBibleinsuchawaythateachconclusionwecome to must stand the scrutiny of any and every verse of the Bible that relates to the same subject. This verification of the Bible by the Bible is the only way we can be assured that our conclusions are correct. Fourthly, we must understand that each word in the original languages of the Bible is completely accurate, exactly how God intended every word to be. Those words came from the mouth of God (Jeremiah 1:9; 36:2; Ezekiel 33:7; II Timothy 3:16; II Peter 1:21). Even though we may have great difficulty understanding a particular word or phrase, the truth conveyed by that very word or phrase is altogether trustworthy because it is given to us by God Himself. The fifth truth that encourages us is the fact that at the present time in history, the evidence is mounting that we are very close to the end of the world. BymeansoftheBible,Godisrevealingmuchadditionalinformationconcerning this momentous truth —— truth that had been denied earlier Bible students. Verbal Clues to Lineage Patterns of Biblical Speech WeshallnowattempttodevelopachronologyofhistoryfromtheBiblical statements, approaching the Bible in the manner we have discussed. We must begin this search with the study of the genealogical record of Genesis Chapters 5and11.Iffurtherlightcouldbegiventoarriveataproperunderstandingofthese important chapters, a great stride forward would be taken toward the development of a consistent statement regarding the exact date of Adam, the Flood,andotherphenomenaofhistory.Suchnewinformationandinterpretation would point up anew the true believers’’ trust in the total accuracy and authority of the Bible, especially with regard to the early chapters of Genesis which have
- 62. 70 Time Has An End been open to dispute. The Bible must be accepted as God’’s inerrant word to man and that it is, therefore, entirely trustworthy. Again, I must emphasize that as a fundamental starting point, one basic fact must be acknowledged as a presupposition upon which this study rests. It is that we will receive enlightenment from God’’s Word only when we recognize it as His infallible revelation. ““For the prophecy came not in old time by the will of man: but holy men of God spake as they were moved by the Holy Ghost”” (II Peter 1:21; see also II Timothy 3:16). The Bible must be accepted as God’’s inerrant word to man and that it is, therefore, entirely trustworthy. Inspired Verbs As we examine the genealogical record of Genesis Chapters 5 and 11, isthereanythingdistinctiveinthelanguagepatternusedthatmightgiveusaclue to the understanding of these chapters? The verses do seem very similar to each other. Although there are two that are definitely different from the others (and we will consider those in a moment), all the other genealogical notices in this chapter follow the same pattern, namely, when ‘‘A’’ had lived ‘‘x’’ years, he begot ‘‘B.’’ For example, Genesis 5:12 says, ““And Cainan lived seventy years, and begat Mahalaleel.”” There is no indication that Cainan gave his son the name Mahalaleel. The passage simply says he begat Mahalaleel. Now let us look more intently at the two passages that stand apart from theusualpattern.ThefirstisGenesis5:3whichrecordsthegenealogicaldescent of Seth from Adam: And Adam lived an hundred and thirty years, and begat a son in his own likeness, after his image; and called his name Seth. The second passage is Genesis 5, verses 28 and 29, which tell us about the relationship of Lamech to Noah: And Lamech lived an hundred eighty and two years, and begat a son: and he called his name Noah, saying, This same shall comfort us concerning our work and toil of our hands, because of the ground which the LORD hath cursed. The phrase ““called his name,”” which is the Hebrew ““qara shem,””
- 63. 71 gives us help with at least a few of the names in these chapters. A search of the Bible reveals no instance where such a phrase is used in connection with the naming of a person, where the person named was not an immediate child or was notimmediatelyrelatedtothepersondoingthenaming.Manyexamplesmightbe given to show this. Genesis 21:3: And Abraham called the name of his son that was born unto him, whom Sarah bare to him, Isaac. Genesis25:25: And the first came out red, all over like an hairy garment; and they called his name Esau. The phrase ““called his name”” is used in regards to the births of all the sons of Jacob; for example, we read in Genesis 29:32: And Leah conceived, and bare a son, and she called his name Reuben: for she said, Surely the LORD hath looked upon my affliction; now therefore my husband will love me. The phrase is also used in Genesis Chapter 38 where the five sons of Judah are noted in verses 3, 4, 5, 29, and 30. This particular indisputable father-son relationship is underscored in I Chronicles 2:4 by the statement, ““All the sons ofJudahwerefive.””Interestingly,thesamephrase,qarashem,isusedinIsaiah 7:14 where God prophesied that a virgin would bear a son and call his name Immanuel.ItisusedalsoinGenesis5:2whereGodcalledtheman““Adam.”” We know, of course, from other Biblical data that there were no humans before Adam. From all of this evidence, we can be quite sure that wherever the clue phrase qara shem occurs, an immediate son is being described and not a grandson or some more remote descendant. . . . wherever the clue phrase qara shem occurs, an immediate son is being described . . . Returning to the Genesis account with this knowledge concerning the Bible’’s use of the clue phrase ““called his name,”” we discover in Genesis 4:25 and in Genesis 5:3 that Seth was undoubtedly an immediate son of Adam, for in both of these verses qara shem is used. We find, too, in Genesis 4:26: Chapter 3 / Calendar Patriarchs
- 64. 72 Time Has An End And to Seth, to him also there was born a son; and he called his name Enos . . . . Thus, we can know that Enos was an immediate son of Seth. Likewise, on the same grounds, we can know that Noah was the immediate son of Lamech (Genesis5:28-29). Thus, we may conclude on the basis of the information found in the verses cited above that when Adam was 130 years old, Seth was born to him. When Adam was 235 years old and Seth was 105, Enos, the grandson of Adam was born. Similarly, when Lamech was 182 years of age, Noah was born. Noah’’s and Terah’’s Sons Two other generations are named in the genealogical accounts of Genesis Chapters 5 and 11 that can be shown to be of an immediate father-son relationship. In neither of these is the clue phrase ““called his name”” used, but sufficient information is given in other Bible references so that we can confirm that it is an immediate father-son relationship. The first of these pertains to Noah’’s son, Shem. In Genesis 5:32, we read: And Noah was five hundred years old: and Noah begat Shem, Ham, and Japheth. We can know that these must be immediate sons by the testimony of Genesis9:18whichreads: And the sons of Noah, that went forth of the ark, were Shem, and Ham, and Japheth: and Ham is the father of Canaan. AndGenesis7:13statesthatNoah,Shem,Ham,andJapheth,togetherwiththeir wives, entered the ark. We read in I Peter 3:20 that there were eight souls in the ark. These verses lead us to the inescapable conclusion that Shem was an immediate son of Noah, and not a grandson or later descendant. The other generation that can be known to represent an immediate father-son relationship is that of Terah and Abram. Genesis 11:26 declares: And Terah lived seventy years, and begat Abram, Nahor, and Haran.
- 65. 73 The verses that follow give additional information, which points conclusively to the relationship that existed. Genesis 11:27-28 declares: Now these are the generations of Terah: Terah begat Abram, Nahor, and Haran; and Haran begat Lot. And Haran died before his father Terah in the land of his nativity, in Ur of the Chaldees. Verse 31 continues: And Terah took Abram his son, and Lot the son of Haran his son’’s son, and Sarai his daughter in law, his son Abram’’s wife; and they went forth with them from Ur of the Chaldees, to go into the land of Canaan; and they came unto Haran, and dwelt there. This language surely has reference to an immediate family relationship. Thus, AbramcouldonlyhavebeenthesonofTerah,andnothisgrandsonorsomelater descendant. Somefurtherclarificationmightbehelpfulatthispoint.AlthoughGenesis 11:26 would seem to indicate that all three of Terah’’s sons, Abram, Nahor, and Haran, were born when he was seventy years old, this cannot have been the case unless they were triplets. Verse 32 clearly states that Terah died in Haran at the age of 205 years. Upon his father’’s death, Abram left Haran at the age of seventy- five (Genesis 12:4; Acts 7:4). We must, therefore, conclude that Terah was actually 130 years of age at the time of Abram’’s birth, and that either Nahor or Haran was the oldest of the three brothers, one having been born when their father was seventy. In the genealogies, Abram is probably mentioned first because he was the important figure in God’’s redemptive plan for man. Thus far, we have established that Seth, Enos, Noah, Shem, and Abram wereallimmediatesonsoftheirfathers,namedintherecordofGenesisChapters 5 and 11. We are left with the remaining names in these two chapters. Are they immediate sons or are they later descendants? The phrase ““qara shem”” is not used anywhere in the Bible in connection with these names to indicate an immediate father-son relationship. Neither is there other evidence in Scripture whichconclusivelysuggeststhiskindofrelationship. Is there Scriptural evidence to indicate that these verses are speaking of a relationship other than a father-son relationship? There is, indeed, as we shall now see. Chapter 3 / Calendar Patriarchs
- 66. 74 Time Has An End Patriarchal Periods An analysis of the language used in Genesis Chapters 5 and 11 reveals apatternthatisuniqueonlytothesechapters.AtypicalpassageisthatofGenesis 5:15-17: And Mahalaleel lived sixty and five years, and begat Jared: and Mahalaleel lived after he begat Jared eight hundred and thirty years, and begat sons and daughters: and all the days of Mahalaleel were eight hundred ninety and five years: and he died. These verses set forth truth that might be written as the following equation: When ““A”” was ““x”” years old, he begat a son, ““B.”” ““A”” then lived ““y”” years after he begat ““B”” and begat other sons and daughters. This language pattern is used to describe men from Adam all the way to Terah, the father of Abraham. The account of Genesis Chapter 5 adds that, thus, all the days of ““A”” were ““x”” + ““y”” years and he died. This was added probably because of the extreme longevity of these ancients. By this added phrase there could be no misunderstanding regarding these long life spans. How are we to understand these verses? Is ““B”” the son of ““A”” or is he a later descendant of ““A””? The word ““begat”” does not help us. In some cases intheBibleitisusedwhereunquestionablyanimmediatefather-sonrelationship is in view. For example, in I Chronicles 1:34, we read that Abraham begat Isaac. On the other hand, begat is sometimes used where a descendant later than an immediatesonisinview.InMatthew1:8,forexample,wereadthatJorambegat Uzziah. But Ahaziah, Joash, and Amaziah should come between Joram and Uzziah (II Chronicles Chapters 21-26). Thus, in this case ““begat”” could have reference only to a later descendant, not an immediate son. A casual comparison of Genesis 11:16-17 with Genesis 10:25 would seem to offer a solution. The typical language pattern of Genesis Chapters 5 and 11 is followed in Genesis 11:16-17, where we read: And Eber lived four and thirty years, and begat Peleg: and Eber lived after he begat Peleg four hundred and thirty years, and begat sons and daughters.
- 67. 75 And in Genesis 10:25 we read: And unto Eber were born two sons: the name of one was Peleg; for in his days was the earth divided; and his brother’’s name was Joktan. Do these verses appear to say that Peleg was an immediate son of Eber? If this is so, in Genesis 11:16-17 the word ““begat”” must necessarily be understood as a reference to an immediate father-son relationship. Since at first this appears to be true for Genesis 11:16-17, we would suspect that this would be true of all of the other verses of Genesis Chapters 5 and 11 which follow the same language pattern. Yet the problem with this reasoning is that other language found in GenesisChapter10indicatesthatthereferenceto““sons,””asitisusedinGenesis 10:25,doesnotatallensurethatanimmediatefather-sonrelationshipisinview, i.e., that Peleg was the immediate son of Eber. In the same chapter, for example, we read in verse 31, ““These are the sons of Shem, after their families, after their tongues, in their lands, after their nations.”” But in this verse, ““sons”” has reference to all of the descendants of Shem. Thus, the word ““sons”” does not prove that a reference is made to the immediate son of the father. It might benotedthatMatthew1:1alsoillustratesthistruth,forthereweread,““Thebook of the generation of Jesus Christ, the son of David, the son of Abraham.”” Moreover, when we look at Eber and Peleg more carefully, we will discover evidence that suggests very strongly that Peleg could not have been the immediate son of Eber. The statement of Genesis 10:25 (quoted above) is repeated in I Chronicles1:19,whichsuggeststhatGodappearstobecallingattentiontothese facts, as though they are of great importance. From Genesis 11:16-19 we discover that Eber begat Peleg, and Peleg begat Reu. Genesis 11:16-19: And Eber lived four and thirty years, and begat Peleg: and Eber lived after he begat Peleg four hundred and thirty years, and begat sons and daughters. And Peleg lived thirty years, and begat Reu: and Peleg lived after he begat Reu two hundred and nine years, and begat sons and daughters. Let us now assume for the moment that Peleg was an immediate son of Eber and that Reu was an immediate son of Peleg. Since according to Genesis 11:16-19, Eber was thirty-four years old when Peleg was born, and presumably thirty years later, Peleg bore Reu, the result would look like the following: Chapter 3 / Calendar Patriarchs
- 68. 76 Time Has An End We can see from the diagram that these three men must have been contemporaries, with Eber the oldest. But if Eber had actually been born earlier than Peleg and Reu, and if he had outlived both Peleg and Reu (as the diagram shows), so that he was the patriarch of the clan, so to speak, one would surely think it would have been a matter of divine record that he, instead of Peleg, lived whentheearthwasdivided,theeventthatwefindrecordedinGenesis10:25and IChronicles1:19.Thus,weareledagaintotheconclusionthattheterm““begat”” as used in Genesis Chapters 5 and 11, must have, at least in some instances, reference to a relationship other than that of an immediate father-son. We see in Genesis Chapters 7 and 8 that the dates of the Flood events are referenced to the age of Noah. Genesis 8:13 records: And it came to pass in the six hundredth and first year, in the first month, the first day of the month, the waters were dried up from off the earth: and Noah removed the covering of the ark, and looked, and, behold, the face of the ground was dry. Genesis 7:6 indicates that the 600 years was the age of Noah when the Floodcame.Thisleadsustoanimportantquestion:Couldthecalendarsofancient peoples have been tied to the life spans of certain individuals? As a matter of fact, this present generation is the generation of Jesus Christ. We speak of years today as ““A.D.”” which means the Year of Our Lord. The events of today are dated exactly as they were in Noah’’s day, that is, by reference to the birth date of a person. The events of today are dated exactly as they were in Noah’’s day, that is, by reference to the birth date of a person. Since this method of dating events, which was practiced in Noah’’s day, Eberborn Pelegborn Pelegdied Reudied Eberdied Eber lived 464 years 34 years Peleg lived 239 years 30 years Reu lived 239 years Reuborn
- 69. 77Chapter 3 / Calendar Patriarchs was suggested by Jesus Himself, and is actually the practice used today, could notthishavebeenthemethoddescribedinGenesisChapters5and11?Ifso,then Eber, Peleg, and Reu were patriarchs who followed each other in history. Each inturnwasthereferencepointforhisperiodorgenerationinhistory.Thismakes abundant sense and would provide for continuity and clarity in historical reckoning. Thus,weseethatwhentheBiblerecordsthatEberwasthirty-fouryears old when Peleg was born and lived 430 years after the birth of Peleg, fathering other sons and daughters (Genesis 11:16-17), it means literally that when Eber was thirty-four years of age, a ““son”” was born to him. This might have been his first(immediate)son,oritmighthavebeenagrandson,agreat-grandson,oreven agreat-great-grandson.Significantly,theBibledoesnotrecordthatEber““called his name Peleg”” because as a point of fact, Peleg was not born until about the time Eber died. The ““son”” born to Eber at age thirty-four was an ancestor of Peleg, but his name is nonessential insofar as God’’s record is concerned. The important fact to remember is that the patriarchal successor to Eber was Peleg. Peleg was a direct descendant, and Eber at age thirty-four was the progenitor of the Peleg line. The result looks like the following: WearesuggestingatthispointinourstudythatthelanguageofGenesis Chapters 5 and 11, which follows the equation: ““A”” lived ““x”” years and begat Eber’s Patriarchal Earth was divided Period 464 Years during Peleg’s Patriarchal Period Peleg’s Patriarchal Period 239 Years Reu’s Patriarchal Period 239 Years Eberborn AncestorofPelegborn 34yearsafterEber’sbirth PelegbornEberdied AncestorofReuborn 30yearsafterPeleg’sbirth ReubornPelegdied
- 70. 78 Time Has An End ““B,”” and ““A”” lived after he begat ““B”” for ““y”” years, is actually a calendar. Exceptions to the patriarchal calendar are introduced, namely, Adam begetting Seth, Seth begetting Enos, and Lamech begetting Noah. And yet, these exceptions are distinguished by the phrase ““called his name,”” thus showing Seth, Enos, and Noah to be immediate sons. Of course, some of our conclusions are still tentative; but as we consider more and more data, we will discover how close to the truth we are. Patriarchal Periods on the Family Tree In our study thus far, we have seen that when the phrase ““called his name,”” the Hebrew qara shem, is used in the Bible, it has reference to an immediate son. Thus, we know that Seth was the immediate son of Adam, Enos wastheimmediatesonofSeth,andNoahwastheimmediatesonofLamech.We have also determined that in two cases where this key phrase is not used in connection with close relatives, there is sufficient evidence in other parts of the Bible to assure us that they are related to each other on an immediate father-son basis. Thus, we know with certainty that Shem was an immediate son of Noah and that Abraham was an immediate son of Terah. Finally, we discovered that the other individuals named in the genealogical records of Genesis Chapters 5 and 11 are probably not related as immediate descendants. In fact, we have seen that the Bible offers some evidence that they were not closely related at all. Rather, we offered the suggestion that the year of birth of one individual coincided with the death year of the person named before him in the ancestral table. Thus, we proposed that eachoftheseremainingcharactersarepatriarchalleaders,eachheadinghisown ancestraldivision. The Key that Unlocks Genesis Chapters 5 and 11 Though it may seem a bit removed from our discussion, it develops that an understanding of the Israelites’’ genealogy during the time of their sojourn in Egypt provides the key that confirms our understanding of Genesis Chapters 5 and 11. When we study the genealogical descent of Levi, who entered Egypt as a son of Jacob, we find additional evidence that substantiates our Patriarchal Calendar. We will show that during the Egyptian sojourn, a kind of calendar existed which was referenced to descendants of Levi, with each of his descendants being the Calendar Patriarch during his entire lifetime. Todevelopthispoint,letusnowexaminethevariousBiblicalreferences that relate to the descendants of Levi, who entered Egypt with his brothers and
- 71. 79 hisfatherJacob,whenJosephhadbecomesecond-in-commandinEgypt.These references follow. Genesis 46:11: And the sons of Levi; Gershon, Kohath, and Merari. Exodus 2:1-10: And there went a man of the house of Levi, and took to wife a daughter of Levi. And the woman conceived, and bare a son: and when she saw him that he was a goodly child, she hid him three months. And when she could not longer hide him, she took for him an ark of bulrushes, and daubed it with slime and with pitch, and put the child therein; and she laid it in the flags by the river’’s brink. And his sister stood afar off, to wit what would be done to him. And the daughter of Pharaoh came down to wash herself at the river; and her maidens walked along by the river’’s side; and when she saw the ark among the flags, she sent her maid to fetch it. And when she had opened it, she saw the child: and, behold, the babe wept. And she had compassion on him, and said, This is one of the Hebrews’’ children. Then said his sister to Pharaoh’’s daughter, Shall I go and call to thee a nurse of the Hebrew women, that she may nurse the child for thee? And Pharaoh’’s daughter said to her, Go. And the maid went and called the child’’s mother. And Pharaoh’’s daughter said unto her, Take this child away, and nurse it for me, and I will give thee thy wages. And the woman took the child, and nursed it. And the child grew, and she brought him unto Pharaoh’’s daughter, and he became her son. And she called his name Moses: and she said, Because I drew him out of the water. Exodus 6:16-20: And these are the names of the sons of Levi according to their generations; Gershon, and Kohath, and Merari: and the years of the life of Levi were an hundred thirty and seven years. The sons of Gershon; Libni, and Shimi, according to their families. And the sons of Kohath; Amram, and Izhar, and Hebron, and Uzziel: and the years of the life of Kohath were an hundred thirty and three years. And the sons of Merari; Mahali and Mushi: these are the families of Levi according to their generations. And Amram took him Jochebed his father’’s sister to wife; and she bare him Aaron and Moses: and the years of the life of Amram were an hundred and thirty and seven years. Chapter 3 / Calendar Patriarchs
- 72. 80 Time Has An End Exodus 7:7: And Moses was fourscore years old, and Aaron fourscore and three years old, when they spake unto Pharaoh. Numbers 26:58-59: . . . And Kohath begat Amram. And the name of Amram’’s wife was Jochebed, the daughter of Levi, whom her mother bare to Levi in Egypt: and she bare unto Amram Aaron and Moses, and Miriam their sister. I Chronicles 6:1-3a: The sons of Levi; Gershon, Kohath, and Merari. And the sons of Kohath; Amram, Izhar, and Hebron, and Uzziel. And the children of Amram; Aaron, and Moses, and Miriam. The Time Bridge Some interesting observations which impinge on our study will now be noted about these references to the descendants of Levi. They are as follows: 1. The phrase ““called his name”” (qara shem) is nowhere used in these referencesexceptinExodus2:10wherethechildofthispassageisnamedMoses by the Egyptian princess. 2. It is very clear from the detail given in Exodus 2:1-10 as well as the use of the phrase qara shem that Moses was the son of the unnamed man and woman of Exodus 2:1. 3.WithalloftheotherdetailgiveninExodus2:1-10,itissignificantthat Amram and Jochebed are not named as the father and mother of Moses as Exodus6:20wouldappeartoindicate.WhyarethenamesAmramandJochebed omitted from the detailed account of Exodus 2:1-10 if they were Moses’’ father andmother? 4.Thereisnoevidenceofanimmediatefather-sonrelationshipinanyof these accounts except in the Exodus 2:1-10 account which relates Moses to an unnamed father and mother. 5. The life spans of Levi and only two of his descendants are noted, as aretheagesofMosesandAaronatthetimeoftheExodus(Exodus6:16-20;7:7). This appears rather strange. What purpose could God have in mind in giving us theagesofjustthesemen?Isthereapossibilitythatintheseverses,atimebridge was built across the period from Jacob’’s descent into Egypt to the Exodus?
- 73. 81 Parents and Patriarchs We shall begin to answer these difficult questions by attempting to determine the age of Levi when he entered Egypt. This information is essential if we are to correlate the various time notices given in the Bible that refer to the Israelites’’ sojourn in Egypt. In particular, if we can relate Levi’’s age to the age ofhisfatherJacob,whowas130yearsoldwhenheenteredEgypt(Genesis47:9), we will have the correlation we are seeking. We do know that Levi’’s younger brother Joseph was thirty-nine years of age when Jacob was 130 because Joseph was thirty when he was made ruler over Egypt (Genesis 41:46), and it was during the second year of the famine, or nineyearslater,thatherevealedhimselftohisbrothers(Genesis45:6).Thus,we know that Jacob was ninety-one years of age when Joseph was born (130 –– 39 =91). Can we now discover how much younger Joseph was than Levi? The solutiontothisquestiondependsuponwhetherJacobspenttwentyyearsorforty yearsinHaranwithhisuncle,Laban.Ifhespenttwentyyears,thetimesequence would work out something like this: Jacob worked seven years for Rachel (Genesis 29:20). Deceived into marriage with Laban’’s older daughter, Leah, Jacob was forced to serve another seven years for Rachel, whom he apparently marriedatthebeginningofthissecondsevenyears(Genesis29:30).SinceJacob worked six years for the flocks he received from Laban (Genesis 31:41), and these six years followed the birth of Joseph (Genesis 30:22-24), all of Jacob’’s children,withtheexceptionofBenjamin,musthavebeenbornduringtheperiod that he worked the second seven years for Rachel. With Levi being the third son andJosephthelastbornduringthisperiod,Levimusthavebeenatleastfouryears older than Joseph. ItisdifficulttoconcludethatsomanychildrenwereborntoJacobduring the second seven-year period when he was working to pay for Rachel. Presumably, during this period, Leah bore four children, none of whom were twins (Genesis 29:31-35), and she then ceased bearing (Genesis 29:35), and because she ceased bearing, she gave her maid Zilpah to Jacob, with whom he fathered two sons (Genesis 30:9-13), and finally, Leah bore two more sons and a daughter (Genesis 30:16-21). To conclude that all of these events occurred during a seven-year period seems quite impossible. Jacob: Forty Years in Haran Whatalternativetoatwenty-yearsojourninHarandoestheBibleoffer? Genesis 29:18-30 clearly indicates that Jacob worked the first 14 years as Chapter 3 / Calendar Patriarchs
- 74. 82 Time Has An End paymentforRachelandLeah.Genesis30:25-34indicatesthatfollowingJoseph’’s birth, Jacob made a contract to work for Laban, and in return, Jacob would keep as his own the spotted and speckled sheep of the flocks. Genesis 31:41 summarizes his work for Rachel and Leah and indicates that he worked for a period of six years for his flocks: Thus have I been twenty years in thy house; I served thee fourteen years for thy two daughters, and six years for thy cattle: and thou hast changed my wages ten times. Thisisthekeyversethatweshouldexamineverycarefully.Godwrotethisverse in such a way that superficially, it appears to teach that Jacob was in Haran for a total of 20 years. Fact is, this is the understanding most Bible scholars derive from this verse, but because that conclusion is altogether incorrect, they are deprived of very essential information required to understand the Biblical Calendar. This verse indicates there were three major divisions of time during which Jacob lived in Haran. They are as follows: 1. The fourteen years he worked to obtain Leah and Rachel as wives. 2. The twenty years he enjoyed the hospitality of living in his uncle’’s house. 3. The six years he worked for the oddly-marked cattle, during which time he was not in Laban’’s house. We know that Jacob was not in Laban’’s house during this final six-year period because of what we read in Genesis 30:35-36. There we read that Laban moved three day’’s journey from Jacob. And he removed that day the he goats that were ringstraked and spotted, and all the she goats that were speckled and spotted, and every one that had some white in it, and all the brown among the sheep, and gave them into the hand of his sons. And he set three days’’ journey betwixt himself and Jacob: and Jacob fed the rest of Laban’’s flocks. This information that Jacob was no longer in the house of Laban during this six- yearperiodisfurtherattestedtobythecitationofGenesis31:22,whereweread:
- 75. 83 And it was told Laban on the third day that Jacob was fled. With this information in mind, we can now understand Genesis 31:41. ThefirstfourteenyearsJacobworkedtoobtainLeahandRachel.Duringthenext twentyyears,helivedwithhisfamilyinLaban’’shouse.Therefore,fromthetime he married Leah and Rachel until he was no longer living in the house of Laban was a period of 7 + 20 years or 27 years. During these twenty-seven years, Jacob became the father of eleven sons and one daughter. The last son born to him during this time was Joseph. We read that it was shortly after Joseph was born thatJacobworkedthefinalsixyearstoobtainthecattlethatheownedatthetime he left Haran (Genesis 30:25-34). Joseph was born to Rachel shortly before the finalsixyears(Genesis30:25).Remember,duringthisfinalsixyears,Jacobwas not in the house of Laban. The timing would have been as follows: Jacob arrives in Haran at the age of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 He works seven years for Rachel and is then married to Rachel and Leah. Jacob is then . . . . . . .67 Reuben is born to Leah the following year when Jacob is . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .68 Simeon is born next to Leah when Jacob is . . . . . . . . . . 69 Levi is born next to Leah when Jacob is . . . . . . . . 70 or 71 Jacob finishes his second seven-year contract for Rachel when he is . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74 With his growing family, Jacob lives twenty years in the house of Laban. In the eighteenth or nineteenth year of this period, Joseph is born. Jacob is then . . . . . . . . . . . 92 or 93 At the end of this twenty-year period, Jacob wishes to leave Haran. He is. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94 Jacob works six years longer for Laban’’s flocks but during this six years, he is not in the house of Laban. At the end of this six years, Jacob is . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .100 Chapter 3 / Calendar Patriarchs
- 76. 84 Time Has An End Thus,Leviwasabouttwenty-twoyearsolderthanJoseph.SinceJoseph was thirty-nine years of age when Jacob came to Egypt, Levi at that time would have been 39 + 22 = 61 years of age. Since Levi was the third son born to Leah (Genesis29:31-34),andsinceJacobbecamemarriedtoLeahafterbeinginHaran seven years, Levi would have been born about the tenth or eleventh year after Jacob went to Haran. The Perfect Tally Oneotherpieceofevidencepointspreciselytothistwenty-two-yearage differentialandalsoshowshowtimewasreckonedduringtheEgyptiansojourn. In fact, it also gives us the Biblical evidence for understanding the language of Genesis Chapters 5 and 11. We previously saw that Joseph was thirty-nine when Jacob and his familyenteredEgypt.SinceLevi,aswehaveseen,musthavebeenabouttwenty- two years older than Joseph, he would have been sixty-one when Jacob’’s family entered Egypt. Since Levi died at the age of 137 (Exodus 6:16), 76 years (137 –– 61) of his life would have been spent in Egypt. Let us recall the premise that we established. In the absence of evidence that the Genesis genealogies specifically indicate an immediate father-son relationship, we may assume the relationship to be one which interrelates individualpatriarchslivingtheirentirelifetimeasthefamilyhead.Letusapplythis principle to the family of Levi. In Exodus 6:16-20, we saw the genealogical sequence of Levi. His 137 years were followed by Kohath’’s 133 years which in turn were followed by Amram’’s 137 years; Amram was followed by Aaron. SinceweknowthatLevilivedseventy-sixyearsinEgypt(ifourtwenty-two-year assumption is correct), and since the Bible indicates that Aaron was eighty-four yearsoldatthetimeoftheExodus(Exodus7:7),alloftheingredientsareavailable toestablishthechronologicalsequenceduringtheEgyptiansojourn.Remember thatthedeathyearofonepatriarchcoincideswiththebirthyearofthenext,thus, theresultmustlooklikethis: Levi’’s time in Egypt (137 –– 61) 76years Kohath’’s period of patriarchal leadership 133years Amram’’s period of patriarchal leadership 137years Aaron’’s age at the time of the Exodus(Exodus7:7;Numbers33:8-9) 84years Total: 430years
- 77. 85 ThissumtalliesexactlywithIsrael’’ssojourninthelandofEgypt,whichwas430 years, as we read in Exodus 12:40-41: Now the sojourning of the children of Israel, who dwelt in Egypt, was four hundred and thirty years. And it came to pass at the end of the four hundred and thirty years, even the selfsame day it came to pass, that all the hosts of the LORD went out from the land of Egypt. Thus, we see that our assumption is correct that in certain situations, there was a Patriarchal Calendar with one Patriarch living his entire lifetime as the family head. God indicates to us that the generation or Patriarchal period of KohathfollowedtheperiodofLeviandcommencedintheyearthatendedLevi’’s period. Similarly, Amram’’s generation followed Kohath’’s. Aaron’’s generation began at the death of Amram. In this way, the Bible gives us a time bridge covering the Israelites’’ sojourn in Egypt that is identical with the 430 years of Exodus12:40. There is one other fact we must determine if we are to accurately understand the Biblical method of Calendar keeping during the 430-year period of Israel’’s Egyptian experience. That fact is concerned with the age of Aaron at the time Israel went out of Egypt. In Exodus 7:7 we read: And Moses was fourscore years old, and Aaron fourscore and three years old, when they spake unto Pharaoh. Additionally,wereadinNumbers33:38-39: And Aaron the priest went up into mount Hor at the commandment of the LORD, and died there, in the fortieth year after the children of Israel were come out of the land of Egypt, in the first day of the fifth month. And Aaron was an hundred and twenty and three years old when he died in mount Hor. Later we will learn that Israel left Egypt on the 14th day of the first month of the Biblical Calendar which was March 21, 1447 B.C. of our modern calendar. Forty years and four days later, they crossed the Jordan River into the land of Canaan on the tenth day of the first month. This corresponds to March 25, in the year 1407 B.C. of our calendar. ReturningnowtothedeathofAaron,itisreportedinNumbers33:38-39 that he died at the age of 123 in the first day of the fifth month, which was about Chapter 3 / Calendar Patriarchs
- 78. 86 Time Has An End seven months before Israel crossed the Jordan River. That is, Aaron would have been in the wilderness about thirty-nine and one half years. Remember Aaron stood before Pharaoh when he was eighty-three (Exodus 7:7). Therefore, by the time Israel left Egypt he would have become eighty-four years of age in order to have been 123 years of age when he died (84 + 39 = 123 years). While Exodus 6:16-20 refers to the generations of Levi by name, significantly,KohathandAmramaretheonlytwopatriarchsofallofthosenamed whoseageshavebeenwrittenintothegenealogicalrecord.Obviously,thefamily ofLevi,fromKohathtoAmram,andfinallytoAaron,wasthepatriarchalfamily selectedduringthe430-yearbondageinEgypttoestablishthecalendarduringthis period. The method of doing this would have been similar to that done by their forefathers before Abraham. This, I believe, is the reason why the ages of Levi, Kohath, and Amram have been recorded, and one of the reasons why we are given so many details that relate to the ages of Joseph and Moses. It is why the parents of Moses are notidentifiedasAmramandJochebedinExodus2:1,whensomanyotherdetails concerning the birth of Moses are given. Amram and Jochebed were not the immediate parents of Moses. Moses was of the patriarchal family of Amram. Amram must have died the year of Aaron’’s birth. This patriarchal system of calendar keeping throws a spotlight of revelation upon God’’s prophecy to Abram in Genesis 15:13-16. There He tells Abram that his descendants would be oppressed 400 years in a land that was not theirs and that they would return to their own land in the fourth generation. Levi was the first, Kohath the second, Amram the third, and Aaron the fourth in the propheticsequence. Thus, God in His wonderful wisdom has placed in our hands a key that unlocks the hitherto perplexing genealogies of Genesis Chapters 5 and 11. The key is the chronological record of the Israelites’’ sojourn in Egypt. By properly understanding the timetable of the Egyptian sojourn, we establish the evidence forunderstandingGenesisChapters5and11.Godgaveconsiderableinformation about the Egyptian sojourn so that this key could be found. Genesis Chapters 5 and 11 Are A Calendar In the genealogies of Genesis Chapters 5 and 11, as we have already learned, in the cases of Adam and Seth, Enos and Lamech, Noah and Shem, and finally, Terah and Abraham, the Bible indicates conclusively the existence of immediate father-son relationships. But we must assume that all of the other names recorded were the patriarchal heads of families and followed each other chronologically, as they did in the case of Levi, Kohath, Amram, and Aaron.
- 79. 87 Genesis Chapters 5 and 11 are actually a calendar. When we reflect a bit further on the conclusions of our foregoing study, we discover that Genesis Chapters 5 and 11 are actually a calendar. Think for a moment of our present calendar. We speak of an event that happened in the year 1950, for instance, and what we mean is that this event occurred in the year of our Lord 1950 or that 1950 is the 1,950th year after the birth of Christ. This is the generation or patriarchal period, if you will, of Jesus Christ. In Matthew Chapter 24, Jesus, the Lord of all history, uses the language of man’’s earliest history when He describes the certainty of God’’s plan until the end of the age. We read in Matthew 24:34: Verily I say unto you, This generation shall not pass, till all these things be fulfilled. Thiswasthesamesituationthatexistedinman’’searlyhistory.Thetime was divided into patriarchal periods or generations even as the New Testament period is the generation of Jesus Christ and as the Egyptian sojourn was so divided. Thus, for example, when Methuselah died, bringing to an end his generation, a man who was born in the year of Methuselah’’s death was selected to be the next reigning patriarch or at least the next man for calendar reference. After Methuselah, this was Lamech. None of the conditions of his selection are given except that he had to be a descendant of Methuselah. Therefore, the Bible indicatesthatMethuselahwas187yearsoldwhenhebegatLamech,thatis,when he was 187, the forefather of Lamech was born to Methuselah (Genesis 5:25). ThisnoticeestablishesthecertaintyofLamech’’sblooddescentfromMethuselah by showing where his forefather tied into the line of Methuselah. The selection of the next patriarch had to include a birth date coinciding with Methuselah’’s death date to ensure a rational history. Had he been born one ormoreyearsearlier,anoverlapwouldhaveoccurredwhichwouldhaveblurred history. If Lamech had been born one or more years later than Methuselah’’s death,agapwouldhaveoccurredwhichwouldhaveconfusedhistory.Therefore, when a citizen of the world of that day spoke of an event occurring in the year Methuselah950,therewasonlyoneyearinhistorythatcouldbethisdate.Again, ifhespokeoftheyearLamech2,therewasonlyoneyearinhistorythatmatched thisdate,andheknewpreciselyhowmanyyearstranspiredfromMethuselah950 to Lamech 2. Chapter 3 / Calendar Patriarchs
- 80. 88 Time Has An End Time Begins We will now develop the Biblical Calendar as we carefully analyze the Biblical citations beginning with the time of creation as the year 0 (zero). Later, we will tie our findings into our modern calendar, and then we will find that the creation date is the year 11,013 B.C. We read in Genesis 1:26-27: And God said, Let us make man in our image, after our likeness: and let them have dominion over the fish of the sea, and over the fowl of the air, and over the cattle, and over all the earth, and over every creeping thing that creepeth upon the earth. So God created man in his own image, in the image of God created he him; male and female created he them. God then says in Genesis 1:31 and Genesis 2:1-3: And God saw every thing that he had made, and, behold, it was very good. And the evening and the morning were the sixth day. Thus the heavens and the earth were finished, and all the host of them. And on the seventh day God ended his work which he had made; and he rested on the seventh day from all his work which he had made. And God blessed the seventh day, and sanctified it: because that in it he had rested from all his work which God created and made. These verses clearly teach that the universe together with mankind was createdduringaperiodofsixtwenty-four-hourdaysattheverybeginningoftime. We know that they were twenty-four-hour days because the Bible tells us in Genesis1:14and19: And God said, Let there be lights in the firmament of the heaven to divide the day from the night; and let them be for signs, and for seasons, and for days, and years: And the evening and the morning were the fourth day. In these verses, God takes us to the very threshold of time, to the very beginningmomentofthecreationofthisworld.Wethereforecanassigntheyear 0 to the beginning of the timeline of God’’s Calendar.
- 81. 89 The next important calendar reference is found in Genesis 5:3-5, where we read: And Adam lived an hundred and thirty years, and begat a son in his own likeness, after his image; and called his name Seth: and the days of Adam after he had begotten Seth were eight hundred years: and he begat sons and daughters: and all the days that Adam lived were nine hundred and thirty years: and he died. One hundred and thirty years after Adam was created, he bore a son whose name was called Seth. This is now the year 130 in our developing calendar. We then read in Genesis 5:6-8: And Seth lived an hundred and five years, and begat Enos: and Seth lived after he begat Enos eight hundred and seven years, and begat sons and daughters: and all the days of Seth were nine hundred and twelve years: and he died. IsEnosanimmediatesonofSethorisheadescendant(grandson,great- grandson, etc.)? As we have noted, the word ““begat”” does not necessarily indicate an immediate father-son relationship. So, we can begin to discover the answer to this question regarding Enos in Genesis 4:26. There we read: And to Seth, to him also there was born a son; and he called his name Enos: then began men to call upon the name of the LORD. The phrase ““called his name”” assures us that Enos was an immediate son of Seth. Thus, the calendar develops showing that Seth was born in the year 130, and Enos was born 105 years later in the year 235. The Bible then declares inGenesis5:9-11: And Enos lived ninety years, and begat Cainan: And Enos lived after he begat Cainan eight hundred and fifteen years, and begat sons and daughters: and all the days of Enos were nine hundred and five years: and he died. Tounderstandtheseverses,wemustsearchtheBibletodiscoverifthere isanyotherinformationthatshowswhetherornotEnoswastheimmediatefather of Cainan. And not only do we not find any other indication that Cainan was an Chapter 3 / Calendar Patriarchs
- 82. 90 Time Has An End immediate son of Enos, but we also find that the phrase ““called his name”” is not used. Therefore, we can be certain that Cainan was not an immediate son. We can also be certain that during the lifetime of Enos, the Calendar was referenced to Enos. And we can be certain that when the Bible uses the word ““begat”” in a genealogy,itdoesnotnecessarilyindicateanimmediatefather-sonrelationship. But if this is so, why then does Genesis 5:9 record that ““Enos lived ninety years and begat Cainan””? There is a similar phrase in Genesis 11:12, where we read: And Arphaxad lived five and thirty years, and begat Salah. Like He did when speaking of Enos and Cainan in Genesis 5:9, God indicateshereinGenesis11:12that““Arphaxad livedfiveandthirtyyearsand begat Salah.”” Presumably, Salah was born to Arphaxad at age thirty-five, just asCainanpresumablywasborntoEnosatageninety.However,inLukeChapter 3,thegenealogicaldescentlistedstatesthatadifferentmannamedCainan(who lived many years after the Cainan of Genesis Chapter 5) was in the bloodline of Arphaxad.Luke3:35-36recordsthefollowinginformation: . . . Sala, which was the son of Cainan, which was the son of Arphaxad . . . . WiththeinsertionofthenameCainan,LukeChapter3clarifiesthatSala was not an immediate son of Arphaxad. The Bible is not contradicting itself. When we compare all these Scriptures, we discover that Salah could not have been the immediate son of Arphaxad. Therefore, we have additional evidence which assures us that the giving of the age of Enos when he begat Cainan (““Enos lived ninety years and begat Cainan””) does not indicate in any way that Cainan was an immediate son ofEnos. It is remarkable that in order to develop the proof that the Cainan of Genesis Chapter 5 was not an immediate son of Enos, we needed to utilize information recorded in an entirely different part of the Bible —— Luke Chapter 3. And it is noteworthy that the name Cainan in Luke 3:36 is the key word that demonstrates that the man named Cainan in Genesis Chapter 5 was not an immediate son of Enos. And amazingly, the Cainan named in Luke 3:36 lived thousands of years after the Cainan of Genesis Chapter 5. WhatthencouldbeGod’’spurposeintellingusthatEnoswasninetyyears oldwhenhebegatCainan?ThereareatleasttworeasonswhyitmaybethatGod has given us this notice.
- 83. 91 The first reason is that God’’s wording of Genesis Chapter 5 assisted in keeping an understanding of the Calendars of the Bible secret until God wished togiveusmoreinsight.Throughoutthehistoryoftheworld,theologiansandBible scholars would ordinarily read this and logically and reasonably conclude that Cainan had to be an immediate son of Enos. Does not the Bible clearly say that Enos was ninety years old when he begat Cainan? But that would be a wrong conclusion concerning a timetable of the earth’’s existence. Only in our day has God opened our minds to understand the principle of Calendar Patriarchs . . . OnlyinourdayhasGodopenedourmindstounderstandtheprincipleof Calendar Patriarchs and shown us how to tie together passages such as Genesis Chapters 5 and 11, Exodus Chapter 6, Luke Chapter 3, and other Scriptures to obtain a correct understanding of the Biblical Calendar. And we are reminded that diligent examination of the whole Bible is essential to finding truth. The second reason is that God is showing that the next Calendar Patriarch is truly of the same bloodline as the previous Calendar Patriarch. This wasespeciallyimportantwhenamanlivedmorethan900years.Wheredoesthe bloodline of the next Calendar Patriarch enter into that of the previous Calendar Patriarch? In the case of Cainan, it was when Enos was ninety years of age. Thus, we know that Enos was born in the year 235, and for the next 905 years, he was the Calendar Patriarch (Genesis 5:11). In the year 325, when Enos was ninety years of age, he became the father of a son. We do not know the name of this son. However, 815 years after the year 325, in the year 1140, the year that Enos died, this unnamed son became the father or the grandfather or the great- grandfather, etc. (that is, the progenitor) of a man who was named Cainan. This son, Cainan, became the next Calendar Patriarch after Enos. Thus, in the year 1140 (235 + 905), when Enos died at the age of 905, Cainan (born in the year 1140), became the next Calendar Patriarch. Enos had been the Calendar Patriarch for 905 years. He was followed by Cainan who was the next Calendar Patriarch during the 910 years of his life time (Genesis 5:14). Seventy years later, Cainan had a son who was the progenitor of a man named Mahalaleel (Genesis 5:12). Mahalaleel was born in the same year that Cainandied.Thatyearwas910yearsaftertheyear1140whenCainanwasborn. Thus,theyear2050,theyearinwhichCainandied,becametheyearwhichbegan theCalendarPatriarchalperiodofMahalaleel.Hisperiodwouldcontinueforthe duration of his life time of 895 years (Genesis 5:17). Chapter 3 / Calendar Patriarchs
- 84. 92 Time Has An End In similar fashion, Jared followed Mahalaleel, Enoch followed Jared, Methuselah followed Enoch, and Lamech followed Methuselah (Genesis 5:15- 27). However, when Lamech became the Calendar Patriarch, there was a changeintheCalendarPatriarchalsystem.Wearealertedtothisbythelanguage ofGenesis5:28-29: And Lamech lived an hundred eighty and two years, and begat a son: and he called his name Noah, saying, this same shall comfort us concerning our work and toil of our hands, because of the ground which the LORD hath cursed. By use of the phrase ““called his name,”” God is assuring us that when Lamech was 182 years of age, he had a son and named him Noah. Noah was the immediate son of Lamech. Why did God not continue the Calendar by naming a descendant of Lamech who would have been born the year Lamech died? The reason is that God’’splanforthehumanracedemandedadisruption!Thecompletedestruction of the world by the Universal Flood would occur five years after Lamech died. Thus, with the exception of Noah (and his three sons), all of the descendants of Lamech would have died in the Flood. Therefore,GodcontinuedtheCalendarPatriarchallinefromLamechto his immediate son Noah. Thus, the Calendar could continue through the time of theFlood. We have seen that it was the year 2050 when Mahalaleel was born. Jared was born 895 years later in the year 2945. Enoch was born 962 years later in the year 3907. Methuselah was born 365 years later in the year 4272. Lamech wasborn969yearslaterintheyear5241(Genesis5:25-27).And182yearslater, in the year 5423, Noah was born as an immediate son of Lamech (Genesis 5:28- 29). Noah’’s father Lamech lived 595 years after the birth of Noah (Genesis 5:30), and died in the year 6018. Five years later, when Noah had become 600 years of age, in the year 6023, the Flood began. Noah had become the Calendar Patriarch to carry the Calendar through the time of the Flood. We read in Genesis 7:11: In the six hundredth year of Noah’’s life, in the second month, the seventeenth day of the month, the same day were all the fountains of the great deep broken up, and the windows of heaven were opened.
- 85. 93 In summary, we have learned that the first chapter of Genesis gives us the information concerning the very beginning of time and the creation of the world.ThefifthchapterofGenesisgivesustheCalendaroftimeforthefirst6,000 years of the history of the world. From Noah to Abraham NowweshouldlookatthehistoryoftheworldfromthetimeoftheFlood to the time of Abraham who became the father of the nation of Israel. This calendar is recorded in the eleventh chapter of Genesis. In Genesis 11:10-11 we read: These are the generations of Shem: Shem was an hundred years old, and begat Arphaxad two years after the flood: and Shem lived after he begat Arphaxad five hundred years, and begat sons and daughters. Verse 10 has a real problem within it. It tells us that Shem was 100 years old two years after the Flood. We will discover that to develop an accurate calendar, we must know when Shem was born. The phrase ““after the flood”” creates the problem. Earlier, in Genesis 7:11, we read that the Flood began in the 600th year, in the second month, the seventeenth day of Noah’’s life. In Genesis 8:13-16, we learnthattheFloodwasaltogetherended,andNoahleftthearkinthe601thyear, the second month, the twenty-seventh day of the month. Thus, the Flood lasted a total of one year and ten days. And since the Flood began in the year 6023, it therefore ended in the year 6024. ReturningtothequestionofGenesis11:10,wasShem100yearsoldtwo years after 6023 or was he 100 years old two years after 6024? If we are to develop an exact calendar, we must find a way to answer this question. We search the Bible and find our answer to this puzzle in Genesis 9:28- 29. There the Bible records: And Noah lived after the flood three hundred and fifty years. And all the days of Noah were nine hundred and fifty years: and he died. The identical phrase ““after the flood,”” which we are puzzling over in Genesis11:10,isfoundinGenesis9,verse28,asGodisdisclosingthedeathage of Noah. Remember, Noah was 600 years old when the Flood began and 601 Chapter 3 / Calendar Patriarchs
- 86. 94 Time Has An End years old when the Flood ended. Yet in these verses, God informs us that Noah lived 350 years ““after the flood”” and died at the age of 950. Therefore, we know that the phrase ““after the flood”” must be understood as ““after the beginning of the Flood.”” Noah was 600 years old at the beginning of the Flood and died 350 years later at the age of 950. Three hundred and fifty years after the beginning of the Flood, he died at the age of 950. Returning to Genesis 11:10, we now are certain that we can understand that Shem was 100 years old two years after the beginning of the Flood. Thus, at the time Shem was 100 years of age, his father Noah would have been 602 years of age. Since two years after the beginning of the Flood was the year 6025, Shem would have been born 100 years earlier, in the year 5925. Thus, when Noah’’s father, who was named Lamech, died in the year 6018, the year 6018 ended the Calendar Patriarchal line of Lamech. However, in the year 6018, Noah was already 595 years of age, so the next year would have been referenced to the 596th year of Noah’’s lifetime. Therefore, when the Flood began five years after the death of Lamech, the Calendar was referenced to the 600th year of Noah. The 600th year of Noah was 6,023 years after Creation. Noah lived to be 950 years of age. In the year Noah died, the year 6373 (6023+350),Shemhadbecome448yearsofage.(Remember,welearnedShem was born in the year 5925. The year 6373 was 448 years later.) Therefore, the yearafterNoahdied,theCalendarwouldhavebeenreferencedtothe449thyear of Shem. Shem lived to be 600 years of age. He died in the year 6525. We have just learned that, because of the Universal Flood, God had to interrupt the unfolding of the Calendar of History utilizing the Calendar Patriarchal system (the system in which one Calendar Patriarch died the same year that the next Calendar Patriarch was born). For many years after the Flood, there was a very similar situation to that which existed in the early years after the creation of Adam and Eve. At that earlier time in history, the first Calendar Patriarch for whom the Calendar was dated throughout his entire lifetime was Enos who was born the year Seth died. Likewise, it was not until Shem died that, in the same year of his death, a baby was born who would be the next Calendar Patriarch throughout his entire lifetime. We learn that this was a man named Arphaxad. Now, we know from the language of Genesis Chapters 6 through 10 that Shem was the immediate son of Noah. But, when we study all that the Bible says concerning Arphaxad, we find no evidence that he was an immediate son of Shem. We do not find the phrase ““called his name”” in connection with his
- 87. 95Chapter 3 / Calendar Patriarchs birth and neither do we find any other evidence in the Bible that he was an immediate son of Shem. Therefore, we can be certain that he was the next Calendar Patriarch who was born the year Shem died. The ancestor of Arphaxad, who was required in order for Arphaxad to be the next Calendar Patriarch, penetrated the bloodline of Shem when Shem was 100 years old. Aswehavelearned,theonlypeoplesurvivingtheFloodwereNoahand hiswifetogetherwithhisthreesonsandtheirrespectivewives.SinceNoahlived 350yearsafterthebeginningoftheFlood,whichoccurredintheyear6023,Noah would have died in the year 6373. Since Shem lived 500 years after he begat the ancestor of Arphaxad in the year 6025, Shem would have died in the year 6525. And in the year 6525, a baby named Arphaxad was born who became the next Calendar Patriarch. The Calendar of History of Genesis Chapter 11 continues with the followingsequence: Calendar Patriarch YearBorn Life span (and math) Genesis 11 Reference Arphaxad 6525 438 (35 + 403) :12-13 Salah 6963 433 (30 + 403) :14-15 Eber 7396 464 (34 + 430) :16-17 Peleg 7860 239 (30 + 209) :18-19 Reu 8099 239 (32 + 207) :20-21 Serug 8338 230 (30 + 200) :22-23 Nahor 8568 148 (29 + 119) :24-25 Terah 8716 205 :32 With the birth of Terah, God again interrupted the Calendar Patriarch procedure. This is because an immediate son of Terah named Abram was to be the beginning of a new direction in the unfolding of God’’s salvation plan. When Nahor died in the year 8716, the condition that had to be met was that the next Calendar Patriarch had to be in the bloodline of Nahor and had to have been born in the year Nahor died. Terah met those qualifications and became the next Calendar Patriarch. Twicebeforeinthehistoryoftheworld,Godbeganwithasinglefamily to develop the timeline of history. God is showing us in His Word the Bible that thetimelineofhistoryisgovernedbytheunfoldingofHissalvationplan.Inboth
- 88. 96 Time Has An End of these previous occasions, it was of necessity that the focus was upon a single family. The first occasion was at the beginning of time when only the family of Adam and Eve inhabited the earth. The second occasion was immediately after the Noachian Flood when only the family of Noah inhabited the earth. However, about 3,000 years had passed since the Noachian Flood, and theworldhadbecomeincreasinglypopulated.Unfortunately,thesameproblem had come into existence that was the cause of the destruction of the world in the days of Noah. That problem was the increasing wickedness of the world. However,Godhadnoplaninmind,atthisjunctureinhistory,toagaindestroythe world. Instead, He isolated a single God-fearing family and continued the developmentofthetimelineofhistorythroughthisfamily.Thiswasthefamilyof a man named Abram who was an immediate son of Terah. Thus, the man Terah was the last individual at that time in history who fulfilled all the qualifications of a Calendar Patriarch. As noted above, he began his Patriarchal Calendar period in the year of his birth, 8716. The shift of the timelineofhistoryfromTerahasthelastCalendarPatriarchintoanewdirection was not only made necessary because of the wickedness of the world, but it was alsotheplanofGodtobegin,atthispointinhistory,thedevelopmentofanation to represent the kingdom of God on this earth. The kingdom of God consists of each and every individual who becomes saved. Thetimelineofhistoryhasagoal;ithasafocus.Thatgoalorfocusisthe development of the kingdom of God. The kingdom of God consists of each and every individual who becomes saved. Those who become saved are made citizens of an eternal kingdom that will last forever. The kingdom of God, therefore, is represented in this world by those who have become saved. For the first approximately 9,000 years of the history of the world, the kingdom of God was represented by individuals who became saved. But it was God’’s intention to eventually develop a nation of people to be the external representationofthekingdomofGod.Itwaswithinthisspecialnationofpeople that God would further develop His timeline of history. Thus, at the juncture in history when Terah was serving as the last of a series of Calendar Patriarchs, the mechanism to develop a nation that was to become the external representative of the kingdom of God was put into motion. This was done by God’’s selection of an immediate son of Terah, named Abram,
- 89. 97 to become the beginning of this special nation, the nation to which God gave the name ““Israel”” (Genesis 35:9-12). The Bible gives ample evidence that Abram, whose name was later changedtoAbraham(Genesis17:5),wasanimmediatesonofTerah.Factis,we readinGenesis11:31thatGodcalledAbramoutofthelandofUroftheChaldees (another name for Babylon) to go to a far away land called Canaan. Abram immediatelyleftUroftheChaldees,togetherwithhiswifeSarai,hisnephewLot, and his aged father Terah, to go to this new land. The Bible reveals in Genesis 11:31-32 that they stopped in Haran where Abram’’s father died at the age of 205. Since Terah was born in the year 8716, his death year was 8921. The Bible also gives us information that Abram was seventy-five years of age at this time (Genesis 12:4). From this time forward, the calendar of history that identifies with the unfolding of God’’s salvation plan is set forth in the Bible with sufficient citations so that by combining the Biblical information with non-Biblical information (which can be shown to be very accurate), we are able to continue the calendar with complete precision all the way to our day. We learned that Terah died in the year 8921. In the same year, Abram was seventy-five. This was the year Abram came into the land of Canaan. We read in Genesis 21:5 that when Abram, now called Abraham, was 100 years old, Isaac was born to him and his wife Sarah. (A year earlier, God had changed Sarai’’s name to Sarah [Genesis 17:15].) The year of Isaac’’s birth was 8946. When Isaac was sixty years of age, he became the father of Jacob, in the year 9006. When Jacob was 130 years of age, he came with his entire family into the land of Egypt (Genesis 47:9). That was the year 9136. The people of Israel remained in Egypt exactly 430 years (Exodus 12:40-41). Therefore, they came out of Egypt in the year 9566. Remember, these dates are the years after the year ““0”” when God created the world. ThenextBiblicalcitationpertainingtoGod’’sCalendarofHistoryisinI Kings 6:1 where God records that it was 480 years after the year Israel came out of Egypt that the construction of the temple began. That was the year 10,046. Here is what God says in I Kings 6:1: And it came to pass in the four hundred and eightieth year after the children of Israel were come out of the land of Egypt, in the fourth year of Solomon’’s reign over Israel, in the month Zif, which is the second month, that he began to build the house of the LORD. Chapter 3 / Calendar Patriarchs
- 90. 98 Time Has An End Aligning the Biblical Calendar with Our Modern Calendar As we continue our study of the Biblical Calendar, we should take time to align the Biblical calendar with our secular calendar. During the Calendar Period of the development of the nation of Israel whichextendedoverthelastapproximately1,500yearsofOldTestamenthistory, God gave abundant detailed information concerning the passage of time. Thus, we are able not only to know the overall length of that period of time, but we are also able to tie it to the New Testament Calendar making possible a continuous calendar from Creation to the present day. Therefore, as we continue this study, we should set forth several principles that make possible the harmonizing of our modern calendar with that of the Bible. The first principle we must keep in mind is that the passage of time is governed by God’’s decrees. That is, on the fourth day of creation, God created the magnificent celestial clock that is our solar system. Astronomers use that celestial timepiece to measure with great accuracy the length of a day, the number of days from one new moon to another, the time between eclipses and othercelestialphenomena,andthenumberofdaysinanyyear.However,itisGod who determined that a year should equal a period of time of 365.2422 days and thattheaveragetimefromonenewmoontothenextnewmoonis29.53059days. Secondly, God has placed a great curiosity and interest concerning celestialphenomenasuchasnewmoons,eclipses,etc.,inthemindsofmen.That, alongwithaGod-givenwritingability,hashelpedmankindtoaccuratelycorrelate written historical data with the passage of time and even reference it to our moderncalendar. Thirdly, the Bible names kings who reigned over Israel or Judah, and often, the secular record makes reference to these same kings. Likewise, the secular historical citations often make reference to heathen kings to which the Bible also makes reference. Keeping this in mind, we can locate precise events, the dates of which are fixed by the secular record. These same events are recorded in the Bible, and if the time intervals between them are exactly the same as in the secular record, then the two calendars can be harmonized. Forexample,fivehistoricaleventsarenotedonthefollowingcharts.The dates for these events are according to the secular record which has been coordinated with our modern calendar.
- 91. 99Chapter 3 / Calendar Patriarchs Historical Event Modern Calendar/ Biblical Calendar Source Archaeological Year (beginning Year with year 0) ____________________________________________________________________________ Joseph released 1886 B.C. 9127 Adam When?,* from prison p. 98, Family Radio ____________________________________________________________________________ Time Interval: 1886 B.C.-1447 B.C. (439 years) ____________________________________________________________________________ Pharaoh died 1447 B.C. 9566 Adam When?,* in the Red Sea p. 126, Family Radio ____________________________________________________________________________ Time Interval: 1447 B.C.-853 B.C. (594 years) _____________________________________________________________________________ Last year of King 853 B.C. 10,160 Handbook of Ahab’’s reign Biblical Chronology, Jack Finegan, Princeton University Press, 1964, p. 196 ____________________________________________________________________________ Time Interval: 853 B.C.-597 B.C. (256 years) ____________________________________________________________________________ Zedekiah appointed 597 B.C. 10,416 Handbook of king by Nebuchad- Biblical Chronology, nezzar Jack Finegan, Princeton University Press, 1964, p. 205 __________________________________________________________________ Time Interval: 507 B.C.-539 B.C. (58 years) ____________________________________________________________________________ Babylon conquered 539 B.C. 10,474 Handbook of by the Medes and Biblical Chronology, Persians Jack Finegan, Princeton University Press, 1964, p. 212 ____________________________________________________________________________ * Adam When? may be obtained free of charge from Family Radio.
- 92. 100 Time Has An End FromtheBiblicalrecord,thetimeintervalsbetweenthesefiveeventsare found to be identical to the secular record. Thus, we are able to tie the Biblical Calendar to our Modern Calendar. We see then that the Biblical Calendar year of 9127,basedonacalendarbeginningwiththeCreationyearzero,mesheswith our Modern Calendar year of 1886 B.C., and so on. Because we can thus harmonize the Biblical Calendar with our modern calendar, we are enabled to set forth a Calendar that goes all the way back to Creation. Because we can thus harmonize the Biblical Calendar with our modern calendar, we are enabled to set forth a Calendar that goes all the way back to Creation. We find that Creation occurred in the year 11,013 B.C. The Flood that came 6,023 years later thus occurred in the year 4990 B.C. (11,013 - 6,023). We can list with great accuracy many events recorded in the Bible. Important ones are as follows. THE BIBLICAL CALENDAR IS SYNCHRONIZED WITH OUR MODERN CALENDAR Year9127 Year9566 Year10,160 Year10,416 Year10,474 439years 594years 256years 58years 1886B.C. 1447B.C. 853B.C. 597B.C. 539B.C. 439years 594years 256years 58years Biblical Calendar with Creation at year 0 Archaeological Year Coordinated with Our Modern Calendar
- 93. 101 CALENDAROFHISTORY Event and Scripture Biblical Calendar Beginning Modern Reference with Creation at the Year ““0”” Calendar Harmonized with Biblical Calendar Creation of Adam. 0 11013 B.C. Birth of Seth. Adam was 130 130 10883 B.C. when Seth was born (Genesis 5:6). Birth of Enos. Seth was 105 235 10778 B.C. when Enos was born (Genesis 5:6). End of Enos’’ period, 905 1140 9873 B.C. years after his birth (Genesis 5:11), which is the year Cainan was born and his period began. End of Cainan’’s period, 910 2050 8963 B.C. years after his birth (Genesis 5:14). This is the year Mahalaleel was born and his period began. End of Mahalaleel’’s period, 895 2945 8068 B.C. years after his birth (Genesis 5:17). This is the year Jared was born and his period began. End of Jared’’s period, 962 3907 7106 B.C. years after his birth (Genesis 5:20). This is the year Enoch was born and his period began. End of Enoch’’s period, 365 4272 6741 B.C. years after his birth (Genesis 5:23). This is the year Methuselah was born and his period began. End of Methuselah’’s period, 969 5241 5772 B.C. years after his birth (Genesis 5:27). This is the year Lamech was born and his period began. Birth of Noah. Lamech was 5423 5590 B.C. 182 when Noah was born (Genesis 5:28-29). Continued Chapter 3 / Calendar Patriarchs
- 94. 102 Time Has An End CALENDAROFHISTORYContinued Event and Scripture Biblical Calendar Beginning Modern Reference with Creation at the Year ““0”” Calendar Harmonized with Biblical Calendar The Flood. Noah was 600 when 6023 4990 B.C. the Flood came (Genesis 7:6). Death of Shem, 502 years after 6525 4488 B.C. the Flood (Genesis 11:10-11). This is the year Arphaxad was born and his period began. End of Arphaxad’’s period, 438 6963 4050 B.C. years after his birth (Genesis 11:12-13). This is the year Salah was born and his period began. End of Salah’’s period, 433 years 7396 3617 B.C. after his birth (Genesis 11:14-15). This is the year Eber was born and his period began. End of Eber’’s period, 464 years 7860 3153 B.C. after his birth (Genesis 11:16- 17). This is the year Peleg was born and his period began. The building of the tower of Babel must have occurred between the dates 3153 B.C. and 2914 B.C. (Genesis 10:25; 11:1-9). End of Peleg’’s period, 239 yrs. 8099 2914 B.C. after his birth (Genesis 11:18- 19). This is the year Reu was born and his period began. End of Reu’’s period, 239 years 8338 2675 B.C. after his birth (Genesis 11:20- 21). This is the year Serug was born and his period began. End of Serug’’s period, 230 years 8568 2445 B.C. after his birth (Gen. 11:22-23). This is the year Nahor was born born and his period began. End of Nahor’’s period, 148 years 8716 2297 B.C. after his birth (Genesis 11:24-25). This is the year Terah was born and his period began. Continued
- 95. 103Chapter 3 / Calendar Patriarchs Birth of Abram to Terah. Terah was 8846 2167 B.C. 130 years old at the birth of Abram (Genesis 11:26, 32, 12:4). Circumcision of Abraham. He 8945 2068 B.C. was ninety-nine years of age (Genesis 17:24). Birth of Isaac. Abraham was 100 years old at the birth of 8946 2067 B.C. Isaac (Genesis 21:5). Birth of Jacob. Isaac was 60 years old 9006 2007 B.C. at the birth of Jacob (Genesis 25:26). Jacob enters Egypt at the age of 130. 9136 1877 B.C. This is the year that begins the 430 years Israel was in Egypt (Genesis 47:9). Exodus of Israel from Egypt, 430 years 9566 1447 B.C. after entrance (Exodus 12:40-41). The beginning of the building of the 10,046 967 B.C. temple in the fourth year of Solomon (I Kings 6:1). BeforeweproceedwithourstudyoftheBible’’sCalendarofHistory,let us review what we have learned. 1. The development of God’’s salvation program is set forth in time. Every aspectoftheunfoldingofthismarvelousplanhasidentificationwithtime. 2. To record the time when previous events occurred in history requires somekindofcalendarandtoanticipatefutureeventsintimealsorequiresacalendar. 3. In a very decisive way, God teaches how the Calendar was kept by showinghowtimewasrecordedduringthe430-yearperiodIsraelwasinEgypt.The method God uses is a system of Calendar Patriarchs. The Calendar Patriarchal system set forth is that when the death age is given of a man who in his generation was the Calendar Patriarch, the next Calendar Patriarch was born in the same year the previous Calendar Patriarch died. 4. There are two exceptions to this rule. The first is that the usage of the phrase““calledhisname””alwaysindicatesthatanimmediatesonisinview.The second exception is that if the Bible clearly sets forth other evidence that the son who was ““begat”” was an immediate son, even without the use of the phrase ““called his name,”” then we must conclude that ““begat”” in this case indicates animmediateson. CALENDAROFHISTORYContinued
- 96. 104 Time Has An End We have now developed from the Biblical information a precise Calendar of History that is integrated into our present secular calendar. We have discovered and compared many exact dates of notable events within these calendars.Nowweshouldbeginagainatthebeginningandwitnessinsomedetail theunfoldingofGod’’ssalvationplanthroughoutthehistoryoftheworld.Wewill begin at the creation date of 11,013 B.C. 11,013 B.C. Creation We have learned that the Bible teaches that about 13,000 years ago this world began. When we harmonize the Calendar of the Bible with our modern calendar, we can know that the creation of the world occurred in the year 11,013 B.C. It was in this year that Almighty Eternal Infinite God spoke and, in a period of six literal days of twenty-four hours each, brought this whole universe into existence.Hecreateditinallofitsdetailasafull-blownoperatinguniverse.Thus, when Adam, the first man, was created on the sixth day, he was instantly created with the appearance of age. He could have appeared to be twenty years old or thirty years old or any other adult age. Likewise,whenGodcreatedtheuniverse,Heinstantlycreateditwithan appearance of being many billions of years old. At the instant of creation, He created the light rays that brought the light from distant stars so they could be visibleonearth. Onthefourthdayofcreation,Godcreatedthesun,themoon,theplanets, and the enormous number of galaxies of stars that are spread out in our gigantic universe. The sun, moon, and planets became a giant celestial clock to mark off days and years. We read in Genesis 1:14-19: And God said, Let there be lights in the firmament of the heaven to divide the day from the night; and let them be for signs, and for seasons, and for days, and years: and let them be for lights in the firmament of the heaven to give light upon the earth: and it was so. And God made two great lights; the greater light to rule the day, and the lesser light to rule the night: he made the stars also. And God set them in the firmament of the heaven to give light upon the earth, and to rule over the day and over the night, and to divide the light from the darkness: and God saw that it was good. And the evening and the morning were the fourth day. Thus,immediatelyatthetimeofthecreationofthisuniverse,allhistorical events became related to time. As we are learning in this study, the significant
- 97. 105 Biblical events dealing with God’’s plan fit into a very precise and perfect time frame. Duringthesixliteraltwenty-four-hourdaysofcreation,Godalsoinstantly created all of the animals and biosphere. However, the crown of His creation was mankind who was created in the image of God. We read in Genesis 1:27: So God created man in his own image, in the image of God created he him; male and female created he them. Mankind was created to rule over this perfect universe and administer it entirely to the glory of the great and wonderful God who created it. Because mankind was created in the image of God, he became absolutelyuniqueandthemostsignificantpartofthecreation.Firstofall,hewas createdtoexistforeverevenasGodexistsforever.True,inmanyways,hisbody was created in a fashion similar to the bodies of animals, and he was given physicallifeasanimalsandeveninsectshavephysicallife.Butinaddition,hewas givenaspiritessence(theBiblealsocallsthisspiritessenceasoul)whichenabled him to think and act responsibly before God. He was created to love God and to obey Him perfectly. However, as we learned in Chapter 2 of this study, which emphasized that the Bible is a law book, our first parents rebelled against God. And we must remember that in principle, the whole human race resided in Adam and Eve. AdamandEve’’srebellionwaswillfuldisobedience.Theyhadbeencommanded not to eat of the forbidden fruit. However, they deliberately violated that command and did eat of the forbidden fruit. Thus, they, as well as the whole human race, came under the wrath of God. This introduced a serious problem. God had created a perfect universe which was to be ruled over by perfect rulers —— mankind. But when mankind becamecursedbyGod,animpossiblesituationhaddeveloped.Nowthereexisted a perfect earth ruled over by masters (mankind) who were in rebellion against God and who had become cursed by God. Toremedythissituation,Godthencursedthecreationitself.Thornsand thistlesbegantogrow.Earthquakes,volcaniceruptions,andhurricanesbeganto occur. Many animals became carnivorous and some became poisonous. Illness and death were in evidence everywhere as both mankind and animals experienced physical death. This mighty change in the earth is spoken of in Romans8:19-23: For the earnest expectation of the creature waiteth for the manifestation of the sons of God. For the creature was made subject Chapter 3 / Calendar Patriarchs
- 98. 106 Time Has An End to vanity, not willingly, but by reason of him who hath subjected the same in hope, because the creature itself also shall be delivered from the bondage of corruption into the glorious liberty of the children of God. For we know that the whole creation groaneth and travaileth in pain together until now. And not only they, but ourselves also, which have the firstfruits of the Spirit, even we ourselves groan within ourselves, waiting for the adoption, to wit, the redemption of our body. The Scriptures indicate that this curse took place immediately after mankind’’srebellion.TheBiblesaysinGenesis3:17-19: And unto Adam he said, Because thou hast hearkened unto the voice of thy wife, and hast eaten of the tree, of which I commanded thee, saying, Thou shalt not eat of it: cursed is the ground for thy sake; in sorrow shalt thou eat of it all the days of thy life; thorns also and thistles shall it bring forth to thee; and thou shalt eat the herb of the field; in the sweat of thy face shalt thou eat bread, till thou return unto the ground; for out of it wast thou taken: for dust thou art, and unto dust shalt thou return. There will come a time in the future when this earth will be destroyed by fire . . . However,thecitationofRomans8:19-23doesofferahopeforthisearth. There will come a time in the future when this earth will be destroyed by fire and then replaced with a perfect New Heaven and New Earth. We will look at this later in our study. One other major event occurred when mankind fell into sin. The angel Lucifer (Genesis 3:1; Isaiah 14:12-17), who tempted Eve, ““the mother of all living””(Genesis3:20),hadrebelledagainstGod.Buttheangels,whicharespirit beings, had been created by God to serve Him on behalf of mankind. We read inHebrews1:13-14: But to which of the angels said he at any time, Sit on my right hand, until I make thine enemies thy footstool? Are they not all ministering spirits, sent forth to minister for them who shall be heirs of salvation?
- 99. 107 Amazingly, Lucifer, though created a perfect spirit, somehow rebelled against God. He wanted to be like God. The Bible says in Isaiah 14:13-14: For thou hast said in thine heart, I will ascend into heaven, I will exalt my throne above the stars of God: I will sit also upon the mount of the congregation, in the sides of the north: I will ascend above the heights of the clouds; I will be like the most High. Lucifer saw his opportunity to rule. God had created mankind to be the rulerofthisuniverse,butifLucifercouldgetmankindtoobeyhiminsteadofGod, thenhe,Lucifer,byrightofconquest,wouldbecometherulerovermankindwho in turn ruled over the earth. And that is precisely what occurred. Our first parents, at the instigation ofLucifer,whocametoEveintheformofaserpent,disobeyedGod,andLucifer (Satan) became ruler over the hearts of mankind. The Bible speaks of him as Satan, the devil, the dragon, the serpent, and the adversary (I Peter 5:8; Revelation20:2). The fact that Satan rules over unsaved mankind is seen, for example, in I John 3:8 where God declares: ““He that committeth sin is of the devil,”” and in I John 3:10, where we read: In this the children of God are manifest, and the children of the devil: whosoever doeth not righteousness is not of God, neither he that loveth not his brother. This principle is also given to us in I John 3:12 where God says: Not as Cain, who was of that wicked one, and slew his brother. And wherefore slew he him? Because his own works were evil, and his brother’’s righteous. God further declares in John 8:44: Ye are of your father the devil, and the lusts of your father ye will do. He was a murderer from the beginning, and abode not in the truth, because there is no truth in him. When he speaketh a lie, he speaketh of his own: for he is a liar, and the father of it. Inthisstudyofthehistoryoftheworld,wewilllearnthatasGodunfolds His salvation plan, it will be necessary that those persons whom Christ came to save must be taken out of the kingdom of Satan and brought into the kingdom of Chapter 3 / Calendar Patriarchs
- 100. 108 Time Has An End God. As part of this task, it was necessary that Satan be vanquished and brought under the judgment of eternal damnation. Later in our study, we will learn how this was accomplished. As we proceed down the timeline of history immediately after the beginning year of 11,013 B.C., at least three facts become abundantly evident. They are as follows: 1.Sinbecomesprominentlydisplayed. 2. A line of true believers is in evidence as time unfolds. 3. God continues to communicate with the human race. We will briefly examine each of these three developments. . . . sin became thoroughly imbedded within the human race. The first fact we should note is the evidence that sin became thoroughly imbedded within the human race. The first two children born to Adam and Eve were sons. Cain was the firstborn. Abel was the second son. Both appeared to bequitereligiousinthatbothofferedsacrificetoGod(Genesis4:3-4).Somehow Cain became aware that God rejected his sacrifice but accepted that of his youngerbrotherAbel(Genesis4:5).Wethenlearnthatinenvy,anger,andhatred, Cain murdered his brother Abel (Genesis 4:8). Clearly, sin had become thoroughly entrenched in the human race. Other evidences of man’’s tendency to sin are seen in Lamech, a descendantofCain,marryingtwowives(Genesis4:19)andalsodesiringpersonal vengeance against another person (Genesis 4:23-24). From other Biblical information we know that both of these actions were contrary to God’’s law. Eventually, sin in the growing human race became so bad that God destroyed almost the entire human race. We will look at that dreadful event in a later chapter. The second fact is that simultaneous with the development of sin in the human race, a line of worshipers of God was in evidence, although that line was very small. We see this in two Biblical citations concerning righteous Abel. In Hebrews 11:4 we read: By faith Abel offered unto God a more excellent sacrifice than Cain, by which he obtained witness that he was righteous, God testifying of his gifts: and by it he being dead yet speaketh.
- 101. 109 God gives us further information in I John 3:12: Not as Cain, who was of that wicked one, and slew his brother. And wherefore slew he him? Because his own works were evil, and his brother’’s righteous. We note also the Bible’’s testimony concerning Enoch who was born about 4,000 years after the beginning of time (he lived from 7106 B.C. to 6741 B.C.). God tells us in Genesis 5:23-24: And all the days of Enoch were three hundred sixty and five years: and Enoch walked with God: and he was not; for God took him. The line of true worshipers of God surfaced again in the life of Noah, 6,000 years after Creation. We read in Genesis 6:9: These are the generations of Noah: Noah was a just man and perfect in his generations, and Noah walked with God. The individuals we have just named were not typical of the world’’s population.Forexample,laterwewilldiscoverthatinthewholeworldofNoah’’s day, he and his family were the only true believers. There is a third very important fact which should be noted that had everythingtodowiththeunfoldingofGod’’sGospelprogramfortheworld.You see,GodspokedirectlytoAdamandEvebeforetheyfellintosin.TheBibletells usinGenesis2:16-17: And the LORD God commanded the man, saying, Of every tree of the garden thou mayest freely eat: but of the tree of the knowledge of good and evil, thou shalt not eat of it: for in the day that thou eatest thereof thou shalt surely die. However, the surprise is that God spoke directly to Adam and Eve even after they rebelled against God. We note that even though mankind had come under the wrath of God and had become spiritually dead so that God no longer spiritually energized them, God still had not abandoned the human race. Even after Cain murdered his brother Abel, God still spoke directly to Cain (Genesis 4:9-15). Thisisatremendouslyimportantfact.Theessence,thedrivingforce,the entire operation of God’’s salvation program is God Himself. If God had abandonedmankindatthetimemansinned,therewouldbenosalvationprogram. Chapter 3 / Calendar Patriarchs
- 102. 110 Time Has An End There would be no hope for the world. Each and every human being, with no exceptions, would end up paying the penalty of eternal damnation for his sins. God is still speaking today to a rebellious world that is walking in the shoes of Adam and Cain. Thus,itbecomeswonderfulnewsthatGodstillspoketoAdamandCain aftertheyhadcommittedsuchterriblesinintheirlives,andallsinisterrible.This assures us that God is still speaking today to a rebellious world that is walking in the shoes of Adam and Cain. Inthisconnectiononemightask,““HowdidGodspeaktoAdamorCain?”” Furthermore, one could ask, ““If God speaks to us today, how does He speak?”” We do know that for many thousands of years there was no written word. Until the Bible was completed, God communicated through visions (Genesis15:1),ordreams(Genesis41:1-25),orinanaudiblevoice(Exodus19:9- 19; 20:19; Hebrews 12:25), or by having direct conversation with individuals (Exodus32:7-Chapter33).ThereweretimeswhenGoddidthisbytakingonthe appearance of a human being (Genesis 18:1-3; Joshua 5:13-15). However, there came a time when God determined to preserve in written form all He would choose to tell mankind about Himself and His salvation plan. For example, we read that God dictated His words to the prophet Jeremiah. Today, those words are in the Bible as the Book of Jeremiah. GodrevealsinJeremiah36:1-3: And it came to pass in the fourth year of Jehoiakim the son of Josiah king of Judah, that this word came unto Jeremiah from the LORD, saying, take thee a roll of a book, and write therein all the words that I have spoken unto thee against Israel, and against Judah, and against all the nations, from the day I spake unto thee, from the days of Josiah, even unto this day. It may be that the house of Judah will hear all the evil which I purpose to do unto them; that they may return every man from his evil way; that I may forgive their iniquity and their sin. This is the way the Bible was written. We read in II Timothy 3:16a: All scripture is given by inspiration of God . . .
- 103. 111 Furthermore, we read in II Peter 1:21: For the prophecy came not in old time by the will of man: but holy men of God spake as they were moved by the Holy Ghost. However, once the Bible was completed in approximately A.D. 95, no further word has come from God. God assures us of this by His declaration in Revelation22:18-19: For I testify unto every man that heareth the words of the prophecy of this book, If any man shall add unto these things, God shall add unto him the plagues that are written in this book: and if any man shall take away from the words of the book of this prophecy, God shall take away his part out of the book of life, and out of the holy city, and from the things which are written in this book. . . . it is the Bible and only the Bible, which is the Word of God, by which God speaks to us today. Therefore, it is the Bible and only the Bible, which is the Word of God, by which God speaks to us today. Whenever we read a verse from the Bible, it isinessencethesameasifwehadjustheardthevoiceofGodspeakingthatverse. Therefore, each and every one of us should fear and tremble when we read verses of Holy Scripture. It is His Almighty Majesty, the King and Judge of all theearth,andtheLovingRedeemerofHispeople,whoisspeakingtousinavery personal way. We read in II Timothy 3:16-17: All scripture is given by inspiration of God, and is profitable for doctrine, for reproof, for correction, for instruction in righteousness: that the man of God may be perfect, throughly furnished unto all good works. Itistruethatforthefirst9,500yearsofthehistoryoftheworld,nowritten WordofGodexisted.Nevertheless,mankindsufficientlyheardfromGodsothat he knew, for example, about sacrifices. We know this is true because Cain and Abel both offered sacrifices (Genesis 4:3-4). And later on, Noah was given very Chapter 3 / Calendar Patriarchs
- 104. 112 Time Has An End Moreover, there was a proclamation of an integral part of the Gospel even though there was no written Word. The Bible says that Enoch, who lived about 4,000 years after Creation and about 2,000 years before the Flood of Noah’’s day, preached the Gospel. In Jude 14-15, God gives us an excerpt from the message Enoch preached: And Enoch also, the seventh from Adam, prophesied of these, saying, Behold, the Lord cometh with ten thousands of his saints, to execute judgment upon all, and to convince all that are ungodly among them of all their ungodly deeds which they have ungodly committed, and of all their hard speeches which ungodly sinners have spoken against him. Noah, too, was a preacher. We read in II Peter 2:5: And spared not the old world, but saved Noah the eighth person, a preacher of righteousness, bringing in the flood upon the world of the ungodly. AsignificantfacttonoteasweviewtheunfoldingoftheBiblicaltimeline ofhistorythroughoutthefirst6,000yearsisthephenomenonthatalready,inthose early years, God gave intimations of future characteristics of His salvation program. We saw this when God provided animal skins to clothe Adam and Eve immediatelyaftertheysinned.ThisactionpointedtothecomingoftheLordJesus Christabout11,000yearslaterastheLambofGodwhobyHisdeathwouldcover the sins of those He came to save. Remember Enoch and Noah warned that the sinsofmankindwouldbringrighteousjudgmentfromGod. The experience of Enoch, in that he lived 365 years and then went to Heaven without dying, reveals another aspect of God’’s salvation program. We readinGenesis5:22-24: And Enoch walked with God after he begat Methuselah three hundred years, and begat sons and daughters: and all the days of Enoch were three hundred sixty and five years: and Enoch walked with God: and he was not; for God took him. When God created time, He made each year to be 365.2422 days. Thus, a life of 365 years identifies with the passage of a year. When Jesus began to preach, He identified the preaching of the Gospel with the term ““acceptable
- 105. 113 year.”” We read this in Luke 4:18-19: The Spirit of the Lord is upon me, because he hath anointed me to preach the gospel to the poor; he hath sent me to heal the brokenhearted, to preach deliverance to the captives, and recovering of sight to the blind, to set at liberty them that are bruised, to preach the acceptable year of the Lord. . . . when the end of the world has come, there will be the rapture of the true believers. ImmediatelyfollowingthetimeofbringingtheGospeltotheworld,when the end of the world has come, there will be the rapture of the true believers. We read about this in I Thessalonians 4:16-17: For the Lord himself shall descend from heaven with a shout, with the voice of the archangel, and with the trump of God: and the dead in Christ shall rise first: then we which are alive and remain shall be caught up together with them in the clouds, to meet the Lord in the air: and so shall we ever be with the Lord. Thus,inthelifeofEnoch,atthatearlytimeinhistory,Goddemonstrated andprophesiedinthisuniquemannerHisplanforthefinalunfoldingoftheGospel. Enoch, a preacher whom God used to teach different characteristics of the Gospel, was raptured after the acceptable year. God also intimated different aspects of His salvation program by the instruction He gave concerning the sacrifices (Genesis Chapter 4; Exodus Chapter 29; etc.). Each sacrifice pointed to the coming of the Lord Jesus who gaveHislifeasthefinalandultimatesacrificesothatthejusticeofGodcouldbe satisfied and the sins of those whom God planned to save might be forgiven. Already at the Beginning, We May See God’’s Prediction of the Future We have been carefully examining the creation of the world together with the fall of mankind. This has enabled us to further understand the very beginnings of this tremendous plan of God that would demonstrate the magnificentgloryofGodastheCreatorandSavior(Ephesians1:9-10).Itisaplan that will result in a great multitude of humans reigning with Christ forever. Chapter 3 / Calendar Patriarchs
- 106. 114 Time Has An End We have also learned that God has a carefully developed timetable for the unfolding of His salvation plan. Because we are living very near the time of the end of that plan (as we will see as we continue to study), we can take note of some interesting facts that may be anticipating its finale. We read in Isaiah 48:5: I have even from the beginning declared it to thee; before it came to pass I shewed it thee: lest thou shouldest say, Mine idol hath done them, and my graven image, and my molten image, hath commanded them. . . . from the very beginning of time, God discloses to us His grand plan of salvation . . . Weseeherethatfromtheverybeginningoftime,GoddisclosestousHis grandplanofsalvationwiththeadditionalinformationthattherewouldbeafinal judgment. This principle is also taught by the citation of Isaiah 46:9-10: Remember the former things of old: for I am God, and there is none else; I am God, and there is none like me, declaring the end from the beginning, and from ancient times the things that are not yet done, saying, My counsel shall stand, and I will do all my pleasure. Curiously,thereisaverytinyintimationconcerningthetimingoftheend of the world as we look at the date of Creation. We have seen that, according to the present calendar used in the world, Creation would have been 11,013 B.C. Laterinourstudy,wewilllearnthatinallprobability,Christwasbornintheyear 7 B.C. Did God allow those who designed our modern calendar to make a mistake of six years so that the creation date would be 11,013 B.C.? Remember, 11,013 B.C. is based on the assumption that in A.D. 1, Christ was one year old. It might be altogether coincidental that the person who designed our calendar believed that Christ was born six years later than He actually was born, making thedateofcreationabout11,007B.C.Ontheotherhand,toobtaintheyear11,013 B.C.,theymayhavebeenguidedbyGodsothatinthisnumber,thetimingoftwo greateventsintheunfoldingofGod’’ssalvationplanarebeingpredicted.Wewill examinethisidea.
- 107. 115 Christ took on a human nature (that is, He was born) just a few years after 11,000 years had passed since Creation. Evidence indicates that He is coming a second time just a few years past 13,000 years after Creation. Thus, the two numbers, 11 and 13, are very much in evidence as we view the whole timetableofGod’’ssalvationplan.Isitpossiblethatinthenumber11,013,Godis prophesying, in a very veiled way, the timing of the coming of Jesus when He comes to complete God’’s great plan of salvation? We will look at this further as we continue in our study. Here is a second intriguing concept. Cain murdered his brother Abel. BiblicalevidenceindicatesthatAbelwassaved,butCainwasnotsaved(Genesis 4:4b-5;Matthew23:35;Hebrews11:4;12:24;IJohn3:12;Jude11).Afterwards, when Adam was 130 years old, his third son, Seth, was born. The name Seth means ““appointed.”” God tells us this in Genesis 4:25: And Adam knew his wife again; and she bare a son, and called his name Seth: for God, said she, hath appointed me another seed instead of Abel, whom Cain slew. CoulditbethatEvesawinSethacontinuationofaGodlylineofbelievers that had been cut off by Abel’’s death? The words ““appointed”” and ““seed,”” which are found in this verse, assure us that Seth represents an important milestone in the unfolding of God’’s salvation plan. We have seen earlier that God uses past historical events to anticipate and represent future spiritual events. Thus, we wonder if this is the situation with the birth of Seth. We note the following points: 1. Adam was 130 years of age when Seth was born. 2.CainkilledAbel,thuseliminating,foratime,anybelieversintheworld who would be the physical seed of Adam. 3. Seth was appointed by God to be the ““seed”” to continue the line of believers. Pondering these statements brings to our mind a very parallel situation, which we examined in the book The End of the Church Age and After, that began to occur precisely 13,000 years after the creation of Adam. We will develop these ideas later in this study, but as near as we can tell: 1. A.D. 1988 was exactly 13,000 years after Creation. A.D. 1988 was Chapter 3 / Calendar Patriarchs
- 108. 116 Time Has An End theofficialbeginningoftheGreatTribulationwhichcoincidedwiththeendofthe Church Age. 2. At the beginning of the Great Tribulation, the two witnesses spoken ofintheBookofRevelationarekilled(Revelation11:7).EvenasCainmurdered his brother Abel, so too, the local congregations spiritually murder their fellow church members who are faithful and obedient to God’’s commands. They spiritually murder them by driving them from, or silencing them in, the local churches and congregations (John 16:2). 3.However,evenasGodappointeda““seed””followingthedeathofAbel, so too, God has appointed a seed that would follow the end of the Church Age. That““seed””arethosewhoarethefinalharvest——thosewhoarebecomingsaved during the time of the latter rain (Revelation 7:9). It surely seems possible that at the very beginning of the salvation program, Christ was pointing to the end of the salvation program. In similar fashion we might see the end of the world in the nature of the penalty imposed on Cain because he murdered his brother. Cain came under the judgmentofGod,andhisbanishmentfromthefaceoftheearth(Genesis4:9-15), could be a picture of the end-time churches coming under the wrath of God. We should now summarize the most important points that were in evidence during the first 6,000 years of history. 1. Sin was greatly in evidence. 2. Mankindcontinuedtobereligious. 3. God continued to communicate with mankind even though sin abounded. 4. Only by the information the Bible gives us do we conclude that true believers were few and far between as there is very little reference to them. 5. True believers who lived during this period warned the world of the judgment of God as the consequence of sin. 6. As God has written in the Bible concerning this period of time, He seems to have revealed some of the major future aspects of His unfolding plan.
- 109. 117 We are discovering that the Bible gives us the timeline of history that is identified altogether with the unfolding of God’’s salvation plan. We are discovering that the Bible gives us the timeline of history that is identified altogether with the unfolding of God’’s salvation plan. Because God’’s salvationplanisentirelyrelatedtomankind,itismankindwhomwemustcarefully examine. As we continue our study of the history of the world, we must take time to understand who man is. How is he different from God? How is he like God? How is he different from animals? How is he like animals? We will learn much about the answers to these questions as we look carefullyatmankind. 1. What constituted his essence and nature when he was first created. 2. What changed when he fell into sin. 3. What changed when individuals became saved. 4. What happened to Jesus when He took on a human nature. Now, we should not lose sight of our main purpose as we study these important elements of history. That is, that one day, God will bring everything together in one giant, grand conclusion. Our source book for this study is the Bible. Only because the Bible is God’’s Word to us do we dare to offer the following understanding of mankind. BecauseeachandeveryconclusionisderivedfromtheBible,andinsofaraseach conclusion can be determined to be harmonious with the whole Bible, may we believe that we have come to a correct Biblical understanding of man. Our examination of mankind must begin at the very beginning because it was on the sixth day of this world’’s history that Adam was created. We will learninourstudythatatthattime,inprinciple,thewholehumanracewascreated. Chapter 3 / Calendar Patriarchs
- 111. Chapter 4 Mankind Was Created in the Image of God We have learned that God has a very carefully developed timeline by which He has unfolded the history of the world. As we continue our study, we willincreasinglyfindthattheunfoldingofthetimelineofhistoryisgovernedby the development of God’’s salvation plan. But God’’s salvation plan is intimately involved with mankind. Therefore, it is imperative that we know all that we can know about mankind. The only source that we can look to for this kind of truth is the Bible. This is so because the Bible is the only source in which God has set forth an accurate description of the nature of man whom God Himself has created. In this chapter, we will look very intently at the creation of the human race. The first truth we discover about mankind is that he was created in the image of God. We read in Genesis 1:26-27: And God said, Let us make man in our image, after our like- ness: and let them have dominion over the fish of the sea, and over the fowl of the air, and over the cattle, and over all the earth, and over every creeping thing that creepeth upon the earth. So God created man in his own image, in the image of God created he him; male and female created he them. This is an exceedingly remarkable statement. Infinite God is the ever- present One who has been throughout eternity past and who spoke and brought thisentirecomplexuniverseintoexistence.Whatcanitmeanthatwearecreated intheimage,inthelikenessofGod?Remarkably,thesamelanguageisusedwhen Adam’’s third son, Seth, was born. We read in Genesis 5:3: And Adam lived an hundred and thirty years, and begat a son in his own likeness, after his image; and called his name Seth. Allofusknowwhatitmeansforasontobeinthe““likeness””ofhisfather. The father and the son may look alike, act alike, even think alike. Father and son may have the same desires, the same fears, the same interests. The son can be virtually a carbon copy of the father. However,whenGodspeaksofmanbeingcreatedinthelikenessofGod, we immediately realize that there are certain characteristics of God that can never be a part of man. God is from everlasting past, the ever-present One. Man
- 112. 120 Time Has An End has a beginning and no pre-existence. God is infinite in His power, in His knowledge,inHiswisdom,inHispresence.Man,inhisphysicalbeing,hasvery limited power and knowledge and wisdom, and can be present in only one place at a time. Yet there are very distinct similarities between God and man. Yet there are very distinct similarities between God and man. The very fact that God wrote the Bible and man can read the Bible indicates great similarity. The fact that man can have some understanding of concepts such as love, hatred, joy, patience, mercy, grace, forgiveness, kindness, obedience, sorrow, etc., indicates a definite similarity between God and man. As we examine Genesis 2:7, we will learn more about the similarity between God and man. There we read: And the LORD God formed man of the dust of the ground, and breathed into his nostrils the breath of life; and man became a living soul. This verse states that when God created man as a physical being, he was formed from the dust of the ground. This is almost identical language to that recorded in Genesis 2:19, where we read: And out of the ground the LORD God formed every beast of the field, and every fowl of the air; and brought them unto Adam to see what he would call them: and whatsoever Adam called every living creature, that was the name thereof. Theword““dust””isaddedbyGodinGenesis2:7,nodoubtanticipatingthe cursethatwouldcomeuponmankindatthetimetheywouldsin.Remember,after Adam sinned, God declared to him in Genesis 3:19: In the sweat of thy face shalt thou eat bread, till thou return unto the ground; for out of it wast thou taken: for dust thou art, and unto dust shalt thou return. Because the language given in Genesis 2:19 concerning the creation of animals is similar to that of the first part of Genesis 2:7 concerning the creation of man, we need to look first at the creation of animals.
- 113. 121 The Creation of Animals Animalswerecreatedasphysicalbeingswiththephysicalbreathoflife. The energy that God uses to keep them alive comes from two sources. One source is the food they eat and the water they drink. The second source is the oxygen they breathe. If deprived of these, they will die. The Bible speaks of the animals’’creationinGenesis2:19: And out of the ground the LORD God formed every beast of the field, and every fowl of the air; and brought them unto Adam to see what he would call them: and whatsoever Adam called every living creature, that was the name thereof. Animalsareformedfromthegroundinthesensethattheytotallyidentify with the elements found in the ground. All the minerals found in the earth are found in the bodies of animals. All of the food they eat comes from the ground. They return to the ground when they die. They were created in many shapes and sizes with varying degrees of animal intelligence. They in no sense have any spiritual nature. They are physically alive as long as they are able to breathe. The Creation of Man We must understand that the difference between man and animals is enormous. We must understand that the difference between man and animals is enormous. Of supreme importance is the fact that man is created in the image ofGod.Physically,therearesimilaritiesbetweenmanandanimals.Manypeople thereforeliketobelievethatmankindisahigherformofanimal.Ifwedidnothave the Bible, this conclusion would appear to be quite true. In addition, if man were only an animal, then the Bible’’s teachings concerning sin, judgment, eternal damnation, mercy, etc., would be foolishness. This would be so because if we werebutanimals,albeitahigherformofanimal,we,likeanyanimal,wouldmerely live out our lives and then die. That would be the whole story. We would never have to answer to God for our sins. We would never have to fear the wrath of God. Unfortunatelyforthosewhowouldliketobelievethathumansaresimply ahigherformofanimal,thereisnotruthintheirconclusion.Ahumanbeingisan Chapter 4 / Mankind Was Created in the Image of God
- 114. 122 Time Has An End entirelydifferentcreaturefromanimals.Beyondthesimilaritiesoftheirphysical bodies, man and animals bear little resemblance to each other. Who or what man is cannot be learned in any way except by careful reading of the Bible. Fact is, the whole Bible is concerned with mankind. Thus, the unfolding of God’’s salvation program through history constantly focuses on mankind. True, by studying the Bible, we can also learn many things about animals,buttheessentialandall-importantmessageoftheBibledealswithyou, me, and the billions of people who live in this world. Very quickly we will learn that each of us is a spiritual being. Because of the enormous importance of the teachings of the Bible that focusonhumanbeings,andindeed,onyouandonme,weare,inourstudy,going to spend some time trying to understand who we are. Very quickly we will learn that each of us is a spiritual being. Hopefully, as we go on, we will gain some understanding of the spiritual nature of man and how that spiritual essence impactsourrelationshipwithGod. As we have learned, man was created with a physical body very similar to that of an animal. That is why, for example, animals can be used to test medicines that are being designed for human use. As it is with animals, all of the food we eat ultimately comes from the ground. When we die, our bodies return totheground. The major physical difference between man and animals is that man’’s brain is far more complex than that of an animal. God created man with a more complexbrainbecauseHecreatedmanalsotobeaspiritualbeinginthelikeness of God. When God gave man a soul (or spirit essence), this wonderful act also impactedman’’sphysicalbodysothatparticularlyinhismind,hebecamedifferent from animals in that he could learn to read and write. He could understand, to somedegree,intangiblessuchaslove,joy,mercy,justice,etc.Hecouldhavethe abilitytodesignandbuildcomplexthings. Man also would be able to communicate with God in prayer. He would understand that there is a God whom he must serve and to whom he is accountable. Human beings were created with a soul. (As we continue our study, we will learn more about the fact that the creation of man’’s soul has everything to do with his being created in the image of God.) Human beings were created with aphysicalbodytogetherwithasoul.Whereastheanimalisphysicallyaliveonly
- 115. 123 aslongasitbreathes,whatreallymakeshumansphysicallyaliveisthattheirsouls remainpresentintheirbodies.Wewillexaminethisprincipleaswecarefullylook at Genesis 2:7. Remember, it declares: And the LORD God formed man of the dust of the ground, and breathed into his nostrils the breath of life; and man became a living soul. We have learned from Genesis 2:7 that Adam was created with a physical body. But then this verse says: ““and breathed into his nostrils the breath of life; and man became a living soul.”” In this phrase, five words are especially significant. They are the Hebrew words ““breathed”” (naphach), ““breath”” (neshamah), ““life”” (chayyim), ““living”” (chayyah), and ““soul”” (le nephesh). We should examine each of these Hebrew words very carefully. As we do so, we will reaffirm that every word in the original language of the Bible isveryimportant.Inaddition,wewilllearnthattheBibleisitsowndictionary.The Bible’’s usage of any word helps to define the meaning of that word. ““Breathed”” Let us first examine the word ““breathed”” (Hebrew naphach). We read that ““God breathed into his nostrils.”” The Hebrew word that is translated ““breathed”” is found several times in the Bible. It is never used in connection with breath being given to animals. Thus, by the use of this word for ““breathed,””Godisemphasizingadistinctdifferencebetweenmanandanimals. It is significantly used in Ezekiel 37:9 where God describes the phenomenon of dry bones coming to life. There we read: Then said he unto me, Prophesy unto the wind, prophesy, son of man, and say to the wind, Thus saith the Lord GOD; Come from the four winds, O breath, and breathe [Hebrew naphach] upon these slain, that they may live. This usage accords with the breathing of God in Genesis 2:7 where God is giving life to the dead body of Adam. It identifies with the statement of John 20:22, when God breathed on the disciples. We read there: And when he had said this, he breathed on them and saith unto them, Receive ye the Holy Ghost. Chapter 4 / Mankind Was Created in the Image of God
- 116. 124 Time Has An End Christ’’s breathing on His disciples was a demonstration of one element ofsalvation,thatis,aspirituallydeadsoulbecomesspirituallyalive,indweltbythe Holy Ghost (also called in the Bible ““the Holy Spirit”” [ in Luke 11:13 for example]).So,weseeadirectparallelbetweentheoriginalcreationofmanwhen GodcreatedhimperfectintheimageofGodandthespiritualre-creationofGod’’s peoplewhentheyreceiveanew,resurrectedsoul(John3:3-8;IICorinthians5:17; Ephesians 4:24; I John 3:9). (See Chapter 13 of this book.) ““Breath”” The next word found in Genesis 2:7 that we should examine is the word ““breath.”” It is the Hebrew word ““neshamah.”” The word ““neshamah”” is never used in the Bible in connection with the breath of animals. The breath given to animals is the Hebrew word ““ruach,”” which also can be translated ““spirit,”” and is also used at times in speaking of the breath or spirit of mankind. However, God’’s use of neshamah in Genesis 2:7 provides a total separation between animals and man. Thus, by the means of the two words ““breathed”” and ““breath”” as they are used in Genesis 2:7, God is teaching that mankindistotallyunique.Wearelearningthatthisisdescribinghowmanbecame aspiritualbeing.ItisbywhatGoddescribesasHisownbreathingandbreaththat mankind was given a spirit essence (also called soul). This soul proved that mankind had become created in the likeness of God because in this soul, God in His Spirit entered into and identified with mankind. This provided not only the means by which God could bring God’’s energy into man so that mankind might willandworktoGod’’sgoodpleasure,butitalsoprovidedthemeansbywhichGod Himselfactuallyworksinmankind.Thepresenceofthesoulinhumanbeingssets them completely apart from animals. Animals were not created with a soul. ““Life”” The next word we should carefully examine is the word ““life”” (Hebrew chayyim). It is very closely related to the Hebrew words ““chay,”” ““chayah,”” and ““chayyah.”” All of these words express the concept of life or living. However, chayyimisapluralword.Itshouldbetranslatedasthepluralword““lives.””Thus, inGenesis2:7,thephrase““breathoflife”” shouldbetranslated““breathoflives.”” How are we to understand this odd phrase ““breath of lives?”” A search of the Bible reveals that it was used more than eighty times by God as He wrote the Bible. It is used as God speaks of man’’s life, of animal life, and of God’’s life. We should look at examples of each of these three usages to determine more precisely what God is teaching by means of this plural word ““chayyim.””
- 117. 125 In Genesis 7:15 we read: And they went in unto Noah into the ark, two and two of all flesh, wherein is the breath of life. This verse is speaking of the unclean animals that were brought into Noah’’s ark. Thephrase““breathoflife””shouldbetranslated““breathoflives.””Howdoesthis plural word ““lives”” fit in this context? In Exodus 22:4 we read: If the theft be certainly found in his hand alive, whether it be ox, or ass, or sheep; he shall restore double. Thisverseisspeakingofasingleanimalbeingalive,thatis,having““lives.””How can a single animal have ““lives?”” In Numbers 16:33 we read: They, and all that appertained to them, went down alive into the pit, and the earth closed upon them: and they perished from among the congregation. This verse is speaking of unsaved men being alive, that is, having ““lives.”” What can that mean? In Psalm 21:4 we read: He asked life of thee, and thou gavest it him, even length of days for ever and ever. This verse is speaking of the one who becomes saved receiving ““lives”” forever. What can that mean? These sample verses show us that the plural word ““chayyim”” applies to single animals, to unsaved people, and also to those who are saved. How can we harmonize all of these usages? The answer is given, for example, in Psalm 36:9: For with thee is the fountain of life: in thy light shall we see light. In this verse, the phrase ““the fountain of life”” is actually ““the fountain of lives.”” God is the fountain of lives, that is, He is the source of any and all life. He is the source of physical life for an animal. He is the source of physical life Chapter 4 / Mankind Was Created in the Image of God
- 118. 126 Time Has An End for mankind. He is the source of spiritual life given to man at Creation. He is the source of the eternal spiritual life given to the one who is saved. God uses the plural word ““lives”” also because God is a plural being. In I Samuel 17:36 we read: Thy servant slew both the lion and the bear: and this uncircum- cised Philistine shall be as one of them, seeing he hath defied the armies of the living God. In the phrase ““living God,”” both words ““living”” and ““God”” are plural. This verse could be translated ““he hath defied the armies of the God of lives.”” That is, God reveals Himself as a plural being. The Bible declares that God is Triune, Father, Son, and Holy Spirit, and these three are one God (John 14:26; I John 5:7). He is the source of any and all life in this world. Life emanating from apluralbeing,God,thereforeisspokenofusingapluralword,““lives.””Lifecomes fromGodtheFather,fromGodtheSon,andfromGodtheHolySpirit.Therefore, inmanyverses,Godemploysthepluralword““chayyim””(lives)whenHespeaks oflifecomingfromGod. It is also a fact that many times the Bible uses a Hebrew word in the singulartenseinindicating““life.””ThisisveryparalleltotheteachingoftheBible thatontheonehand,asGodisspeakingofHimself,Heusesplurallanguagelike God (Hebrew Elohim, a plural word), such as in Genesis 1:26 where He says, ““Let us make man in our image.”” On the other hand, God insists there is only one God and uses words such as Lord, Christ, Jesus, etc., which are all singular words. Thebigprinciplewelearnisthatwhetheritisthephysicallifeinanimals, the physical life in man, the spiritual life (soul) given to man at Creation, or the spiritual life restored to those who have become saved, all life comes from God. He is the only source of life. We should comment on two other verses. Psalm 52:5 declares: God shall likewise destroy thee for ever, he shall take thee away, and pluck thee out of thy dwelling place, and root thee out of the land of the living. Selah. Thisworldinwhichweliveisthe““landoftheliving.””Inthisverse,too, the word ““living”” is chayyim so that it could be translated ““land of lives.”” In this world, there exists both physical life and spiritual life. However, this verse also indicatesthatthosewhoareconsignedtoHellwillbetakenawayfromthis““land of lives”” and be destroyed forever. This truth is emphasized in connection with Jesus paying for the sins of those He came to save.
- 119. 127 We read in Isaiah 53:8: He was taken from prison and from judgment: and who shall declare his generation? for he was cut off out of the land of the living: for the transgression of my people was he stricken. Again in this verse, the phrase ““the land of the living”” could be translated““thelandoflives.””Thus,ChristsufferedthewrathofGodbybecoming like those who will be cast into Hell forever. ““Living Being”” Thenextwordweshouldexamineisthewordthatistranslated““living.”” Theword““living””(Hebrewchayyah)isanounthatisusedmanytimesintheOld Testament. Frequently it is translated ““life,”” or ““living,”” or ““living thing.”” Additionally,itisfrequentlytranslatedas““beast.””Thiscomportswiththeconcept that an animal has life or is a living thing as long as it has breath. Frequently, the word ““living”” (chayyah) is used in association with the Hebrew noun nephesh. This is the way it is used in Genesis 2:7. There we find the Hebrew phrase le nephesh chayyah. The best translation ofchayyah in this verse is ““living being.”” ““For the Dead Body”” Thisbringsustothenextwordweshouldcarefullyexamine.Itisactually a Hebrew phrase, le nephesh. The phrase le nephesh is the word ““nephesh”” connected with the Hebrew preposition ““le.”” When the noun nephesh stands alone,asitdoeshundredsoftimesintheBible,itistranslatedinavarietyofways suchas““creature,””““life,””““soul,””““person,””etc.Factis,thetranslatorsoftheKing James Bible simply translated the phrase le nephesh in Genesis 2:7 as ““soul.”” 1 Thus, we see that the King James translation of Genesis 2:7 indicates that man became a living (chayyah) soul (le nephesh). 1 This does not mean that the translators were less spiritually qualified or had less intellectual ability. We must keep in mind the principle of progressive revelation. Even now, we are living in a time when God is opening the eyes of many to more and more truths of the Bible, and therefore, we can expect that, in our day, God will give a more adequate understanding and a better translation of various Bible phrases. Additionally, there are two verses that are written using the Hebrew le khol nephesh. The word ““khol”” means ““any”” or ““every.”” In one of the verses, Numbers 19:11, the phrase ““le khol nephesh”” is translated ““of any man.”” This verse is speaking of ““the dead body of any man,”” so in this verse, le nephesh is virtually giving the same meaning as the translation ““for the dead body.”” Additionally, in Exodus 12:16, the Hebrew phrase ““le khol nephesh”” is translated ““which everyman.”” Chapter 4 / Mankind Was Created in the Image of God
- 120. 128 Time Has An End The Hebrew preposition le is found over 4,000 times in the Bible. It can be translated as ““to,”” ““toward,”” ““with,”” ““at,”” ““for,”” or ““of,”” depending on the context in which it is found. However, in connection with the word nephesh, it is found only thirteen times. One of those thirteen times is in the verse we are studying, Genesis 2:7. To help us understand the meaning of this phrase as it is used in Genesis 2:7, we must see how it is translated in the other twelve places intheBible. Of the thirteen times that the Hebrew phrase le nephesh is found in the Bible, in six of the occurrences, it is translated ““for the dead,”” ““by the dead,”” ““by thedeadbody,””or““ofthedeadbody.””TheseversesareLeviticus19:28and21:1, and Numbers 5:2, 9:6, 9:7, and 9:10. In each instance, a human dead body is in view. For example, Numbers 9:10 records: Speak unto the children of Israel, saying, If any man of you or of your posterity shall be unclean by reason of a dead body, or be in a journey afar off, yet he shall keep the passover unto the LORD. In three verses, le nephesh is translated ““to the soul.”” These verses are Proverbs 13:19 and 16:24 and Lamentations 3:25. In another verse, Numbers 35:31, le nephesh is translated ““for the life.”” When we examine these usages of the phrase ““le nephesh,”” it is evident thatitcanbetranslatedinthesenseof““forthedeadbody””or““tothesoul””or““for the life.”” Therefore, we have options as we seek to translate ““le nephesh chayyah””inGenesis2:7.Itcouldbetranslatedinthesenseofanyofthefollowing ways: 1. ““man became for the dead body a living being.”” 2. ““man became to the soul a living being.”” 3. ““man became to man a living being.”” 4. ““man became for the life a living being.”” The first translation listed here is the most likely. In the first part of Genesis 2:7, God speaks about the physical creation of man’’s body: ““And the LORD God formed man of the dust of the ground.”” As we learned, this is almost identical language to that which the Bible uses when speaking of the creation of animals as having been given physical life. . . . we must remember that when a man’’s soul is separated from his body, he is physically dead.
- 121. 129 However, we must remember that when a man’’s soul is separated from his body, he is physically dead. He is a dead body. For example, when a true believerdies,hisdeadbodyisburied,butinhissoulexistence,hegoestoHeaven toliveandreignwithChrist(IICorinthians5:6-9;Revelation20:4).Soitwas—— only in reverse order —— when God created Adam. First, there was the lifeless body of Adam which God had just created. Then God breathed the breath of life intothatdeadbody.Suddenly,Adambecamebothphysicallyandspirituallyalive because at that moment, he was given a soul. Therefore, Genesis 2:7 could likely be translated: . . . God formed man of the dust of the ground, and breathed into his nostrils the breath of lives, and man became for the dead body a living being. InwhicheverwayGenesis2:7couldbestbetranslated,wecanconclude thatwhenGodcreatedman’’sbody,hewasneitherphysicallynorspirituallyalive. It was only when God breathed the breath of lives into that dead body that man becamebothphysicallyandspirituallyalive. Now,itmayseemthattheforegoingdiscussionhasbeenhighlytechnical and tedious. But we have shown examples that demonstrate that every word in the Bible has significance (Matthew 5:18), and these examples show how in the usage of its words, the Bible explains itself and defines the terms it uses. This is aprincipleofBiblestudythateveryoneshouldemploynomatterwhatpartofthe Bibletheyarescrutinizing. Man’’s Soul Impacted His Body Thissoulorspirituallife,whichbecameanintegralpartofmankind,and whichwasnotgiventoanimals,alsogreatlyimpactedmankind’’sphysicalbody. The result was that when man was created, whatever desire he might have in his whole personality, he would want to do God’’s will. You will recall that in our discussionaboutwhenmankindbecameaspiritualbeing,weponderedhowGod mighthavepreparedforthisbygivingman,asaphysicalbeing,abrainthatisfar different from the brain He gave to animals. Incidentally, God links together the mind and the soul of man. For example, in Romans 7:22-25 we read: For I delight in the law of God after the inward man: but I see another law in my members, warring against the law of my mind, and bringing me into captivity to the law of sin which is in my Chapter 4 / Mankind Was Created in the Image of God
- 122. 130 Time Has An End members. O wretched man that I am! who shall deliver me from the body of this death? I thank God through Jesus Christ our Lord. So then with the mind I myself serve the law of God; but with the flesh the law of sin. In these verses, the word ““mind”” is a synonym for ““soul.”” It was in man’’s ““soul”” or as a spiritual being that he was created in the image of God. It is possible that this exceedingly superior mind identified with a more complex brain because the more complex organ was required to enable his eternal soul to functionproperly.Wehavejustlearnedthatitwasthroughman’’seternalsoulthat Godenergizedhimspiritually,andwewilllearnthatGodactuallybecomesapart ofhim. Because God is eternal Spirit and man was created in His image, man was created a spiritual being with a physical body. Man’’s soul and man’’s body were both created to live forever. How Then Did Adam and Eve Fall Into Sin? HowthendidAdamandEvefallintosin?Factis,intheirsoul,whichwas created in the image of God, they could not sin. This is so because God cannot sin. We read in James 1:13 that God ““cannot be tempted with evil.”” And in I John 3:9 we read: Whosoever is born of God doth not commit sin; for his seed remaineth in him: and he cannot sin, because he is born of God. These verses teach that God can never sin. Thus, when mankind was created as a spiritual being, in the likeness of God, he, too, could never sin even as God can never sin. In His Body Mankind was Vulnerable However, as a physical being, as a human with a body of flesh similar to that of an animal, we have a different matter. Let us understand this as we examine Biblical language that speaks about the life of a true believer. We have learnedthatatruebelieverhasbeengivenaresurrectedsoul(heis““bornagain”” as we learn in John 3:3-8) in which he cannot sin (I John 3:9). However, in his fleshorphysicalbody,thsituationisaltogetherdifferent.WereadinRomans7:5:
- 123. 131 For when we were in the flesh, the motions of sins, which were by the law, did work in our members to bring forth fruit unto death. Moreover, the Bible further states in Romans 7:22-24: For I delight in the law of God after the inward man: but I see another law in my members, warring against the law of my mind, and bringing me into captivity to the law of sin which is in my members. O wretched man that I am! who shall deliver me from the body of this death? These verses teach that sin, which is a transgression of God’’s Law (James2:9-10;IJohn3:4),takesplaceinthetruebeliever’’sbodyorflesh,thepart of him that was created out of the dust of the ground. Likewise, when Adam and Eve were created, in their soul they would neversin,butintheirbodiestheywerevulnerable.Thiswassoeventhoughthey werecreatedperfectlysinlessintheirbodyaswellasintheirsoul.Theirbodywas the part of their personality that Satan attacked and was victorious. God had set up a testing arena which was the tree of the knowledge of good and evil. They were not to eat of the fruit of this tree. They sinned by transgressing this command. The consequence of this sin was catastrophic. God had warned them thatinthedaytheyateoftheforbiddenfruit,theywoulddie.Whatcouldthathave meant? At the moment of their sin, they did not die physically. They died spiritually. (Soon, we will go beyond our first parents and deal with what has happenedtoallofmankind.ThesinofAdamhasbroughtaboutthespiritualdeath of every human being. Adam’’s original sin has caused all of us to become spiritually dead at the moment of conception, the moment when God creates the body and soul of a new human being.) The Temptation Experienced by Jesus Understanding the principle that it was in Adam and Eve’’s physical bodiesthattheywerevulnerabletothepossibilityofsinningunderscoreswhythe temptation of Jesus by Satan was so awful. At His incarnation, Jesus took on a humannaturewhichincludedaphysicalbody.Inthisphysicalbody,Hecouldbe temptedtodoevil.SatanwasafterHim,constantlytemptingHim(Luke4:1-13), and Satan even worked through the Pharisees, the scribes, etc. (Matthew 16:1; 19:3; John 8:6). Wonderfully, Jesus remained perfect, never falling into sin. Chapter 4 / Mankind Was Created in the Image of God
- 124. 132 Time Has An End . . . it was in Adam and Eve’’s physical bodies that they were vulnerable to the possibility of sinning. Ontheotherhand,ourfirstparentshadbeengiventheHolySpiritinthat GodhadbreathedintotheirphysicalbodiesthebreathorSpiritofGodsothatthey hadaspirituallyperfectsoul.Buttheyalsohadaphysicalbodythatwasidentified with the dust of the earth. In their soul, they were indwelt by God Himself, and evenasGodcannotbetemptedwithevil,neithercouldtheybetemptedwithevil in the soul part of their personality. Remember I John 3:9 where God speaks of the true believer who cannot sin because he has been born of God. It is only in his body that he can be tempted to sin. Even as Jesus was tempted with evil becauseHehadtakenonahumannature,soAdamandEveintheirhumanbodies could be tempted with evil. It is truly remarkable that in order for Jesus to be the Savior, He had to go through the same experience as Adam. It is no wonder then that Romans 5:14 speaks of Adam as him ““who is the figure of him that was to come.”” Jesus, the ““last Adam”” (I Corinthians 15:45), had to experience the same thing the first Adam experienced. Jesus took on a perfect sinless body; Adam was given a perfect sinless body when he was created. But unlike Adam, wonderfully, Jesus did not fall into sin when He was very severely tested. Also remarkable is the fact that because God took on a human body in order to qualify to be the Savior, God will live throughout eternity future with a glorifiedspiritualbodyexactlyastruebelieverswillliveforeverwithaglorified spiritualbody(IJohn3:2). Once again, we puzzle over what all this has to do with the Biblical CalendarofHistory.ButifwerememberthattheCalendarofHistoryisgoverned by the unfolding of God’’s salvation plan, then we can see that an indispensable part of our study must be the examination of the details of how mankind became so desperately in need of salvation. We will proceed to examine this further. The Consequence of Man’’s Sin Whenmansinned,hebecamespirituallydead,thatis,Godwasnolonger supplying spiritual energy to him. He was no longer dwelling in him. Man had becomespirituallydead.However,hestillretainedanexceedinglysuperiormind whichwecallintelligence. We thus can understand that when our soul is dead, our intelligence or ability to think does not disappear. Fact is, we still know that there is a God to whom we are accountable. We still know that we are under the Law of God.
- 125. 133 We read in Romans 2:14-15: For when the Gentiles, which have not the law, do by nature the things contained in the law, these, having not the law, are a law unto themselves: which shew the work of the law written in their hearts, their conscience also bearing witness, and their thoughts the mean while accusing or else excusing one another. No individual conceived in this world is saved until God begins to supply spiritual energy to him. Everyindividualwhoisconceivedoftheirparentsisspirituallydead.All are descendants of Adam. Every one is sinful (Romans 3:23) and totally ruined by sin (Romans 5:12). The Bible terms our spiritually dead state as being ““in Adam””(ICorinthians15:22).Noindividualconceivedinthisworldissaveduntil Godbeginstosupplyspiritualenergytohim.Theyareallspirituallydead,andthey, in themselves can do nothing —— absolutely nothing —— to restore to themselves God’’senergywhichhasbeenlost(John3:27;6:44,65;15:5b;Romans3:10-12). An individual still can read and write and think and do many things that result from the fact that he was created in the image of God. However, in regards tohisrelationshiptoGod,heisspirituallydead(ICorinthians1:18-20;2:14).The Holy Spirit does not indwell him and does not energize him. He actually has become the enemy of God (Romans 5:10) so that he is under the wrath of God (John 3:36; Romans 1:18). But because he was created in the image of God and was originally indwelt by God, he therefore is entirely accountable to God. That is, at some time in his future eternal existence, he must be tried by God at God’’s Judgment Throne (II Corinthians 5:10). This terrible event will occur when the end of the world comes (John 5:28-29; Revelation 20:11-15). God had warned our first parents in Genesis 2:16-17: Of every tree of the garden thou mayest freely eat: but of the tree of the knowledge of good and evil, thou shalt not eat of it: for in the day that thou eatest thereof thou shalt surely die. This command set the stage for the destruction of mankind and the necessityforGod’’sGospelplanofsalvation(Romans5:6-10;Ephesians2:1-10). Like a city that has abundant electricity and other sources of energy to energize Chapter 4 / Mankind Was Created in the Image of God
- 126. 134 Time Has An End it to make it a live city, so our first parents had received the breath of God’’s life andwereenjoyingtothehighestdegreetheenergizingpresenceofGodHimself intheirlives. . . . they died spiritually, that is, the energizing presence of God that gave them spiritual life was cut off. But somehow perfect, sinless mankind rebelled against God. Eve, ““the mother of all living”” (Genesis 3:20), disobeyed God and ate of the forbidden fruit. Adam, too, followed the disobedient action of his wife and ate of the forbidden fruit. Suddenly, they died (Genesis 3:1-7). No, they did not die physically, but they died spiritually, that is, the energizing presence of God that gave them spiritual life was cut off. They became like a dead city that had suddenly had its sources of energy removed. Outwardly, the city may still look magnificent.Peoplemaycontinuetoliveinit.Butitisadoomedcitythatcanonly fall into decay and ruin. GodemploysthisanalogyinProverbs25:28whereHelikensanunsaved person to a city that is broken down. We read there: He that hath no rule over his own spirit is like a city that is broken down, and without walls. This teaches us that without the energizing presence of God in our life, we are deadinoursins(Ephesians2:1-5).NowondertheBibledeclaresinJeremiah17:9: The heart is deceitful above all things, and desperately wicked: who can know it? The Bible speaks of this sad fact of man being cut off from God in many ways. For example in Psalm 37:9 God declares: For evildoers shall be cut off: but those that wait upon the LORD, they shall inherit the earth. And in verse 20 of the same Psalm the Bible states: But the wicked shall perish, and the enemies of the LORD shall
- 127. 135 be as the fat of lambs: they shall consume; into smoke shall they consume away. This same horrible punishment was endured by the Lord Jesus Christ as He paid for the sins of those He came to save. Isaiah 53:10 informs us: Yet it pleased the LORD to bruise him; he hath put him to grief: when thou shalt make his soul an offering for sin, he shall see his seed, he shall prolong his days, and the pleasure of the LORD shall prosper in his hand. Unsavedmankindstillretaintheirsoul(orspiritessence).Thisgivesthe evilspirits,headedupbySatan,opportunitytoruleverydefinitelyoverthem.We readinEphesians2:2: Wherein in time past ye walked according to the course of this world, according to the prince of the power of the air, the spirit that now worketh in the children of disobedience. The word ““worketh”” in this verse is the Greek word ““energeo”” which is used to indicate that Satan energizes unsaved mankind even as the Holy Spirit energizes those who have become saved. We read in Philippians 2:12-13: Wherefore, my beloved, as ye have always obeyed, not as in my presence only, but now much more in my absence, work out your own salvation with fear and trembling. For it is God which worketh in you both to will and to do of his good pleasure. Theword““worketh””andtheword ““do””inthisversearealsotheGreek word ““energeo”” from which we get the English word ““energy.”” Thus, this verse is literally declaring that it is God who energizes those He saves to will and to energizeofHisgoodpleasure.Thatis,itisthesavedindividual’’sresurrectedsoul orthespiritualpartofhimthathasbeenenergizedbyGodtodoHiswill.Goddoes thisbyactuallybecomingapartofthesavedperson’’spersonality.Thisideaisalso described in Ephesians 1:11 where we are taught that it is Christ ““who worketh [energizes] all things after the counsel of His own will.”” This same truth is emphasizedinGalatians2:20: I am crucified with Christ: nevertheless I live; yet not I, but Christ liveth in me: and the life which I now live in the flesh I Chapter 4 / Mankind Was Created in the Image of God
- 128. 136 Time Has An End live by the faith of the Son of God, who loved me, and gave him- self for me. All Mankind was Included in Adam In Genesis 2:16-17, God had decreed that in the day Adam ate of the forbidden fruit, he would surely die. But before we look more at what happened in the Garden of Eden, we should examine in detail the truth that within Adam, the whole human race was represented. . . . within Adam, the whole human race was represented. Each and every human being, in principle, was in the loins or body of Adam. This principle is shown to us in a number of ways. In Hebrews 7:9-10 we read: And as I may so say, Levi also, who receiveth tithes, payed tithes in Abraham. For he was yet in the loins of his father, when Melchisedec met him. Inthiscitation,GodisteachingusthateventhoughLeviwouldnotbeborn untilmorethan100yearsafterAbraham,nevertheless,hewasalreadyintheloins orbodyofAbrahambecausehewasinthebloodlineofAbraham.Thisisparallel to the concept that we who are living today were in a sense already in the bodies of, for example, our great-great-grandparents. The whole human race in this sense was in the bodies of Adam and Eve because they were our first parents. Moreover, we read in Romans 7:9: For I was alive without the law once: but when the command- ment came, sin revived, and I died. Using himself as an example, Paul, under the inspiration of the Holy Spirit, is teaching that there was a time when he, and every human being, was spiritually alive in Adam before Adam sinned. That time long ago was the only time in the history of the world when there was no law. That time was the brief period between the day when Adam was created and the day God gave him the command of Genesis 2:15-17, where we read:
- 129. 137 And the LORD God took the man, and put him into the garden of Eden to dress it and to keep it. And the LORD God com- manded the man, saying, Of every tree of the garden thou mayest freely eat: but of the tree of the knowledge of good and evil, thou shalt not eat of it: for in the day that thou eatest thereof thou shalt surely die. Now we get a better understanding of another Bible verse, John 1:9, where we read: That was the true Light, which lighteth every man that cometh into the world. When God created Adam, in principle, He created the whole human race. When God made Adam a spiritual being by breathing the breath of life into hisnostrils,atthattime,everyhumanbeing,inprinciple,wasgivenasoul.Atthe beginning, before sin came, the soul of mankind was perfect. It was spiritually energizedbyGodandin-filledbyGod.Thus,atthebeginning,everyhumanbeing whowouldeverlive,inprinciple,wasenergizedor““lighted””byChristtheLight oftheWorld.MankindwascreatedinthelikenessofGodinthatGod’’senergizing presence in his life made him in many ways like God. Remember that every humanbeing,inprinciple,wasintheloinsofAdamatthetimeAdamwascreated. . . . the life that was originally given to mankind was conditional in that it demanded perfect obedience from them. However,thoughmanbeganasaperfectmaninthelikenessofGod,God placed man in a very critical situation. If he were to rebel against God, the image of God within him would be ruined and distorted with no hope of ever being restoredtohisonce-perfectcondition.Inotherwords,thelifethatwasoriginally given to mankind was conditional in that it demanded perfect obedience from them. OnlyGod,inthepersonofJesusChrist,takingonthenatureandlikeness of mankind and specifically taking upon Himself the sins of those whom the FatherhadgivenHim(John17:1-2,20-24),couldrescuetheserebellioussinners fromtheirseeminglyirredeemablestate(Romans8:1-4;Philippians2:6-8).Only the saving work of Christ could restore His people to the perfect image of God (Colossians3:10). Chapter 4 / Mankind Was Created in the Image of God
- 130. 138 Time Has An End Therefore, when God moved Paul to write in Romans 7:9 that ““sin revived and I died,”” He is teaching what happens when any and every individualisconceived.Heisconceivedinsin(Psalm51:5;58:3).Hecomesunder the Commandment, the perfect Law of God, and the Law of God condemns him (Romans7:11). Thus,atthemomentofconception,everyindividualhassinuponhim—— he has spiritually died. Now, he is urgently in need of salvation. His only hope is for God to rescue him from his desperately hopeless condition (Ephesians 2:12- 17). But that is the glorious theme of God’’s salvation plan —— unfolded throughout history —— that we are examining. God saves lost helpless sinners through the sacrifice of Jesus Christ, the perfect God-Man. GodworksHissalvationinmany(Mark10:45;Romans5:15,19),inorder that He might have a people for Himself and bring Himself ultimate glory throughout the eternal ages yet to come! How can this be? How can it be that any of us should be included in God’’s amazing salvation plan! Butmakenomistake,thiswonderfulundertakingbyAlmightyGodwill beaccomplishedbyHisinfinitepower(Acts15:14;Ephesians1:9-10;Hebrews 12:2). God as the Supreme Ruler of everything throughout eternity has establishedlawsbywhichHegovernsallthoseoverwhomHerules.Theselaws must be perfectly obeyed by all who are subject to them. These laws are set forth in God’’s Law Book, the Bible. Remember,aswelearnedearlierinourstudy,evenGodissubjecttothe Laws of the Bible. That is why when God, in the person of the Lord Jesus Christ, tookuponHimselfthesinsofthoseHeplannedtosave,He,too,hadtobejudged by the Laws written in God’’s Law Book, the Bible. . . . when God, in the person of the Lord Jesus Christ, took upon Himself the sins of those He planned to save, He, too, had to be judged by the Laws written in God’’s Law Book, the Bible. Since God Himself is subject to the Laws of God, mankind, who was created in the image of God, is also subject to the Laws of God. That is why at the end of time, every human who has not had his sins covered by the Lord Jesus must stand for trial before Christ who is also the Supreme Judge of the earth (Matthew25:31-46;IICorinthians5:10).
- 131. 139 Thus, the all-important critical need in every human life at any time in history——andespeciallyinourdaywhenitappearsthatwearesoneartheend—— has to do with his eternal destiny and whether or not Christ has become his sin- bearer. Physical Death of Man WhenAdamandEvesinned,whatcausedthemtoeventuallyexperience physicaldeath?Thesamequestioncanbeaskedconcerningthedeathofanimals following the fall of Adam and Eve into sin. Why did they begin to die? . . . physical death is not in itself a part of the punishment for sin. Although it is a consequence, physical death is not in itself a part of the punishment for sin. We know this for certain, because at the end of the world, therewillbebillionsofpeoplewhohaveneverdiedphysically,andyettheywill experiencethefullpenaltyofGodfortheirsinsbybeingcastintoHell(IITimothy 4:1; I Peter 4:5). Physical death came to all creatures including humans because God cursedthegroundfollowingAdam’’ssin(Genesis3:17-19).Thornsandthistles, earthquakes and hurricanes, poisonous and carnivorous animals, viruses and harmful bacteria, etc., became evident throughout the world. These in time are fatal to all physical creatures. Forthousandsofyears,mankindcouldattainlifespansofmorethan900 years. But as man’’s genetic makeup was assaulted by various life-threatening forces, human life expectancy gradually has shrunk to that which is being experienced throughout the world in our day (Psalm 90:10). Biblical Principles We Learn from Genesis 2:7 1. Animals and all creatures, exclusive of mankind, that have the physi- cal breath of life, are alive or living, but they in no sense have spiritual life or are spiritual beings. They are dead when they stop breathing and because they have no spiritual life, they have no continuing existence after death. 2. Mankind was created with a body similar in many ways to that of animals. Whereas an animal requires only breath to be physically alive, a man Chapter 4 / Mankind Was Created in the Image of God
- 132. 140 Time Has An End requires a soul. Without a soul, man’’s body is physically dead (James 2:26). To have physical life, a human being has to have a soul as an integral part of his personality. At Creation, God breathed the breath of life into the dead body of Adam, and man became a living being. That is, he was given a soul and thus became both physically and spiritually alive. We see the opposite in a corpse. That corpse is a dead body without a soul. 3. We know absolutely that mankind was created with a body and with a soul. In II Corinthians 5:7-8 the Bible indicates that those who walk with Christ, the genuine believers, leave their bodies at the time of physical death.At the moment of physical death, their souls are received into Heaven where they live with Christ as spirit beings (Psalm 73:24; John 14:2-3). At the end of the world, they come with Christ (I Corinthians 15:42-44, 49-54; Revelation 19:14), and are united again with their bodies, their new resurrected spiritual bodies. (See also Philippians 1:21-24; Revelation 6:9; 20:4.) Psalm 115:17-18 indicates that when an unsaved person dies, his soul leaves his body but because his soul was not saved, it cannot go into Heaven. Instead, it goes down into silence to await the resurrection of the last day. (See also Matthew 10:28; John 12:48.) 4. By virtue of the fact that Adam had been given a soul which was energized and occupied by God, he was created in the image of God. Because all mankind was created in Adam, every human being is also created in the image of God. In principle, each and every human being, who is the seed of Adam, was in the body of Adam at Creation. This is so because all human beings descend from Adam. To say it another way, we all have inherited his genes. Every person has a soul which makes him a spiritual being, even as his body makes him a physical being. Mankind was not made in the image of God in his body because at Creation, God did not have a human nature. Later, Christ Jesus would take on a human nature. 5. In his soul,Adam could not sin because God cannot sin (James 1:13; I John 3:9). However, in his body, man was vulnerable to sin (Romans 7:5, 22- 23). 6. Thus, when Jesus took on a human nature (a physical body), He became vulnerable to sinning. For that reason, the Bible declares in Hebrews 4:15 that He was tempted (tested) in all points as we are. Praise God, He did not fallintosin! 7. When Adam sinned, even though he remained a spiritual being, his
- 133. 141 soul became spiritually dead because he was no longer energized by God. In addition, his body became corrupted by sin. In other words, Adam’’s body also became spiritually dead! In his flesh, he could no longer please God (Romans 8:8).AndAdam remained physically alive, but he no longer had the capacity to measure up to God’’s standard of perfection (Matthew 5:48; Romans 3:23). His every thought, word, and deed would be shot through with sin (Psalm 53:2-3; Isaiah 1:4-6; 64:6; Romans 7:18). 8. Before anyone becomes saved, even though he is a physically-alive spiritual being, he is spiritually dead. Because of Adam’’s disobedience, and because all mankind were created in Adam, the infection of sin has become inherent in the whole human race. Hence, every individual has become spiritu- ally dead. This was Adam’’s condition the moment after he ate the forbidden fruit. Likewise, every individual now has a spiritually-dead soul. This means he still is a spiritual being, but his soul is not energized or occupied by God. It can be energized and occupied by evil spirits headed up by Satan. He also has a body which is spiritually dead. His body lusts after sin (Romans 13:14), is the servant of sin (Romans 6:12, 17), and hates any exposure of its evil deeds (John 3:20). 9. When a man becomes saved, he is made spiritually alive even though he still lives in a spiritually-dead body which is physically alive. 10. A man becomes spiritually alive in salvation when God spiritually breathes on that spiritually-dead person’’s soul so that the person is given a new soul. The Bible speaks of this as a resurrection (Colossians 3:1; Revelation 20:5-6), as being born again (John 3:3-8), and as having been regenerated (Titus 3:5). His soul is once again energized by God, but his physical body remains spiritually dead because sin still reigns in his physical body. 11. BecauseAdam sinned, all mankind and all animals became subject to physical death because the whole creation was cursed. Even the source of physical energy (food, water, and oxygen) became increasingly contaminated, thus causing physical death. 12.At the end of time, the true believers, those who are physically alive at that time and those who have physically died at any time in the more than 13,000 years of human history, will receive resurrected spiritual bodies in which they will be forever spiritually alive (Job 19:25-27; I Corinthians 6:14; 13:12; 15:12-13, 16-23, 35-57; II Corinthians 4:14). They will live eternally with Christ in the ““new heavens and a new earth”” (II Peter 3:13-14; Revelation 21:1-4). Chapter 4 / Mankind Was Created in the Image of God
- 134. 142 Time Has An End And as a whole personality, that is, both in body and soul, they will again have become perfect in the image of God. We know this because Christ also now has a body (a perfect spiritual body which He received as a requirement to become the Savior), and all the true believers will be like Christ at His coming (I John 3:2). 13.At the end of time, all of the unsaved, those who are physically alive at that time and those who have physically died at any time during the more than 13,000 years of the history of the world, will be cast into Hell where they will exist under God’’s wrath with Satan and the fallen angels forever (Matthew 25:41,46). The Bible’’s Focus: God Saves Sinners With the preceding principles in mind, we can now more clearly understandthegrandpanoramaofhowGodimpartsHissalvationtoanindividual. Adam was created both as a physical being and as a spiritual being. He was a perfect individual created in the image of God. In his soul, he was spiritually energizedbyGodHimself.Factis,hewasindweltbyGod.Andbecausebothhis soul and his body were an integral part of his personality, he, as a whole person, was completely obedient to God’’s laws. This perfect situation was conditional. AslongasheremainedperfectlyobedienttoGod,hewouldbeenergizedbyGod andbebothphysicallyandspirituallyalive. The moment he would disobey God, he would become spiritually dead (Genesis2:17).Thatis,theenergizingspiritualpowerofGodwouldbetakenfrom him, and God would no longer indwell him. Thus, when our first parents sinned after being tempted by Satan, the fallen angel Lucifer (Isaiah Chapter 14), they remainedphysicallyalive,butinstantly,theybecamespirituallydead.Theywere nolongerspirituallyenergizedbyGod. Now, remember, in principle, every human being was in the loins (or body) of Adam. Therefore, what happened to him when he sinned is echoed in eachandeveryhumanbeingwhowouldevercomeintothisworld.Everyhuman beingisconceivedasaspiritually-deadindividualandisunderthewrathofGod (Psalm51:5;John3:36;Ephesians2:1-3).Heisdesperatelyinneedofsalvation. Whenanindividualbecomessaved,thedreadfulconsequenceofhissin is nullified. By nature, every human being before salvation is spiritually dead. However,becausehehasasoul,heisthereforestillaspiritualbeing,eventhough heisspirituallydead.AsaspiritualbeingcreatedintheimageofGod,heisunder the Law of God, and therefore, eventually must stand for trial for his sins. And for certain, without God’’s salvation, he will be found guilty and receive the sentence of eternal damnation as payment for his sins.
- 135. 143 But if by God’’s mercy, God is pleased to save him, God in the Person of Jesus Christ, becomes his Substitute. Jesus Christ bears the wrath of God in the place of the sinner. Jesus Christ takes the sinner’’s sins upon Himself, and God poursoutHiswrath——equivalenttoeternityinHell——uponJesusaspunishment for those sins, and Jesus, because He is infinite God, fully endures the demand of God’’s Law that every sin requires eternal damnation in Hell. Because of what Jesus Christ accomplished, the sins of all those God would mercifully choose to save are forgiven. For the true children of God, God rectifies the damage done in the Garden of Eden. He breathes the breath of the life of God into spiritually dead individuals. He washes away all their sins. The Bible says God remembers those sins no more (Isaiah 43:25). Thus, a physically-alive but spiritually-dead person again becomes spiritually alive. He again is indwelt by God and again is spirituallyenergizedbyGod.Thesavedindividualhasbecomeatruebelieverin that he trusts only and completely in God’’s work to have accomplished his salvation. He comes to understand that God’’s promise of salvation is firmly recorded in God’’s infallible Word, the Bible (II Timothy 1:12). Because the demands of God’’s Law for all of the newly-saved individual’’ssins(past,present,andfuture)havebeensatisfiedbyhisSavior,Jesus Christ,thespirituallifethatGodbreathesintohimiseternal.Itisnotconditional inanysense.Godhasdonealltheworkinthesavedindividual,andGodtakesan oathuponHisownperfectfaithfulnessthatHispromiseofeternallifeforthetrue believer shall never fail (Hebrews 6:16-20). . . . in no sense is the life conditional which God breathes into the newly-born again individual . . . To accommodate the changes effected by God’’s salvation in an individual who was, both in soul and body, totally infected and corrupted by sin, God gives him a brand new soul. The Bible uses terms like ““born again”” and ““raised with Christ”” and ““regenerated.”” The spiritual life that is given to a born againindividualiseternalincharacterunlikethespirituallifethatAdamandEve weregivenwhentheywerecreated.Theirspirituallifecouldbelostbydisobeying God.TheindividualwhobecomessavedhasreceivedeternallifebecauseChrist, their stand-in, perfectly obeyed God. As was noted above, in no sense is the life conditionalwhichGodbreathesintothenewly-bornagainindividual.Therefore, whensinnersbecomesaved,theyareinfinitelymoreblessedthanAdamandEve were before they sinned. True believers can never fall into spiritual death as did Adam.John10:27-29says: Chapter 4 / Mankind Was Created in the Image of God
- 136. 144 Time Has An End My sheep hear my voice, and I know them, and they follow me: and I give unto them eternal life; and they shall never perish, neither shall any man pluck them out of my hand. My Father, which gave them me, is greater than all; and no man is able to pluck them out of my Father’’s hand. Furthermore, saved man, within his new soul, has become alien to sin. We read in I John 3:9: Whosoever is born of God doth not commit sin; for his seed remaineth in him: and he cannot sin, because he is born of God. In his new resurrected soul, he never again can sin, but in his body, the potential to sin still exists. Butwemustalsounderstandthatthisindividual,whohasbecomeanew creature in Christ because of his new resurrected soul, still has a physical body. Thatbodyisstillinfectedbysin.ItisstillinrebellionagainstGod.Therefore,the true believer is subject to two opposing forces. In his new resurrected soul, he never again can sin, but in his body, the potential to sin still exists. And because in his new soul he delights in the Word of God, he feels terrible when he sins. He isfarhappierwhenheislivingobedientlybeforeGod.Wonderfully,heisindwelt byGodwhoworksinhimtowillandtodoofHisgoodpleasure(Philippians2:13; Colossians 1:27). He, therefore, can constantly pray to God, asking for help to keep him from sin (Hebrews 4:15-16). The Bible speaks of this in II Peter 3:18 where God says His people are to ““grow in grace.”” InadditiontoalltheseamazingactsofGod,Hehasalsomadeprovision fortheeventualredemptionofthesinfulbodiesofthesaved.WhenJesusreturns at the end of time, every true believer will instantly receive an eternally-alive resurrectedbody(ICorinthians15:51-57).Asaneternally-alivepersonalitywith a perfect body and soul, the true believer will live complete with Christ for evermore. His attributes are exalted by His amazing plan for the salvation of rebellious sinners.
- 137. 145 It is impossible to comprehend the fullness and majesty of God in His infinitedesign,creation,love,goodness,andtruth(Romans11:33)!Hisattributes areexaltedbyHisamazingplanforthesalvationofrebellioussinners(IITimothy 1:8-10). In this chapter, we have spent considerable time trying to understand moreclearlywhoweare.Thisisexceedinglyimportantbecausetheentirehistory oftheworldisfocusedontheLordJesusChristwhobecamelikeuntousinorder that He might save sinners. Hopefully, we have learned some things about what it means that we were created in the image of God. We have learned something about what happens to an individual’’s personality when that person becomes saved. Hopefully, we have a better understanding of why the timeline of history is so important. It puts on display the unfolding of God’’s salvation plan! Now, we should continue our pursuit of the wonders of God’’s Calendar of History by examining the next major milestone in the unfolding of God’’s magnificentsalvationprogram. Chapter 4 / Mankind Was Created in the Image of God
- 139. Chapter 5 4990 B.C. The Flood––1877 B.C. Joseph Six thousand years had passed since the year of creation. Mankind had slowly multiplied on the earth. Because man had been created with a perfect body,hebeganwithnoinherentbirthdefects.Therefore,theBibledisclosesthat duringthisperiodofhistory,lifespanswereexceedinglylong.Forexample,Adam lived930years,Jared962years,andMethuselah969years(Genesis5:5,20,27). However, the Biblical evidence suggests that the families of these long-lived individuals were no larger than at any other time in history. For example, Noah livedtobe950yearsofagebutboreonlythreechildren,Shem,Ham,andJapheth. Almost 3,000 years after Noah, Terah the father of Abraham lived to be 205 years old. Yet, he also bore only three sons, Abram, Nahor, and Haran (Genesis 11:27). Thus, the likelihood is that at the end of the first 6,000 years of this earth’’s existence, the population may have been on the order of one million persons. (What the population grew to be in the first 6,000 years is unimportant. This population speculation is suggested only to help us visualize the world situationatthetimeithadbecomeabout6,000yearsofage,thetimeatwhichthe Noachian Flood occurred.) The year before us is 4990 B.C. It is supremely important because that year the earth suffered a cataclysmic judgment that has never been repeated. The year before us is 4990 B.C. It is supremely important because that year the earth suffered a cataclysmic judgment that has never been repeated. In Genesis6:3-7,theBiblereports: And the LORD said, My spirit shall not always strive with man, for that he also is flesh: yet his days shall be an hundred and twenty years. There were giants in the earth in those days; and also after that, when the sons of God came in unto the daughters of men, and they bare children to them, the same became mighty men which were of old, men of renown. And GOD saw that the wickedness of man was great in the earth, and that every imagi- nation of the thoughts of his heart was only evil continually. And it repented the LORD that he had made man on the earth, and it
- 140. 148 Time Has An End grieved him at his heart. And the LORD said, I will destroy man whom I have created from the face of the earth; both man, and beast, and the creeping thing, and the fowls of the air; for it repenteth me that I have made them. The judgment of the earth spoken of in verse 7 is the total devastation of the earth. We must carefully examine all that God has recorded in the Bible concerning this catastrophe that came to planet Earth in 4990 B.C. Immediately, we wonder about the phrase recorded in Genesis Chapter 6, verse 3, ““his days shall be an hundred and twenty years.”” What 120 years can this be? We know God is not speaking about an expected life span for individual humans. This is so because for the next 3,000 years, every death age given for any individual far exceeds 120 years. Furthermore, the only expected lifespangivenintheBibleforanyoneofthehumanraceisfoundinPsalm90:10: The days of our years are threescore years and ten; and if by reason of strength they be fourscore years, yet is their strength labour and sorrow; for it is soon cut off, and we fly away. Therefore, we can be certain that the 120 years does not identify in any way with the expected life spans of mankind at any time in history. But the 120 years does appear to relate to those living at the time this prophecy was given. That is, it seems to be a warning to the pre-Flood people that in 120 years, they would die under God’’s judgment. There is a huge likelihood that this 120 years given in Genesis 6:3 is the period of time between the giving of the warning and thetimeoftheUniversalFlood.TheFlooddidoccurintheyear4990B.C.Thus, the prophecy of 120 years would have been given 120 years earlier, in the year 5110B.C. The giving of this warning meant that for the next 120 years, Noah was engagedintwoimportanttasks.Onewasthatofbuildingahugeboat(ark)which was to be at least 450 feet long, seventy-five feet wide, and forty-five feet high with three decks (Genesis 6:15-16). The second task was to warn the peoples of the world of that day of the impending judgment they were facing. We read in Hebrews11:7: By faith Noah, being warned of God of things not seen as yet, moved with fear, prepared an ark to the saving of his house; by the which he condemned the world, and became heir of the righ- teousness which is by faith.
- 141. 149 In I Peter 3:19-20 the Bible declares: By which also he went and preached unto the spirits in prison; which sometime were disobedient, when once the longsuffering of God waited in the days of Noah, while the ark was a preparing, wherein few, that is, eight souls were saved by water. For 120 years, the peoples of that world witnessed this preacher and his family building this huge boat on dry ground. Further, in II Peter 2:5 the Bible reports that God ““spared not the old world, but saved Noah the eighth person, a preacher of righteousness, bringing in the flood upon the world of the ungodly.”” For 120 years, the peoples of that world witnessed this preacher and his family building this huge boat on dry ground. We can speculate that they believed he was crazy, that he was completely and hopelessly out of his mind. Yet by his preaching and by his continuingactionofbuildingthishugevessel,hewasconstantlywarningtheworld of that day that God’’s judgment was about to fall. Then the 120 years came to an end. The building of the ark had been completed. Now every kind of animal and bird began to gather near the ark. And then for seven days, a male and a female of each of these animals and birds enteredtheark,andsevenpairsofafewkindsofanimals,likesheep,goats,cows, doves,andpigeons,werebroughtintotheark.Certainly,wecanassumethatthe people watched in astonishment. Yet no one except Noah’’s three sons, their wives, and Noah’’s own wife believed Noah’’s warning that judgment was about tofall.Howcouldtheworldbedestroyedbyafloodofwaters?Wherewouldthe water come from? But it did come. The Bible declares in Genesis 7:10-12: And it came to pass after seven days, that the waters of the flood were upon the earth. In the six hundredth year of Noah’’s life, in the second month, the seventeenth day of the month, the same day were all the fountains of the great deep broken up, and the windows of heaven were opened. And the rain was upon the earth forty days and forty nights. At the end of the seven days, all of the animals and the family of Noah were secure in the ark, ““and the Lord shut him in”” (Genesis 7:16). And then Chapter 5 / 4990 B.C. The Flood––1877 B.C. Joseph
- 142. 150 Time Has An End the rain began to fall. For forty days and forty nights, it rained. So much water inundated the earth, as the water poured out from great underground reservoirs as well as from the sky, that at the end of the forty days and forty nights, the highest mountains of that day were covered by water.1 We read in Genesis 7:21- 23: And all flesh died that moved upon the earth, both of fowl, and of cattle, and of beast, and of every creeping thing that creepeth upon the earth, and every man: all in whose nostrils was the breath of life, of all that was in the dry land, died. And every living substance was destroyed which was upon the face of the ground, both man, and cattle, and the creeping things, and the fowl of the heaven; and they were destroyed from the earth: and Noah only remained alive, and they that were with him in the ark. Following the forty days and forty nights of rain, the waters began to recede. The land areas were thrust upward and the ocean basins were deepened (Psalm 104:5-9). Many animals were trapped in huge mud floes that later hardenedintosedimentaryrock.Thegreatpressuresthatweregeneratedcaused theirbonestofossilize. Today,themanyfossilsthatarefoundgivemutetestimonytothereality of this gigantic Flood. They not only tell us that such a flood did occur, but they alsogiveussomeideaofthekindsofanimalsthatexistedontheearthduringthe 6,023 years from Creation until the Flood. Indeed, God very methodically and very deliberately had carried out His purposes. Indeed,GodverymethodicallyandverydeliberatelyhadcarriedoutHis purposes. For 120 years He had been warning the world through Noah, who was apreacherofrighteousness(IIPeter2:5),thatjudgmentontheearthwouldcome. Not only did God tell the world how it would come, but we can understand from 1 We can speculate that in all probability, God guided our solar system in the direction of one of the deep space rain clouds that normally exist well away from our immediate planetary system (see Adam When?, pp. 182-186, 241-243). It would appear that it took 40 days to pass through it. The evidence of this can be seen today as scientists find evidence of much water having been on our moon and on the planets of our solar system.
- 143. 151 the citation of Genesis 6:3 (in which the 120-year warning is given), that in all likelihood, He told them the year in which it would come. AnotherwarningconcerningGod’’scomingwrathattheendoftimewas actually given much earlier than even the time of Noah. We read about the preacher named Enoch who was born in the year 7106 B.C., and in the New Testament Book of Jude, God tells us what he preached. We read in Jude 14-15: And Enoch also, the seventh from Adam, prophesied of these, saying, Behold, the Lord cometh with ten thousands of his saints, to execute judgment upon all, and to convince all that are un- godly among them of all their ungodly deeds which they have ungodly committed, and of all their hard speeches which ungodly sinners have spoken against him. We will learn as we continue to study the Bible regarding the history of theworldthatevenasGodgaveadequatewarningoftheterribleFloodofNoah’’s day, so too, God has given adequate warning of the Judgment Day that in all likelihood, is coming very soon. These facts of history are absolutely true and trustworthy.Godhasgivenusthisinformationsothatwecanbeputonnoticethat anywarningsbyGodhadbetternotbeignored.Godabsolutelywillbringtopass what He declares. The Biblical Timeline After the Flood More than a year passes. Noah and his family have been in the ark 370 days.TheyenteredthearkontheseventeenthdayofthesecondmonthofNoah’’s 600th year(Genesis7:11).Itappearsthatatthattimeinhistory,amonthwasthirty days. We know this because we read in Genesis 8:3-4: And the waters returned from off the earth continually: and after the end of the hundred and fifty days the waters were abated. And the ark rested in the seventh month, on the seventeenth day of the month, upon the mountains of Ararat. God is indicating that there were 150 days from the seventeenth day of thesecondmonth,thedaytheFloodbegan,totheseventeenthdayoftheseventh month. One hundred fifty days thus equals five months of thirty days. While the yearinactualityhadtobethesamelengthasouryear,thatis,365.2422days,God does not tell us how they took care of this insofar as their calendars were concerned.Possibly,everysixyearstheyobservedathirteen-monthyear.Inour Chapter 5 / 4990 B.C. The Flood––1877 B.C. Joseph
- 144. 152 Time Has An End modern calendar, for example, every four years we add an extra day to keep as close as possible to the actual year of 365.2422 days. In Genesis 8:14-16 we read: And in the second month, on the seven and twentieth day of the month, was the earth dried. And God spake unto Noah, saying, Go forth of the ark, thou, and thy wife, and thy sons, and thy sons’’ wives with thee. From this information we know that Noah was in the ark exactly 370 days. Later in our study, we will see the importance of the number 370. But then the world began afresh. The only humans on the whole earth in the year 4989 B.C. were Noah, his wife, their three sons, and their sons’’ respective wives. The human race, as it were, began all over again. BecauseofthegreatclimaticchangesthatresultedfromthisgiantFlood (see Adam When?, pp. 186-197), many of the animals became extinct. The only notice that we have of the previous existence of those species is in the fossil record. The birds and animals that are presently in the world survived and continued to propagate to the present day. The Pre-Flood Spiritual Condition We should now examine the spiritual condition of the world at the time thisterribleFlooddestroyedtheearth.Thefirstindicationofthesinfulcondition of the world is given in Genesis 6:2 where we read: That the sons of God saw the daughters of men that they were fair; and they took them wives of all which they chose. TheteachingoftheBiblehereinGenesis6:2-4hasbeenmisunderstood by many Bible teachers. Remember what God said in Romans 8:14: For as many as are led by the Spirit of God, they are the sons ofGod. The ““sons of God”” refers to the true believers. The ““daughters of men”” refers to the unsaved. The sin that God is emphasizing is that of a true believerbecomingunequallyjoined(thatis,married)toanunbeliever.Muchlater, Godmakesreferencetothissinfulpractice,astheBibledeclaresinIICorinthians 6:14:
- 145. 153 Be ye not unequally yoked together with unbelievers: for what fellowship hath righteousness with unrighteousness? and what communion hath light with darkness? The fact that there were many religious people in that day is suggested by the statement of Genesis 6:4 which indicates that the product of these mixed marriages were ““mighty men . . . men of renown.”” We read there: There were giants in the earth in those days; and also after that, when the sons of God came in unto the daughters of men, and they bare children to them, the same became mighty men which were of old, men of renown. The phrase ““men of renown”” literally is ““men of the name,”” that is, ““men of the name of God.”” It appears that these men were outstanding religious leaders who were identified with the name of God. They were also called ““giants.”” The Hebrew word translated ““giants”” is the word ““nephilim.”” The word ““nephilim”” is a plural word probably signifying ““fallen ones.”” It is derived from the Hebrew verb ““naphal”” which means ““to fall.”” . . . at that time, there were many reputable religious teachers and leaders, even as there are in our day. Integrating the words ““giants”” (nephilim), mighty, and men of renown (men of the name), we can conclude that the Bible reveals that at that time, there were many reputable religious teachers and leaders, even as there are in our day. But these apparently spiritually important men who identified with the name of God had fallen. They were under the wrath of God. We know that this is so because they all perished in the judgment of the Flood. Genesis 6:4 declares, ““There were giants [nephilim] in the earth in those days; and also after that . . . .”” The phrase ““also after that”” teaches us that the same spiritual condition that prevailed just before the Flood would continueaftertheFlood.AswecontinuetostudytheBiblicalCalendarofHistory, we will learn that this sad condition of highly touted religious leaders who had spirituallyfallen(becomingnephilim)didcontinue.Indeed,thissadconditionis also everywhere present in our day, at this time of history! Wehave,therefore,learnedthatGod’’swraththatbroughtabouttheruin of the whole earth by the waters of the Flood was not only upon the wicked who Chapter 5 / 4990 B.C. The Flood––1877 B.C. Joseph
- 146. 154 Time Has An End hadlittleknowledgeofGod.Additionally,itwasinamoreparticularwayfocused upon those who claimed a true relationship with God. Judgment came because of the wickedness of those who thought they were God’’s people, mighty men of the name. The focus was not first of all upon Cain’’s line, which was the line of those who made no claim that they worshipped the God of the Bible, it was on those who claimed to be believers in Jehovah the true God. Nevertheless, God had in view the wickedness of all mankind. Genesis 6:5-7reports: And GOD saw that the wickedness of man was great in the earth, and that every imagination of the thoughts of his heart was only evil continually. And it repented the LORD that he had made man on the earth, and it grieved him at his heart. And the LORD said, I will destroy man whom I have created from the face of the earth; both man, and beast, and the creeping thing, and the fowls of the air; for it repenteth me that I have made them. God repented and was grieved. Normally, the word ““repentance”” is identifiedwithrepentancefromsin.Thesinnerrepentsbyturningfromsin.God cannot repent from sin because He has no sin and cannot sin. Actually, the context of Genesis Chapter 6 reveals the grief of God in that He must carry out His decree that rebellion against Him must be punished. The Hebrew word that is translated ““repentance”” is also translated ““comfort”” (see, for example, Psalm 23:4 and Isaiah 40:1-2). Therefore, it is a word of strong emotion that signifies God’’s grief over man’’s sin. God must carry out the demands of God’’s Law that call for the punishment of the sinner. God has no pleasure in the death of the wicked(Ezekiel33:11). No Surprise to the Remnant Anotherfactthatweshouldnoteisthatwhilethewholeworldofthatday was devastated, there was a remnant of people who were altogether protected from this terrible judgment. We read in Genesis 6:8: But Noah found grace in the eyes of the LORD. The word ““grace”” indicates the gift of salvation (Ephesians 2:8). Noah and the other seven people on the ark, the only true believers at that time, were a tiny remnant of the population. Later in our study, we will take note of the fact that at the end of the world, when the time of the final
- 147. 155 judgment has come, there also will be a remnant chosen by grace who will not come into judgment. Aswelookcarefullyatthiscataclysmiceventthatoccurredabout7,000 years ago, we must recognize that God did not spring a surprise on the world of that day. Let us follow God’’s warnings to the people of that time. We learned that Noah was a preacher (II Peter 2:5), and that 120 years before the Flood, God told him that man’’s days would be 120 years. Genesis 6:3 records: And the LORD said, My spirit shall not always strive with man, for that he also is flesh: yet his days shall be an hundred and twenty years. We learned earlier that these 120 years must be the time that was given to Noah to build this huge craft, called an ark in the Bible, whereby he, together with his family and representatives of all the animals of the world, would survive the monstrous Flood that would completely devastate the world. This period of time, given to Noah and his family for the construction of this tremendous boat, would have given him, as a ““preacher of righteousness,”” ample opportunity to warn the world of the certainty and the timing of this terrible judgment of God. The drama would have become more intense as the world of that day witnessed the assembling together of the animals and the finishing touches being put on the ark in accord with the timetable when Noah preached. And then God gave a timetable that revealed the very day that God’’s judgmentwouldfall.Genesis7:1-4tellsus: And the LORD said unto Noah, Come thou and all thy house into the ark; for thee have I seen righteous before me in this generation. Of every clean beast thou shalt take to thee by sev- ens, the male and his female: and of beasts that are not clean by two, the male and his female. Of fowls also of the air by sevens, the male and the female; to keep seed alive upon the face of all the earth. For yet seven days, and I will cause it to rain upon the earth forty days and forty nights; and every living substance that I have made will I destroy from off the face of the earth. The whole world of that day had opportunity to witness what was occurring during these final seven days. And then the Bible declares in Genesis 7:11: Chapter 5 / 4990 B.C. The Flood––1877 B.C. Joseph
- 148. 156 Time Has An End In the six hundredth year of Noah’’s life, in the second month, the seventeenth day of the month, the same day were all the fountains of the great deep broken up, and the windows of heaven were opened. Verse 13 and verse 16 add: In the selfsame day entered Noah, and Shem, and Ham, and Japheth, the sons of Noah, and Noah’’s wife, and the three wives of his sons with them, into the ark; And they that went in, went in male and female of all flesh, as God had commanded him: and the LORD shut him in. Surely,wemustclearlyrecognizethatthisawfulcatastropheshouldnot have come as a surprise. One hundred twenty years earlier, the year of destruction was predicted. Furthermore, the building of the ark would have kept thewarningofimpendingjudgmentbeforetheeyesoftheworld.Andfinally,the very day of the Flood was announced. AND EVERYTHING TOOK PLACE PRECISELY AS IT HAD BEEN PROPHESIED. This milestone, the year 4990 B.C., when God brought His judgment upontheworldinthedaysofNoah,isoftremendousimportance.Onereasonthis is so is because the Bible uses it to point us to another worldwide judgment that muststilltakeplace.Godspeaksofadaywhenthiswholeworldwillbedestroyed by fire. We read in II Peter 3:3-7, 10-13: Knowing this first, that there shall come in the last days scoff- ers, walking after their own lusts, and saying, where is the prom- ise of his coming? for since the fathers fell asleep, all things continue as they were from the beginning of the creation. For this they willingly are ignorant of, that by the word of God the heavens were of old, and the earth standing out of the water and in the water: whereby the world that then was, being overflowed with water, perished: but the heavens and the earth, which are now, by the same word are kept in store, reserved unto fire against the day of judgment and perdition of ungodly men. But the day of the Lord will come as a thief in the night; in the which the heavens shall pass away with a great noise, and the
- 149. 157 elements shall melt with fervent heat, the earth also and the works that are therein shall be burned up. Seeing then that all these things shall be dissolved, what manner of persons ought ye to be in all holy conversation and godliness, looking for and hasting unto the coming of the day of God, wherein the heavens being on fire shall be dissolved, and the elements shall melt with fervent heat? Nevertheless we, according to his promise, look for new heavens and a new earth, wherein dwelleth righ- teousness. This awful destruction will occur when time has come to an end, when God’’s salvation program has been completed. When we come to the end of our study of the Biblical Calendar of History (remembering that this calendar is governed by the unfolding of God’’s salvation plan), we will learn about many parallels between the devastation of the world by the Flood of Noah’’s day and the destruction of the universe at the end of time. Suffice it to say now that all those who perished in the Universal Flood were dumbfounded when the Flood came (Matthew 24:37-39). They were surprised because none of them believed the Flood would really happen. Today,weareneartheendoftime.AtthecomingoftheLord,thosewho have not believed the warnings of impending judgment also will be surprised becausetheyhavenotbelievedthetruth.Thatdaywillcomeuponthemasathief in the night, and they, too, will perish (I Thessalonians 5:1-5). Before we leave the discussion of the Noachian Flood, we must take note of an event that is just being reported in various scientific magazines. It is an event we must look at very carefully because it definitely relates to this study. Pre-Flood Humans Parts of the broken bodies of seven adult humans were recently found buried under eighteen to twenty feet of water-laden sediment in a cave named Liang Bua, located 500 meters (about 1,640 feet) above sea level in Indonesia. In one case, the bones were almost sufficient for a complete skeleton, that of a woman who appeared to be about thirty years of age. The skeletal remains were not fossilized although the bones had a consistency that was described as wet blotting paper, the result of age and damp conditions. The absolutely re- markable fact is that these were skeletal remains of people who at adulthood were only about three feet tall. Chapter 5 / 4990 B.C. The Flood––1877 B.C. Joseph
- 150. 158 Time Has An End The absolutely remarkable fact is that these were skeletal remains of people who at adulthood were only about three feet tall. There was no evidence that these body parts were prepared for burial; that is, this cave did not in any way appear to be a burial site. The sediment consisted of water-deposited silt and clay combined with layers of volcanic ash. Mixed in with the sediment were many stone tools and bones of various ani- mals. Some of the bones were charred, suggesting that cooking was done in the cave. The dating of the various datable objects suggested that the time of their origin was between 13,000 and 95,000 years ago. The evidence fits the conclusion that some kind of massive disaster suddenly killed all of the inhabit- ants of the cave, where they were deeply interred until now. Immediately, we should ask a number of questions, such as the following: 1. How could the Liang Bua cave suddenly have been filled with water- laden sediment when the cave is 500 meters (about 1,640 feet), above sea level? 2. How did the layers of volcanic ash get mixed in with the layers of sediment? 3. Who were these people who, when fully grown, were only three feet tall? 4. What disaster destroyed all the people in this cave? The Bible Answers Very significantly, the Bible can answer our questions. We will discover that this disaster identifies very well with the Biblical account of the Noachian Flood that completely destroyed the world about 7,000 years ago. At the same time, it will help us to further understand some of the language of the Bible. In the account of the Flood of Noah’’s day, recorded in the sixth, seventh, and eighth chapters of Genesis, the Biblical language we should particularly exam- ine is that of Genesis 6:4 which speaks of giants.
- 151. 159 Earlier in this study, we learned that just before the Flood of Noah’’s day, ““There were giants [Hebrew nephilim] in the earth in those days; and also after that . . .”” (Genesis 6:4). The Bible is its own dictionary so we can learn the meaning of words used in the Bible by seeing how they are used elsewhere in the Bible. When we carefully studied this passage, we learned that spiritually, it refers to the spiritual leaders of that day who had come under the wrath of God, that is, they had become very sinful. We also learned that the phrase ““and also after that”” emphasizes that, after the Flood, as the human race would again multiply upon the earth, the potential for spiritual leaders to fall into sin would continue throughout time. However, we must also look at Genesis 6:4 as possibly setting forth a historical physical fact. Therefore, we must carefully search the Bible to help us to know what we can about these words in their physical, historical teaching. The only other place in the Bible where the Hebrew word ““nephilim”” can be found is in Numbers 13:33: And there we saw the giants, the sons of Anak, which come of the giants [Hebrew nephilim]: and we were in our own sight as grasshoppers, and so we were in their sight. In this verse, God appears to use the word ““giant”” (Hebrew nephilim) to de- scribe individuals of great physical stature. Indeed, in the early days of the nation of Israel, literal, physical giants —— men of great size —— did live in the land of Israel. This is attested to by several Biblical verses. For example, we read in Deuteronomy 2:10-11 and 20-21: The Emims dwelt therein in times past, a people great, and many, and tall, as the Anakims; which also were accounted giants, as the Anakims; but the Moabites call them Emims. That also was accounted a land of giants: giants dwelt therein in old time; and the Ammonites call them Zamzummims; a people great, and many, and tall, as the Anakims; but the LORD de- stroyed them before them; and they succeeded them, and dwelt in their stead. To give us an idea of the physical size of these giants, God gives us two citations. In Deuteronomy 3:11, we read: For only Og king of Bashan remained of the remnant of giants; behold, his bedstead was a bedstead of iron; is it not in Rabbath Chapter 5 / 4990 B.C. The Flood––1877 B.C. Joseph
- 152. 160 Time Has An End of the children of Ammon? nine cubits was the length thereof, and four cubits the breadth of it, after the cubit of a man. A bedstead nine cubits in length and four cubits in width equals a bed thirteen and one-half feet long and six feet wide. Therefore, this king must have been more than ten feet tall. Therefore, this king must have been more than ten feet tall. In I Samuel 17:4, we read of Goliath, the giant that David killed: And there went out a champion out of the camp of the Philis- tines, named Goliath, of Gath, whose height was six cubits and a span. Six cubits and a span is almost ten feet in height. Goliath, too, was a huge man. Thus, when God is speaking of giants, in a physical sense, He is speak- ing of very big people who were about twice as tall as, and therefore huge compared with, the average person. Incidentally, King Og and Goliath did not become giants because they lived in isolation on a small island or because they developed great size over a long period of time during which each generation became bigger than the previ- ous generation. God is simply teaching that, as He controls the affairs of the world, for His own purposes, He can cause babies to be born who will become far bigger (yes, even giants) than their parents. For example, in the days of Goliath, the giant killed by David, the Bible appears to teach that there was only one family that was looked upon as giants. We read in II Samuel 21:18-22: And it came to pass after this, that there was again a battle with the Philistines at Gob: then Sibbechai the Hushathite slew Saph, which was of the sons of the giant. And there was again a battle in Gob with the Philistines, where Elhanan the son of Jaareoregim, a Bethlehemite, slew the brother of Goliath the Gittite, the staff of whose spear was like a weaver’’s beam. And there was yet a battle in Gath, where was a man of great stature, that had on every hand six fingers, and on every foot six toes, four and twenty in number; and he also was born to the giant.
- 153. 161 And when he defied Israel, Jonathan the son of Shimea the brother of David slew him. These four were born to the giant in Gath, and fell by the hand of David, and by the hand of his servants. A Giant is Nearly Twice as Tall as Average People The average height of people after the Flood was probably a little more than five feet. A man like Goliath was almost twice as tall and was called a giant. With this in mind, when we consider that before the Noachian Flood, people about three feet tall were possibly very common, then the people who came after the Flood, and who were almost twice as tall, would be qualified to be called giants. The question is, when we read Genesis 6:4, where God says, ““There were giants in the earth in those days; and also after that,”” is He speaking in the historical physical sense of men like Goliath or King Og? Or is God speaking of the whole post-Flood human race whose average stature is more than five feet, and, therefore, qualify as giants when compared with humans before the Flood whose average stature may have been only three feet? The King Og giants became extinct and the Goliath giants appeared to be confined to one family whose sons were killed. Their families do not appear to be in view in the statement of Genesis 6:4. It appears that many pre-Flood people averaged about three feet in height. Therefore, the giants spoken of in Genesis 6:4 must refer to a number of the pre-Flood people who were much taller than three feet. Some of the taller individuals must have lived after the Flood to become progenitors of the post-Flood people. That brings us back to the archaeological discovery of the disaster that occurred in the Liang Bua cave in Indonesia. The finding of the bones of seven individuals which identify with humans who were three feet tall at maturity suggests very strongly that the pre-Noachian Flood population possibly con- sisted of many small people. Thus, when the Bible stipulates, ““There were giants in the earth in those days; and also after that,”” God must be implying that Noah and his sons were giants compared with most pre-Flood people. They were the only survivors of the Flood. They were the progenitors of the whole human race following the Flood. And the average height of the human race following the Flood was much taller than three feet. Therefore, they must have been consid- ered giants compared with the average pre-Flood human. Only through the descendants of Noah could ““giants”” continue after the Flood. This conclusion concerning the giants of Genesis 6:4 appears to receive strong support by the recent archaeological discovery in the Liang Bua cave in Indonesia. Moreover, the Bible provides answers to the questions we raised Chapter 5 / 4990 B.C. The Flood––1877 B.C. Joseph
- 154. 162 Time Has An End earlier concerning this discovery. Let us continue to utilize the Bible as we seek the answers to our questions. The Noachian Flood Provides The Answers We have learned in this study that about 7,000 years ago (4990 B.C.), the entire world was destroyed by the Noachian Flood. The Bible reports in Genesis 7:11-12 and 19-20: In the six hundredth year of Noah’’s life, in the second month, the seventeenth day of the month, the same day were all the fountains of the great deep broken up, and the windows of heaven were opened. And the rain was upon the earth forty days and forty nights. And the waters prevailed exceedingly upon the earth; and all the high hills, that were under the whole heaven, were covered. Fifteen cubits upward did the waters prevail; and the mountains were covered. At that momentous time in history, about 7,000 years ago, in a cave in Indonesia, now called the Liang Bua cave, a number of very small people lived. In size, they possibly were typical of many of the people who were living any- where in the world of that day. Then disaster struck. In minutes, the cave filled with water and sedi- ment. After forty days, the cave was hundreds of feet under water. It was a catastrophe a million times worse than any tsunami. The inhabitants in the cave together with every object in the cave were buried under layers of silt. The only people in the whole world who were still alive were those in the ark with Noah. But! Have we not forgotten something? The dates of the objects in the cave indicates an event that occurred 13,000 to 95,000 years ago. The Bible says the Flood was about 7,000 years ago. How can these discrepancies be reconciled? At this point, an examination of some scientific data may be helpful. First of all, the fact that in this cave there were age differences of 13,000 to 95,000 years indicates there was a great amount of contamination of the speci- mens. Since, in all likelihood, all of the living things in the cave died simulta- neously, they should all show the same C14 age. The potential for contamination was very evident by the condition of the skeletal remains. It was reported that the bones had a consistency that was described as wet blotting paper, the result of age and damp conditions.
- 155. 163 Moreover, the benchmark age was 12,000-13,000 years. This would result from testing objects that had the highest percentage of the C14 isotope. In this cave, there was no apparent possibility of objects becoming contaminated because of excess C14. However, it is apparent the cave was ravaged by wa- ters resulting from volcanic activity. Since the C14 isotope is formed by cosmic ray activity, underground water, unless it is fed by surface springs, would have little or no C14. Therefore, if the cave was flooded by underground water as the fountains of the deep were broken up (Genesis 7:11) (water with little or no C14), the objects within the cave could readily show excessive age as they were contaminated by this underground water. Secondly, we should briefly consider the nature of C14 date testing. Carbon —— A Radioactive Timepiece Within the last several decades, scientists have discovered this fasci- nating and apparently reliable tool for dating organisms that have died during the last several millennia. Natural carbon occurs in several isotopes, the most plen- tiful of which is C12. It is found especially as the carbon in carbon dioxide of the air we breathe and as the dissolved carbonates in ocean water, as well as car- bon found in fossil fuels and sedimentary rock carbonates. While C12 is stable, the carbon isotope C14 disintegrates into C12 with a half life of 5,730 years. Wherever C12 is found in living organisms, C14 atoms can be found with it in about the same proportion as it occurs worldwide, dissolved in the ocean, in living organisms, in the biosphere, and in the carbon dioxide of the atmosphere. At the moment of the death of any living organism (tree, bone, etc.), the C14 atoms begin to disintegrate at a constant rate so that 5,730 years later only one half of the C14 atoms remain.Assuming that the C14 inventory at the time of the death of the organism was the same as it is at the time the organism is being tested, and assuming the C12 worldwide inventory has not changed, it is possible to determine with some accuracy the age of the specimen being tested. It must be remembered, however, that the C14 isotope is produced by the action of cosmic ray activity. Cosmic rays are formed from energy sources such as the sun, stars, and possibly super nova explosions. Thus, at the begin- ning of time (11,013 B.C.), when the light bearers were created, there was little or no C14. If we assume that ever since Creation, C14 has been added to the worldwide inventory (that is, all of the C14 isotopes wherever they exist in the entire world) at a constant rate, then at the time of the Noachian Flood, which occurred about 6,000 years after Creation, there would have been less than half the amount of C14 in the worldwide inventory than exists today. Chapter 5 / 4990 B.C. The Flood––1877 B.C. Joseph
- 156. 164 Time Has An End Let us now suppose a specimen died 6,000 years after Creation. Dur- ing the 7,000 years following the death of this specimen, a little more than half of the C14 that was present in the specimen, when it died 7,000 years earlier, would have disintegrated. At the same time, the worldwide inventory of C14 would have more than doubled by the time this specimen was tested. Thus, if it were tested 7,000 years after it died, it would have less than 25% of the C14 that is present in the world at the time it was tested. On the other hand, if the specimen that died 7,000 years ago is tested today, assuming the C14 worldwide inventory at the time of the death of the specimen was the same as it is today (which is not true), and assuming the worldwide C12 inventory remained constant, the specimen would appear to be about 6,000 years older than it actually is. This assumption of a constant worldwide inventory of C14 is the as- sumption that is made that resulted in a minimum C14 age of the objects in the Liang Bua cave to be 13,000 years. Therefore, we must understand that the actual age has to be about 6,000 years less than the 13,000 years reported. This is so because the worldwide C14 inventory at the time of the cave disaster was on the order of less than half of what it is today. Simply stated, because 7,000 years ago, the worldwide C14 inven- tory was much less than it is today, a specimen that died 7,000 years ago, today would show a C14 age of about 13,000 years. This revised age of 13,000 years minus 6,000 years agrees perfectly with the date of the Noachian Flood which the Bible shows conclusively to be 4990 B.C. Thus, this disaster that occurred in the Liang Bua cave closely fits the Biblical account and also assists us in understanding the Biblical account. 1. As we have learned, the time of this disaster fits the Biblical Cal- endar date of 4990 B.C. 2. The size of the humans within the cave agrees with the Biblical statement that ““There were giants in the earth in those days; and also after that”” (Genesis 6:4a). The post-Flood population beginning with Noah and his family are giants compared with the pre-Flood population who on the average possibly would have been the size of the occupants of the Liang Bua cave. 3. A cave 500 meters (about 1,640 feet) above sea level obviously would have been filled with water and sediment because the Flood
- 157. 165 waters covered the highest mountain. The Bible reports that the Flood waters rose fifteen cubits above the highest mountains of that day (Genesis 7:20). 4. The volcanic ash layered in the sediments agrees with the Biblical statement that ““. . . the same day were all the fountains of the great deep broken up. . .”” (Genesis 7:11). 5. The finding of parts of broken bodies of seven humans scattered in the layers of sediment accords with a massive flood disaster. It might be added that no scientist will accept this analysis unless he is ready to accept the Bible as the authoritative Word of God. On the other hand, without the Bible’’s help, there is no possibility that any scientist will be able to come up with a rational and complete explanation for this very outstanding and unusual discovery of the disaster in the Liang Bua cave. Leprechauns and Elves Before we finish this analysis of the Liang Bua cave disaster, we should take note of one additional thought. Repeatedly, we hear fanciful stories of leprechauns and elves, and in Indonesian and Malay folklore, of Ebu Gogo and Orang Pendek. These mythical stories describe very small humans who appar- ently have appeared in many countries of the world. I believe these stories are developed because it would appear that at various times during the 7,000 years following the Flood, skeletal remains of pre-Flood individuals who died in the Noachian Flood were unearthed. Because of the tiny size of these individuals, fanciful imaginative stories were developed concerning them. In other words, the stories of elves and Ebu Gogo have a basis in fact, namely, that remains of these very small people have now been unearthed in the Liang Bua cave. However, there is absolutely no reason to believe that any of these small people are alive today or have lived at any time following the Flood. Does the finding of these skeletal remains, with various implements made of stone, suggest that all those who lived before the Flood were Stone Age people? It is very interesting that in the years before the Noachian Flood, there appears to have been a situation that is parallel to that which exists today. In the world today, most people live as a civilized society with all of its benefits. However, within the last fifty years, pockets of StoneAge people have been discovered in the jungles of countries such as Indonesia and Brazil. These Chapter 5 / 4990 B.C. The Flood––1877 B.C. Joseph
- 158. 166 Time Has An End Stone Age people of our day appear to be as primitive and uncivilized as those inhabitants whose remains were found in the Liang Bua cave, and yet, they are no less intelligent than average people of civilized society. The Bible instructs us that the peoples who lived before the Noachian Flood were highly civilized. More than 5,000 years before the Flood, the Bible reports that Cain, the first son of our first parents, Adam and Eve, built a city (Genesis 4:17). A descendant of Cain, named Tubal-cain, was ““an instructer of every artificer in brass and iron”” (Genesis 4:22). A brother of Tubal-cain, named Jubal, ““was the father of all such as handle the harp and organ”” (Genesis 4:21). Noah himself was able to design and build a huge boat that was at least 450 feet long and seventy-five feet wide with three decks. It would have re- quired much of the same expertise that was evident in the design and construc- tion of the wood portion of a building such as Solomon’’s temple. However, even as there are in our day, pockets of Stone Age people could have existed in Noah’’s day. Many of them would have lived in caves as is the case of some primitive cultures of our day. When the enormous Noachian Flood waters enveloped the earth 7,000 years ago, all the people who lived in cities, in farm houses, etc., were com- pletely destroyed. No trace of them would have been found. But Stone Age people who lived in caves were also ravaged by the enormous Flood. Those who were in the caves would have been trapped in those caves, and their skel- etal remains would have stayed in the caves —— under many layers of sediment —— just as the skeletal remains in the Liang Bua cave were covered with about eighteen feet of sediment. Thus, if any more skeletal remains of people who perished in the Noachian Flood are found, we expect that they most likely will be found in caves. We may also expect that Stone Age implements would be found in the same caves. Indeed, the discovery of skeletal remains of seven pre-Flood people in the Liang Bua cave fits perfectly with the Biblical account. For additional information, the reader is invited to research the follow- ing: ““Archaeology andAge of a New Hominin from Flores in Eastern Indo- nesia.”” M. J. Morwood et al., in Nature, Vol. 431, pages 1087-1091; October 28,2004. ““A New Small-Bodied Hominin from the Late Pleistocene of Flores, Indonesia.”” P. Brown et al., in Nature, Vol. 431, pages 1055-1061; October 28, 2004.
- 159. 167 ““The Littlest Human.”” Kate Wong in Scientific American, pages 56- 65; February, 2005. Adam When? Second Printing, 2000. Available free of charge from Family Radio. ““Earth’’s Radiocarbon Timepiece,”” pages 160-186. After the Flood But now we should continue our study of the Biblical Calendar of History. We must learn what happened to the world and its inhabitants immediately following the tremendous Flood of Noah’’s day. Thusfar,wehavefollowedthetimelineofhistoryfromthecreationyear of11,013B.C.totheFloodofNoah’’sdayin4990B.C.Wehavelearnedthatwith the exception of Noah, his wife, and their three sons, together with their respective wives, the entire human race perished in the Flood. Thus,inthebeginning,evenasGoddesignedthehumanraceandbegan withonefamily,thatofAdam,sotoo,aftertheFlood,Godbeganwithonefamily, that of Noah. Shem, Ham, and Japheth, the three sons of Noah, became the progenitors of all the peoples of the world. From the Biblical account we can know that the descendants of Noah settled in the part of the world that later became known as Babylon. We read in Genesis11:1-8: And the whole earth was of one language, and of one speech. And it came to pass, as they journeyed from the east, that they found a plain in the land of Shinar; and they dwelt there. And they said one to another, Go to, let us make brick, and burn them thoroughly. And they had brick for stone, and slime had they for morter. And they said, Go to, let us build us a city and a tower, whose top may reach unto heaven; and let us make us a name, lest we be scattered abroad upon the face of the whole earth. And the LORD came down to see the city and the tower, which the children of men builded. And the LORD said, Behold, the people is one, and they have all one language; and this they begin to do: and now nothing will be restrained from them, which they have imagined to do. Go to, let us go down, and there con- found their language, that they may not understand one another’’s speech. So the LORD scattered them abroad from thence upon the face of all the earth: and they left off to build the city. Chapter 5 / 4990 B.C. The Flood––1877 B.C. Joseph
- 160. 168 Time Has An End God created man to serve Him. However, because of sin, mankind would rather serve himself. GodcreatedmantoserveHim.However,becauseofsin,mankindwould ratherservehimself.Thus,assinbecamegreatlyinevidencesoonaftertheFlood, it showed that mankind was not serving God. Fact is, as Chapters 10 and 11 of Genesis set forth the development of the nations that began with the three sons of Noah, we find no Biblical record of anyone who became a true believer. This was a period of nearly 3,000 years that passed from the time of Noah to the time of a man named Abram who was born in the year 2167 B.C. What’’s more, even aswereadGenesis11:1-8(quotedabove),mankindbelievedtheycouldfindtheir own way to heaven. This will be further developed later in our study. The Earth is Divided InGenesisChapters10and11,Godrecordstwocataclysmiceventsthat occurred probably about 2,000 years after the Flood. The first of these events is recordedinGenesis10:25: And unto Eber were born two sons: the name of one was Peleg; for in his days was the earth divided; and his brother’’s name was Joktan. An understanding of this simple citation is not developed in the Bible. However, the Scriptures do give accurate information concerning the dates of Peleg’’s life. Earlier in our study, we learned that Peleg was a Calendar Patriarch during his lifetime. He was born in the year 3153 B.C. and died in the year 2914 B.C. However, in the year 3114 B.C., when Peleg was thirty-nine years of age, a cataclysmic event must have occurred. To learn about this, we will look briefly at the secular evidence. Scientists have long theorized that at a time in the world’’s history, there existedjustonegreatcontinentinsteadofthevarioussmallercontinentsthatexist today. It can be shown, for example, that if the edge of the South American continent is pushed against the continent of Africa, a very close fit would result. Secularscientistsconcludethatperhaps150millionyearsago,thereexistedonly onecontinent,butoverthiseonof150millionyears,thatoriginalcontinentsplit and slowly moved over the ocean floor to produce the presently existing
- 161. 169 continents.TheBiblicalrecordofcoursemakestheconceptof150millionyears completelyinvalid.ThiscontinentalsplitmusthaveoccurredinthedaysofPeleg because the Bible declares that ““in his days was the earth divided”” (Genesis 10:25). Aninterestingtimecorrelationisfoundinsecularrecordsinconnection withtheMayacivilizationthatexistedhundredsofyearsagoinCentralAmerica. Dr. Howard LaFay wrote in ““National Geographic Magazine””: . . . the Maya practiced an astronomy so precise that their ancient calendar was as accurate as the one we employ today; they plotted the courses of celestial bodies, and to the awe of the faithful, their priests predicted both solar and lunar eclipses. They calculated the path of Venus –– an elusive planet that is by turn a morning and evening star –– with an error of only fourteen seconds a year. The Maya originated a complex system of writing and pioneered the mathematicalconceptofzero.2 TheMayaproducedsquareorrectangularelementscalledglyphblocks, which made up separate units of an inscription. These inscriptions were frequentlycalendarsandwerefoundonstelaeandmonumentalbuildingssuchas temples. Archaeologists have correlated the Maya calendar with our calendar to the extent that precise dates recorded in the Maya writings can be expressed in terms of our calendar. The curious thing is that these calendars frequently includedafoundationdate. Dr. George E. Stuart writes: . . . the beginning of the Maya calendar [is] a date that most Mayanists agree corresponds to our own August 11, 3114 B.C. What, one can only wonder, was the high significance of that day, long before Maya history began? 3 ArchaeologistswhostudytheancientcivilizationofMayapuzzleabout the date 3114 B.C., but the Bible gives the answer. Significantly, as we noted above, the Bible indicates that Peleg’’s period was from 3153 B.C. to 2914 B.C., so that Peleg would have been thirty-nine years of age in the year 3114 B.C., the beginningyearoftheMayacalendar.TheBiblerecordsthatitwasduringPeleg’’s period that the earth was divided. The division of the continents occurred, therefore,inalllikelihood,duringPeleg’’slifetime. _____________________ 2 Dr. Howard LaFay, ““The Maya, Children of Time,”” in National Geographic Magazine, December, 1976, p. 729. 3 Dr. George E. Stuart, ““The Maya Riddle of the Glyphs,”” in National Geographic Magazine, December, 1976, p. 779. Chapter 5 / 4990 B.C. The Flood––1877 B.C. Joseph
- 162. 170 Time Has An End Most people of that day would have gathered in one part of the huge continentthatexisteduntilthetimeofPeleg;however,somenomadicindividuals suchastheMayawouldnodoubthavelivedinotherpartsoftheoriginalcontinent such as that part which became Central America. This was a gigantic event. The division of the original continent was equivalent to the beginning of time for these nomads! The awful event of part of the continent splitting off and moving across the ocean floor and the resultant mountainbuildingmusthavebeenabsolutelyastoundingandcatastrophictothe progenitorsoftheMayapeople.Itisnotsurprisingthatintheircalendartheyused this event as a fixture for their foundation date. Even more so, it is not surprising that that date precisely equates with the Biblical statement that in the days of Peleg the earth was divided. The Earth’’s Language is Confused Buttherewasanotherverysignificanteventthatalsoprobablyoccurred about the same time. Earlier we quoted Genesis 11:1-8. In that citation, God teaches that there was also another dramatic division. Remember we read that God declared in verse 7, ““let us go down, and there confound their language, that they may not understand one another’’s speech.”” But there was an enormous problem in the world of that day. Now God obviously was not finding fault with the speech of the people. ThethreesonsofNoah,whomGodsavedfromtheUniversalFlood’’sdestruction, all spoke the same language. But there was an enormous problem in the world of that day. The problem was that of sin. As the population of the world grew, evenaswehavenoted,mankindfoundstrengthinunity,somuchsothattheyeven thought that they could develop their own salvation program. They found in the world of their day a location that would eventually become the location of the nationofBabylon.Theybelievedthislocationcouldbecentraltoallthepeoples of the world. There they built a great tower which would be the centerpoint of worship as they designed their own religion. This was the circumstance that God used to initiate the beginning of the various languages of the world. At the tower of Babel, God confused the one uniformlanguageofthatdaysothatitbecamemanylanguages.Thosewhobegan to speak in the Chinese language moved in one direction, those who spoke Latin in another, etc.
- 163. 171Chapter 5 / 4990 B.C. The Flood––1877 B.C. Joseph This dramatic event probably would have produced the invention of writing. Before the confusion of the languages, the need to write was not nearly as great as when mankind suddenly discovered they could no longer understand eachother.Significantly,theveryearliestandmostprimitivewritings,according to the secular record, date back to about 3200 B.C.-3000 B.C. Thus, there is an interesting correlation between the earth being divided in Peleg’’s generation (3153 B.C.-2914 B.C.), the advent of disparate languages, and the earliest beginnings of writing. In all likelihood, these events occurred very close in time to each other. Thus, a written record began to be produced beginning about 3000 B.C. In a number of instances, the secular record written during the period from 3000 B.C. to the time of Christ speaks of events also spoken of in the Bible. In each instance, however, whenever there appears to be a discrepancy between the two records, we can know that the Biblical record is the accurate record because it is the Word of God. Only the Bible can be trusted concerning the truth of history, including the history of these very early years. During the approximately 3,000 years that came immediately after the Universal Flood, the Gospel was not altogether absent from the world. Even the secular archaeological evidence shows that there was an awareness of the God oftheBibleastestifiedbyancientwritingsandpetroglyphsdepictingCreationor the Flood. However, each and every one of these ancient accounts severely corrupted the true history of these dramatic historical events. Only the Bible can betrustedconcerningthetruthofhistory,includingthehistoryoftheseveryearly years. The archaeological evidences of ancient idol worship and sacrifices indicate that these people knew they were accountable to a Supreme Being. The evidences of sacrifices, even human sacrifices, give mute testimony to the fact that religion was not absent from them. Buteventhoughallthisactivitywasgoingonduringthefirst3,000years after the Flood of 4990 B.C., there were not many genuine believers, those who trusted in the God of the Bible. We do read in the Book of Job of a few true believerswhomayhavelivedabout2,000yearsbeforeChrist,butasidefromthat one exception, the Bible speaks of only one household in which there were true believers,andmoreover,eveninthatfamily,thefatherofthefamily,amannamed Terah, served other gods (Joshua 24:2, 15).
- 164. 172 Time Has An End Because mankind is created in the image of God, to some degree, the LawsofGodarewrittenoneveryperson’’sheart.Thus,intuitively,theseancient peoples knew they had to come to be at peace with God. But they wanted their own religion through which they believed they could become accepted by God. We will learn in this study that the thinking of these ancient peoples was essentially no different from that of the peoples of our present day. However,inspiteofthenaturaltendencyformankindtodesigntheirown religion,God’’ssalvationplanwouldbeunfoldedandwouldproceedeventhough mankindcontinuesingreatrebellionagainstGod. . . . wickedness increases for a period of time and then God brings judgment. Weobserve(andtheBiblerecordsthesehistoricaleventssothatwemay learn from them), that wickedness increases for a period of time and then God bringsjudgment.TheresultisthepouringoutofGod’’swrathuponallofthehuman raceexceptforasmallremnantthroughwhomGodbeginsagaintobuildaname forHimself. Interestingly, we note that in each of these instances, the people upon whom God focuses our attention are the religious. As our study continues, the Bible will again bring this pattern to our attention. (See the following chart.)
- 165. 173Chapter 5 / 4990 B.C. The Flood––1877 B.C. Joseph _________________________________________________________ The The The The New Degeneration Focus Judgments Beginning Adam and Eve Focus is on Drivenoutof God begins again sin wanting to be Gardenof with Seth ““gods””or Eden ““wise”” (Genesis 3:1-7) (Genesis 3:6) (Genesis 3:22-24) (Genesis 4:25-26) Wickedness Focus is on TheFlood God begins again increases the ““sons of with Noah and God””and his family; they ““menof were the only renown”” ones saved from the Flood (Genesis 6:5) (Genesis 6:2-4) (Genesis 7:17-23) (Genesis 6:17-18; 7:23b; 8:20-9:3, 8-17) Wickedness Focus is on Confusionof God begins again increases thosewho languages withAbram and want to make and builds anamefor anation themselves and build a towerto ““reachto heaven”” (Genesis 11:6) (Genesis 11:4) (Genesis 11:5-9) (Genesis 12:1-3) NowwewilllookatthefamilyofTerahwhowasthefatherofAbraham. It was through this family that God’’s salvation plan would continue to unfold. 2092 B.C. God Begins Again with Abraham Terah lived in Ur of the Chaldees so we could identify him with very ancient Babylon. The words ““Chaldees”” and ““Babylon”” are virtually synonymous in the Bible. While Terah himself worshiped both the true God and false gods, his three sons, Abram, Nahor, and Haran, appear to have been worshipers of the true God. It was with Abram (later God changed his name to Abraham) that God in a very definite way brought His plan of salvation into clearer focus. This focus was on a family and on a land. The family was that of
- 166. 174 Time Has An End Abram. The land was the land of Canaan that was located hundreds of miles distant from Ur of the Chaldees. In obedience to God’’s command, at the age of seventy-five, in the year 2092 B.C., Abram, his wife Sarai, and his nephew Lot, arrived in the land of Canaan as total strangers. There God gave Abram promises that involved and structuredtheunfoldingofGod’’ssalvationplanallthewaytotheendoftheworld. Abramwouldbethehead,thebeginning,ofaspecialnationthatwouldbeformed to represent, in an external way, the kingdom of God. Later, it was called the nation of Israel. Abram was called out of an unsaved heathen world. He was called by Godtocomeoutofthemostvisiblerepresentationofthenationsoftheworldthat hadbeguntoform,beginningabout1,000yearsearlier.ThatnationwasBabylon, which was the only nation that existed prior to the tower of Babel (Genesis Chapter11)andthedivisionofthecontinents(Genesis10:25).Greatnationslike Egypt and China came into existence following the tower of Babel. . . . the world had again become as wicked as it was before the Flood. Abram’’s father, Terah, was an unbeliever. Furthermore, the Bible does not make us aware of any other individuals or peoples (except perhaps Abram’’s relatives in the small country of Haran, see Genesis 24:1-51; 28:1-7; 29:1-14) as having any interest in Jehovah God. This suggests very strongly that after the 3,000 years that had passed since the Flood, the world had again become as wicked as it was before the Flood. However, the fact that Abram and probably a few of his close relatives were true believers indicates that the Gospel was still in evidence in the world. At the same time Abram was called out of Ur of the Chaldees (the country of Babylon), God designated a piece of land located on the shores of the Mediterranean Sea to be a physical, external representation of the kingdom of God.ItwasthelandofCanaanthatlaterwascalledthelandofIsraelorPalestine. At the time Abram came to the land of Canaan, it was occupied by a number of small city nations, none of which served Jehovah God, the God of the Bible.Thewickednessfoundinthemwasprobablytypicalofthewickednessthat could be found in all the nations of the world at that time in history. AsGoddevelopedthetimelineofHissalvationplan,thedaywouldcome when He would bring judgment on these nations in the land of Canaan. As we will learnlaterinourstudy,Godwouldbeginwithjudgmentonthefourcitiesof Sodom,Gomorrah,Admah,andZeboim(Deuteronomy29:23);thenhundredsof
- 167. 175 yearslater,HisjudgmentwouldfallontherestofthecitiesofthelandofCanaan. ItwastothislandofCanaan(alsocalledthelandoftheAmorites)thatGodcalled Abram, and to which Abram, his wife Sarai and his nephew Lot came in the year 2092B.C. Atthebeginningoftime,ourfirstparentsAdamandEve(theonlypeople existingintheworldatthattime),becamecentralinGod’’stimelineofhistory.As wehaveseen,slightlyover6,000yearslater,Noah,hiswife,theirthreesons,and theirwives,becamecentralinGod’’sunfoldingsalvationplan.Theyweretheonly people existing on planet Earth because the rest of the human race had been completelydestroyedbytheFloodthatbeganin4990B.C.Now,intheyear2092 B.C.,threepeoplebecamecentralinGod’’sunfoldingsalvationplan,buttheyare called out of a world that already was producing great ancient nations like Babylon,Egypt,andChina. GodmadegreatpromisestoAbramthatanticipatedChristcomingasthe Savior about 2,000 years later. These promises also anticipated the fact that, as aresultofChrist’’scoming,theGospelwouldbesentintoallofthenationsofthe world. For example, we read in Genesis 12:1-5: Now the LORD had said unto Abram, Get thee out of thy country, and from thy kindred, and from thy father’’s house, unto a land that I will shew thee: And I will make of thee a great nation, and I will bless thee, and make thy name great; and thou shalt be a blessing: And I will bless them that bless thee, and curse him that curseth thee: and in thee shall all families of the earth be blessed. So Abram departed, as the LORD had spoken unto him; and Lot went with him: and Abram was seventy and five years old when he departed out of Haran. And Abram took Sarai his wife, and Lot his brother’’s son, and all their substance that they had gathered, and the souls that they had gotten in Haran; and they went forth to go into the land of Canaan; and into the land of Canaan they came. InobediencetoGod’’scommand,Abram,togetherwithhisfatherTerah, had left Ur of the Chaldees and stopped in Haran on their way to the land of Canaan. In Haran, Terah died (at the age of 205 years). At that time, Abram was seventy-five years old, and his wife Sarai was sixty-five years of age. Abram left Haran after his father’’s death and came into the land of Canaanintheyear2092B.C.ThereGodgavehimadditionalpromiseswhichare recorded in Genesis 12:7, where we read: Chapter 5 / 4990 B.C. The Flood––1877 B.C. Joseph
- 168. 176 Time Has An End And the LORD appeared unto Abram, and said, Unto thy seed will I give this land: and there builded he an altar unto the LORD, who appeared unto him. This verse shows that God communicated with mankind very directly inasmuchastheBibledidnotexist.Godcouldtakeontheappearanceofahuman being and thus talk face to face with the one with whom He wished to communicate. It was possible that at other times He spoke to an individual in a dream or a vision or these individuals simply heard the audible voice of God. As we have proven previously, today God speaks to mankind only by means of the Bible. Since every word and phrase in the Bible comes from the mouthofGod,wecanbecertainwhenwearereadingtheBible,thatGodHimself is speaking to us. Moreover, since the Bible is the whole Law of God today, we should know far more about God’’s truth than individuals like Abram who lived before the Bible was written or before it was completed. What a marvelous blessing we enjoy today in that we have the entire Word of God! Returning now to Abram, as we have indicated, the focus of God’’s developing salvation plan was on the physical land of Canaan to which Abram came in the year 2092 B.C. However, this physical land of Canaan was not to be the eternal inheritance which God had promised because the Bible clearly teaches that this world, of which the physical land of Canaan is a part, will be entirely destroyed by fire at the time Jesus comes again on the last day (II Peter 3:10). The physical land of Canaan was used by God as a picture or visible representation of the eternal kingdom of God into which all true believers enter at the time they become saved. At the end of time, when this present universe is completely destroyed by fire, God will bring into existence ““new heavens and a new earth.”” At the end of time, when this present universe is completely destroyed by fire, God will bring into existence ““new heavens and a new earth.”” There allofthosewhohavebecomesaved,whohaveenteredthekingdomofGod,will liveforeverwiththeLordJesusChrist(IIPeter3:13).Thatisthelandrepresented or typified by the physical land of Canaan. Thus, we see that when Abram and his family came into the land of Canaan in the year 2092 B.C., it was an exceedingly important milestone in the timeline of the unfolding of God’’s salvation plan. It was a dramatic picture of
- 169. 177 God’’ssalvationplan.Allwhobecomesaved,likeAbramcomingoutofBabylon andcomingintoCanaan,arecalledoutofthisworld,whichisruledoverbySatan, andaretransferredintothekingdomofGod.TheBiblespirituallycallsthisworld Babylon and the kingdom of God is called the land of Canaan. Later in our study, we will learn that all of the local churches at this present time are also ““Babylon”” (Revelation 18:1-5) because at this time, Satan isrulinginthem. And that brings us to the next important milestone in the unfolding of God’’s salvation plan. It is the year 2068 B.C. 2068 B.C. God Reiterates His Promise to Abraham We have learned how important the year 2092 B.C. was in God’’s timelineofhistory.Abram,togetherwithSaraihiswife,andhisnephewLot,had faithfully obeyed God’’s command to leave their home in Ur of the Chaldees and take up residency in the strange land of Canaan. Remember, God had given Abram and Sarai wonderful promises of a progeny who would be a blessing to every nation (Genesis 12:2-3). However, there was one huge problem. After living twenty-four years as a stranger in the foreign land of Canaan, Abram and Saraiwerestillchildless.Bythistime,Saraihadbecomeeighty-nineyearsofage and was well beyond the age of childbearing. Humanly speaking, there was no longer the possibility of Abram and Sarai becoming the progenitors of many people. However, it was in that year 2068 B.C. that several very important events occurred. 1. God changed Abram’’s name to Abraham (““a father of many nations,”” Genesis 17:5), and He changed Sarai’’s name to Sarah (““princess,”” Genesis17:15). 2. God appeared to Abraham and reiterated all of His promises concerningamultitudinousprogenywhowouldinherittheland(thekingdomof God) as an everlasting possession (Genesis 17:6-8; Hebrews 11:8-16). 3. God promised Abraham and Sarah that one year later, Sarah would give birth to a son who was to be called Isaac (Genesis 17:19, 21; 21:1-3). 4. God utterly destroyed four cities, Sodom, Gomorrah, Admah, and Zeboim because of their wickedness (Genesis 19:24-25; Deuteronomy 29:23). Only Abraham’’s nephew Lot and Lot’’s two daughters were brought to safety. Chapter 5 / 4990 B.C. The Flood––1877 B.C. Joseph
- 170. 178 Time Has An End 5. God gave Abraham a sign that God’’s Law (His covenant) would be carried out. The covenant decreed that through Isaac, all of God’’s promises would be fulfilled. The sign that God gave was that of circumcision of all males eight days old and older (Genesis 17:7-14). This sign became a picture of the nature of God’’s salvation plan. Even as the foreskin of the reproductive organ was to be cut off, so, too, the sins of each one who would be eternally saved were to be cut off. The cutting off of the foreskin caused bleeding. So, too, in order for sins to be cut off, Christ as the Messiah shed His blood (that is, gave His life). Thus,intheyear2068B.C.,amilestonewassetinthetimelineofhistory inthat: 1. Abraham and Sarah’’s son Isaac, who would be born the following year, was a representative or picture of the Lord Jesus Christ. Christ is the spiritual beginning and father of all who will live eternally as God’’s children. 2. All of those who are outside of God’’s salvation plan, typified by the destroyed cities of Sodom, Gomorrah, Admah, and Zeboim, are eternally under the wrath of God. Exactly 2,100 years later, in A.D. 33, the Lord Jesus Christ bore the judgment and wrath of God on behalf of the peoples of every nation whom God, in the person of Christ, came to save. Christ paid the penalty for their sins in full so that they would become eternal children of God. At the same time, Christ’’s death and resurrection guaranteed that those who were not to be sons of Christ (saved by Christ), like those in the four cities upon which God’’s judgment fell, wouldintimebecastintoHell.OnlythesentenceofspendinganeternityinHell, under the judgment and wrath of God, would fully satisfy the demands of God’’s Law for the payment required for the sins of the unsaved. Allofthiswascontemplatedandanticipatedbytheeventsthattookplace in this notable year of 2068 B.C. Nowweshallgoontothenextveryimportantmilestoneintheunfolding of God’’s Timeline of History, the year 2007 B.C. 2007 B.C. Jacob is Born Sixty years have passed since Isaac was born in the year 2067 B.C. Twenty-three years earlier, Sarah had died. In the year 2007 B.C., Abraham had become 160 years old and would live fifteen years longer. Twenty years earlier than 2007 B.C., Isaac had married a relative of Abraham named Rebekah (Genesis25:20,26).
- 171. 179 Incidentally, God’’s Law at this time in history did not prohibit the marriage of close relatives. That Law was given over 500 years later in the year 1446B.C.Intheseearlieryears,theneedtomarrycloserelativeswasinevidence because of the scarcity of true believers. For example, Sarah was the half sister of Abraham (Genesis 20:12). The year 2007 B.C. was propitious because it was the year Isaac and Rebekah were given their only children. Rebekah gave birth to twin sons, Esau and Jacob. Although Esau was the firstborn, God gave the salvation promises to Jacob. (See The Fig Tree available free of charge from Family Radio.) That is, the promises given to Abraham would be fulfilled in the line of the descendants of Jacob. Moreover, we must keep in mind that events like Abraham entering the land of Canaan, the birth of Isaac to Abraham and Sarah, and the birth of Jacob to Isaac and Rebekah, although they involved just a handful of people, were, nevertheless, exceedingly important milestones in the unfolding of God’’s salvation plan. All of these events were laying the groundwork for, and pointing to,God’’smagnificentsalvationprogramthateventuallywouldinvolvemillionsof peoplethroughoutthewholeworld. Significantly,thenameJacobmeans““supplanter.””Normally,Esauasthe firstbornwouldhavereceivedthespecialblessingsthatbelongedtothefirstborn. However, it was God’’s plan that the second born, Jacob, was to receive these special blessings. Thus, in that sense, Jacob supplanted Esau. In that sense, also, Jacob became a picture or a representative of all those who become true believers. They, too, are sometimes called ““Jacob”” in the Bible (e.g., Jeremiah 10:16). One of the reasons Jacob pictures true believers is that this earth, which presently is in the hands of the unsaved, will eventually become the eternal inheritance of the true believers. That is, the true believers supplant the unsaved as the final inheritors of the world. This will take place at the end of time when God will create New Heavens and a New Earth. This is the earth spoken of in Matthew 5:5 where God declares: Blessed are the meek: for they shall inherit the earth. It is the new heavens and new earth spoken of in II Peter 3:13: Nevertheless we, according to his promise, look for new heav- ens and a new earth, wherein dwelleth righteousness. Christ, too, at times, is typified by Jacob. When Jesus came as the Chapter 5 / 4990 B.C. The Flood––1877 B.C. Joseph
- 172. 180 Time Has An End Messiah, He supplanted Satan as the ruler of those whom God planned to save. Colossians 1:13 declares that those who have been saved have been taken out from under Satan’’s dominion and placed into Christ’’s kingdom. We read there: Who hath delivered us from the power of darkness, and hath translated us into the kingdom of his dear Son. Christ was typified by Jacob at times also because Jacob was the father of twelve sons who in turn became the heads of the twelve tribes of Israel (Genesis49:28),whichinturnbecameanexternalrepresentationofthekingdom of God. Christ, typified by Jacob, became the eternal Father of all who are eternally citizens of the kingdom of God. Fact is, when Jacob was 100 years of age (see Chapter 3 of this book), in the year 1907 B.C., he was given the name Israel (Genesis 32:28; 35:10). The name Israel means Prince of God. Eternally, it is Christ who is the Godly Prince (Isaiah 4:6). For that reason, the name Israel was assigned to the nation of the descendants of Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob —— the Jewish nation, the nation of Israel —— because that nation was externally a representation of the kingdom of God.Likewise,duringtheChurchAge,thenameIsraelwasassignedtothelocal congregations because during the Church Age each local congregation was an external representation of the kingdom of God. Later in our study, this will be furtherdeveloped. The year 2007 B.C., when Jacob was born, was a very significant year for other reasons. For example, exactly 1,000 years later, in the year 1007 B.C., David,anothergreattypeofChrist,ascendedthethronetoreignoverIsrael.Also, exactly 2,000 years after 2007 B.C. was the year 7 B.C., and in all likelihood, Jesus Christ was born in the year 7 B.C. In addition, exactly 4,000 years after 2007 B.C. was A.D. 1994. Later in our study, we will learn more about the great importance of A.D. 1994. We certainly can know that the year 2007 B.C. was a very significant milestone in the unfolding of God’’s salvation plan. . . . there is no other accurate record in existence today that approaches the exquisite accuracy of the Bible’’s recording of these historical events. We might note that there is no other accurate record in existence today thatapproachestheexquisiteaccuracyoftheBible’’srecordingofthesehistorical events.EachofthesemilestoneyearsiscalculatedsolelyfromBiblicalevidence.
- 173. 181 AndweknowthattheBibleisGod’’sWord,andtherefore,iscompletelyaccurate. Moreover,thesehistoricalmilestonesareboundtogetherbyverysignificanttime relationships which we will explore in a later chapter. But now we should examine the next important milestone the Bible sets forthintheunfoldingofGod’’ssalvationplan,whichinturngovernsallofhistory. That milestone is the year 1899 B.C. 1899 B.C. Joseph is Seventeen As we have noted, Jacob, through whom God’’s salvation timeline flowed, eventually became the father of twelve sons. He also fathered one daughter. Each of these twelve sons became important names in the historical development of God’’s salvation program. They would become heads of the twelve tribes of Israel. WeshouldnotethatEsau,thetwinbrotherofJacob,alsobecameagreat nation. Esau, together with his uncle Ishmael (who was the son of Abraham by Hagar, the maid of Sarah), became the progenitors of the Arab nations. Now, Isaac, the son of Abraham by Sarah, was the half-brother of Ishmael, and Esau was the twin brother of Jacob. Ishmael and Esau became enemies of Isaac and Jacob. This enmity continues today. Both the Jews and the Arabs claim sonship from the line of Abraham, to whom the promises of the land of Canaan were given. Thus,boththeJewsandArabslayclaimtolandsintheMiddleEast,and they continue to battle over them to this day. But, as we learned earlier, those promises were only pictures in which the physical land of Canaan was a type or representation of the kingdom of God. The true inheritors of the land of Canaan are neither the Jews nor the Arabs. It is the true believers, those for whom Christ has become their Savior, who inherit the land. (See The Fig Tree, available free of charge from Family Radio.) These true children of God, who are from all the nations of the world, inherit the promise, the promise of a spiritual eternal land which the physical land of Canaan only represented (Galatians 3:29). Returning now to the twelve sons of Jacob, we learn from the Bible that threeofthesons,noneofwhomwerethefirstborn,becameespeciallysignificant in the unfolding of God’’s salvation plan. Judah was the son through whom the salvationpromiseswouldflow(Genesis49:10;Luke3:33).Leviwouldheadthe tribe which would identify with the priests who would function as the spiritual rulers over the twelve tribes that later were, as a nation, called Israel. The third son of Jacob that we note here who was of special Biblical importance was Joseph. Joseph was the next-to-the-last son born to Jacob. He istheonlysonwhosebirthyearcanbeknownforcertainfromtheBiblicalrecord. Chapter 5 / 4990 B.C. The Flood––1877 B.C. Joseph
- 174. 182 Time Has An End Hewasbornintheyear1916B.C.EventhoughitwasnotthroughhimthatGod’’s salvation plan flowed, he was used by God as a type or picture or representative oftheLordJesusChrist.BycloselyfollowingtheBiblicalaccountofhislifetime, we can learn much about God’’s salvation plan. With the exception of Genesis 38, all of the chapters beginning with GenesisChapter37andcontinuingallthewaythroughChapters48and50,record the experiences of Joseph. By means of the experiences of Joseph, God points to what are certainly the high points of the unfolding of the history of the world, namely, the first coming of Christ as Savior, and ultimately, the second coming of Christ as Judge of all the earth. In the year 1899 B.C., Joseph was seventeen years of age. Father Jacob was 108 years of age. Forty-eight years earlier, at the age of sixty years, Jacob hadreceivedtheblessedpromiseofGodthatthesalvationpromisestoAbraham wouldflowthroughJacobhimself(Genesis27:27-29;28:3-4). Earlier we noted that at the age of 100, Jacob’’s name was changed from Jacob to Israel. We noted Israel means ““prince of God.”” Jacob also is presented tousincertaincitationsintheBibleasapictureortypeofChristwhoisthePrince of God. But remarkably, God puts the spotlight on Joseph, a son born to Jacob when he was ninety-one years of age (Genesis 37:2). Why did God do this? It is true that Jacob especially loved Joseph because he was a son of his old age (Genesis 37:3). Because of Jacob’’s special love for Joseph, Joseph’’s brothers hated him (Genesis 37:4). To make matters worse for Joseph, at the age of seventeen, he had two dreams that seemed to prophesy that the day would come whenhewouldruleoverhisbrothersandalsooverhisfatherandmother(Genesis 37:5-11).Thiswastheyear1899B.C.,averyimportantmilestoneintheunfolding of God’’s salvation plan. That this is a significant milestone is seen in the strange language of Genesis 37:1-2, where God says: And Jacob dwelt in the land wherein his father was a stranger, in the land of Canaan. These are the generations of Jacob. Joseph, being seventeen years old, was feeding the flock with his breth- ren; and the lad was with the sons of Bilhah, and with the sons of Zilpah, his father’’s wives: and Joseph brought unto his father their evil report. Why would the generation of Jacob be focused on Joseph? Joseph was notthefirstborn,neitherwasheinthebloodlinethroughwhichChristwouldcome. One reason must be that Joseph was an outstandingly significant and important type of Christ. God deliberately calls our attention to Joseph being 17 years old as the beginning of all his experiences. It is his life from that time forward that
- 175. 183 would embrace and anticipate the unfolding of God’’s plan of salvation. We will note a few highlights of the experiences of Joseph that show that through his experiences, he was a picture of Christ coming as Savior to pay the penalty for thesinsofthetruebelievers.AspectsofJoseph’’slifealsopointtoChrist’’scoming attheendoftheworldtopreparethisworldforeventsthatmustoccurjustbefore the end of time. Joseph was an outstandingly significant and important type of Christ. First, we take note that the number 17, when used in the Bible to signify something spiritual, usually points to Heaven. It would appear that God gave us the information that Joseph is 17 years old in order to identify with Jesus Christ through whom all who become saved will go to Heaven. In the year 1877 B.C., Joseph had become thirty-nine years of age. During the preceding twenty-two years of his life, he had experienced a great manytrialsandtribulations.Anexaminationofeachofthesewouldshowthathis life was a historical parable. The true historical events of the life of Joseph were portraitsofimportantspiritualevents.Eachofhisexperienceswaspointingtothe Lord Jesus Christ. For example, we will note the following: 1. He was rejected by his brothers (Genesis 37:4-5,8,18-28). Jesus was rejected by the nation of His birth, national Israel. 2.Hewasputintoapit(Genesis37:24).JesussufferedthewrathofGod, Hell, which is typified by a pit. 3. He was sold as a slave (Genesis 37:28). Christ was sold like a slave for thirty pieces of silver. 4.He remained faithful to God when tempted by Potiphar’’s wife (Genesis 39:10-12; 40:15). Christ remained faithful when tempted by Satan. 5.Hecameoutofprisonandbecamethehighestruleroftheland,second only to Pharaoh (Genesis 41:14, 38-44). Christ, after paying for the sins of those He came to save, became King of kings and Lord of lords. Chapter 5 / 4990 B.C. The Flood––1877 B.C. Joseph
- 176. 184 Time Has An End 6. He saved his family from physical starvation (Genesis 45:7, 10-11; 47:12).ChristsavedHisspiritualfamily(thosewhobecometruebelievers)from spiritualdeath. 7.Theseven-yearfaminebecameaportraitoftheGreatTribulationthat comes just before Christ returns at the end of time (Matthew 24:21, 29; Acts7:11). In the timeline of history, Joseph, at the age of thirty (in 1886 B.C.), becamesecondonlytoPharaohasrulerofEgypt(Genesis41:39-44).Therewere to be seven years of bountiful harvest. This would be followed by seven years of great famine. Pharaoh had appointed Joseph to gather in the harvest during the seven years of plenty. He then was to rule over the distribution of this harvest during the following seven years of famine (Genesis 41:33-49, 53-57). In the year 1877 B.C., already two years of famine had taken place (Genesis 45:6). This famine also encompassed the land of Canaan where Jacob, Joseph’’s father, was living with his family. Consequently, Jacob sent ten of his sons to buy grain, not knowing that the ruler of the distribution of the grain was his son and their brother Joseph. When that grain was used up, they came a secondtime,andonthissecondtrip,Josephrevealedtothemhisidentity.Hewas their younger brother whom, twenty-two years earlier they had themselves sold as a slave because of their hatred toward him. The Biblical account of these experiences, ending with a reconciliation, are wonderfully fascinating. We can read about them in Genesis Chapters 42, 43, 44, and 45. The result of this reconciliation of Joseph with his brothers brings us to the extremely important year 1877 B.C. We read in Genesis 45:6-9, 13: For these two years hath the famine been in the land: and yet there are five years, in the which there shall neither be earing nor harvest. And God sent me before you to preserve you a posterity in the earth, and to save your lives by a great deliver- ance. So now it was not you that sent me hither, but God: and he hath made me a father to Pharaoh, and lord of all his house, and a ruler throughout all the land of Egypt. Haste ye, and go up to my father, and say unto him, Thus saith thy son Joseph, God hath made me lord of all Egypt: come down unto me, tarry not: And ye shall tell my father of all my glory in Egypt, and of all that ye have seen; and ye shall haste and bring down my father hither.
- 177. 185 Some of the significant words here are Joseph’’s commands to ““come down unto me, tarry not”” (verse 9) and ““ye shall haste and bring down my father”” (verse 13). This was an incredible command that Joseph, as a great type of Christ, was giving to Jacob his father. Jacob’’s predecessors, in obedience to God’’scommand,hadcomeintothelandofCanaaneventhoughtheydidnotknow what God intended to be their destination (Hebrews 11:8-9). In the year 2092 B.C., grandfather Abraham had come into the land of Canaan. Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob had been given Canaan as an eternal possession(Genesis17:8). Moreover, we read about Jacob’’s father Isaac in Genesis 26, verses 2- 3: And the LORD appeared unto him, and said, Go not down into Egypt; dwell in the land which I shall tell thee of: Sojourn in this land, and I will be with thee, and will bless thee; for unto thee, and unto thy seed, I will give all these countries, and I will per- form the oath which I sware unto Abraham thy father. Joseph was commanding his father Jacob to leave the promised land to come to Egypt to live! For 215 years, the families of Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob had dwelt in Canaan.ButnowJosephwascommandinghisfatherJacobtoleavethepromised landtocometoEgypttolive!ThatJosephwasexpressingGod’’sdesireforJacob is seen in God’’s words to Jacob in Genesis 46:2-3: And God spake unto Israel in the visions of the night, and said, Jacob, Jacob. And he said, Here am I. And he said, I am God, the God of thy father: fear not to go down into Egypt; for I will there make of thee a great nation. That this was an extremely traumatic and awful command that Jacob was to obey is revealed in the words of Acts 7:11-15, where we read: Now there came a dearth over all the land of Egypt and Chanaan, and great affliction: and our fathers found no sustenance. But when Jacob heard that there was corn in Egypt, he sent out our fathers first. And at the second time Joseph was made known to Chapter 5 / 4990 B.C. The Flood––1877 B.C. Joseph
- 178. 186 Time Has An End his brethren; and Joseph’’s kindred was made known unto Pha- raoh. Then sent Joseph, and called his father Jacob to him, and all his kindred, threescore and fifteen souls. So Jacob went down into Egypt, and died, he, and our fathers. The words ““great affliction”” are the identical Greek words which are found in Matthew 24:21 where they are translated Great Tribulation. It was a great tribulation for Jacob to leave the promised land of Canaan that had been given to Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob as an eternal inheritance. Had God’’s promisesfailed? God’’spromiseshadnotfailed!Hispromisesneverfail!Buttheworking outofGod’’spromisessometimesisverycomplex.Therefore,itisnecessarythat we carefully study the Bible as we seek to gain insight into the plans of God. A proper study of Jacob’’s experience, as he is commanded to leave, and as he leavesthepromisedlandofCanaan,isonegrandexampleofhowfollowingGod’’s instruction to compare Scripture with Scripture (I Corinthians 2:9-14) works to uncover great spiritual truth found in the Bible. WewilldiscoverthatthisterribleexperienceofJacobofleavingtheland of Canaan and going into Egypt to escape the famine is of great importance in helping us to understand the Great Tribulation that the world will experience immediatelybeforeChristreturnsattheendoftime.Therefore,laterinourstudy, we will return to Jacob and examine in great detail many aspects of his experience. However,atthistime,weshallcontinueonourjourneythroughtime.We willdiscoverfromtheBiblethatthenextimportantmilestoneintheunfoldingof God’’s salvation plan is the year 1447 B.C.
- 179. Chapter 6 1447 B.C. The Exodus — 931 B.C. King Solomon Wehavetraveledthehighwaythatiscentraltothemainpurposeandgoal of the history of the world for about 9,500 years. To review briefly, thus far, God has used single families as He focuses on the unfolding of His purpose for the existence of this world. He began with the family of Adam and Eve who are the ancestors of each and every individual who would ever live on planet Earth (GenesisChapters1-5;ICorinthians15:22,45-47).Then,about6,000yearsafter Adam and Eve, God again put the spotlight on a family, that of Noah (Genesis Chapters 5-11). Then, about 3,000 years after the time of Noah, God placed another family in the position of continuing God’s major plan and purpose for the entire world. That family consisted of a man named Abraham together with his wife Sarah and a nephew named Lot (Genesis Chapters 11-12). With this family as the centerpiece, God began the preparations to expand the focus of the earth’s timeline. His plan was to develop a land and a nation instead of working through a single family. The land was the land of Canaan; the nation, Israel (Genesis Chapters 11-35). The land of Canaan was established as an external representationofthekingdomofGodevenasthenationwhichwastocomefrom the family of Abraham had become an external representation of the kingdom of God. Then, remember we learned from the Bible that to facilitate this important change from a family to a nation, God caused Abraham’s grandson Jacob, and Jacob’s family, to leave the promised land of Canaan and take up residencyinthelandofEgypt.Thatwasintheyear1877B.C.(GenesisChapters 37-47). But now, 430 years have passed since the family of Jacob came into Egypt to escape the famine. Seventeen years after they had come into Egypt, father Jacob had died, in the year 1860 B.C. (Genesis 47:28). Fifty-four years later, in the year 1806 B.C., Joseph died at the age of 110 (Genesis 50:26). One practical result of Jacob’s family coming to Egypt was the protection of the bloodline of Abraham. Sons were born to the descendants of Abraham, and they needed wives. Except for the family of Abraham, all of the inhabitants of the land of Canaan were heathen. How were his grandsons and great-grandsons to obtain wives who trusted the God of the Bible? Abraham, for example, worked very hard to obtain a godly wife for his son Isaac (Genesis Chapter 24). In the heathen world of that day, this was a difficult task. Through
- 180. 188 Time Has An End the marriage of Isaac and Rebekah, God gave Isaac twin sons, Esau and Jacob. EsaumarriedCanaanitishwomen(Genesis26:34-35;28:6,8).Ontheotherhand, Jacob traveled hundreds of miles to the land of Haran to find a godly wife. Fact is, he ended up being married to four wives through whom God gave him twelve sons and one daughter (Genesis Chapters 28-29; 30:1-24; 35:16-18, 22-26). These sons also began to marry Canaanitish women. The Bible records that one son of Jacob, named Simeon, married a Canaanite (Genesis 46:10), and Judah, another son of Jacob, also married a Canaanite (Genesis 38:2). As God was planning the unfolding of His salvation program, it is clear that He planned to transition from a family to a nation. As God was planning the unfolding of His salvation program, it is clear thatHeplannedtotransitionfromafamilytoanation.Buthowcouldthisbedone when the family is intermarrying with the heathen of the world? One thing was certain, and that is, down in the land of Egypt, this intermarrying would be very difficult. The family of Jacob was a shepherd family, and shepherds were an abomination to the Egyptians. We read in Genesis 46:34b: . . . for every shepherd is an abomination unto the Egyptians. Thus,oneprinciplereasonGodbroughtthefamilyofJacobtoEgyptwas sothattheunfoldingofGod’ssalvationprogramcouldtransitionfromafamilyto a nation with little interference from other nations. Yearfollowedyear.Finally,aPharaohbegantoreignwhoknewnothing about Joseph (Exodus 1:8). Meanwhile, the family of Jacob was multiplying so rapidly that the Egyptians began to fear that the Israelites might attempt an overthrow of Egypt. To prevent this possibility, the Israelites were made slaves. At one point in time, the year 1527 B.C., when Moses was born, the reigning PharaohevendecreedthatalltheIsraelites’boybabiesweretobekilled.Indeed, thepeoplewhohad beenpromisedtheywouldforeverinheritthelandofCanaan seemed inextricably trapped as slaves in Egypt. At the same time, the land of Canaan,whichGodhadgiventoAbrahamandhisseed,wassecurelyinthehands of wicked nations who had no knowledge of the God of the Bible. ButGodhadnotabandonedthisnationofIsrael.InHisdivinemercy,He providedanindividualnamedMosestobringthemoutofEgypt(Exodus3:6-10; Hebrews 11:24-28). By the year 1447 B.C., Israel had grown in size so that it numberedperhapsasmanyastwomillionpeople.WedoknowfromtheBiblical
- 181. 189 record that Israel had over 600,000 men who were twenty years old and older. Addingallthewomenandchildrencouldbringthetotalpopulationtopossiblytwo million (Numbers 1:45-46). And now, the unfolding of the timeline of history would no longer be focused on a family. It would be focused on a nation. For the next1,480years,thenationofIsraelwastobeprominentintheunfoldingofGod’s salvationplan. God Sets the Stage for Israel’s Departure From Egypt Never before or since had a nation been presented to the world as a special people in such a spectacular way! How is a slave nation consisting of perhaps two million people to be deliveredfromanationthathadtotalcontroloverthem?Israel’senslavementset the stage for God’s great announcement to the world that Israel was to become knownasGod’sspecialpeopleonearth.Intheprocessoffreeingthemfromtheir terribleenslavement,GodwouldshowHistremendouspowerandauthority.God wouldsendtensevereplaguesuponEgypt,theimpactofwhichwouldultimately leave Pharaoh with no choice but to expel the people of Israel out of his country (Exodus3:19-20;11:1;12:39).Neverbeforeorsincehadanationbeenpresented to the world as a special people in such a spectacular way! The drama that was to unfold as God prepared to free them from bondage to Egypt has never in the entire history of the world been equaled. To prepare for His announcement, God first of all raised up perhaps the greatest Pharaoh of all of Egypt’s history. Because of the exquisite accuracy of the Biblical Calendar, together with the available secular historical records, we can be certain that this Pharaoh was Tuthmosis III. The secular record shows that he was such a mighty military king that the archaeologists speak of him as the Napoleon of Egypt. The secular record disclosed that in his lifetime as Pharaoh, he carried out seventeen successful military campaigns. The Bible describes him as a Pharaoh who had “six hundred chosen chariots, and all the chariots of Egypt, and captains over every one of them” (Exodus 14:7). The Bible says in Exodus 9:16: And in very deed for this cause have I raised thee up, for to shew in thee my power; and that my name may be declared throughout all the earth. Chapter 6 / 1447 B.C. The Exodus - 931 B.C. King Solomon
- 182. 190 Time Has An End Thus, the stage is set for the great announcement of the power of God. On the one hand, there was this nation of slaves with no weapons of any kind. On the other hand, there was this despotic king of great military strength. Tofurtherenhancetheannouncement,GodgavethismightyPharaohan enormous determination to keep the nation of Israel in bondage. Even though again and again God commanded Pharaoh, “Let my people go,” the Bible repeatedly declares that God hardened Pharaoh’s heart (Exodus Chapters 7-14). Thus, even though the land of Egypt was suffering increasing destruction by plagueafterplaguefallinguponEgypt,PharaohrefusedtoletthenationofIsrael leave. We must understand that the Bible teaches that the heart of man is desperately wicked (Jeremiah 17:9). Mankind by nature is in complete rebellion against God and His commandments. The only reason unsaved mankind lives with any sense of decency and morality is because God to some degree restrains sin in the lives of individuals (Psalm 76:10). Otherwise, mankind would quickly destroy themselves. Thus, when God hardened Pharaoh’s heart, we must understand that this means that God took away all restraint on sin in Pharaoh’s life.Thus,inresponsetoGod’scommandtoletIsraelgofree,Pharaohabsolutely refused to allow Israel to go. The more sinful he becomes, the deeper he will go into sin. It might be noted that this is the essential nature of every human being. Themoresinfulhebecomes,thedeeperhewillgointosin(IITimothy3:13).This issoeventhoughheisdestroyinghimselfandothers.Thisistrueofthealcoholic, the sex pervert, the thief, and the murderer. The hardening of Pharaoh’s heart is similar to the language of Romans Chapter 1. In that citation, God speaks of givingpeopleup(verses24and26)orgivingpeopleover(verse28)toareprobate mind. Romans Chapter 1 then names more than twenty gross sins which become abundantly evident in their lives. This is why mankind so desperately needs salvation. Only through the saving work of Jesus Christ can the power and enslavement to sin be broken (Romans 6:6-23; I John 3:8). Only through the saving work of Jesus Christ can the power and enslavement to sin be broken.
- 183. 191 The Ten Plagues Returning to the Pharaoh who refused to release Israel, this nation of slaves that God called “my people,” the Bible tells us that God brought a series of ten great plagues upon Egypt (Exodus Chapters 7-12). Each was preceded by ademandbyGodthroughMoses,God’sprophet,toletGod’speoplegofreefrom Egypt. In each case, Moses warned Pharaoh that the plague was coming. In each case, except immediately after the tenth plague, Pharaoh refused to free this nation of slaves. God describes the purpose of this whole scenario of the ten plagues as being twofold. The first purpose was to teach succeeding generations the greatness of the God of the Bible. We read in Exodus 10:1-2: And the LORD said unto Moses, Go in unto Pharaoh: for I have hardened his heart, and the heart of his servants, that I might shew these my signs before him: and that thou mayest tell in the ears of thy son, and of thy son’s son, what things I have wrought in Egypt, and my signs which I have done among them; that ye may know how that I am the LORD. The second purpose was to declare to the world the mighty power of God. We read in Exodus 9:13-16: And the LORD said unto Moses, Rise up early in the morning, and stand before Pharaoh, and say unto him, Thus saith the LORD God of the Hebrews, Let my people go, that they may serve me. For I will at this time send all my plagues upon thine heart, and upon thy servants, and upon thy people; that thou mayest know that there is none like me in all the earth. For now I will stretch out my hand, that I may smite thee and thy people with pestilence; and thou shalt be cut off from the earth. And in very deed for this cause have I raised thee up, for to shew in thee my power; and that my name may be declared throughout all the earth. The plagues were incredibly awesome. Each one demonstrated in an astounding way that God is the Creator and that God can and will accomplish whatsoever He threatens to perform. They also give abundant evidence that God istheJudgeofalltheearthandthatHisperfectjusticewillprevail(Genesis18:25). For example, as God brought the first plague upon Egypt, He declared to Pharaoh in Exodus 7:17-21: Chapter 6 / 1447 B.C. The Exodus - 931 B.C. King Solomon
- 184. 192 Time Has An End Thus saith the LORD, In this thou shalt know that I am the LORD: behold, I will smite with the rod that is in mine hand upon the waters which are in the river, and they shall be turned to blood. And the fish that is in the river shall die, and the river shall stink; and the Egyptians shall loathe to drink of the water of the river. And the LORD spake unto Moses, Say unto Aaron, Take thy rod, and stretch out thine hand upon the waters of Egypt, upon their streams, upon their rivers, and upon their ponds, and upon all their pools of water, that they may become blood; and that there may be blood throughout all the land of Egypt, both in vessels of wood, and in vessels of stone. And Moses and Aaron did so, as the LORD commanded; and he lifted up the rod, and smote the waters that were in the river, in the sight of Pharaoh, and in the sight of his servants; and all the waters that were in the river were turned to blood. And the fish that was in the river died; and the river stank, and the Egyptians could not drink of the water of the river; and there was blood throughout all the land of Egypt. Forsevendays(Exodus7:25),thegreatNileRiverwasturnedintoariver ofblood.Howdreadful!Godhadcreatedwatertogivelifetoplants,animals,and mankind. But blood signified death and destruction. To change water into blood isanactofcreation.Thus,inthisfirstplague,GodisdemonstratingthatHeisboth the Creator as well as the Judge of all the earth. Thesecondplagueconsistedofenormousquantitiesoffrogscomingout of the river (Exodus 8:1-15). God is showing that, from a river devoid of life, He creates life. Thethirdplaguewasthatenormousquantitiesoflicewereinalltheland. The Bible reports in Exodus 8:17: And they did so; for Aaron stretched out his hand with his rod, and smote the dust of the earth, and it became lice in man, and in beast; all the dust of the land became lice throughout all the land of Egypt. Thus, God demonstrated His enormous creative power over the insect world. The fourth plague consisted of great swarms of flying insects that came “into the house of Pharaoh, and into his servants’ houses, and into all the land of Egypt: the land was corrupted by reason of the swarm” (Exodus 8:24).
- 185. 193 God added a further aspect of His power as He declared in Exodus 8:22- 23: And I will sever in that day the land of Goshen, in which my people dwell, that no swarms of flies shall be there; to the end thou mayest know that I am the LORD in the midst of the earth. And I will put a division between my people and thy people: to morrow shall this sign be. Godnotonlycancreateinsects,butHecancontroltheirbehaviorsothat a land can be off-limits to them. Thus was the case with the area in which the Israelites lived. It was off-limits to these flying insects. Significantly, as God demonstrated His great power by means of these plagues, He made certain that there can be no mistake that all of them were totally under His control and could not be a result of an abnormal quirk in nature. Many of the plagues, while Egypt was devastated by them, did not touch Goshen, the land of the Hebrews. Additionally,Godfrequentlygavetheprecisedaywhentheplaguewould hit Egypt and when the plague would be removed. For example, we read in Exodus 8:9 that Moses asked Pharaoh, at the time the plague of frogs was corruptingEgypt: . . . When shall I entreat for thee, and for thy servants, and for thy people, to destroy the frogs from thee and thy houses, that they may remain in the river only? Pharaoh’s answer was “To morrow” (verse 10). Accordingly, Moses entreated the Lord that this might be the case. Then Exodus 8:13-14 records: And the LORD did according to the word of Moses; and the frogs died out of the houses, out of the villages, and out of the fields. And they gathered them together upon heaps: and the land stank. In the fifth plague, God brought a serious pestilence on the cattle and other animals of the Egyptians. We read in Exodus 9:3, 6a: Behold, the hand of the LORD is upon thy cattle which is in the field, upon the horses, upon the asses, upon the camels, upon the oxen, and upon the sheep: there shall be a very grievous murrain. And the LORD did that thing on the morrow, and all the cattle of Egypt died . . . . Chapter 6 / 1447 B.C. The Exodus - 931 B.C. King Solomon
- 186. 194 Time Has An End Again, we read that nothing died of the people of Israel. Exodus 9:4, 6b says: And the LORD shall sever between the cattle of Israel and the cattle of Egypt: and there shall nothing die of all that is the children’s of Israel. Of the cattle of the children of Israel died not one. God is showing His mighty power over disease, even as He has total authority over all life. Again, God is showing His mighty power over disease, even as He has total authority over all life (Deuteronomy 32:39). ThesixthplaguedemonstratedGod’spoweroverdiseases,whichafflict mankind as well as animals. We read in Exodus 9:8-9: And the LORD said unto Moses and unto Aaron, Take to you handfuls of ashes of the furnace, and let Moses sprinkle it toward the heaven in the sight of Pharaoh. And it shall become small dust in all the land of Egypt, and shall be a boil breaking forth with blains upon man, and upon beast, throughout all the land of Egypt. In the seventh plague, God showed His mighty power over the elements of nature that produce storms. We read in Exodus 9:18: Behold, to morrow about this time I will cause it to rain a very grievous hail, such as hath not been in Egypt since the foundation thereof even until now. Onceagain,GoddemonstratedHiscompletecontrolofthismightystorm as we read in Exodus 9:23-25: And Moses stretched forth his rod toward heaven: and the LORD sent thunder and hail, and the fire ran along upon the ground; and the LORD rained hail upon the land of Egypt. So there was hail, and fire mingled with the hail, very grievous, such
- 187. 195 as there was none like it in all the land of Egypt since it became a nation. And the hail smote throughout all the land of Egypt all that was in the field, both man and beast; and the hail smote every herb of the field, and brake every tree of the field. The eighth plague was that of locusts that devoured every green plant that had not been destroyed by the hail (Exodus 10:1-20). Theninthplaguewasatimeofthickdarkness.WereadinExodus10:22- 23: And Moses stretched forth his hand toward heaven; and there was a thick darkness in all the land of Egypt three days: they saw not one another, neither rose any from his place for three days: but all the children of Israel had light in their dwellings. That thick darkness, like the other plagues, was a warning of future judgment upon the whole world. Christ is the Light of the world (John 8:12). Darknessistheabsenceoflight.Thisistheawfulconditionthatwillprevailover all the earth at the end of the world when every person will see Christ as Judge over all the earth (Revelation 6:12-17). Christ’s appearance will signify that the Gospel of grace has come to an end. There is no longer any grace or mercy or possibility of salvation. How dreadful! The 3 days of total darkness signify that this is God’s purpose (see Chapter 8 of this study, “The Numbers in the Bible”). It will happen. Yet, there is light in the land of Israel. That is, the true believers are eternally secure in Christ who is the Light. By means of these plagues, God is showing in stark reality that He will carry out all of the terrible consequences of sin and that He has the power to do so. What God is showing us in these ten plagues (and we will examine the tenthplagueinjustamoment)istherealityofJudgmentDay.ThepeopleofIsrael represent the fact that those who are truly saved will not experience His divine Judgment. Those who are rebelling against God’s Law (every unsaved person), will experience the awful wrath of God. By means of these plagues, God is showing in stark reality that He will carry out all of the terrible consequences of sin and that He has the power to do so (Psalm 78:43-53). Each of us should tremble as we read the Biblical account of these plagues. Chapter 6 / 1447 B.C. The Exodus - 931 B.C. King Solomon
- 188. 196 Time Has An End As He protected Israel through the time of the plagues, God is demonstrating that those who have become genuine believers are always under God’s care. Moreover, as the people of Israel were delivered from the bondage of Pharaoh and Egypt, so God delivers all those who become saved from sin’s bondage. The Death of the Firstborn EgyptisfrequentlyusedintheBibleasaportraitortypeidentifyingwith those who are in bondage to sin. It is frequently used as a representation of the world that is ruled over by Satan. The world is chiefly occupied by those who are in bondage to sin. Those who are unsaved, that is, those who are in bondage to sin,havenoabilitytobefreedfromthisenslavement.Thesamesituationexisted with Israel in Egypt. They were in bondage to a cruel king with no possibility of deliverance.ThekingofEgypt(Pharaoh)typifiedSatanwhorulesoverthesouls of the unsaved.1 It is from Satan’s kingdom that those who have become saved are set free. God speaks of this in Exodus 20:2: I am the LORD thy God, which have brought thee out of the land of Egypt, out of the house of bondage. Every true believer spiritually has been rescued from Egypt where they spiritually were in bondage to sin and to Satan. To be set free from sin requires that a ransom be paid. That ransom is the death of the Firstborn, Jesus Christ. Christ is called the firstborn in Colossians 1:18 because He rose from the dead after paying for the sins of those He chose to save before the foundation of the world. Colossians 1:18 declares: And he is the head of the body, the church: who is the beginning, the firstborn from the dead; that in all things he might have the preeminence. 1 Incidentally, in the year 1877 B.C., when Joseph, as second ruler in Egypt, commanded Jacob and his family to leave the land of Canaan and come to live in Egypt, the Pharaoh who ruled at the time of the famine was not a figure of Satan. He, in that instance, was a picture of God who rules the whole world. True, in the Bible, it is unusual to find the concept that Pharaoh would represent God. However, in this account of Joseph, and in at least one or two other passages, heathen kings were representative of God. This was true, for example, of King Ahasuerus in the Book of Esther in the Bible (see Chapter 7 of this present writing). The family of Jacob did not come into the land of Egypt as slaves but as shepherds to shepherd the cattle of the Egyptians. They were like the believers of today who are commanded to come out of the local churches to serve Christ (who was typified by Joseph) by being shepherds to the world (typified by the Egyptians). The chief trauma for Jacob was that he was commanded to leave the promised land, the land of Canaan.
- 189. 197 Christ, as the firstborn, who endured the wrath of God in the place of those who become true believers, who are also called firstborn (Exodus 13:13; Romans 8:29), was typified by all the firstborn of Egypt who were killed by God. Christ, as the firstborn, who endured the wrath of God in the place of those who become true believers, who are also called firstborn (Exodus 13:13; Romans 8:29), was typified by all the firstborn of Egypt who were killed by God in the night just before the nation of Israel was freed from Egyptian bondage (Exodus 12:29-31). This is referred to by the citation of Isaiah 43:3: For I am the LORD thy God, the Holy One of Israel, thy Saviour: I gave Egypt for thy ransom, Ethiopia and Seba for thee. EthiopiaattimesidentifieswithEgypt(see,forexample,Isaiah20:3-5). Seba was the eldest son of Cush (Genesis 10:7). Cush is the Hebrew word translated as Ethiopia. Isaiah 43:3 is referring to the fact that all the firstborn of EgyptwerekilledinordertotypifythatalltruebelieversinChristaresetfreefrom spiritualbondage. This brings us to the tenth and final plague that came upon Egypt as God waspreparingthenationofIsraeltocomeoutofEgypt.WereadinExodus4:22- 23: And thou shalt say unto Pharaoh, Thus saith the LORD, Israel is my son, even my firstborn: and I say unto thee, Let my son go, that he may serve me: and if thou refuse to let him go, behold, I will slay thy son, even thy firstborn. The blood signified that Christ as the firstborn died for all those who are in the household of God. Significantly, the night God was to come into the homes of Egypt to kill allthefirstborn,GodhadcommandedtheIsraelitestokillalambandputtheblood of the lamb on the doorposts of their homes. Then when God was killing all the Chapter 6 / 1447 B.C. The Exodus - 931 B.C. King Solomon
- 190. 198 Time Has An End firstborn of the land, He would see the blood and pass over the homes where the bloodwasplacedonthedoorposts.ThebloodsignifiedthatChristasthefirstborn died for all those who are in the household of God (Ephesians 2:13,17-19). Thus, that night was the beginning of the “Passover” which was to be observed annually by Israel. It was pointing to Christ as the Passover Lamb who was killed (suffered the equivalent of eternal damnation) in order that all the true childrenofGodwouldescapejudgmentandinsteadhaveatonementfortheirsins. TheshedbloodofChristindicatedHisperfectsubstitutionarysacrificeonbehalf of all those who become saved. The firstborn of the Israelites escaped the judgment of the tenth plague, and the wrath of God came upon all the firstborn of Egypt, which typified the judgment of God that will fall on all those who have no atonement for their sins. We read in Exodus 12:12-14: For I will pass through the land of Egypt this night, and will smite all the firstborn in the land of Egypt, both man and beast; and against all the gods of Egypt I will execute judgment: I am the LORD. And the blood shall be to you for a token upon the houses where ye are: and when I see the blood, I will pass over you, and the plague shall not be upon you to destroy you, when I smite the land of Egypt. And this day shall be unto you for a memorial; and ye shall keep it a feast to the LORD throughout your generations; ye shall keep it a feast by an ordinance for ever. Interestingly,GodprescribedtheprecisedayandyearthisfirstPassover occurred at which time the nation of Israel actually departed from Egypt. God declared in Exodus 12:2-3, 6-11: This month shall be unto you the beginning of months: it shall be the first month of the year to you. Speak ye unto all the congregation of Israel, saying, In the tenth day of this month they shall take to them every man a lamb, according to the house of their fathers, a lamb for an house:and ye shall keep it up until the fourteenth day of the same month: and the whole assembly of the congregation of Israel shall kill it in the evening. And they shall take of the blood, and strike it on the two side posts and on the upper door post of the houses, wherein they shall eat it. And they shall eat the flesh in that night, roast with fire, and unleavened bread; and with bitter herbs they shall eat it. Eat not of it raw, nor sodden at all with water, but roast with fire; his head with his legs, and with the purtenance thereof. And ye shall let nothing of it
- 191. 199 remain until the morning; and that which remaineth of it until the morning ye shall burn with fire. And thus shall ye eat it; with your loins girded, your shoes on your feet, and your staff in your hand; and ye shall eat it in haste: it is the LORD’S passover. The day was the fourtenth day of the first month, which was called Abib or Nisan. When Israel entered the land of Canaan forty years later, they were instructed to observe this Passover annually (Exodus 12:25; 13:5). It was a ceremonial law that was pointing to the great day in A.D. 33 when Christ as the Passover Lamb was punished for the sins of all those He came to save. Let us now take another look at the Biblical Calendar. We can calculate, because of the exquisite accuracy of the great celestial clock which God put into place on the fourth day of creation, both the day of the week and the calendar day when the nation of Israel left Egypt. Moreover, the Bible teaches us that Israel left Egypt precisely 430 years to the very day after Jacob and his family had arrived in Egypt in the year 1877 B.C. (Exodus 12:40-41). Thus, we can know that it was the year 1447 B.C. when the nation of Israel departed from Egypt. Furthermore, we can know the calendar date and day of the month Jacob came into Egypt and the calendar date and day of the month of the Exodus. Our calculations show that the day Israel departed from Egypt was March 21, 1447 B.C. (according to our modern calendar). We may not know all the reasons why Godhasgivenusthisprecisehistoricalinformation,butwedoknowitisaltogether trustworthyinformation. Curiously, the vernal equinox occurs in any year on or about March 21. On that date all over the world, the length of the nighttime is precisely equal to the length of the daytime. Each period is twelve hours in length. How interesting that this was the date Israel was set free from Egypt. Though dates are interesting and may be of important significance, we do not want to lose our focus on the year 1447 B.C. It was a great milestone in theunfoldingofthetimelineofhistory.Inthisyear,Godthrustanation,thenation of Israel, into great prominence as He was unfolding His salvation plan. The Exodus from Egypt typifies God’s salvation plan. Israel Crosses the Red Sea The rescue of the nation of Israel was not complete until a few weeks after they departed from Egypt. Israel had to traverse the Red Sea. Israel crossed the Red Sea safely by God’s miraculous power as God provided a dry path through the Red Sea, heaping up the water so that it stood on both sides (Exodus 14:21-22,29;Psalm78:13).However,whenPharaohandhis600chariotsandhis Chapter 6 / 1447 B.C. The Exodus - 931 B.C. King Solomon
- 192. 200 Time Has An End armies attempted to follow Israel on the same dry path, Pharaoh and every one of his soldiers were drowned in the Red Sea (Exodus 14:23-28, 30). Miraculous! Look at these amazing parallels!
- 193. 201 Observing these parallels, we learn that God is giving us a significant illustration of His salvation plan. These dramatic events have been recorded in theBibletohelpallofthosewhoreadtheBibleknowmuchmoreaboutthemighty power of God. He demonstrates His power as He brings deliverance to those whom He chooses and as He brings His wrath upon those who arrogantly flaunt and disobey His Laws. We thus have learned that the year 1447 B.C. was an extremely important milestone in the unfolding of God’s salvation plan. But now, as we proceed down the timeline of history, we will begin to look at several very important feast days that were to be observed by Old Testament Israel. We will discover how tremendously important these Old Testament feast days were as they anticipated and identified with the development of God’s salvation plan throughout the New Testament era. Laws Anticipating God’s Salvation WhenwewereinthatpartofthetimelineofhistorythatfeaturedJoseph, when God brought Jacob and his family into Egypt, we learned that God used Joseph to set forth patterns that identify with two all-important milestones of history. The first of these two great milestones was the first coming of Christ as the Savior. The second all-important event is that of Christ coming at the end of the world, coming both as the Savior of all His true people and as the Judge of all the earth. We saw these tremendous events anticipated as Israel went out of Egypt and as they went through the Red Sea. Immediately after Israel went through the Red Sea, they came to Mount Sinai in the land of Arabia. While they were there, God gave them a great many laws that became an integral part of the Bible. Many of these laws were moral in nature in that they were instructions to the human race as to how mankind is tohonorGodandrelatetotheirfellowman.Forexample,theBiblecommandsthat the God of the Bible is the only God man should worship. Furthermore, no likeness of God should be made. In addition, laws that forbidstealing,murder,andadulteryweresetforth.Thesekindsoflawswerenot givenonlytoIsraelwhentheywereatMountSinai,buttheyaregiventhroughout the Bible. We are to recognize that Christ did all of the enormous work that is required for the salvation of an individual. Chapter 6 / 1447 B.C. The Exodus - 931 B.C. King Solomon
- 194. 202 Time Has An End Additionally,lawsweregiventhatwereceremonialinnature,thatis,they were pointing to or representing some spiritual principle. For example, each and every seventh day was a Sabbath day during which no work of any kind was to be done. This ceremonial law was pointing to the divine principle that we cannot do any kind of work or put forth any kind of effort to merit the favor of God. We are to recognize that Christ did all of the enormous work that is required for the salvation of an individual. Likewise, there were ceremonial laws that involved sacrificesandburntofferings.EachofthesewaspointingtotheLordJesusChrist who is eternal God. But God’s Law decreed that He must personally take on a human nature and sacrifice Himself as payment for the sins of those He came to save. Includedintheceremoniallawswereanumberoflawssettingforthfeast daysthatweretobeobservedbynationalIsrael.Theywereespeciallysignificant because they definitely related to the unfolding of God’s salvation plan. As we previously indicated, we should examine these feast days because they help us to see elements of the timeline of history that have been worked out in exquisite detail from the beginning of time. The feast days we will examine are the Passover, the Feast of Weeks (which is Pentecost), and the Feast of the First Day of the Seventh Month which, together with the Day of Atonement, is associated with the Jubilee. The Passover Feast If we could rank the feast days in order of importance, we would certainly place the observance of the Passover at the top of the list. We have learned that the Passover Feast was instituted at the time Israel left Egypt. We might remember that because the people of Israel obeyed the Lord’s command and placed the blood of a lamb on their doorposts, the Lord passed over them (Exodus 11:4-7; 12:28-29; Hebrews 11:28). When the Lord passed over Egypt, all of the firstborn of Egypt were killed because no blood was placed on the doorposts of their homes. These firstborn of Egypt represented all people who are under the wrath of God because of their sin. The blood of the lamb that was placed on the Israelites’ doorposts represented Jesus as the Savior. He, as the Lamb of God, gave His life (shed His blood, which was represented by the blood on the doorposts). He took the wrath of God upon Himself in order that the people He came to save might be spared the sentence of eternal spiritual death. All those whom God saves are also sinful. They, too, deserve God’s wrath(Ephesians2:3).ThewrathofGodwouldjustlyfalluponthemifChristhad nottakentheirsinuponHimselfandenduredthewrathofGodforthatsinintheir
- 195. 203 place(ICorinthians5:7b;IICorinthians5:21;IIPeter2:24;3:18).He,therefore, became like the firstborn of Egypt who were killed. He became the firstborn in the sense that, on behalf of those He came to save, He experienced the second death which is eternal damnation (Revelation 21:8). He had a beginning only because He arose from the second death. ButJesusdidnotremaineternallyunderthewrathofGod.Hedidnotstay dead. He rose again. Afurtherwordofexplanationisnecessary.AstheSavior,Jesusbecame someone of whom God can say He had a beginning by being born. Birth is essentially the beginning for each of us. But Jesus, of course, is eternal God from everlasting past who had no beginning. He is the ever-present One, the great “I AM THAT I AM” (Exodus 3:14). But after enduring the equivalent of eternity inHellonbehalfofHispeople,Heroseagain.Herevived(Romans14:9)because He had satisfied the demands of God’s Law that relate to the punishment for and absolutionofHispeople’ssins.ItwasasifHehadinthatsenseabeginning!God speaks of Jesus as His only begotten Son (John 3:16). The word “begotten” implies that Jesus had a beginning. He had a beginning only because He arose from the second death. Remember, to be eternally in Hell is called “the second death” (Revelation 20:14). This is why the Bible says in Colossians 1:18: And he is the head of the body, the church: who is the beginning, the firstborn from the dead; that in all things he might have the preeminence. ReturningtothePassover,wereadinLeviticusChapter23ofthisspecial feast called the Passover that anticipated the wonderful fact that Jesus would be the firstborn from the dead. He, as the Lamb of God, would shed His blood, that is, give His life so that those He came to save would not suffer the eternal wrath of God. Leviticus23:5-6says: In the fourteenth day of the first month at even is the LORD’S passover. And on the fifteenth day of the same month is the feast of unleavened bread unto the LORD: seven days ye must eat unleavened bread. Chapter 6 / 1447 B.C. The Exodus - 931 B.C. King Solomon
- 196. 204 Time Has An End Speaking of the institution of the Passover, in the year 1447 B.C., God declaredinExodus12:14: And this day shall be unto you for a memorial; and ye shall keep it a feast to the LORD throughout your generations; ye shall keep it a feast by an ordinance for ever. This Passover Feast anticipated and completely identified with the keystone, the centerpiece, the very essence of the unfolding of God’s salvation plan. This Passover Feast anticipated and completely identified with the keystone, the centerpiece, the very essence of the unfolding of God’s salvation plan. God Himself in the person of the Lord Jesus Christ would provide a means by which God could have a great many human beings with Him throughout eternity future. But the human race was doomed because God’s Law decreed that the penalty for sin was eternal damnation, and the fallen human race was destined to experience that penalty. Withnoexceptions,eachandeveryhumanbeingthroughoutthehistory of the world are sinners. Only because Christ became the substitute, the stand- in, for those He chose to save, that is, He paid their penalty, could they live with Himthroughouteternityfuture(John15:16;Romans5:19;IICorinthians5:21;II Thessalonians 2:13; Hebrews 2:9-11; James 2:5). Later,asweproceeddownthetimelineofhistory,wewilllearnthatmore than 1,400 years after Israel left Egypt, Christ fulfilled what this Passover Feast anticipated. In A.D. 33, Christ literally endured the wrath of God on behalf of those He came to save. On the very day the priests were in the temple killing the Passover lambs, Jesus, the ultimate Passover Lamb, was enduring the wrath of God as He hung on the cross. The Passover Day was to be observed on the fourteenth day of the first month of the Jewish calendar (Leviticus 23:5). The fourteenth day of that first month also became the first day of a seven-day period the Bible calls the Feast of Unleavened Bread. We read in Deuteronomy 16:2-3: Thou shalt therefore sacrifice the passover unto the LORD thy God, of the flock and the herd, in the place which the LORD shall choose to place his name there. Thou shalt eat no leavened bread
- 197. 205 with it; seven days shalt thou eat unleavened bread therewith, even the bread of affliction; for thou camest forth out of the land of Egypt in haste: that thou mayest remember the day when thou camest forth out of the land of Egypt all the days of thy life. The unleavened bread points to Christ, the Bread of Life. Those who become saved eat of the Living Bread and have their spiritual life sustained by the Pure Bread which is Christ (John 6:51). He declared “I am that bread of life” (John 6:48). We read in I Corinthians 5:7-8: Purge out therefore the old leaven, that ye may be a new lump, as ye are unleavened. For even Christ our passover is sacrificed for us: Therefore let us keep the feast, not with old leaven, neither with the leaven of malice and wickedness; but with the unleavened bread of sincerity and truth. The unleavened bread typifies that the power of sin, under which all are in bondage, is broken for the person who becomes saved. The leaven (or yeast) which causes bread to ferment and thus to rise, in this setting, is a picture of sin. The unleavened bread typifies that the power of sin,underwhichallareinbondage,isbrokenforthepersonwhobecomessaved. That is, an individual who has become saved has spiritually experienced Christ as his Passover. The Feast of Weeks A second feast was instituted shortly after 1447 B.C. when Israel came out of Egypt. Among the many commands God gave to Moses, when Moses met with God on Mount Sinai, one order from God is recorded in Numbers 28:26: Also in the day of the firstfruits, when ye bring a new meat offering unto the LORD, after your weeks be out, ye shall have an holy convocation; ye shall do no servile work. Chapter 6 / 1447 B.C. The Exodus - 931 B.C. King Solomon
- 198. 206 Time Has An End This Feast of Firstfruits is called a “feast of weeks” in Deuteronomy 16:16anda“feastofharvest”inExodus23:16.IntheNewTestament,thisfeast is called “Pentecost” (Acts 2:1). This feast was unusual because it followed the Passover Feast by a period of seven weeks plus one day (fifty days). The following is an outline of the Biblical teaching on this. The command to observe this next feast day (which, as we have seen, was called the Feast of Firstfruits or the Feast of Weeks or the Feast of Harvest), ties this feast to the Feast of Unleavened Bread which began with the Passover. The rule was given that seven weeks after the first Sabbath after the Passover Day, the observance of this second feast was to occur (Leviticus 23:11-16; Joshua5:10-11). In A.D. 33, when Christ was crucified on Friday, Nisan 14 (Passover Day), the next day was Saturday the Sabbath. Saturday was the seventh day of the week and was, therefore, the Old Testament Sabbath day. Each week the seventh day was the Sabbath. The Feast of Weeks was to be observed fifty days (seven weeks plus one day) after this Sabbath day following Passover. That is why the New Testament calls this feast day “Pentecost.” The prefix “pente” signifies fifty. This fifty-day separation between a Sabbath day within the seven-day feast of unleavened bread and Pentecost tied the Passover very closely to Pentecost. The Feast of Firstfruits or Weeks, or Pentecost, or Harvest, became a feast of great importance in the unfolding of God’s salvation plan. It was on the very Day of Pentecost in A.D. 33 - on that exact same day - that God greatly implemented His grand plan of sending the Gospel into the world. Remarkably, as we have already learned, on the very day the Passover lambs were killed in the temple, Jesus, as the Passover Lamb, was crucified. So, too, on the exact same day that the Jewish Feast of Firstfruits (Pentecost) was observed, the spiritual reality to which this feast pointed took place. Just as at the time national Israel celebrated the bringing in of the springtime harvest, which resulted from the seed that was planted after the observance of the Passover in that year, so the Feast of Firstfruits pointed to the harvest of saved people that would result from the sending forth of the Gospel into the world after the great event of Christ being crucified and then rising again. The Feast of the Passover, first observed in 1447 B.C., anticipated and identified with the crucifixion of Christ in A.D. 33. In addition, we will see that the Feast of Harvest (or Firstfruits) anticipated and identified with the entire Church Age during which time the world was harvested of those who became true believers. God used the local churches to send the Gospel into all the world so that the firstfruits of God’s entire harvest could be brought into His eternal kingdom.
- 199. 207 Very Occasionally a Translation Must be Corrected The next feast day that we must examine is the Feast of the Seventh Month New Moon. However, before we will be able to understand the significance of this feast more fully, we must make a few corrections in the English translation of the Bible. Of course, we would never attempt to make a correction of the original Hebrew of the Old Testament or the original Greek of the New Testament because those are the languages in which God wrote the Bible. We absolutely would never desire to change what God Himself wrote. We absolutely would never desire to change what God Himself wrote. But translators are not inspired by God, and therefore, their work is subject to correctionifitcanbeshownthattheoriginal-languagewordoftheBiblewasnot translated as carefully as it should have been. For example, there are three distinctly different Hebrew words that are translated as our English word “trumpet.” Yet, when we study the Biblical contextsinwhichthesewordsarefound,welearnthattheyeachconveydifferent spiritual meanings that are severely obscured when they are not carefully translated so that they remain three distinctly different words. We, therefore, must examine a few of these problem words before we can adequately continue our study of the Old Testament feast days. The Word “Trumpet” There are three Hebrew words that are translated in our English language as the word “trumpet.” They are “taqoa,” “chatsotserah,” and “shophar.” The Hebrew word “taqoa” is used only once in the Bible (Ezekiel 7:14), and it comes from a root word “taga” which is ordinarily translated “to blow.” Therefore, we cannot know what was blown or sounded in this verse where the Hebrew word “taqoa” is used. The next Hebrew word is the word “chatsotserah.” It refers to two silver trumpets that were musical instruments. This Hebrew word is always correctly translated as “trumpet.” While these trumpets were normally sounded asmusicalinstruments,occasionally,theywereusedtosoundanalarm(Numbers 10:9).Moresignificantly,theyweresoundedonthefirstdayofeachmonth(new moon) with the exception of the seventh month. Chapter 6 / 1447 B.C. The Exodus - 931 B.C. King Solomon
- 200. 208 Time Has An End Numbers 10:10 declares: Also in the day of your gladness, and in your solemn days, and in the beginnings of your months, ye shall blow with the trumpets over your burnt offerings, and over the sacrifices of your peace offerings; that they may be to you for a memorial before your God: I am the LORD your God. We learn from this verse that the sounding of the silver trumpets was to remind Israel of the significance of the burnt offerings and peace offerings. In other words, they were blown on the first day of each month to remind Israel that their salvation was dependent upon the Messiah who would come and offer Himself as a burnt offering. The third Hebrew word that is frequently translated as the word “trumpet” is the word “shophar.” It is usually translated as our English word “trumpet,” but additionally, in three instances, it is translated as “cornet.” The “shophar” was not a true musical instrument. It was a ram’s horn that was used to give a loud blast of sound. It should never have been translated as “trumpet” or “cornet” because these incorrect translations seriously obscure the spiritual meaning that was conveyed by the blowing of the ram’s horn. We will see this as we continue this study. WhilewearemakingcorrectionofthetranslationofHebrewwords,two other words should be examined very carefully. They are the Hebrew words “teruah” and “yobel.” The Hebrew word “teruah” is correctly translated in a number of ways, but upon occasion, it is translated altogether incorrectly. The Hebrew word “teruah” is used thirty-six times in the Bible. It is used at times of great joy or at theanticipationofgreatvictory.Forexample,atthetimethewallsofJerichofell, the priests gave a great shout (teruah), and the walls fell down flat (Joshua 6:20). At the time the ark was brought into Jerusalem, there was shouting (teruah) and thesoundofmanymusicalinstruments(IChronicles15:28).Whenthefoundation of the temple was laid in Ezra’s day, there was the shout (teruah) of joy (Ezra 3:13). Sometimes the anticipation of victory was on the part of the enemies of IsraelasinJeremiah4:19,whereGodportraysthesorrowofJeremiahashehears “the alarm [teruah] of war.” Jeremiah had been told by God that the enemy wouldbecompletelyvictorious. “Teruah” is a Hebrew word that is also correctly translated as “jubilee.” We read in Leviticus 25:9: Then shalt thou cause the trumpet [Hebrew shophar, ram’s horn]
- 201. 209 of the jubilee [Hebrew teruah] to sound on the tenth day of the seventh month, in the day of atonement shall ye make the trumpet [Hebrew shophar, ram’s horn] sound throughout all your land. In two verses of the Bible, the Hebrew word “teruah” is incorrectly translated as “blowing of trumpets.” In these verses, a more accurate translation wouldhavebeentheword“jubilee”aswasdoneinLeviticus25:9,whichisquoted above. These two verses are Leviticus 23:24 and Numbers 29:1. In one additional verse, Numbers 31:6, the word “teruah” is translated as “blow” and would have been better translated as “of the alarm.” Before we harmonize these verses together, we must also examine the Hebrew word “yobel.” The Hebrew word “yobel” should always be translated as “jubilee.” While ordinarily this has been done by the translators, in one very significant place it is incorrectly translated “trumpet.” Moreover, in a later chapter of the Bible, which we will carefully examine later in this study, it is repeatedly translated as “rams’ horns.” The Feast of the Seventh Month New Moon2 With the above corrections in mind, we can now return to the feast days oftheOldTestament.WebegantoexaminetheFeastoftheSeventhMonthNew Moon, and there are verses that teach us the significance of this feast day. Leviticus23:24: Speak unto the children of Israel, saying, In the seventh month, in the first day of the month, shall ye have a sabbath, a memorial of blowing of trumpets [Hebrew teruah, jubilee], an holy convocation. Numbers29:1: And in the seventh month, on the first day of the month, ye shall have an holy convocation; ye shall do no servile work: it is a day of blowing the trumpets [Hebrew teruah, jubilee] unto you. 2 Theologians frequently speak of this feast as the Feast of Trumpets. This is altogether an incorrect naming of this feast. Chapter 6 / 1447 B.C. The Exodus - 931 B.C. King Solomon
- 202. 210 Time Has An End Psalm81:3: Blow up the trumpet [Hebrew shophar, ram’s horn] in the new moon, in the time appointed, on our solemn feast day. Remember it was the silver trumpets that were to be blown on the new moon days. Therefore, because it was the ram’s horn that was blown on this new moon day mentioned in Psalm 81:3, this particular new moon day has to have occurredontheSeventhMonthNewMoonwhichisalsocalledafeastdayinthis verse. Moreover, when we look ahead at the Day of Atonement, which was to be observed the tenth day of the seventh month, we will discover that the ram’s hornwasblownonthatdayaswell,closelyidentifyingtheDayofAtonementwith the word “jubilee” which is translated from the Hebrew word “teruah.” We read in Leviticus 25:9: Then shalt thou cause [Hebrew shophar, ram’s horn] the trumpet of the jubile [Hebrew teruah] to sound on the tenth day of the seventh month, in the day of atonement shall ye make the trumpet [Hebrew shophar, ram’s horn] sound throughout all your land. When we harmonize the verses we have been examining, we arrive at thefollowingconclusions. 1. Except for the Seventh Month New Moon, upon each month’s new moon day, the silver trumpets were to be blown as a memorial of the burnt and peace offerings. 2. The Seventh Month New Moon was a feast day on which the ram’s horn was to be blown as a memorial of the jubilee. 3. On the tenth day of the seventh month, the ram’s horn of the jubilee was to be sounded throughout the land. This was the Day of Atonement. Thus, we discover that the first day (new moon day) of the seventh month, and the tenth day of the seventh month (the Day of Atonement), were closely identified with the Jubilee. Therefore, we should now carefully examine theBible’steachingconcerningtheJubilee.Whyisitsocloselylinkedtoboththe Feast of the Seventh Month New Moon and to the Day of Atonement? Let us first learn a bit more about the Day of Atonement.
- 203. 211 The Day of Atonement Nine days after the Feast of the Seventh Month New Moon, the Day of Atonement was to be observed. On this Day of Atonement, the high priest was tochangefromhisgloriousgarmentsintosimplelinenclothing.Afterthetemple was cleared of any other priests or occupants, and after offering suitable sacrifices, he was to enter into the Holy of Holies to sprinkle blood on the mercy seat which was the covering on the ark of the covenant. He would come into the Holy of Holies with burning incense so that the cloud from the incense would cover the mercy seat (Leviticus 16:2-29). Leviticus 16:30-33 declares: For on that day shall the priest make an atonement for you, to cleanse you, that ye may be clean from all your sins before the LORD. It shall be a sabbath of rest unto you, and ye shall afflict your souls, by a statute for ever. And the priest, whom he shall anoint, and whom he shall consecrate to minister in the priest’s office in his father’s stead, shall make the atonement, and shall put on the linen clothes, even the holy garments: and he shall make an atonement for the holy sanctuary, and he shall make an atonement for the tabernacle of the congregation, and for the altar, and he shall make an atonement for the priests, and for all the people of the congregation. A commentary on this holy activity that was carried out once a year on the Day of Atonement is recorded in Hebrews 9:11-12, where we read: But Christ being come an high priest of good things to come, by a greater and more perfect tabernacle, not made with hands, that is to say, not of this building; neither by the blood of goats and calves, but by his own blood he entered in once into the holy place, having obtained eternal redemption for us. Thus, God teaches us that the Day of Atonement is completely focused on Christ as the Savior who was sacrificed in order to provide an eternal redemption for those He came to save. On this Day of Atonement, God commandedthatwhilethehighpriestwasmakingatonementforallofIsrael,the Israelites were to afflict their souls. Leviticus 16:29-31: And this shall be a statute for ever unto you: that in the seventh month, on the tenth day of the month, ye shall afflict your souls, Chapter 6 / 1447 B.C. The Exodus - 931 B.C. King Solomon
- 204. 212 Time Has An End and do no work at all, whether it be one of your own country, or a stranger that sojourneth among you: for on that day shall the priest make an atonement for you, to cleanse you, that ye may be clean from all your sins before the LORD. It shall be a sabbath of rest unto you, and ye shall afflict your souls, by a statute for ever. Why does God command Israel to afflict their souls? Why does God command Israel to afflict their souls? Should this not be a super happy day for true believers who were typified by the nation of Israel? What could be more wonderful than to know that the penalty for sins was paid? Thephrase“afflictyoursouls” isindeedtobeunderstoodassomething very joyful. However, to understand its meaning, we must see that the Bible is its own dictionary. The term translated “afflict your souls” is found in another part of the Bible. In Isaiah 58:3, 5 we read: Wherefore have we fasted, say they, and thou seest not? wherefore have we afflicted our soul, and thou takest no knowledge? Behold, in the day of your fast ye find pleasure. . . . Is it such a fast that I have chosen? a day for a man to afflict his soul? . . . Inthisveryrevealingpassage,Godisconnectingtheafflictionofthesoul with “fasting.” Therefore, on the Day of Atonement, when Israel was commanded to afflict their souls, Israel was to fast. But why were they to fast? What did that signify? The answer is given in Isaiah 58:6-7: Is not this the fast that I have chosen? to loose the bands of wickedness, to undo the heavy burdens, and to let the oppressed go free, and that ye break every yoke? Is it not to deal thy bread to the hungry, and that thou bring the poor that are cast out to thy house? when thou seest the naked, that thou cover him; and that thou hide not thyself from thine own flesh? All of the phrases in these verses are metaphorically pointing to sending forth the Gospel. The unsaved are those in bondage to wickedness, those under the burden of sin, who are spiritually hungry for the bread of life (who is Christ Himself). They are those who are spiritually naked, etc. God is teaching that the
- 205. 213 fasting God desires is that of sending forth the Gospel. He undoubtedly links fasting to sending forth the Gospel because the true believers are to deny themselves and follow Him (Jesus Christ) who came to bring the Gospel to the world (Luke 9:23). Therefore, in a very hidden way, God tied the Day of Atonement to the true believers’ glorious task of publishing the Gospel to the whole world. The command to Israel to afflict their souls on the Day of Atonement was pointing to the action of every true believer who is commanded to send the Gospel into all the world—the Gospel that declares that Christ has made atonement for the sins of all His true people. Through Jesus Christ, people are set free from the tyranny of Satan and from their awful bondage to sin. We now can understand why God linked the Day of Atonement to the Jubilee. Remember we read in Leviticus 25:9 that the “shophar” (ram’s horn) of the jubilee was to be sounded in the Day of Atonement. Remember that same verse also stipulated that the “shophar” (ram’s horn) was to be sounded “throughout all your land.” Thefollowingverse,Leviticus25:10,teachesthatthisproclamation,that was to be sounded throughout the land, was to be a proclamation of liberty. Liberty, of course, is the very heart of the Gospel. Through Jesus Christ, people are set free from the tyranny of Satan and from their awful bondage to sin. They escape the terrible wrath of God which all of us rightly deserve because of our sins.ThisproclamationoflibertyispreciselywhatGod’speopleproclaimasthey send the Gospel into the world. Remember,wehavejustlearnedfromtheBiblethat“toafflictoursouls” means to fast. To fast means to deny ourselves as we send the Gospel into the world. To send the Gospel into the world means to proclaim spiritual liberty throughouttheland.Theproclamationofspiritualliberty,whichistheGospelof salvation throughout the world, is completely identified with the Jubilee, proclaiminglibertythroughouttheland. A significant emphasis on the word “jubilee” is recorded in Exodus Chapter 19. The setting is Mount Sinai on which Christ met with Moses to give him the Law. The Law of God identifies with God as the Judge of all the earth. Because of our transgressions of God’s Law, that is, because of our sins, we cannot come to God. Only if the guilt of our sins has been removed can we freely come to Him. So, God commanded Israel in Exodus 19:12-13: Chapter 6 / 1447 B.C. The Exodus - 931 B.C. King Solomon
- 206. 214 Time Has An End And thou shalt set bounds unto the people round about, saying, Take heed to yourselves, that ye go not up into the mount, or touch the border of it: whosoever toucheth the mount shall be surely put to death: there shall not an hand touch it, but he shall surely be stoned, or shot through; whether it be beast or man, it shall not live: when the trumpet [Hebrew yobel, jubilee] soundeth long, they shall come up to the mount. The message is very clear. Death, pointing to the second death (eternal damnation), awaits every human being because our sins have brought us completely under the wrath of God, despite the fact that God created us to live withHim. . . . the Jubilee is a reference to publishing throughout the world the wonderful news that the time of liberty has come. But!!! look at the last part of verse 13. There we read, “when the [jubilee] soundeth long, they shall come up to the mount.” Wonderfully, we see in this verse the very essence of the Gospel. Remember we are learning that the Jubilee is a reference to publishing throughout the world the wonderful news that the time of liberty has come. It is the most important of all liberties because it means to be set free from the tyranny of Satan and from the bondage of sin. It means to become free to eternally serve God as Savior and Lord. It means to have been set free from the penalty for sin that is demanded by the perfect Law of God. It was a beautiful portrait showing that in the time of Jubilee, through Christ, a saved individual can come into the presence of God without fear of punishment. WhentheJubileesounded,IsraelcouldcometoMountSinaifromwhere God spoke to them. In like manner, forgiven human beings can come to Mount Zion and not be destroyed. The penalty for their sins has been paid! (Hebrews 12:18-24). Genuine Christians have become free to go to God as their loving heavenly Father. Jubilee is a word that signifies all the blessings that flow from the Gospel of salvation. Therefore, we can readily understand that Christ Himself is the very essence of the Jubilee. Even as Christ is the very essence of the Day of Atonement when the Jubilee was to be sounded, so we see Christ as the Jubilee who is to be proclaimed to the whole world.
- 207. 215 We are beginning to understand the significance of the concept of the Jubilee. As we continue our study, we will learn how intimately the Jubilee conceptisrelatedtothetimelineofhistoryasGodunfoldsHissalvationprogram. But the Bible has more to say about the Jubilee, and we must be certain that our presentconclusionsconcerningitareinharmonywithallthattheBiblesaysabout the Jubilee. As we search the Bible, we discover that every fiftieth year beginning with the year 1407 B.C. is a Jubilee year. Therefore, we should now learn what the Bible says about each fiftieth year being a Jubilee Year. The Jubilee Year WhenIsraelcameintothelandofCanaan,theyweretoobservethatfirst year as a Sabbath Year. God’s Law for Israel given to Moses on Mount Sinai statedinLeviticus25:2: Speak unto the children of Israel, and say unto them, When ye come into the land which I give you, then shall the land keep a sabbath unto the LORD. Following this first seven years, they were to continue observing a Sabbath Year every six years until seven periods of seven years had elapsed. We readinLeviticus25:8: And thou shalt number seven sabbaths of years unto thee, seven times seven years; and the space of the seven sabbaths of years shall be unto thee forty and nine years. After these forty-nine years had ended, the next year, which was the fiftieth year, was to be a Jubilee Year. The Bible declares in Leviticus 25:10: And ye shall hallow the fiftieth year, and proclaim liberty throughout all the land unto all the inhabitants thereof: it shall be a jubile unto you; and ye shall return every man unto his possession, and ye shall return every man unto his family. Thus, the Jubilee was a year in length. Moreover, as this verse indicates, it was a day when liberty was to be proclaimed throughout all the land. Since the Jubilee Year was a year that came fifty years after Israel came into Canaan in the year 1407 B.C., the year 1357 B.C. was a Jubilee Year. Chapter 6 / 1447 B.C. The Exodus - 931 B.C. King Solomon
- 208. 216 Time Has An End Moreover,everyfiftyyearsthereafterwouldhavebeenaJubileeYear.Thus,the years1307B.C.,1257B.C.,1207B.C.,1157B.C.,etc.,throughto7B.C.,would have been Jubilee Years. In the New Testament era, A.D. 1994 would also identifyasaJubileeYear,sinceA.D.1994wasexactly2,000(40x50)yearsafter 7 B.C. If the world would exist for another fifty years, the year A.D. 2044 would be the next Jubilee Year. (For more on the Jubilee Year, please study Leviticus Chapters 25 - 27.) In the New Testament era, A.D. 1994 would also identify as a Jubilee Year, since A.D. 1994 was exactly 2,000 (40 x 50) years after 7 B.C. We thus far have learned a number of facts concerning the Feast of the SeventhMonthNewMoon,theDayofAtonement,andtheJubileeYear.Wecan summarize them as follows. 1. The first day of the seventh month was a feast day with a focus on being reminded of a “jubilee.” Thus, it was a day in which special focus should be on the Jubilee Year. 2. The Day ofAtonement identified altogether with the Lord Jesus Christ who, as the Savior, entered the Heavenly Holy of Holies with His own blood, thus providing eternal forgiveness for all whom Christ came to save (Hebrews 9:24). On that day, the people of Israel were to afflict themselves, which pointed to the sending forth of the Gospel of salvation (spiritual liberty) into all the world. 3. Beginning with the year 1407 B.C., every fiftieth year was designated a Jubilee Year. Thus, both the years 7 B.C. and 1994 A.D. are Jubilee Years. 4. Christ Himself was the very essence of the Jubilee. We will learn He was born in a JubileeYear (7 B.C.), in all likelihood on October 1, which was the Day of Atonement, the day the jubi- lee was to be sounded. It is very curious that God gave strict commands concerning the timing and character of the Jubilee Year. Yet we do not read anywhere in the Bible that
- 209. 217 Israel ever actually observed the Jubilee Year. However, when we see that the JubileeYearhadeverythingtodowithsendingtheGospelintotheworld,thenwe see that indeed it was an event that became an exceedingly important, integral part of the history of the world. The key to our understanding of the Jubilee Year isinLuke4:18-19: The Spirit of the Lord is upon me, because he hath anointed me to preach the gospel to the poor; he hath sent me to heal the brokenhearted, to preach deliverance to the captives, and recovering of sight to the blind, to set at liberty them that are bruised, to preach the acceptable year of the Lord. The language that describes the “acceptable year” is very parallel to the language that describes the “Jubilee Year.” We read in Leviticus 25:10: And ye shall hallow the fiftieth year, and proclaim liberty throughout all the land unto all the inhabitants thereof: it shall be a jubile unto you; and ye shall return every man unto his possession, and ye shall return every man unto his family. Both of these citations are focused on the concept of preaching deliverance or liberty. While the Luke 4 account does not mention the sending forth of the Gospel into all the world, we do know that this worldwide hearing of theGospelisintimatelyidentifiedwiththelanguageGodsetsforthinLuke4:18- 19.Thus,theteachinggivenconcerningthe“acceptableyear” infactisparallel to that given in connection with the “Jubilee Year” during which “liberty throughout all the land” was to be proclaimed. We also know that the “acceptable year” was not a year that lasted 365 days. Actually, it encompassed the entire period that the Gospel was to go forth. Thus, we can also know, therefore, that the Jubilee Year, which would begin on one of the years in the fifty-year sequence established in Leviticus Chapter 25, wouldactuallycontinuethroughouttheentiretimethattheGospelwastobesent into the world. Jesus is the very essence of the Jubilee, and as we shall learn, He was born in the Jubilee Year 7 B.C. Therefore, since Jesus is the very essence of the Jubilee, and as we shall learn, He was born in the Jubilee Year 7 B.C., we can know that His birth was Chapter 6 / 1447 B.C. The Exodus - 931 B.C. King Solomon
- 210. 218 Time Has An End theBiblicalfulfillmentoftheprincipleoftheJubileeYearandcouldbeconsidered thebeginningofaJubileeperiod.Laterinourstudy,wewillbeabletoshowfrom the Biblical data that there is a good possibility that Jesus was born on the Day of Atonement, which we have learned is intimately focused on the Jubilee Year. In addition, we will learn that He was announced as the “Lamb of God” in A.D. 29, on the first day of the seventh month, which we have learned is also the day in the year that is intimately associated with the Jubilee Year. Furthermore, we will learn that this first Jubilee period came to an end at the end of the Church Age. Following this, there was a brief period when no one was being saved. However, following this sad time, in the Jubilee Year A.D. 1994, a second Jubilee or Acceptable Year began. It will continue to the day that Christ returns on the clouds when every eye will see Him (Revelation 1:7). That will occur at the very end of the world. We thus are learning, as we continue our study, the beautiful and cohesive fashion in which all of the language of the Bible fits into the unfolding of God’s salvation program which alone governs the timeline of history. Now we will continue going down the highway of time. The next significant milestone is the important year 1407 B.C. 1407 B.C. Israel Enters the Land of Canaan Slowly, we are proceeding down the path of history. As we are proceeding,wearewitnessinghowGodisshowingusthatthetimelineofhistory is the unfolding of His salvation plan. We now have come to another milestone. It is the entrance of the nation of Israel into the land of Canaan. It was the same land that was abandoned by Jacob and his family 470 years earlier. But first, we should learn that the Bible tells us that though Israel left Egypt in 1447 B.C., it was not until 1407 B.C. that the children of Israel reached their destination. God caused Israel to wander in the wilderness for these forty years. Earlier, when spying out the land, Israel had feared the heathen inhabitants of the land and had refused to go into the land as Godhadcommandedthem(NumbersChapters13and14;Hebrews3:16-19).As a severe judgment upon the people, God delayed Israel’s entrance into Canaan until all those who at that time were twenty years old and older had died in the wilderness. AfterIsrael(Jacob’sdescendants)departedfromEgyptintheyear1447 B.C., and as they began their wilderness journey, they first spent about a year at Mount Sinai which was located in the wilderness of Arabia. While they were there, several important events took place. The first event was the giving of a written Law Book to Israel. While they were encamped by Mount Sinai, Moses
- 211. 219 went high into the mountain to talk with God. God wrote on two tables of stone ten commandments that summarized how mankind was to relate to God and to theirfellowman. . . . even though for over 1,500 years God would continue to add to the Bible, beginning in the year after Israel left Egypt, there was available to mankind a written record of many of God’s laws. In addition, God gave Moses a great number of other commandments that were to be observed by Israel and which are presently part of the Bible. Fact is, before Moses died, forty years after leaving Egypt, God had given Moses all oftheinformationcontainedinthefirstfivebooksofourpresentBible.Godgave lawsconcerningthequalificationsofthosewhoweretoserveaspriestsandlaws concerning burnt offerings and blood sacrifices, which were to assist Israel in understanding something about the Messiah, the Lord Jesus Christ, who was coming to save sinners. Thus, even though for over 1,500 years God would continuetoaddtotheBible,beginningintheyearafterIsraelleftEgypt,therewas available to mankind a written record of many of God’s laws. Moreover, while camping at Mount Sinai, God caused a beautiful tabernacle to be built (Exodus Chapters 35-40). This was an external representation of the kingdom of God even as the nation of Israel had become an external representation of the kingdom of God. In its design, many aspects of God’s marvelous salvation program were anticipated. Fact is, it remained the chief worship center for more than 300 years after Israel came into the land of Canaan. Within the tabernacle was the Holy of Holies, and within the Holy of Holies was the ark of the covenant with its golden cover called the mercy seat. Within the ark of the covenant were two tables of stone on which the Ten Commandments were written (Exodus 31:18; 34:27-28; Hebrews 9:4). Above the mercy seat were two cherubim with outstretched wings looking down on the mercyseat(Exodus25:20;37:9).ThecherubimspirituallyrepresentedGodasthe Judge who looks upon the Law of God, represented by the Ten Commandments. But between the judge (cherubim) and the Law (Ten Commandments) was the mercy seat (the covering of the ark) which represented Christ as the Savior. For all those whom Christ came to save, He took upon Himself the judgment of God. This wonderful fact was typified by the mercy seat, which shieldedthosewhoweresavedfromtheapplicationoftheLawofGod.Thus,the full gaze of God the Judge was on Christ, the Mercy Seat. Chapter 6 / 1447 B.C. The Exodus - 931 B.C. King Solomon
- 212. 220 Time Has An End In God’s divine development of His salvation plan during the Old Testament time, the character of that salvation plan was veiled. In God’s divine development of His salvation plan during the Old Testament time, the character of that salvation plan was veiled. It was faintly revealed by the multitude of ceremonial laws that were to be observed. It was also veiled in that the portrait of God’s salvation plan, demonstrated by the cherubim and the ark of the covenant with its mercy seat, was located within the HolyofHolies.NoonecouldlookwithintheHolyofHoliesexceptthehighpriest. And even he entered the Holy of Holies only once a year on the Day of Atonement to sprinkle blood on the mercy seat. However, he entered the Holy of Holies with burning incense so that, even to his eyes, the cherubim and the ark were obscured by the cloud of incense (see the Book of Hebrews in the Bible). However, when Christ was on the cross, the great curtain that separated the Holy of Holies from the rest of the temple was torn open from top to bottom (Matthew 27:51). In this way, God demonstrated that His salvation plan was no longer hidden but was to be published to all the world (see Hebrews Chapter 9). Indeed, the Jubilee had come! Another outstanding event continued to be observed during the forty years Israel was in the wilderness. It was the fact that God continually showed His presence with the nation of Israel in a most dramatic fashion. On each and every day, a cloud covered the tabernacle, and each and every night, this cloud appeared as fire. We read in Exodus 40:34-38: Then a cloud covered the tent of the congregation, and the glory of the LORD filled the tabernacle. And Moses was not able to enter into the tent of the congregation, because the cloud abode thereon, and the glory of the LORD filled the tabernacle. And when the cloud was taken up from over the tabernacle, the children of Israel went onward in all their journeys: but if the cloud were not taken up, then they journeyed not till the day that it was taken up. For the cloud of the LORD was upon the tabernacle by day, and fire was on it by night, in the sight of all the house of Israel, throughout all their journeys. IntheBible,cloudsandfiresignifyjudgment.Thus,bythiscloudandfire, GodwasconstantlyremindingIsraelthat,ashumanscreatedintheimageofGod,
- 213. 221 they were accountable to God. Therefore, as they experienced sin, they should know they were in deep trouble with God. Therefore, they should be constantly looking to God for His mercy and forgiveness. God was constantly reminding Israel that, as humans created in the image of God, they were accountable to God. Thisfortyyearsinthewildernessisaportraitofourlifeinthisworld.Fact is, God continues this portrait in Revelation Chapter 12 where He portrays a woman in the wilderness. That woman represents the true believers in Christ especially as they live throughout the New Testament era (the 1,260 days of Revelation 12:6). Later, we will show how this 1,260 days represents the whole New Testament era. As we live in the wilderness of this world, we do not see a cloud or pillar offireasarepresentationoftheLawofGod.ButwedohavetheBible.TheBible is a constant reminder to mankind that each and every one of us is accountable to God. There will be a Judgment Throne at the end of the world which every individual must face. Only if Jesus has become an individual’s Savior will that person escape that awful trial which results in the unsaved being condemned to eternal damnation. God also gave striking symbols that pointed to God as the Savior. EventhoughGod,bymeansofthefireandthecloud,primarilyidentified the reality of God as the Judge to whom someday each individual must answer, God also gave striking symbols that pointed to God as the Savior. For example, for forty years, God kept Israel in a hot, desolate wilderness where the scarcity of food and water were at times very great problems. To solve the food problem, God provided a food named “manna” which, on six mornings of each and every week, covered the ground. The manna was a representation of Christ who is the “bread of life” (John 6:47-51). Just as manna provided food to sustain life physically, so Christ as the Bread of Life provides eternal life to all who become saved. Secondly, when water was not available, God provided water from a rock. This miraculous water represented the Gospel which comes from Jesus who was represented by the rock. Chapter 6 / 1447 B.C. The Exodus - 931 B.C. King Solomon
- 214. 222 Time Has An End Unfortunately, even though the wandering nation of Israel, during their fortyyearsinthewilderness,externallyrepresentedthekingdomofGod,thevast majorityofthenationwasnotsaved.Aswementionedearlier,theBiblediscloses to us that virtually all of those who were twenty years or older when they left Egypt perished in the wilderness because of unbelief. We read this sad news in Hebrews3:17-19: But with whom was he grieved forty years? Was it not with them that had sinned, whose carcases fell in the wilderness? And to whom sware he that they should not enter into his rest, but to them that believed not? So we see that they could not enter in because of unbelief. And we read in Joshua 5:6: For the children of Israel walked forty years in the wilderness, till all the people that were men of war, which came out of Egypt, were consumed, because they obeyed not the voice of the LORD: unto whom the LORD sware that he would not shew them the land, which the LORD sware unto their fathers that he would give us, a land that floweth with milk and honey. This is a huge lesson to all of us. We must never presume, just because we believe we are a Christian, or just because we have been baptized, or just because we are a faithful church member, or just because we live decent moral lives, that these actions mean that we are truly saved. The evidence of salvation is an ongoing, intense desire to be obedient to all of God’s commandments. That is, true Christians are happiest when they are doing God’s will. One very important command God gave to Israel was the law that was concerned with the seventh-day Sabbath. On the seventh day of each week, Israelwasnottodoanyworkofanykind.InmanyBiblecitations,Godexplained theimportanceofkeepingthiscommand.Forexample,inExodus31:13-15,God warned: Speak thou also unto the children of Israel, saying, Verily my sabbaths ye shall keep: for it is a sign between me and you throughout your generations; that ye may know that I am the LORD that doth sanctify you. Ye shall keep the sabbath therefore; for it is holy unto you: every one that defileth it shall surely be put to death: for whosoever doeth any work therein,
- 215. 223 that soul shall be cut off from among his people. Six days may work be done; but in the seventh is the sabbath of rest, holy to the LORD: whosoever doeth any work in the sabbath day, he shall surely be put to death. Thiscommand,likethecommandsconcerningburntofferingsandblood sacrifices, was ceremonial in nature. That is, as Israel ceased from all work on each Sabbath Day, they were reminded that they were not to trust in any work that they did as a means to help them become saved. TheBibleteachesthatalloftheworkrequiredtosaveanyindividualwas done entirely by Jesus. If, for example, a person believes he can become saved by accepting Jesus, or by praying a certain kind of prayer, or by being baptized inwater,orbyanyotheraction hemightperform,hebecomeslikesomeonewho has done some work on the seventh-day Sabbath. He, therefore, will be cut off by God, that is, he is still subject to eternal damnation. Thus,theseventh-daySabbathcommandeffectivelyisteachingthatthe work of salvation is 100% the work of God. Indeed, later in our study, we will discoverthattheprinciplehiddenintheseventh-daySabbath,thatalltheworkof salvation was done by Christ, has become greatly highlighted by God in our day asGod’swholesalvationprogramisnearingitsend.Wewillfindthattheviolation of the spiritual application of this ceremonial law is one of the most serious sins of the Church Age. But now we should return to Israel in the wilderness. After wandering for forty years in the wilderness, God finally prepared Israel to go into the promised land, the land of Canaan. Before they crossed the Jordan River into the land of Canaan, Moses, under the inspiration of God, gave them instructions concerningcertaintruthsthenationofIsraelweretokeepinmind.Theyaretruths that each of us whom Christ saves are to keep in mind because each word applies to us as well as them. For example, in Deuteronomy 6:14-15 God warned: Ye shall not go after other gods, of the gods of the people which are round about you; (For the LORD thy God is a jealous God among you) lest the anger of the LORD thy God be kindled against thee, and destroy thee from off the face of the earth. In Deuteronomy 7:7-8, God declared to them: The LORD did not set his love upon you, nor choose you, because ye were more in number than any people; for ye were the fewest of all people: But because the LORD loved you, and Chapter 6 / 1447 B.C. The Exodus - 931 B.C. King Solomon
- 216. 224 Time Has An End because he would keep the oath which he had sworn unto your fathers, hath the LORD brought you out with a mighty hand, and redeemed you out of the house of bondmen, from the hand of Pharaoh king of Egypt. In Deuteronomy 6:6-7, God instructed: And these words, which I command thee this day, shall be in thine heart: And thou shalt teach them diligently unto thy children, and shalt talk of them when thou sittest in thine house, and when thou walkest by the way, and when thou liest down, and when thou risest up. ThesetruthsaretypicalofmanygiventoancientIsraelaswellastoallofustoday. The Crossing of the Jordan River And so God brought Israel to the Jordan River to cross over into the land of Canaan. It had been exactly forty years and four days since they left Egypt. Moses had died a few weeks earlier, and their new leader was a man named Joshua. On March 25, 1407 B.C., four days before the celebration of the Passover, God miraculously parted the rain-swollen waters of the Jordan River, and Israel crossed over on dry ground. They finally were in the promised land. The details of the entrance into Canaan are very significant in showing God’s salvation plan which He had been unfolding. The details of the entrance into Canaan are very significant in showing God’s salvation plan which He had been unfolding. The time was the spring of the year (actually, March 25) when the Jordan River, which had to be crossed, was at flood stage. Therefore, it was a formidable barrier that a nation of perhaps two million people must cross. This gave opportunity to God to demonstrate in a wonderful way the glorious salvation plan which was the object of the whole history of the world. Remember that the land of Canaan, which more than 600 years earlier had been given to Abraham, was a picture or representation of the kingdom of God which true believers enter into when they become saved.
- 217. 225 The swollen Jordan River was a picture or representation of Hell or the eternaldamnationthatisthepenaltythatmustbepaidbyallofmankindasaresult of their sins. The nation of Israel was a picture or representation of those who become saved. We must remember that before God can forgive sins and bring anyoneintothekingdomofGod,thepenaltyGod’sLawdemandsaspaymentfor our sins must be made. Therefore, to illustrate how this payment was to be made on behalf of those whom God brings into the kingdom of God, God performed a great miracle in connection with this entrance of Israel into the land of Canaan. First of all, God separated from Israel the priests who carried the ark of thecovenant.Remember,thisarkwasthegoldenboxnormallykepthiddeninthe Holy of Holies of the tabernacle and which represented Jesus as the Savior. In Joshua 3:3-4 the Bible records: And they commanded the people, saying, When ye see the ark of the covenant of the LORD your God, and the priests the Levites bearing it, then ye shall remove from your place, and go after it. Yet there shall be a space between you and it, about two thousand cubits by measure: come not near unto it, that ye may know the way by which ye must go: for ye have not passed this way heretofore. In Joshua 3:15-16 we read: And as they that bare the ark were come unto Jordan, and the feet of the priests that bare the ark were dipped in the brim of the water, (for Jordan overfloweth all his banks all the time of harvest,) that the waters which came down from above stood and rose up upon an heap very far from the city Adam, that is beside Zaretan: and those that came down toward the sea of the plain, even the salt sea, failed, and were cut off: and the people passed over right against Jericho. The truly saved person, as it were, has gone through an eternity of Hell and come out on the other end with the penalty for sin completely, totally paid! ThepriestswiththearkremainedonthedryriverbedoftheJordanRiver until all of Israel had crossed over, on dry ground, into the land of Canaan. The Chapter 6 / 1447 B.C. The Exodus - 931 B.C. King Solomon
- 218. 226 Time Has An End spirituallessonbeingtaughtisthatChrist,typifiedbythearkintheriver,endured the wrath of God on behalf of those whom God saves. The truly saved person, as it were, has gone through an eternity of Hell and come out on the other end with the penalty for sin completely, totally paid! Once those sins were paid for, Christ, too, came out of Hell, as typified by the language of Joshua 4:18: And it came to pass, when the priests that bare the ark of the covenant of the LORD were come up out of the midst of Jordan, and the soles of the priests’ feet were lifted up unto the dry land, that the waters of Jordan returned unto their place, and flowed over all his banks, as they did before. To further point to God’s salvation program, twelve stones from the dry land were placed in the bottom of the river before the ark came out of the river. This typified the fact that those whom Christ came to save, if it had not been for His paying for their sins, they personally should have spent an eternity in Hell paying for their sins. Additionally, another twelve stones were taken out of the bottom of the river, and they were erected as a monument on the Canaan side of the river. The settingupofthesetwelvestonestypifiedthatallofthosewhohavebecomesaved were saved from enduring the eternal wrath of God. The miraculous crossing of the Jordan River took place in the year 1407 B.C., exactly 1,400 years before Christ was born, in the year 7 B.C., and exactly 1,440 years inclusive from A.D. 33 when Christ actually did endure Hell as complete payment for the sins of all His true eternal people. It also occurred precisely 3,400 years before A.D. 1994 when Christ came as the Jubilee to announce to the world that through Christ, sinners can be set at liberty from their sins. Indeed, we can see that the year 1407 B.C. was an important milestone in the development of the Calendar of History. Thefollowingtablesummarizesthespiritualsignificanceofthenumbers 1,400,1,440,and3,400.* ___________________________ * See Chapter 8 of this book for a more detailed study of God’s use of numbers in the Bible.
- 219. 227 Israel Faces the Wicked Cities of Canaan More than 700 years earlier, in the year 2092 B.C., God had given the land of Canaan to Abraham. As near as we can tell, the land at that time had relatively few inhabitants. But after 700 years, the land of Canaan had many walled cities within it, and the population was greatly increased. These cities had become extremely wicked, and it was God’s plan to destroy them because of their wickedness. We can remember how, at a much earlier time in history, God destroyed the whole world which had become exceedingly wicked. This was by means of the Flood of Noah’s day. We might also remember that in the days of Abraham, God destroyed Sodom, Gomorrah, Admah, and Zeboim because of their wickedness. Just forty years earlier than the year 1407 B.C., God had destroyed the Egyptian armies in the Red Sea Chapter 6 / 1447 B.C. The Exodus - 931 B.C. King Solomon
- 220. 228 Time Has An End becauseoftheirwickedness.AndwehavelearnedthatevenallthemenofIsrael, because of their wickedness, died during the forty years that Israel was in the wilderness, as they journeyed to the land of Canaan. God’s plan was to use the men of Israel to be the executioners. Now, the wicked cities of Canaan were about to be destroyed because of their wickedness. But this time, it is different. God’s plan was to use the men of Israel to be the executioners. In Deuteronomy 7:23-24 we read: But the LORD thy God shall deliver them unto thee, and shall destroy them with a mighty destruction, until they be destroyed. And he shall deliver their kings into thine hand, and thou shalt destroy their name from under heaven: there shall no man be able to stand before thee, until thou have destroyed them. God also commanded in Deuteronomy 12:2-3: Ye shall utterly destroy all the places, wherein the nations which ye shall possess served their gods, upon the high mountains, and upon the hills, and under every green tree: and ye shall overthrow their altars, and break their pillars, and burn their groves with fire; and ye shall hew down the graven images of their gods, and destroy the names of them out of that place. God further commanded in Deuteronomy 9:4-5: Speak not thou in thine heart, after that the LORD thy God hath cast them out from before thee, saying, For my righteousness the LORD hath brought me in to possess this land: but for the wickedness of these nations the LORD doth drive them out from before thee. Not for thy righteousness, or for the uprightness of thine heart, dost thou go to possess their land: but for the wickedness of these nations the LORD thy God doth drive them out from before thee, and that he may perform the word which the LORD sware unto thy fathers, Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob. Please note that in verse 5, God is indicating His faithfulness to the promises He had made more than 700 years earlier to Abraham, Isaac, and
- 221. 229 Jacob. Those promises included the statement that the whole land of Canaan had been given to the descendants of Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob as an eternal possession. Because Israel was not altogether obedient to the commands of God concerning the destruction of the wicked and concerning the commands not to worshipanyoftheheathengods,Israel,inturn,experiencedmanychastisements from God. God sets forth His rule on this matter in Deuteronomy 8:5: Thou shalt also consider in thine heart, that, as a man chasteneth his son, so the LORD thy God chasteneth thee. Therefore, looking ahead for a moment, during the 360 years following Israel’s return to the land of Canaan, Israel experienced many periods of oppression by enemies in the land. Each time, the Lord delivered them, but repeatedly, they disobeyed God so that repeatedly, God brought an enemy upon them to oppress them. However, in spite of these recurring difficulties, many of the cities were destroyed by Israel, and God divided the entire land of Canaan for the nation of Israel, giving each of the tribes of Israel a portion of the land (Psalm 78:55). We Can Understand All of the Killing The Bible record of the conquest of Canaan by Israel appears to us to bealtogetheralientotheGospelofloveandpeacethatisthetruenatureofGod’s salvation plan. We read about God commanding that entire cities were to be destroyed. When God commanded, for example, in Deuteronomy 20:16-17, “thou shalt save alive nothing that breatheth but thou shalt utterly destroythem,” weareappalled.Wouldagood,lovingGodgivethatcommand? Surely, we must be misunderstanding what the Bible is teaching. The Bible record of the conquest of Canaan by Israel appears to us to be altogether alien to the Gospel of love and peace that is the true nature of God’s salvation plan. Fact is, we are not misunderstanding what the Bible is saying. But we must read these statements in the light of the whole message of the Bible. An understandingoftheconquestofCanaanandthecompletedestructionofitscities by the nation of Israel requires that we understand God’s entire program for the Chapter 6 / 1447 B.C. The Exodus - 931 B.C. King Solomon
- 222. 230 Time Has An End world. We must go back to the very beginning of time, when God created this world. At the beginning of time, God created a perfect earth. God gave the earth to mankind. We read in Psalm 115:16: The heaven, even the heavens, are the LORD’S: but the earth hath he given to the children of men. Man’s task was to rule over this world. In Genesis 1:26, we read: And God said, Let us make man in our image, after our likeness: and let them have dominion over the fish of the sea, and over the fowl of the air, and over the cattle, and over all the earth, and over every creeping thing that creepeth upon the earth. Mankindandalloftheuniversewereperfectatthetimeofcreation.God indicatesinGenesis1:31: And God saw every thing that he had made, and, behold, it was very good. And the evening and the morning were the sixth day. Disaster Strikes But then disaster struck. Some of the angels, which had been created by God as ministering spirits (Hebrews 1:14), that is, they were created to humbly serve God, rebelled against God. They were under the leadership of an angel called Lucifer (Isaiah 14:12) who somehow fell into the sin of pride. In his pride, he wanted to be like God. In this way, he and all who acknowledged him as their king would become the rulers and owners of this beautiful world that God had created. Beginning with our first parents, Adam and Eve, the whole human race came under bondage to Lucifer (who is also called Satan). Wecannotunderstandhowthiscouldhappen,butweknowitdidhappen. Beginning with our first parents, Adam and Eve, the whole human race came underbondagetoLucifer(whoisalsocalledSatan).Consequently,mankind,who had been created by God to rule over this earth, became cursed by God because
- 223. 231 oftheirrebellionagainstGod.God,therefore,alsocursedthisbeautifulworldso that it no longer was a perfect creation. We read in Romans 8:20-22: For the creature was made subject to vanity, not willingly, but by reason of him who hath subjected the same in hope, because the creature itself also shall be delivered from the bondage of corruption into the glorious liberty of the children of God. For we know that the whole creation groaneth and travaileth in pain together until now. All of the foregoing events set the stage for the unfolding of God’s salvation plan. This plan called for several very important events to take place. We can briefly outline them as follows. 1. Satan, who became prince of this world (John 12:31; 14:30; 16:11), had to be destroyed. 2. The wicked people, which included every human being, had to be legally judged and sent to Hell as punishment for their sin and rebellion. 3. Some of the people of the world had been chosen by God to live eternally as God’s servants. They had to have their sins paid for so that God’s perfect justice would be perfectly served without these individuals being required to be personally sent into eternal damnation. 4. The world, which had been claimed by Satan and the wicked people of the world, had to be taken from them and given to those who had been chosen by God to be His righteous ser- vants forever. 5. Thus, the wicked owners of the world had to be destroyed. Psalm 37:9, 20 declares: For evildoers shall be cut off: but those that wait upon the LORD, they shall inherit the earth. But the wicked shall perish, and the enemies of the LORD shall be as the fat of lambs: they shall consume; into smoke shall they consume away. Chapter 6 / 1447 B.C. The Exodus - 931 B.C. King Solomon
- 224. 232 Time Has An End Psalm 104:35 declares: Let the sinners be consumed out of the earth, and let the wicked be no more. Bless thou the LORD, O my soul. Praise ye the LORD. 6. Once the wicked are destroyed, the world is to be given to the people who had become the righteous servants of God. Psalm 37:9, 11, 29, and 34 informs us: For evildoers shall be cut off: but those that wait upon the LORD, they shall inherit the earth. But the meek shall inherit the earth; and shall delight themselves in the abundance of peace. The righteous shall inherit the land, and dwell therein for ever. Wait on the LORD, and keep his way, and he shall exalt thee to inherit the land: when the wicked are cut off, thou shalt see it. 7. The earth will not begin as an eternal inheritance to God’s people in its present sin-cursed condition. Instead it will become a New Earth, that is, it will become so eternally perfect that it will actually become an integral part of Heaven itself. We read in II Peter 3:13: Nevertheless we, according to his promise, look for new heavens and a new earth, wherein dwelleth righteousness. The Land of Canaan Portrays the World Keeping the above principles in mind permits us to understand the conquest of the cities of Canaan. Remember the land of Canaan had been given to the family of Abraham as an eternal inheritance. God had promised Abraham inGenesis17:8: And I will give unto thee, and to thy seed after thee, the land wherein thou art a stranger, all the land of Canaan, for an everlasting possession; and I will be their God. When Israel was ready to enter the land of Canaan, this promise was reiterated to Moses as he viewed the land. We read in Deuteronomy 34:1-4:
- 225. 233 And Moses went up from the plains of Moab unto the mountain of Nebo, to the top of Pisgah, that is over against Jericho. And the LORD shewed him all the land of Gilead, unto Dan, and all Naphtali, and the land of Ephraim, and Manasseh, and all the land of Judah, unto the utmost sea, and the south, and the plain of the valley of Jericho, the city of palm trees, unto Zoar. And the LORD said unto him, This is the land which I sware unto Abraham, unto Isaac, and unto Jacob, saying, I will give it unto thy seed: I have caused thee to see it with thine eyes, but thou shalt not go over thither. In this historical situation, the land of Canaan is a portrait or type of the world that has become the possession of the wicked of the world and which must be restored to the people of God. In that sense, therefore, it is also a picture of the kingdom of God into which every genuine believer enters when he has become saved. Remember, the kingdom of God consists of every true believer who will eternally occupy the New Heavens and the New Earth. It is Christ who endured the wrath of God on behalf of all the people God had chosen to become saved. The work of restoring the world to the perfect service of God was to be done entirely by Christ who, as God Himself, was fully qualified to accomplish every aspect of that work. It is Christ who endured the wrath of God on behalf of all the people God had chosen to become saved. It is Christ who gave Satan a death blow that ensures that Satan and all the wicked angels and men who followhimwillbecastintoHellforever(IJohn3:8).Thus,itisChristwhorescued this world from the possession of Satan and will give it as the New Heavens and New Earth to those who were made righteous by God’s salvation plan (I Corinthians15:22-28). To clearly illustrate that Christ was in charge of the destruction of the cities of Canaan, we read a very interesting account in Joshua 5:13-15: And it came to pass, when Joshua was by Jericho, that he lifted up his eyes and looked, and, behold, there stood a man over against him with his sword drawn in his hand: and Joshua went unto him, and said unto him, Art thou for us, or for our adversaries? And he said, Nay; but as captain of the host of the Chapter 6 / 1447 B.C. The Exodus - 931 B.C. King Solomon
- 226. 234 Time Has An End LORD am I now come. And Joshua fell on his face to the earth, and did worship, and said unto him,What saith my lord unto his servant? And the captain of the LORD’S host said unto Joshua, Loose thy shoe from off thy foot; for the place whereon thou standest is holy. And Joshua did so. This captain was Christ Himself who for a brief period of time took on the appearance of a man so He could speak with Joshua. The drawn sword represented the Word of God which will condemn the wicked on the last day (Revelation 19:11-21). It is the Law of God that condemns the sinner and calls forthepenaltyofeternaldamnation.Mankind,beingcreatedinGod’simage,was created to live forever. However, if any sin is committed by any individual, he must stand for judgment at the end of time so that legally, he can be found guilty ofbreakingGod’sLaw,andtherefore,legallybesentencedtoeternaldamnation. God frequently used physical death to illustrate the certainty, the awfulness, and the severity of eternal damnation as a consequence of sin. God frequently used physical death to illustrate the certainty, the awfulness, and the severity of eternal damnation as a consequence of sin. We have spoken before of the destruction of the entire world in the days of Noah. Nothing in the entire world with the breath of life escaped physical death at that time. Nothing, that is, except for those who had found refuge in the huge vessel that God had commanded Noah to build. These eight individuals were the only peopleinthewholeworldofthatdaywhotrulywantedtoobeyGod’scommands. Theywereavividillustrationofthosewhohavetrulybecomesaved,theevidence being their delight in obeying all of God’s commandments. Thedreadfulevent,theNoachianFlood,iscarefullyrecordedintheBible so that all mankind can know the certainty of God’s wrath upon sin. Remember, sin is disobeying the Laws of God which are set forth in the Bible (I John 3:4). While the Flood of Noah’s day was by far the most universal judgment that took place in history, many other judgments are recorded in the Bible so that we cannot miss the truth that sin will bring God’s judgment. You will remember thatinthedaysofAbraham,Godtotallydestroyedfourcities,Sodom,Gomorrah, Admah, and Zeboim, by fire and brimstone (Genesis Chapter 19; Deuteronomy 29:23).Onlythreeindividualsescapedthatawfulconflagration,anillustrationthat showed that sin will eventuate in God’s bringing judgment.
- 227. 235 SometimesintheBible,wereadthatGoddirectlycausedphysicaldeath and destruction. At other times, God used individuals or whole nations to bring death and destruction. All were means to demonstrate the terrible nature of the finaljudgmentthatshallcomeuponthewholeworldonthelastdayofthisworld’s existence. Thus, it was God who used the Israelites to bring death to the wicked peopleofthelandofCanaan.Later,GodusedBabylontobringdestructionupon the wicked of Judah. Physical death is always horrible to contemplate. But, in each instance, it is pointing to the certainty of a death far more horrible. It is what theBiblecallstheSecondDeath.AndtheSecondDeathistobeeternallydamned toHellasaconsequenceofoursins(Revelation20:14;21:8).Onlywhenasinner is truly in Christ can there be escape from death’s sting (I Corinthians 15:51-57; Philippians1:21;Revelation2:11). How Terrible Is Punishment For Sin TheBiblerepeatedlyspeaksofthepunishmentofeternaldamnation.But the problem is that we can only read about it. No one can describe how super awful it is because no one has been there. In the parable of the rich man and Lazarus (Luke 16:23-25, 28), Jesus characterized Hell as a place of torments and flame. Throughout the Bible, God usesdramaticlanguagesuchasHellbeingalakeoffire(Revelation19:20;20:10, 15;21:8),aplaceofweepingandgnashingofteeth(Matthew8:12),aplacewhere thesmokeoftheirtormentneverends(Isaiah34:10;Revelation14:11),butnoone can testify that they had been there and that now they can testify concerning its horrors. Therefore, God has done at least two things as He speaks in the Bible of this awful punishment. One thing He has done is to use dreadful language in describing the horrors of Hell. One might read passages such as Deuteronomy 28:15-68 or Leviticus Chapter 26 to get some understanding of the awfulness of eternal damnation. How can God convince us that eternal damnation, which every unsaved person will absolutely experience, is as terrible, as awful, as horrible as it really is? Even more vividly, God has had people, who were under the wrath of God,ruthlesslykilled.Thiskillingcouldhavebeenaccomplisheddirectlybythe Chapter 6 / 1447 B.C. The Exodus - 931 B.C. King Solomon
- 228. 236 Time Has An End action of God, as in the case of Sodom or Gomorrah, or it could have been done by the action of men who were under the command of God. In either case, we are horrified that this should happen! And that is just the point of all of this. How can God convince us that eternal damnation, which every unsaved person will absolutely experience, is as terrible, as awful, as horrible as it really is? To be killed by strangling, by beheading, or even by being burned alive is terribly repulsive to our senses. But it is nothing when compared with the experience of eternal damnation. Whether a person dies of a lingering painful disease or by the action of his fellowman, it is a bad and tragic experience, but it is nothing compared to the awfulness and reality of eternal damnation. Thus,GodprogrammedandrecordedtheconquestofthelandofCanaan so that we might take notice of the terrible predicament we are in because of our sins. God programmed and recorded the conquest of the land of Canaan so that we might take notice of the terrible predicament we are in because of our sins. Returning to the conquest of the land of Canaan, it is important to note that not all the people in Canaan were to be destroyed. God had decreed in Deuteronomy20:10-11: When thou comest nigh unto a city to fight against it, then proclaim peace unto it. And it shall be, if it make thee answer of peace, and open unto thee, then it shall be, that all the people that is found therein shall be tributaries unto thee, and they shall serve thee. This parallels the situation that occurs as God’s true people bring the Gospel to the world. We read in II Corinthians 2:15-16: For we are unto God a sweet savour of Christ, in them that are saved, and in them that perish: to the one we are the savour of death unto death; and to the other the savour of life unto life. And who is sufficient for these things? This explains why Rahab (who comes into view in our upcoming discussion on Jericho) and all who were in the house with her (that is, all those
- 229. 237 who were of like mind) were saved, whereas the rest of the city of Jericho was destroyed(seefollowingdiscussion).Thisalsoexplainswhyaveryimportantcity of Canaan named Gibeon was not destroyed (Joshua Chapter 9). Jericho Destroyed And that brings us to the destruction of Jericho. It was the first city encountered by Israel after they had crossed the Jordan River and had arrived in the land of Canaan. In one sense, Jericho represented all of the cities of the land of Canaan. Remember, the entire land of Canaan at the time of Abraham had been given to Israel, and now, Israel was in the land to receive it back. Jericho was perhaps the oldest city of Canaan. It was well protected by a great wall around it. The destruction of Jericho would, in a sense, represent the destruction of all of the cities of Canaan, which in turn typified the judgment of God upon all of the world. The saving of Rahab (Joshua 6:22-23, 25) paralleled the saving of the city of Gibeon which in turn typified the salvation of all true believers throughout the world. While, in one sense, Jericho was representative of all the cities of Canaan, in actuality, its destruction was pointing altogether to yet another extremely important aspect of God’s salvation plan. There was another very important truth hidden in the account of the destruction of Jericho. This hidden truth is like a wonderful golden nugget waiting to be discovered. One of the reasons it remained hidden was because Bible translators incorrectly translated some very significant words in the sixth chapter of Joshua in which we find the account of the destruction of Jericho. Incorrect Translation What is not seen in the King James Bible is that a number of verses have been incorrectly translated. These verses have one or more key words that in the Bible narrative superficially do not appear to fit. These words are the Hebrew word “shophar” which should always be translated “ram’s horn.” The second is “yobel” which should always be translated “jubilee.” The third word is “teruah” which can be translated “shout,” as was doneinthisBiblicalaccount(Joshua6:15),oritcanbetranslated “jubile,”aswas done in Leviticus 25:9. “Teruah” is a word that is frequently used in the context where jubilee is in view. The first verse we should look at is Joshua 6:4, which declares: Chapter 6 / 1447 B.C. The Exodus - 931 B.C. King Solomon
- 230. 238 Time Has An End And seven priests shall bear before the ark seven trumpets of rams’ horns: and the seventh day ye shall compass the city seven times, and the priests shall blow with the trumpets. In actuality, the Hebrew words used in this verse should not have been translated “seven trumpets of rams’ horns.” It should have been translated, “seven rams’ horns of the jubilees.” What did the Jubilee have to do with the destruction of Jericho? We can understand the difficulty the translators faced. What did the JubileehavetodowiththedestructionofJericho?TheJubileewasthetimewhen liberty was to be proclaimed. Every first day of each seventh month was to be a memorial of the Jubilee. The Day of Atonement - the tenth day of the month - was identified with the Jubilee, and every fiftieth year was to be a Jubilee. But what did these notices of the Jubilee have to do with the destruction ofJericho?Moreover,theword“jubilee,”asitiswritteninJoshua6:4,isaplural word.InnoplaceintheBibleexceptinJoshuaistheword“jubilee”apluralword. Indeed, the translators must have struggled with this chapter! Joshua 6:5 gave the same difficulties. In the King James Bible, we read: And it shall come to pass, that when they make a long blast with the ram’s horn, and when ye hear the sound of the trumpet, all the people shall shout with a great shout; and the wall of the city shall fall down flat, and the people shall ascend up every man straight before him. In actuality, the phrase “long blast with the ram’s horn” should have been translated “horn of jubilee.” Joshua 6:8 and 6:13 are equally incorrectly translated. In each verse, the phrase “seven trumpets of rams’ horns” should have been translated “seven rams’hornsofthejubilees.”Havinglearnedthisdoesnotmaketheunderstanding of the Bible easier. What does this signify that the priests bearing the ark are marching around the walls of Jericho blowing on seven rams’ horns of the jubilees? Does proper translation assist us in our understanding of this historical event? We will
- 231. 239 discoverthatthepluralword“jubilees”willgreatlyassistusinourunderstanding of the destruction of Jericho. More Spiritual Truth is Revealed Do you recall that Jericho is called the “city of palm trees?” This is noted inbothDeuteronomy34:3andinIIChronicles28:15.Moreover,inPsalm 92:12a we read: The righteous shall flourish like the palm tree. Furthermore, the word “walls,” which certainly is important in this Jerichonarrative,isspokenofaswallsofsalvationinIsaiah26:1andIsaiah60:18. Isaiah 26:1 reads: In that day shall this song be sung in the land of Judah; we have a strong city; salvation will God appoint for walls and bulwarks. And Isaiah 60:18 reads: Violence shall no more be heard in thy land, wasting nor destruction within thy borders; but thou shalt call thy walls Salvation, and thy gates Praise. Moreover, the city of Jericho was a city in the land of Canaan. Canaan was the promised land that externally represented the kingdom of God. Jericho was a city that represented true believers who are citizens of the kingdom of God. What are we learning? We are learning that Jericho was a city that represented true believers who are citizens of the kingdom of God. But Jericho is being destroyed. Only Rahab the harlot and those who were with her in her house, which was located on the wall of Jericho, would escape. How can we understand this? Question: What was going to follow once Jericho was destroyed? Answer: The conquest of the land of Canaan would begin. Remember we just learned that the conquest of Canaan typified the sending forth of the Gospel into all the world. Chapter 6 / 1447 B.C. The Exodus - 931 B.C. King Solomon
- 232. 240 Time Has An End Remember II Corinthians 2:15-16: For we are unto God a sweet savour of Christ, in them that are saved, and in them that perish: to the one we are the savour of death unto death; and to the other the savour of life unto life. And who is sufficient for these things? ThosewhoresisttheGospelendupundereternaldamnationjustasthose who resisted Israel’s conquest of the land of Canaan were destroyed. Those who believed the Gospel were those who had been given eternal life, just as those in the land of Canaan who came under service to the God of Israel (the city of Gibeon,forexample),hadtheirlivesspared.ButChristfirsthadtogotothecross topayforsinsbeforethedouble-edgedmessageoftheGospelwouldbesentinto all the world. And something else had to happen. For almost 1,500 years, the nation of Israel was the keeper of the vineyard(Matthew21:33-45).Thatis,theywerethedivineinstitutionappointed by God to be the custodian, the caretaker, of the Gospel. They represented the spiritual City of God. In them were the righteous who grew like palm trees. They were surrounded by walls of salvation. But then Christ came. The Jubilee began to sound. We will learn that Jesus was born in 7 B.C., a Jubilee Year. He was announced on a Jubilee day, the first day of the seventh month in A.D. 29. Remember,thefirstdayoftheseventhmonthwastobeamemorialoftheJubilee. But before the program of worldwide evangelization could begin, God hadtoshiftthetaskfromnationalIsraeltotheChurchAge.Thewallssurrounding Jericho, depicting any salvation found in the nation of Israel, had to be removed. No longer would God use the temple or the Jewish synagogues in the task of proclaiming the true Gospel. Effectively, the nation of Israel was spiritually destroyed. It was destroyed except for those who were typified by Rahab. They arethetruebelieverslikeMaryandMarthaandthesaveddiscipleswholivedright attheendoftheperiodofnationalIsrael.Theseindividualsbecamethebeginning of the Church Age. Now we understand that the Jubilee was sounding, but the walls did not fall until the great shout, the “teruah.” Once they fell, Israel was ready to go on in its conquest of Canaan. Once God was finished with the nation of Israel as the representative of the Gospel, the year of Jubilee - the Church Age - commenced. Two Jubilees But remember, we learned that in connection with the conquering of
- 233. 241 Jericho,theword“jubilee”wasapluralword.Thatmeantthattherewasasecond Jubilee in view. What could that mean? As we go on in this study, we will learn that, most likely, in A.D. 1988, the Church Age came to an end. That terrible end was immediately followed by about a half hour of silence from Heaven (Revelation 8:1). That is, the end of the Church Age was the end of the first Jubilee. The first Jubilee in principle had begun when Christ was born. In reality, it identified with the wonderful task of sending the Gospel into the world that had been assigned to the local congregations throughout the Church Age. But then there was a second Jubilee. It began as the latter rain. It identifiedwiththesendingofthetrueGospelthroughouttheworldbyindividuals outside of the local congregations. For 1,955 years, from A.D. 33 to A.D. 1988, thelocalchurcheswererepresentedbyJericho,thecityofpalmtrees,surrounded by walls of salvation. But before this second Jubilee could begin, this Jericho of thelocalcongregationshadtohaveitswallsfall.TheHolySpirithadtoleavethe divineinstitutionofthelocalcongregations.Thecityofthepalmtreeshadtocome under the judgment of God. The Rahabs - the true believers - within the city had to come out. Only then could the final conquest of the land of Canaan - the final sendingforthoftheGospel-begin.OnlythencouldthebeautifulpromiseofIsaiah 11:11-12 come to pass: And it shall come to pass in that day, that the Lord shall set his hand again the second time to recover the remnant of his people, which shall be left, from Assyria, and from Egypt, and from Pathros,andfromCush,andfromElam,andfromShinar,andfrom Hamath, and from the islands of the sea. And he shall set up an ensign for the nations, and shall assemble the outcasts of Israel, and gather together the dispersed of Judah from the four corners of the earth. . . . the destruction of the city of Jericho was a great historical parable. Thus, we have learned that the destruction of the city of Jericho was a greathistoricalparable.Ittrulywasphysicallyandliterallydestroyedasdescribed in the Bible. But the detail of its destruction was like a huge parable pointing to, first, the end of national Israel as God’s divine institution for externally representingthekingdomofGod,andsecond,theendofthelocalchurchesbeing Chapter 6 / 1447 B.C. The Exodus - 931 B.C. King Solomon
- 234. 242 Time Has An End the external representative of the kingdom of God. The end of national Israel being used in that capacity was followed by the Jubilee of the Church Age. The end of the Church Age was followed by the Jubilee of the latter rain and the final ingathering of the elect by the sending forth of the Gospel by individuals outside the local churches. We should note one other significant fact. The teruah, that is, the loud shout of the Jubilee, sounded after the armies of Israel had marched around Jericho’s walls thirteen times. We cannot help but see that the last Jubilee period — the period of the latter rain — begins a few years (2,300 days, Daniel 8:13- 14)aftertheendoftheChurchAge.Wewillseethat,mostlikely,theChurchAge ended in the 13,000th year of the history of the world (A.D. 1988). That is when the local churches were abandoned by God, and so, they were no longer being used of God to bring the Gospel of salvation to the world. But now, the final conquest is underway! Now, we should leave Jericho and continue down the highway of time as Israel begins to live in the promised land, the land of Canaan. 1047 B.C. WearelearningthatGodhasrecordedintheBiblemanyhistoricalevents which are portraits or illustrations of significant aspects of God’s salvation plan. The Old and the New Testaments of the Bible are in actuality one Testament or Covenant. The word “testament” and the word “covenant” are synonyms. Since the Bible is the Law of God, the words “testament” and “covenant” are also synonyms for the phrase “Law of God.” 3 That is why the Ten Commandments are called the “covenant” (Exodus 34:28). The Old Covenant, which is the Old Testament, has recorded within it a great many historical events. These events are illustrations of aspects of the reality of God’s salvation plan as it was to be worked out throughout the New Testament era. The New Testament of the Bible describes how Jesus actually did come to be the Savior in fulfillment of these Old Testament illustrations. The New Testament describes how the Gospel was sent into all of the world. It describes theendoftheChurchAgewhichwouldcoincidewiththebeginningofGod’sfinal judgmentupontheworld;anditdescribesinsomedetailtheactualreturnofChrist 3 Occasionally, the Bible uses the word “covenant” when it is speaking of an agreement between two individuals (I Samuel 18:3; Matthew 26:15). Actually, the Bible, the Law of God, is an agreement within the Godhead on behalf of the human race. That is why those who sin are called “covenant-breakers” (Isaiah 24:5; Romans 1:31).
- 235. 243 and the end of the world. Woven into the fabric of both the Old Testament and especially into the New Testament are copious references to the sinfulness of mankind, the righteousness of God, and the desperate need of mankind to have a Savior. In turn, the Bible gives much information to show that God Himself, in the person of the Lord Jesus Christ, is that Savior. In this study, as we have been traveling down the timeline of history, we have already examined a number of these historical events, these illustrations of aspectsofGod’ssalvationplan.Welearned,forexample,thatAbram’sentrance into the land of Canaan represented the true believers coming into the kingdom of God. We learned that God’s rescue of the nation of Israel from Egyptian bondage was an illustration of those who become saved, being set free from the bondage of sin and of Satan. Now we will look at that part of God’s timeline of history that was the 360-year period following 1407 B.C. (the year that Israel entered the land of Canaan). (See “Chronology of the Judges” at the back of this book.) The experience of Israel during this period of time can be summed up in a few words. IsraelwouldrebelagainstGod,andGodwouldsendanoppressor.Theoppressor could be any one of the nations that Israel had not obediently destroyed. Then, as Israel cried to God for help, God would send a deliverer. Fact is, during these 360 years, seventeen different individuals were raised up to provide deliverance for them. However, as time went on, wickedness became increasingly apparent until, finally, sadly we read the indictment in Judges 17:6 and in Judges 21:25, where God says: In those days there was no king in Israel: every man did that which was right in his own eyes. . . . we should be impressed by the remarkable mercy and forgiveness of God and His perfect faithfulness to fulfill His program of salvation. As we are proceeding down the Biblical Timeline of History, we should be impressed by the remarkable mercy and forgiveness of God and His perfect faithfulness to fulfill His program of salvation. We must realize that the Bible is primarilyfocusedonthosewhoareactivelyinvolvedintheGospelprogramGod has planned for the world. Yet, as God describes, in the Bible, His experiences with those who are especially under God’s care, we wonder how He can countenance their conduct, which is so often completely rebellious. Chapter 6 / 1447 B.C. The Exodus - 931 B.C. King Solomon
- 236. 244 Time Has An End AswereadthepagesoftheBible,welearnmuch,ontheonehand,about the righteousness, the holiness, the mercy, the grace, the patience, the faithfulness, the integrity, the power, the authority, the love, the tenderness, and the kindness of God. On the other hand, we learn much about the pride, the weakness, the untruthfulness, and the rebellion against God which characterize mankind.TheBibleisabookeveryhumanshouldponder,shouldmeditateupon, shouldlistentomostcarefully,shouldbethankfulfor.Everyhumanshouldrejoice that God has made it available! Therefore, as we read about the experiences of Israel during the forty years in the wilderness or during the 360-year period of the judges, or as we read anything else in the Bible, we can anticipate a great learning experience for us in our day. This is true because God is the same yesterday, today, and forever (Hebrews 13:8). One additional thought could be inserted at this time. We should never presumeuponGod.WeshouldneverplaygameswithGod.Weshouldneverlook uponHimasanequal.WeshouldalwaysrememberHeistheroyalMajesty,King ofkings,AlmightyCreator,andJudgeofalltheearth.Therefore,asweapproach the Bible, as we contemplate any sinful action, as we speak of God or His Word, the Bible, we should tremble before Him (Isaiah 66:2; James 2:19). Shiloh Very near the end of the period from 1407 B.C. to 1047 B.C., a dreadful event happened to Israel that became a picture or illustration of the end of the Church Age, a time that would not come until about 3,000 years later in history. We might recall that when Israel was in the wilderness on their way from Egypt to the land of Canaan, God instructed them to build a beautiful tent called a tabernacle.Thetabernaclewas,effectively,aholyshrinethatidentifiedinavery special way with God Himself. In this tent was the room called the holy of holies in which was placed the ark of the covenant. That ark was a beautiful golden box in which were kept theTenCommandments,whichwerewrittenbythefingerofGodonstonetables (Exodus 31:18). Above the ark were two golden cherubim that represented God as the Judge of all the earth. The covering of the ark was called the “mercy seat.” It was a golden lid that represented Christ as the Savior who alone provides a covering of the sins of His true people. The holy of holies was separated from the main part of the tabernacle by a great veil or curtain which was never to be opened except on the Day of Atonement. On that day, the high priest opened the curtain in order to sprinkle blood on the mercy seat. However, his vision of the ark, the mercy seat, and the
- 237. 245 cherubim was obscured. When he opened the curtain, he was to carry a pan of burningincensesothatthesmokefromtheburningincense,toadegree,hidthese things in the holy of holies from his view. The tabernacle was permanently placed in a city named Shiloh after Israel began to occupy the land of Canaan in the year 1407 B.C. (Joshua 18:1). The name Shiloh was a significant name because it was a name that God applied to Himself. In Genesis 49:10 we read: The sceptre shall not depart from Judah, nor a lawgiver from between his feet, until Shiloh come; and unto him shall the gathering of the people be. In this prophetic verse, the name Shiloh, which is possibly derived from aHebrewwordsignifying“rest”or“tranquility,”canbespeakingonlyoftheLord Jesus Christ who would come as the Savior (Matthew 1:20-21; Luke 2:11; John 17:2,24).Therefore,itwasaltogetherfittingthatthecityinwhichthetabernacle was placed would have the name Shiloh. This city, until the year 1068 B.C., was the most holy city in the land of Israel. In the year 1068 B.C., however, everything changed for the worse. During the previous forty years (1108 B.C.-1068 B.C.), the high priest Eli was also the individual appointed by God to be the Judge of the people of Israel (I Samuel 4:18). Eli appointed his two sons, Hophni and Phineas, to officiate in the tabernacle in Shiloh (I Samuel 1:3). Unfortunately, these two men lived very wickedlives(ISamuel2:12-25),andEli,himself,became,tosomedegree,apart ofthatwickedness(ISamuel2:27-29).Therefore,asituationdevelopedunderthe watchful eye of God (and we must remember that nothing ever happens without God having full knowledge of all that is taking place), that precipitated utter disaster for Israel. We read in I Samuel 4:1-2 that Israel went to war against the Philistines, and 4,000 Israelites were killed. God was putting Israel to the test. The number 40 is frequently used in the Bible to signify testing (see Chapter 8 of this book). AtthisjunctureinIsrael’shistory,thenumber40isfeaturedtwice.Itwasthe40th year of Eli’s rule over Israel, and 4,000 (40 x 100) Israelites were destroyed in battlewiththePhilistines.FromtheBiblicalinformation,wecancalculatethatthe year was 1068 B.C. What should Israel have done in the face of this defeat? They should have cried to God for His mercy. The priests, as well as the people, should have seen their sinful ways and turned from them (I Samuel 2:27-30; 4:3). But Israel failed the test. They had a brilliant idea (or so they thought); they took the ark of Chapter 6 / 1447 B.C. The Exodus - 931 B.C. King Solomon
- 238. 246 Time Has An End thecovenantoutofthetabernacleinShilohandbroughtittothebattlefield!They truly believed that the ark represented God. With God being present with them, they would surely defeat the Philistines (I Samuel 4:3). Actually, their conduct was dreadfully sinful. The ark was never to be taken from the Holy of Holies unless God decreed that this was to happen. Therefore, great judgment from God came to Israel. The ark was capturedbythePhilistinesandmovedtothePhilistinecitiesofAshdod,Gath,and Ekron (I Samuel 5:1, 8, 10). The two Israelite priests, Hophi and Phineas, were killed; 30,000 Israelites were killed in battle; and Eli, the high priest, died of a broken neck. The number 3 spiritually signifies purpose; the number 10,000, completeness (see Chapter 8 of this book). The 30,000 men who were killed in battle effectively signified that it was God’s complete purpose that Israel be severely punished for desecrating the tabernacle in Shiloh. Never before in the history of Israel had such a disaster struck. It was like God had departed from Israel (I Samuel 4:21-22). It was the ultimate tragedy. Because the ark was no longer in the Holy of Holies, the tabernacle in Shiloh no longer served as a holy shrine. After almost 400 years, the tabernacle effectively was destroyed because now it was a tabernacle without the ark of the covenant within it. It was like the house of God without God being present. BecausethetabernaclewasnolongerGod’shouse,thecityofShiloh,inacertain sense, was a city without God. And because the city of Shiloh was without God, thenationofIsrael,inasense,waswithoutGod.Thisterribleeventwasapicture pointing to our time in history. Today, God has departed from all the local congregations throughout the world (see The End of the Church Age and After, available free of charge from Family Radio). Godusesthetabernacletodemonstratesalvation.Inthetabernacle,God met sinners to give them atonement and forgiveness of their sins. Likewise, in God’s spiritual Tabernacle, Christ Himself, God gives mercy to those He saves. Christ keeps the Law of God perfectly in their place so their sins can be forgiven (Exodus 25: 21-22; Hebrews 9:1-15, 19-26). But God also uses the tabernacle to represent the local congregations during the Church Age. Isaiah 54:2-3 says: Enlarge the place of thy tent, and let them stretch forth the curtains of thine habitations: spare not, lengthen thy cords, and strengthen thy stakes; for thou shalt break forth on the right hand and on the left; and thy seed shall inherit the Gentiles, and make the desolate cities to be inhabited. The word “Gentiles” in this verse is speaking of the nation that would hear the Gospel and become saved. The work of the New Testament churches
- 239. 247 was to send the Gospel, the message of salvation in Christ, into all the world. Therefore, the local New Testament congregations were typified by the tabernacle that was in Shiloh. Moreover, even as the ark of the covenant was in the tabernacle, so too, God was in the local congregations applying the Word of God to the lives of all those whom He saved. Thus, the spiritual tabernacle was steadily increasing in size, the cords were lengthened, and the stakes were strengthened. . . . the local New Testament congregations were typified by the tabernacle that was in Shiloh. But then disaster struck the local congregations even as disaster struck thetabernacleinShiloh.Goddepartedfromthelocalcongregationsjustastheark was removed from the tabernacle. In Jeremiah 10:20-21 we read: My tabernacle is spoiled, and all my cords are broken: my children are gone forth of me, and they are not: there is none to stretch forth my tent any more, and to set up my curtains. For the pastors are become brutish, and have not sought the LORD: therefore they shall not prosper, and all their flocks shall be scattered. These verses can be speaking only of the end of the Church Age. This theme is further emphasized by the language of Jeremiah 7:14: Therefore will I do unto this house, which is called by my name, wherein ye trust, and unto the place which I gave to you and to your fathers, as I have done to Shiloh. Jeremiah was speaking long after the tabernacle of Moses and Joshua and Eli’s day had disappeared. During Jeremiah’s day, the tabernacle had been replaced by the temple. Thus, these words could be speaking only of our day. The “house called by my name” had become the entity in which the people trusted. That is, their trust was in the external church itself. Chapter 6 / 1447 B.C. The Exodus - 931 B.C. King Solomon
- 240. 248 Time Has An End InJeremiah7:14,Godisparticularlycallingattentiontoagrievoussinof thelocalcongregationsthatexistedduringtheNewTestamentChurchAge.The trustofthepeoplewasnotinChristandtheBible.The“housecalledbymyname” had become the entity in which the people trusted. That is, their trust was in the external church itself. Their trust was in a set of creeds or in the consensus of a group of like-minded people. It was in whatever the pastor or leader said or taught. The people’s trust was not in Christ alone, nor was it fortified by a thoroughindividualexaminationofGod’sWord,theBible.Truly,therehasnever been a church that could save anyone. So much for a brief look at the disaster that struck Shiloh. But let us look again at our Biblical Timeline of History. It is noteworthy that in the same year (2068 B.C.), Abraham was circumcised, the city of Sodom together with three other cities were totally destroyed by God because of their great wickedness. Significantly, God links the destruction of Sodom to the end of the world, and particularly to the end of the Church Age, when God’s judgment came upon the local congregations. (Later we will learn that this judgment most likely began in A.D. 1988.) There are Biblical references that tie the destruction of Sodom to God’s judgment falling on the local congregations at the beginning of the Great Tribulation(Luke17:28-32;Revelation11:8). 2068 B.C.: Destruction of Sodom +1988 A.D.: Beginningofjudgmenton alllocalcongregations 4056 Curiously, the number of years inclusively (4,056) from the destruction ofSodomin2068B.C.toA.D.1988,whentheGreatTribulationinalllikelihood began, breaks down into very significant prime numbers. The number 4,056 can be factored as follows: 4,056 = 2x2x2x3x13x13 Formuchmoredetailed,fullinformationonhowGodusesnumbers,see Chapter 8 of this book. But for now, as we consider the number 4,056, we might notethefollowing: • The number 2 signifies those who are assigned by God to bring the Gospel. • The number 3 signifies the purpose of God. • The number 13 signifies super fullness.
- 241. 249 Spiritually, we could therefore conclude that it was God’s purpose that national Israel (which began in the year 2068 B.C., when Abraham was circumcised and Sodom was destroyed), and the local churches (which began at Pentecost in A.D. 33), both of which were mandated by God to be the caretakers of the Gospel, would be finished in the super fullness of time. (See more about A.D. 1988 in the next paragraph.) We also note that the circumcision of Abraham (Genesis 17:23-26), whichofficiallymarkedthebeginningofthenationofIsraelwasrelatedinavery curious way to what happened in Shiloh. Abraham was circumcised in the year 2068 B.C. It was in the year 1068 B.C. that this tragic end of Shiloh occurred. It is striking that between 2068 B.C. and 1068 B.C., there are precisely 1,000 years.Whatisevenmoreinterestingandpossiblysignificantisthattheendofthe Church Age most likely occurred in the year A.D. 1988. This is precisely 13,000 years after the year 11,013 B.C. when God began the world and created our first parents, Adam and Eve. Could this be coincidental? We can also point out that the ark of the covenant, when it was captured by the Philistines, remained in their country for 7 months (I Samuel 6:1). There aredefiniteparallelshavingtodowiththeGreatTribulationtobeconsidered.We have seen that the tribulation that Jacob endured when he was commanded to leave the land of Canaan in the year 1877 B.C. lasted 7 years. Later, on our timeline,thetribulationthenationofJudahenduredwhenitwashumiliatedbythe Assyrians and Babylonians, from 609 B.C. to 539 B.C., lasted 70 years. We will see that these two periods typify the Great Tribulation. Now, we see that when the ark was taken from Shiloh, it was outside of Israel for 7 months. Surely, we can see the parallels between these three events as God links them together by the number 7. The construction of the tabernacle began in the year 1447 B.C. which was the year Israel was freed from Egypt. It came to its end, as we have seen, in the year 1068 B.C. or 379 years later. Seven months later, it was returned to Israel. This would have been very late in the year 1068 B.C. or very early in the year 1067 B.C. Exactly 100 years later, in the year 967 B.C., the building of the temple,whichreplacedthetabernacle,wasbegunbyKingSolomon.Exactly380 years later, in the year 587 B.C., the temple was destroyed by the armies of Babylon. We have learned that the tabernacle was a picture of many from the nations of the world who would become true believers during the Church Age. ThesameistrueofthetemplethatSolomonbuilt.Wecannothelpbutmarvelthat God allowed the tabernacle to stand for 379 years; and that He also allowed the templebuiltbySolomontoexistfromthebeginningofitsconstructiontotheend of its existence for almost exactly the identical period, 380 years. Chapter 6 / 1447 B.C. The Exodus - 931 B.C. King Solomon
- 242. 250 Time Has An End Weshouldcommentthatallthisisnotsurprising.TheunfoldingofGod’s Timetable of His Gospel program for the world is not at all capricious or haphazard.GodistheGrandDesigner,andHehassetupcarefullyandperfectly- planned patterns. When we look at God’s design of the universe, whether we are looking at the structure of chemical elements or the petals of a daisy, we see that everything follows a distinct pattern. We will learn that, all the way to the end of time, a definite pattern will be clearly seen. We Want a King After Israel had been in the land of Canaan almost 360 years, they had another complaint against God. They wanted a king like all the other nations. Therefore, in the year 1047 B.C., God gave them their first king. He was a tall impressive individual named Saul. God the Holy Spirit came into Saul’s personalitytoqualifyhimtobewhatakingoverapoliticalnationshouldbe.This was necessary because such a political national structure was wholly new to Israel. Saul came from a farm. There was no palace, no royal government, etc. Saul was selected by God as a man with whom the people would be pleased. Togivespiritualcounseltothekingaswellastothepeople,Godprovided prophets. Because the Bible was still only partly completed, and because copies of the written Word had to be handwritten, and because God was still writing the Bible, those prophets, who were true believers, at times would receive messages directlyfromGod.Thiswasagreatassistancetothekingswhowouldeventually rule over Israel. King Saul, however, was not a saved man. He was not always willing to obey God. Therefore, after a forty-year reign, in the year 1007 B.C., Saul was killed in battle and was replaced by a king who dearly loved God and whom God loved. His name was David, who at the age of thirty, ascended the throne. Under the reign of David, Israel greatly prospered, both materially and spiritually, because it was altogether under the blessing of God. David ascended the throne in the year 1007 B.C., exactly 1,000 years before Christ (who was typified by David) was born, and 1007 B.C. is exactly 3,000 years before the second Jubilee began, in A.D. 1994. Do we recognize the precision of God’s timeline of salvation? 1,007 + 1,994 - 1 3,000
- 243. 251 David not only ruled well, but also, he was used by God to write some of the Bible. That is, God spoke through David. In our Bibles, in the Book of the Psalms, often the notation is made “A Psalm of David” to indicate that the words of that psalm were written by God utilizing David as the scribe. David as a youth had been a shepherd boy. Now, as a mature adult, he was ruling over the kingdom of Israel which became a very significant kingdom inthattimeofhistory(IChronicles17:8).GodunfoldedHissalvationplanusing the rule of David over Israel as a type or representation, and as an anticipation, of Jesus Christ who rules over the eternal kingdom of God. Jesus spoke of Himself as “the good shepherd . . . I lay down my life for the sheep” (John 10:14-15). After reigning for thirty-six years, King David made one of his sons, namedSolomon,co-regentwithhim.Thiswastheyear971B.C.Fouryearslater, KingDaviddied,andSolomoncontinuedaskingofIsraelforanadditionalthirty- six years. King David had a passionate desire to build a magnificent permanent temple to replace the tabernacle Moses had constructed in the wilderness. Therefore, a great amount of preparation had already been done for the building of this temple by the time David died (I Chronicles Chapters 17 and 22). ImmediatelyuponDavid’sdeath,thefoundationofthetemplewaslaidbyhisson Solomon. That year, which was the year 967 B.C., was an important milestone in the highway of time. Fact is, the Bible reports in I Kings 6:1: And it came to pass in the four hundred and eightieth year after the children of Israel were come out of the land of Egypt, in the fourth year of Solomon’s reign over Israel, in the month Zif, which is the second month, that he began to build the house of the LORD. This citation is of great help to us in constructing the Biblical Calendar of History because it assures us that 480 years after 1447 B.C., the year Israel was set free from Egypt, was Solomon’s fourth year as king. Thus, 1447 B.C. minus 480 years brings us to the year 967 B.C. as the fourth year of Solomon’s reign.Therefore,thefirstyearofSolomon’sreignwasfouryearsearlierthan967 B.C. It was the year 971 B.C. Both Jerusalem and the temple became very prominent in the Bible as types or portraits of the eternal kingdom of God. The temple, like the city Jerusalem where the temple was located, became an external representation of the kingdom of God. Both Jerusalem and Chapter 6 / 1447 B.C. The Exodus - 931 B.C. King Solomon
- 244. 252 Time Has An End the temple became very prominent in the Bible as types or portraits of the eternal kingdomofGod. During Solomon’s reign of forty years (four years of which he was co- regent with his father David), the kingdom of Israel became the most notable kingdomoftheworldatthattimeinhistory.GodgaveKingSolomonwisdomand riches and honor above any subsequent king who ruled in Israel (II Chronicles 1:12; 9:22). Solomon was a true believer who also was used by God as a means of expanding God’s Law Book, the Bible. Much of the wisdom of Solomon is recorded in the Book of Proverbs. A Major Change Solomondidhaveoneserioussin.Mainlyforpoliticalpurposes,Solomon had700wivesand300concubines.Thisstrengthenedhispositioninthepolitical worldofthatday,butitalsoprovidedforhisdownfall.Inhisoldage,probablyto please some of his foreign wives, he worshiped heathen gods. The Bible gives littledetailaboutthissin,butGod’sWorddoesshowthat,Solomon’sidolatrywas ultimately the reason God made a major change in the nation of Israel which, in turn, made a major change in the external representation of the kingdom of God (I Kings Chapter 11).
- 245. 253 Chapter 7 931 B.C. The Divided Kingdom – 391 B.C. The Close of the Old Testament Major change occurred when King Solomon died in the year 931 B.C. As we have just learned, God brought judgment upon the nation of Israel as a result of Solomon’s sin. This judgment took the form of a split in the kingdom. Much tragedy and grief would follow in subsequent years. We read in I Kings 11:9-12: And the LORD was angry with Solomon, because his heart was turned from the LORD God of Israel, which had appeared unto him twice, and had commanded him concerning this thing, that he should not go after other gods: but he kept not that which the LORD commanded. Wherefore the LORD said unto Solomon, Forasmuch as this is done of thee, and thou hast not kept my covenant and my statutes, which I have commanded thee, I will surely rend the kingdom from thee, and will give it to thy servant. Notwithstanding in thy days I will not do it for David thy father’s sake: but I will rend it out of the hand of thy son. Ten of the twelve tribes were taken away from Solomon’s son RehoboamwhofollowedSolomonasthenextkingtorulefromJerusalem.Those ten tribes, located north of Jerusalem, were given by God to a man named Jeroboam (I Kings 11:31). Thus, beginning in the year 931 B.C., Israel became two independent kingdoms. One was named Judah with its capital in Jerusalem. It now consisted of only two tribes, Judah and Benjamin (II Chronicles Chapters 10 and 11). The other kingdom, which consisted of the ten tribes, was called Israel,anditscapitalcityeventuallybecameSamaria(IKings16:21-29;IIKings 17:6; Micah 1:1-5). From the year 931 B.C. and after, both the nation of Judah and the nation of Israel became external representatives of the kingdom of God. The Kingdom of Israel was ruled by a total of twenty different kings, none of whom were in King David’s bloodline. Moreover, none of them gave evidence of a saved relationship with God. The Kingdom of Judah was ruled by twenty monarchs, also. Some of them obeyed the Lord, but others led the people of Judah to sin. Nevertheless, God continued to minister to the nations of Israel and Judah by sending prophets to them who gave them His warnings and His counsel (Jeremiah 7:12-13, 25).
- 246. 254 Time Has An End ManyofthepropheticBooksoftheBible,likeIsaiah,Jeremiah,Ezekiel, and Amos, were written by God speaking through these prophets to warn Israel and Judah of the judgment of God that would fall upon these nations if they did not turn from their wicked ways. However, these same prophecies and warnings are especially directed against the Israel of our day, which consists of the local congregations located throughout the world. Thus, God tolerated the Kingdom of Judah and the Kingdom of Israel so that, using them as examples, He could bring His warnings to the church world and also to the secular world that exists in our day. This is the key to studying the Bible. Each historical event is written so that readers must make or must refuse to make spiritual application to their own situation.ItisourprayerthatyouwillwitnessGod’sreactiontosininthehistorical settingandthenheedtheinsistentwarningofextremeperiltothosewhodisobey God. That is why we read in II Timothy 3:16: All scripture is given by inspiration of God, and is profitable for doctrine, for reproof, for correction, for instruction in righteousness. HowwonderfulitisthatGodusesHisWord,theBible,tobringsalvationtosinners and to correct those whom He saves so that they may serve the Lord more faithfully(John16:13;ICorinthians2:10-14)! Jonah It was during this time that a most significant event took place. It is recorded in the Bible in the Book of Jonah. Jonah was a prophet of Israel during the time that Jeroboam II was king over Israel (II Kings 14:25). The Bible shows us that this king ruled over Israel from 792 B.C. to 751 B.C. Atthattimeinhistory,themostpowerfulkingdominthatpartoftheworld was Assyria. Fact is, in the year 709 B.C., Assyria completely destroyed Israel. Jonah was given a command by God to go to the very powerful, very wicked capital city of Assyria, a city called Nineveh (see Zephaniah 2:13 and the Book of Nahum), with the message that it was God’s intention to destroy it because of its great wickedness. We read in Jonah 1:2 and 3:2-4: Arise, go to Nineveh, that great city, and cry against it; for their wickedness is come up before me. Arise, go unto Nineveh, that great city, and preach unto it the preaching that I bid thee. So Jonah arose, and went unto Nineveh, according to the word of the
- 247. 255 LORD. Now Nineveh was an exceeding great city of three days’ journey. And Jonah began to enter into the city a day’s journey, and he cried, and said, Yet forty days, and Nineveh shall be overthrown. The first time Jonah heard God’s command, he refused to obey (Jonah 1:3). Possibly we can understand his reluctance. Assyria was the enemy of Israel. Would not Israel greatly benefit if this mighty Assyrian city was destroyed? So Jonah disobeyed God’s command and took a ship bound for a far away city named Tarshish. His intent was to flee from the presence of the Lord. He went down into the ship and fell fast asleep (Jonah 1:5). Jonah Chapter 1 goes on to record that a great storm arose, and the ship was about to sink. Jonah recognized that the storm was a result of his disobedience and, to save the ship, he counseled the sailors to throw him into the sea. They did so. The sea became calm, and Jonah was swallowed by a whale. Amazingly, the whole city of more than 120,000 people, together with its king, repented and cried to God for mercy. JonahChapters2and3continuetheaccount.Afterthreedaysandnights in the whale’s belly (see also Matthew 12:40), Jonah was cast out alive upon the land. He then dutifully preached to the Ninevites that, because of their wickedness,infortydays,Godwasgoingtodestroythem.Amazingly,thewhole cityofmorethan120,000people,togetherwithitsking,repentedandcriedtoGod for mercy. The king decreed in Jonah 3:8-9: But let man and beast be covered with sackcloth, and cry mightily unto God: yea, let them turn every one from his evil way, and from the violence that is in their hands. Who can tell if God will turn and repent, and turn away from his fierce anger, that we perish not? Because the whole city repented, God did not destroy Nineveh, even as GodstipulatedinJeremiah18:7-8: At what instant I shall speak concerning a nation, and concerning a kingdom, to pluck up, and to pull down, and to destroy it; if that nation, against whom I have pronounced, turn from their evil, I will repent of the evil that I thought to do unto them. Chapter 7 / 931 B.C. – 391 B.C.
- 248. 256 Time Has An End The fact is we can know that this whole city became saved because we read in Matthew 12:41: The men of Nineveh shall rise in judgment with this generation, and shall condemn it: because they repented at the preaching of Jonas; and, behold, a greater than Jonas is here. In this study, we have already made reference to this event both in the Preface and in Chapter 1, and now, because of the enormously significant truths given in this account, we must examine it in greater detail. Looking for the Spiritual Meaning The Book of Jonah is a true historical account that is teaching tremendouslysignificantspiritualtruths.Thefollowingisasummaryofsomeof the major truths taught in this book. _________________________________________________________ Historical Fact Spiritual Application* _________________________________________________________________ Ship going to Tarshish (Jonah 1:3) Picture of churches throughout the (Isaiah 60:9, “Surely the isles shall Church Age going into all the world wait for me, and the ships of with the Gospel. Tarshish first, to bring thy sons from far, their silver and their gold with them, unto the name of the LORD thy God, and to the Holy One of Israel, because he hath glorified thee.”) ________________________________________________________________ Jonah went down into the ship and Jonah represents churches which, at was fast asleep (Jonah 1:5). the end of the Church Age, are spiritually dead. ________________________________________________________________ Jonah fleeing from the presence Churches at the end of the Church of God (Jonah 1:3-10; 4:2) Age no longer having God present (Actually, this is literally with them in the sense that He is no impossible. See Psalm 139:7-12) longer saving anyone as the local churches minister the Gospel ________________________________________________________________ Ship ready to sink (Jonah 1:4) Churches at the end of the Church Age are spiritually destroyed. They no longer are used of God in His program of bringing people into the kingdom of God. ________________________________________________________________ Continued * See Chapters 10, 11, and 12 of the present writing for a more in-depth discussion.
- 249. 257 __________________________________________________________________ Historical Fact* Spiritual Application* _________________________________________________________________ Tarshish (Jonah 1:3; 4:2) The whole world from which, throughout the Church Age, true believers have come ________________________________________________________________ Jonah thrown into the sea Jonah now represents Christ who (Jonah 1:12, 15) experienced eternal damnation on behalf of those He came to save. ________________________________________________________________ Sailors who were saved from ship- Those saved because Christ endured wreck because Jonah was thrown Hell on their behalf into the sea (Jonah 1:15-16) _______________________________________________________________ Nineveh (Jonah 1:2; 3:2, 7-8; 4:11) The entire wicked world _______________________________________________________________ 120,000 (Jonah 4:11) Complete fullness of all those in the world who become saved during the last part of the Great Tribulation _______________________________________________________________ Jonah preaching to Nineveh All those who, as ambassadors of (Jonah 3:3-4) Christ, are warning the world that the end of the world is almost here _______________________________________________________________ They did not know their right hand Those in the world who have never from their left hand (Jonah 4:11). known the commands of the Bible (See Deuteronomy 28:14 and (They are altogether ignorant of the Joshua 23:6.) Bible’s teachings). _______________________________________________________________ Much cattle (Jonah 4:11) The entire creation, which will become the New Heavens and the New Earth. (This is parallel to the experi- ence of the true believers who will receive a new resurrected body.) _______________________________________________________________ Forty days (Jonah 3:4) The time of the end. (This is a test for those who hear today’s warning that A.D. 2011 could be the year in which the world ends. Will they react like the people of Nineveh who became saved or will they react like the world of Noah’s day who remained in rebellion against God when they were given a timetable of 120 years before destruction?) _________________________________________________________________ * See Chapters 10, 11, and 12 of the present writing for a more in-depth discussion. Thisextremelyinsightfulhistoricalparableisteachingbothamostawful and a most wonderful lesson. God continually came to the nation of Israel by means of prophets who taught the Israelites many Biblical truths. But Israel continued to rebel against God and eventually was destroyed. The people of Nineveh knew nothing about Biblical truths. No prophets of God had ever come Chapter 7 / 931 B.C. – 391 B.C.
- 250. 258 Time Has An End The people of Nineveh knew nothing about Biblical truths. to them. Even when Jonah preached as a lone prophet to a great city of more than 120,000 people, their knowledge of Bible truth would have been minuscule. God had warned Israel, for example, in I Kings 14:15: For the LORD shall smite Israel, as a reed is shaken in the water, and he shall root up Israel out of this good land, which he gave to their fathers, and shall scatter them beyond the river, because they have made their groves, provoking the LORD to anger. Thegrovesspokenofinthisverseidentifywiththeworshipoffalsegods. BecauseIsraeldidnotlistentothosewarningsofGod,theyweretotallydestroyed by the Assyrian nation in the year 709 B.C. We read in II Kings 17:14, 18: Notwithstanding they would not hear, but hardened their necks, like to the neck of their fathers, that did not believe in the LORD their God. Therefore the LORD was very angry with Israel, and removed them out of his sight: there was none left but the tribe of Judah only. Thesamesituationprevailsintheworldinourday.Ontheonehand,there are all the local congregations that have been taught from the Bible for many years. Presently, they are being warned that God’s wrath is upon them because they are not nearly as faithful to the Bible as they should be. Their members are trustingintheirdenomination,ortheirpastor,ortheircreedalconfessions,ortheir water baptism, or their church membership as the guarantee of their salvation. But they are not trusting the Bible as the ultimate authority. The proof of this is the fact that they are not repenting of wrong doctrines they hold. Nor are they obeying God’s command to leave the churches. Because God has come to the local churches as the Judge of all the earth to prepare those who are not true believerstostandbeforetheJudgmentThrone,thegenuinebelieversmustgetout of the local churches. (See The End of the Church Age and After and Wheat and Tares, available free of charge from Family Radio.) InspiteofthereadyavailabilityoftheBible,mostofthoseinthechurches and in the world will remain in rebellion against God. Like Matthew 24:37-38 declares:
- 251. 259 But as the days of Noe were, so shall also the coming of the Son of man be. For as in the days that were before the flood they were eating and drinking, marrying and giving in marriage, until the day that Noe entered into the ark. Thoseremaininginthelocalchurchesandmostofthepeopleoftheworld will give no heed to the warning that the end of the world is almost here. They will remain in complete denial to the truth that they must very soon stand before the Judgment Throne of God. Inaworldofmorethansixbillionpeople,mostknowlittleornothingabout the Bible. They are typified by the wicked citizens of Nineveh. However, there is wonderful news. The Bible assures us that a great multitude of these will become saved (Revelation 7:9-14). Even as the spiritually ignorant Ninevites becamesavedwhenGodwarnedofimpendingdestruction,soitcouldwellbethat most of the great multitude that are spoken of in Revelation 7:9 will come from the billions of spiritually ignorant peoples of the world. How wonderful! It is glorious that salvation does not depend in any way upon knowledge of Bible truths.ItismagnificenttoknowthatallthatisrequiredisthattheindividualsGod intends to save be under the hearing of the Bible. . . . many of those who are the last to hear the Gospel will become God’s people, but many who had been the first to hear the Gospel will be cast away because they had never become saved. In this connection, we might keep in mind the teaching of Luke 13:25- 30 where God reveals that those who have had first opportunity to be God’s people will be last. But those who are the last to be given the opportunity to hear the Gospel will be first. That is, many of those who are the last to hear the Gospel willbecomeGod’struepeople,butmanywhohadbeenthefirsttoheartheGospel will be cast away because they had never become saved. Here is what Luke 13: 25-30 says: When once the master of the house is risen up, and hath shut to the door, and ye begin to stand without, and to knock at the door, saying, Lord, Lord, open unto us; and he shall answer and say unto you, I know you not whence ye are: then shall ye begin to say, Chapter 7 / 931 B.C. – 391 B.C.
- 252. 260 Time Has An End We have eaten and drunk in thy presence, and thou hast taught in our streets. But he shall say, I tell you, I know you not whence ye are; depart from me, all ye workers of iniquity. There shall be weeping and gnashing of teeth, when ye shall see Abraham, and Isaac, and Jacob, and all the prophets, in the kingdom of God, and you yourselves thrust out. And they shall come from the east, and from the west, and from the north, and from the south, and shall sit down in the kingdom of God. And, behold, there are last which shall be first, and there are first which shall be last. I am afraid that these verses are teaching that in our day, those in the churches, to a high degree, are the first who shall be last, whereas those who heretofore were taught nothing from the Bible are the last who shall be first. Incidentally, we must remember that when God reached into Nineveh and saved 120,000 people, it did not mean that Nineveh would continue as a city of saved people. The situation is analogous to God who, for His own glory and purpose, reaches into a family or clan and saves one or two individuals, even thoughtherestofthatfamilyorclanremainsaltogetherinrebellionagainstGod. Likewise,thesavingofthese120,000didnotsignifyinanywaythatany of the rest of the nation of Assyria who lived outside of the city of Nineveh, or that any of the following generations of people who would live there, would become saved. As we approach the end of time, we can know that wickedness all over the world will increase and the wicked will be brought into judgment. As we speak of the wickedness of Nineveh, which we learned identifies with the enormous wickedness of our world today, it would be well to recognize that,atthistimeofGreatTribulation,Godisnotonlypreparingthepeoplesinthe local churches for their time of trial at the Judgment Throne of God, but God is also preparing for judgment those who are not a part of local churches. This is so even though a great multitude which no man can number will become saved, even as the 120,000 citizens of ancient Nineveh became saved. As we approach theendoftime,wecanknowthatwickednessallovertheworldwillincreaseand thewickedwillbebroughtintojudgment.Tounderstandthis,weshouldexamine for a moment the Bible’s statement about God’s judgment upon the unsaved world at large.
- 253. 261 Unsaved Mankind is Desperately Wicked We do not normally realize that any individual who is not saved is tremendously wicked. But the Bible tells us in Jeremiah 17:9: The heart is deceitful above all things, and desperately wicked: who can know it? In Matthew 15:19, the Bible adds: For out of the heart proceed evil thoughts, murders, adulteries, fornications, thefts, false witness, blasphemies. We read these verses and know that they are true. However, there have alwaysbeenpeoplewho,thoughtheypaynoattentiontotheBible,dolivedecent moral lives. Think, for example, of a mother’s love for her children. Surely we cannot detect terrible wickedness in the lives of such kindly, loving, generous, law-abiding individuals. Nevertheless, the Bible is true in all that it teaches. But how can the indictment of these verses be correct? God Restrains Wickedness in the Lives of the Unsaved When we search the Bible for an answer to this puzzle, we find at least two answers. The first answer is that God restrains sin in the lives of people (Psalm 76:10). God gives us an example of this in Genesis Chapter 20. There we read of a heathen king named Abimelech who had an opportunity to sin with Sarah,thewifeofAbraham.However,hedidnotcommitthissin.Godexplained in Genesis 20:6 why Abimelech did not commit this sin: I also withheld thee from sinning against me; therefore suffered I thee not to touch her. The lesson we learn from this is that God restrains mankind from being as sinful as they are by nature. Obviously, since the heart of man is as wicked as God declares it is, mankind would soon completely destroy themselves if God allowed all mankind to live as wickedly as they are by nature. . . . any wickedness, however slight in our eyes, is grievous wickedness against God. Chapter 7 / 931 B.C. – 391 B.C.
- 254. 262 Time Has An End Secondly,whenexaminingverseslikeJeremiah17:9andMatthew15:19, we must confess that we cannot see the inmost part of man. But the Bible says inISamuel16:7b: Man looketh on the outward appearance, but the LORD looketh on the heart. GodtellsusinHisWordthatthehumanracehasfallencompletelyandhopelessly into sin (Isaiah 1:4-6; Romans 3:10-19, 23). The fact is, therefore, that any wickedness, however slight in our eyes, is grievous wickedness against God. Anyone who refuses to live altogether like a true believer is, in God’s sight, exceedinglywicked. God Gives People Up To Sin In any case, the Bible does speak of a time when God gives people up togrosssin.TogivepeopleuptosinisanotherwayofsayingthatGod’srestraint onsiniscompletelyremoved.InRomansChapter1,morethantwentygrosssins are named. These sins are named immediately after God emphasizes, in three of these verses, that the peoples of the world have been given up to commit terrible sin (Romans 1:24, 26, 28). In addition, the curious and surely dramatic truth displayed in this chapter is in connection with the first sin that is named. In Romans 1:21-23, God first explains: Because that, when they knew God, they glorified him not as God, neither were thankful; but became vain in their imaginations, and their foolish heart was darkened. Professing themselves to be wise, they became fools, and changed the glory of the uncorruptible God into an image made like to corruptible man, and to birds, and fourfooted beasts, and creeping things. These verses express the continuing rebellion of mankind who set up their own man-madereligionsandgospels.They,withtheirownsinfulminds,believedthey were wise while they lived for their own glory rather than for the glory of God. Followingthisareverses24through28whichdetailthefirstofmorethan twenty sins that are named after this first sin. In these verses we read: Wherefore God also gave them up to uncleanness through the lusts of their own hearts, to dishonour their own bodies between themselves: who changed the truth of God into a lie, and
- 255. 263 worshipped and served the creature more than the Creator, who is blessed for ever. Amen. For this cause God gave them up unto vile affections: for even their women did change the natural use into that which is against nature: and likewise also the men, leaving the natural use of the woman, burned in their lust one toward another; men with men working that which is unseemly, and receiving in themselves that recompence of their error which was meet. And even as they did not like to retain God in their knowledge, God gave them over to a reprobate mind, to do those things which are not convenient. The startling and shocking thing about the sin of lesbianism and homosexuality named in these verses is that never in New Testament history has this sin been in evidence like it is in our day. There are those who try to argue that atthetimeRomeruledtheknownworld,thiskindofsinwasveryprevalent.While anykindofsinisalwayspresentinanygroupofpeople,theBible’sowntestimony assuresusthatthiskindofsinwasprobablynotatallaswidespreadinthatRoman eraassomepeoplewouldliketothink.AncientRomeruledovermanycountries includingGreeceandthelandsofIsrael.WereadinICorinthians5:1ofamember ofthechurchinCorinthwhowasapparentlylivingadulterouslywithhisfather’s wife. In that connection, I Corinthians 5:1 declares: It is reported commonly that there is fornication among you, and such fornication as is not so much as named among the Gentiles, that one should have his father’s wife. We are astonished to recognize that it is at our time in history that the sin of homosexuality has taken off like a skyrocket! TheGentilesnamedinthisversewouldhavebeentheGreeksofCorinth, acityoverwhichtheRomansruledatthattime.Surelythesinnamedinthisverse is far less heinous and perverted than the sin of homosexuality or the enormous sexualdepravitythatisoccurringinourday.Weareastonishedtorecognizethat it is at our time in history that the sin of homosexuality has taken off like a skyrocket! A generation ago, this sin was still regarded as an awful perversion, a sin far more despicable than fornication or adultery. But today, the “gay” lifestyleisincreasinglyregardedasmerelyanotheracceptedwayofpeopleliving together.Notonlyareafargreaternumberofpeopleopenlylivinginthissin,but Chapter 7 / 931 B.C. – 391 B.C.
- 256. 264 Time Has An End increasingly,thegeneralpublicisacceptingitasalifestylethatisnotnecessarily sinful at all. But God is not fooled. He declares three times in these verses, Romans 1:24-28,thatHehasgivenpeopleuptothissin.Thisexplainswhyitismultiplying so rapidly and why people are blindly accepting it as a non-sin. . . . when God removes His restraint on sin on a worldwide basis, as is evidenced by this homosexual issue today, it means that Judgment Day must be close. The ominous fact is that when God removes His restraint on sin on a worldwide basis, as is evidenced by this homosexual issue today, it means that Judgment Day must be close. Even as God has removed Himself from the local congregations so that they can easily increasingly rebel against the Law of God, so, too, God is removing Himself from restraining sin in the lives of the unsaved oftheworld.WecanonlyconcludethatGodispreparingthewholeworldforHis return at which time each and every unsaved person must stand for judgment. Truly, we can thank God that at this same perilous time in the earth’s history,Godisstillsavingpeople. But now we should return to our journey down the timeline of history as we continue to witness the unfolding of God’s magnificent salvation plan. 709 B.C. The End of the Ten Tribes Traveling down the Biblical highway of time has brought us to 709 B.C. In the year 709 B.C., disaster struck the ten tribes of Israel, whose capital was Samaria. Because of Israel’s constant rebellion against God, after 222 years of existence as a nation, they were completely destroyed by the nation of Assyria (II Kings Chapter 17). Virtually every theologian, Bible student, or archaeologist interested in the rise and fall of nations will immediately offer 722 B.C. as the year when Israel was conquered. In so doing, most will be unwittingly acknowledging their lack of trust in the Bible. To conclude that Israel’s end came in the year 722 B.C. requires a complete denial of the truthfulness and accuracy of the Bible. This is so because the Bible gives very clear information regarding the year of the end of Israel. The Bible teaches very plainly that in the year 709 B.C., Israel came to its end. First, we need to learn about an event that threatened the security of Israel’s neighbor to the south, Judah. In II Kings 18:13 we read:
- 257. 265 Now in the fourteenth year of king Hezekiah did Sennacherib king of Assyria come up against all the fenced cities of Judah, and took them. The massive assault of Sennacherib king of Assyria against the Kingdom of Judah, which is described in this verse, ended with the complete destruction of the army of Sennacherib. In one night, his army of 185,000 men was destroyed. We read in II Kings 19:34-36: For I will defend this city, to save it, for mine own sake, and for my servant David’s sake. And it came to pass that night, that the angel of the LORD went out, and smote in the camp of the Assyrians an hundred fourscore and five thousand: and when they arose early in the morning, behold, they were all dead corpses. So Sennacherib king of Assyria departed, and went and returned, and dwelt at Nineveh. If we would carefully lay out the Biblical Calendar of the kings of Judah and Israel, we would discover that the fourteenth year of King Hezekiah was the year 701 B.C. (See The Perfect Harmony of the Numbers of the Hebrew Kings which can be obtained free of charge from Family Radio.) It is also true that archaeologists, based on the archaeological record, conclude that this assault by Sennacherib on the nation of Judah occurred in the year 701 B.C. For example, Merrill F. Unger states in his book Archaeology and the Old Testament: The Assyrian king in 701 B.C. launched his great western campaign to punish Hezekiah and other recalcitrants and bring them back under theAssyrian yoke. This important undertaking is not only graphically described in the Bible but is also recorded in the annals of Sennacherib which were recorded on clay cylin- ders or prisms. The final edition of these annals is found on the so-called Taylor prism of the British Museum. . . . The account of Sennacherib’s western campaign recorded in the Taylor Prism is the same as that described in II Kings 18:13 - 19:37, II Chronicles 32:1-12, and Isaiah Chapters 36 and 37.Agreat deal of light is shed on the Biblical narrative by the monuments and there are numerous striking points of agreement, proving that the campaign of 701 B.C. is the one described in the Bible. The destruction of Sennacherib’s army, which was besieging Jerusalem, by divine intervention (II Kings 19:35; Isaiah 37:36) offers an adequate reason why the king never returned to the region of Palestine. Sennacherib’s own records, moreover, give ample evidence that he never took Jerusalem.”1 Chapter 7 / 931 B.C. – 391 B.C. ___________________________________________ 1 Archaeology and the Old Testament, Merrill F. Unger, Zondervan, 1965, pages 267-269.
- 258. 266 Time Has An End Thus, there is complete agreement between the archaeological record and the Biblical record that the events recorded in II Kings 18:13 occurred in the year 701 B.C. Therefore, it should be very obvious that if II Kings 18:13 indicates that this assault on Jerusalem by Sennacherib occurred in the fourteenth year of King Hezekiah, then Hezekiah’s first year should be fourteen years earlier, in the year 715 B.C. Moreover, II Kings 18:9 clearly states: And it came to pass in the fourth year of king Hezekiah, which was the seventh year of Hoshea son of Elah king of Israel, that Shalmaneser king of Assyria came up against Samaria, and be- sieged it. If the first year of King Hezekiah was 715 B.C., then the fourth year would have been the year 711 B.C. And since in the Bible verse given above, we are instructed that the fourth year of Hezekiah coincided with the seventh year of Hoshea king of Israel, then it is clear that in the year 711 B.C., the nation of Israel had not yet been destroyed by the Assyrians. Moreover, it is also clear from this verse that at that time Shalmaneser was king of Assyria. The next verse, II Kings 18:10, continues: And at the end of three years they took it: even in the sixth year of Hezekiah, that is the ninth year of Hoshea king of Israel, Samaria was taken. The phrase “the end of three years” indicates the assault on Samaria, which was the capital of Israel, began early in the fourth year of Hezekiah and ended in the sixth year. The sixth year would have been the year 709 B.C. Thus, we can know from the Biblical information that, without question, Israel was conquered by the Assyrians in the year 709 B.C. But the archaeologists offer their conclusions based on their findings in the archaeological record. Based on an historical inscription written about 200 years later, they conclude that Shalmaneser was king of Assyria during the period 727 B.C. to 722 B.C. Based on inscriptions found in the ruins of ancient Khorsebad, they have concluded that a king named Sargon II, who may have been the son or brother of Shalmeneser, conquered Samaria in the year 722 B.C. They have arrived at this conclusion because Sargon II claimed to have conquered Babylon in his thirteenth year as king, and the archaeological infor- mation shows that Babylon was conquered by the Assyrians in the year 709 B.C. Thus, if 709 B.C. was Sargon’s thirteenth year, then his first year was 722
- 259. 267 B.C. Thus, if Samaria was conquered by Sargon in his first year, it must have been the year 722 B.C. in which Israel was destroyed by the Assyrians. Of course, this conclusion is altogether incorrect because it disagrees entirely with the Biblical account which we know is impeccably accurate. It is easy to understand how the very faulty archaeological record is what it is. The archaeological record shows that Sargon, who is called Sargon II by the archaeologists, was a very vain king. Extensive inscriptions about his exploits and power have been found. On the other hand, very little has been found in the archaeological record concerning Shalmaneser who ruled before him. Only the Bible tells us that Shalmaneser was still king as late as the year 711 B.C. It is true that there is an implication in the Bible that Sargon was in- volved in the final end of Samaria. We read in II Kings 18:10, in which the end of Samaria is described, “they took it.” The pronoun “they” could refer to both King Shalmaneser and to King Sargon who likely had been reigning as co- regents. Moreover, the next verse does not name Shalmaneser. The verse sim- ply says, “And the king of Assyria did carry away Israel . . . ” (II Kings 18:11). When we take into account the archaeological record, but recognize the superb accuracy of the Biblical account, we can fairly accurately recon- struct this period of history. Shalmaneser began to reign overAssyria in the year 727 B.C. Five years later, in the year 722 B.C., Sargon became co-regent with him. Thus, 722 B.C. became the first year of Sargon ruling as king. Early in the year 711 B.C., Shalmaneser began his assault on Samaria which lasted three years and ended in the year 709 B.C. Very close to the final end of this assault, Shalmaneser died, perhaps killed in battle. In all likelihood, God used the plural pronoun “they” in II Kings 18:10 to indicate that both Shalmaneser and Sargon were involved in the final days of the overthrow of Samaria. With the death of Shalmaneser in 709 B.C., Sargon became the sole ruler. It was also in this year that Sargon conquered Babylon. While this year 709 B.C. in one sense was his thirteenth year, inasmuch as it appears that he became co-regent with Salmaneser in the year 722 B.C., in another sense, Sargon himself spoke of 709 B.C. as his first year. It was in this year that he became the sole ruler of the kingdom of Assyria. Because of Sargon’s extreme vanity, he probably destroyed many of the inscriptions relating to Shalmaneser’s reign. Thus, Sargon’s greatness would be substantially enhanced. The historian who 200 years later examined the avail- able records from Shalmaneser’s reign would conclude that Shalmaneser reigned only five years. Chapter 7 / 931 B.C. – 391 B.C.
- 260. 268 Time Has An End The Bible, however, has not been altered. It records the facts of his- tory. We can see, therefore, given the superb accuracy of the Biblical record, that we can very accurately correct the archaeological or ancient historical record. We can be certain, because of the exquisite accuracy of the Bible, that the year 709 B.C. is the correct date for the end of national Israel. Unfortu- nately, because reputable theologians have not trusted the perfect accuracy of the Biblical record, they have betrayed their low opinion of the infallibility of the Bible. The Bible is very clear as to why Israel was destroyed. We read in II Kings 17:7-8: For so it was, that the children of Israel had sinned against the LORD their God, which had brought them up out of the land of Egypt, from under the hand of Pharaoh king of Egypt, and had feared other gods, and walked in the statutes of the heathen, whom the LORD cast out from before the children of Israel, and of the kings of Israel, which they had made. The Bible continues to detail their sins and then declares how God had warned them. II Kings 17:13 declares: Yet the LORD testified against Israel, and against Judah, by all the prophets, and by all the seers, saying, Turn ye from your evil ways, and keep my commandments and my statutes, according to all the law which I commanded your fathers, and which I sent to you by my servants the prophets. However, Israel did not listen to the prophets of God. They continued in all of their sins. Finally, God declares in II Kings 17:18: Therefore the LORD was very angry with Israel, and removed them out of his sight: there was none left but the tribe of Judah only. Thus, in the year 709 B.C., Israel, which for 222 years had been an external representation of the kingdom of God, ceased to be a nation. The spotlight of the Gospel will now be pointing at the remaining nation, Judah. This will bring us to the year 609 B.C., the next important milestone in the unfolding drama of God’s salvation program.
- 261. 269 609 B.C. Disaster Comes to Judah In the year 709 B.C., a king reigned over Judah who was one of the most God-fearing kings who ever ruled over Judah. His name was Hezekiah, and the Biblehasmanywonderfulthingstosayabouthim.DuringthereignofHezekiah (715 B.C. - 686 B.C.), Judah experienced great blessings from God. Unfortunately,however,Hezekiahwasfollowedonthethronebyhisson Manasseh. Manasseh reigned a long time (697 B.C. - 642 B.C.). During the first eleven years, while a young man, he reigned as co-regent with his father. When hisfather,Hezekiah,died,hecontinuedtoreignforanadditionalforty-fouryears. But he proved to be an exceedingly wicked ruler. The consequences of his evil rule were catastrophic for the nation of Judah. We read in II Kings 21:11-14: Because Manasseh king of Judah hath done these abominations, and hath done wickedly above all that the Amorites did, which were before him, and hath made Judah also to sin with his idols: therefore thus saith the LORD God of Israel, Behold, I am bringing such evil upon Jerusalem and Judah, that whosoever heareth of it, both his ears shall tingle. And I will stretch over Jerusalem the line of Samaria, and the plummet of the house of Ahab: and I will wipe Jerusalem as a man wipeth a dish, wiping it, and turning it upside down. And I will forsake the remnant of mine inheritance, and deliver them into the hand of their enemies; and they shall become a prey and a spoil to all their enemies. God is fully capable of bringing to pass any prediction He makes. Would God punish Judah in such terrible fashion? Indeed, God never gives idle warnings. God is fully capable of bringing to pass any prediction He makes (Numbers 23:19; Daniel 4:34-35). But then it looked like the horrendous prediction of doom upon Judah would not happen. Manasseh died, and his son Amon, who was also wicked like his father, reigned for two years and was killed by his servants. The eight-year- oldsonofAmon,achildnamedJosiah,becameking.Josiahprovedtobethemost obedient, God-fearing king who ever sat on the throne of Israel or Judah. The Bible declares in II Kings 23:25: Chapter 7 / 931 B.C . – 391 B.C.
- 262. 270 Time Has An End And like unto him was there no king before him, that turned to the LORD with all his heart, and with all his soul, and with all his might, according to all the law of Moses; neither after him arose there any like him. Surely a new era had dawned for the nation of Judah. With such a marvelousking,theyshouldbesetforalongperiodofenjoyingGod’sblessings. But God has a timetable for the unfolding of His Gospel plan. We know that this is so because as we discover the way in which God’s timeline unfolds, wearefindingthatGodisfollowingaverypreciseplan.Eachelementofthatplan interlockswitheveryotherelementinawaythatcouldneverhappenifGodwere developing the plan simply depending on how things were going at any time in history. ThisisdramaticallyseeninthesituationwithJosiah.Judahfinallyhadthe finest king they have ever had. And because he began to reign at the young age of eight years, he could conceivably reign for fifty or sixty years. Judah could be guided into a more blessed relationship with God than they ever had before experienced. But that did not fit God’s plan. Even though Josiah excelled spiritually, God declared in II Kings 23:26-27: Notwithstanding the LORD turned not from the fierceness of his great wrath, wherewith his anger was kindled against Judah, because of all the provocations that Manasseh had provoked him withal. And the LORD said, I will remove Judah also out of my sight, as I have removed Israel, and will cast off this city Jerusalem which I have chosen, and the house of which I said, My name shall be there. The prophecy of God’s wrath coming upon Judah had to mesh precisely with God’s plan. Likewise,wemustunderstandthattoday,churchesstillexistthatbelieve theyarealtogetherfaithfultoGod.Therefore,somehowtheybelievetheyarenot included in God’s judgment falling upon the local congregations. God’s time plan cannot be changed. We have come to the end of the ChurchAge,andGod’sdivineprocessofjudgmentisalreadyatworkineachand every local congregation.* ____________________________ * For much more Biblical information on this very serious subject, the reader is invited to send for the books The End of the Church Age and After and Wheat and Tares, available free of charge from Family Radio.
- 263. 271 Therefore,evenasawonderfulandfaithfulkinglikeJosiahcouldnotstop God’stimetableofjudgment,so,too,apastorwhobelievesheisaltogetherfaithful to the Bible cannot stop the present timetable of God’s judgment. Moreover, as we shall learn later in this study, even though Josiah excelled spiritually, the rot of spiritual rebellion permeated Judah. Later we will look at many verses in the Bible that detail this spiritual rottenness. Thus, disaster came upon Judah exactly one hundred years after the ten tribes of Israel had been destroyed by Assyria. In the year 609 B.C., when Josiah was only thirty-nine years of age, he was killed in battle. Upon his death, Judah lost its independence. First, it became subject to the rule of Egypt, and then, after a few years, it became a servant of Babylon. During the next twenty-three years inclusively,threesonsandonegrandsonofJosiaheachinturnreignedoverJudah. But all four of these final kings were vassals of Egypt or of Babylon. Thus, the year 587 B.C. became the next important milestone in the unfolding of God’s salvationplan. AgainwearestruckbyJosiah’sageatdeath.Thenumber39isaproduct of 3 x 13 indicating God’s purpose and super fullness of time. Even as the year 609 B.C. began the seventy year tribulation that included the complete destruction of the nation of Israel, so too, precisely 13,000 years after Creation, in A.D. 1988, the Great Tribulation, just prior to the end the world, began. 587 B.C. Jerusalem is Destroyed We are proceeding down the timeline of history and have come to another year of great significance. It is the year that the Kingdom of Judah was completelydestroyedbyNebuchadnezzarthekingofBabylon.Jerusalemandthe magnificent temple Solomon had built were destroyed. A high percentage of the people of Judah were killed and many were taken captive (II Kings Chapter 25; II Chronicles 36:17-20; Jeremiah Chapters 39 and 52). This terrible time in the history of the nation of Judah was actually anticipated by the much earlier experiences of the patriarch Jacob. Do you recall thatintheyear1877B.C.,hewascommandedbyGodtoleavethelandofCanaan and go to Egypt? The destruction of Jerusalem by Babylon in the year 587 B.C. was a parallel situation in that Israel was commanded to leave the land of Canaan and go to live in the land of Babylon. The consequence of this change in authority ended up with the complete destruction of Judah inasmuch as the last king of Judah, a king named Zedekiah, rebelled against the king of Babylon. We read in IIKings24:19-20: Chapter 7 / 931 B.C. – 391 B.C.
- 264. 272 Time Has An End And he did that which was evil in the sight of the LORD, according to all that Jehoiakim had done. For through the anger of the LORD it came to pass in Jerusalem and Judah, until he had cast them out from his presence, that Zedekiah rebelled against the king of Babylon. We must remember, God was in control of the events that were taking place.ItwasHisplanthatJudahwouldcomeundertheauthorityofBabylon.We read, for example, in Jeremiah 38:17-18: Then said Jeremiah unto Zedekiah, Thus saith the LORD, the God of hosts, the God of Israel; If thou wilt assuredly go forth unto the king of Babylon’s princes, then thy soul shall live, and this city shall not be burned with fire; and thou shalt live, and thine house: but if thou wilt not go forth to the king of Babylon’s princes, then shall this city be given into the hand of the Chaldeans, and they shall burn it with fire, and thou shalt not escape out of their hand. The above verses, together with a great many others that could be cited, show that God placed the Kingdom of Judah under the authority of Babylon. This was done because of the continuing wickedness of Judah. The final result of this placing of Judah under the authority of Babylon was the utter destruction of Jerusalem. The final result of this placing of Judah under the authority of Babylon was the utter destruction of Jerusalem. The great tribulation Judah was enduring beganofficiallyintheyear609B.C.whenKingJosiahwaskilledinbattle.Three monthslater,hissonJehoahazwasremovedfromthethronebythekingofEgypt (II Kings 23:31-34). The oppression of Judah by Egypt and Babylon would continue for seventy years, until the year 539 B.C., when the Jews would be allowed to return to Jerusalem from Babylon. The year 609 B.C. was 322 years after Judah began as a nation. This seventy-year period was divided into two parts. The first part was the twenty-two-year period (twenty-three years inclusive) from 609 B.C. to 587 B.C. The second part was the period continuing from 587 B.C. to 539 B.C. Inarealsense,wecouldsaythatGodwasfinishedwithJudahintheyear 609B.C.Theremainingfourkingswereallundertheauthorityofheathennations so that, in principle, God had left Judah and had, as it were, turned over the
- 265. 273 rulership of Judah first to Egypt and finally to Babylon. Babylon in turn finally destroyed the nation of Judah. The Bible gives us the exact day of the year when this occurred. We read in Jeremiah 39:2: And in the eleventh year of Zedekiah, in the fourth month, the ninth day of the month, the city was broken up. This tragic event was not by any means the end of God’s salvation program in the world. The events that were literally happening at that time in history were a portrait or an anticipation of God’s plan for the time of the Great Tribulation of our day. While Jerusalem had become the scene of horror and destruction beginning in 609 B.C., in Babylon the true believers were being protected by God. They were a portrait or an anticipation of all the true believers who are living during the second part of the present Great Tribulation. We read inJeremiah29:4-7: Thus saith the LORD of hosts, the God of Israel, unto all that are carried away captives, whom I have caused to be carried away from Jerusalem unto Babylon; Build ye houses, and dwell in them; and plant gardens, and eat the fruit of them; take ye wives, and beget sons and daughters; and take wives for your sons, and give your daughters to husbands, that they may bear sons and daughters; that ye may be increased there, and not diminished. And seek the peace of the city whither I have caused you to be carried away captives, and pray unto the LORD for it: for in the peace thereof shall ye have peace. These verses altogether identify with God’s present program as He sends the Gospel through the world during this present time of the latter rain and the end of the world harvest. ItiscuriousandperhapsverysignificantthewayGodhaswovenintothe fabric of the histories of these two nations, Israel and Judah, and also during the Church Age, two numbers that signify judgment. They are the numbers 23 and 37.Wewilltentativelydevelopthisconceptabitfurther,althoughlater,inChapter 8 of this book, some of these conclusions will be repeated. Twenty-Three Kings Remember that both of these two nations, during their existence, had twenty monarchs who ruled. Moreover, both of these nations began earlier, Chapter 7 / 931 B.C .– 391 B.C.
- 266. 274 Time Has An End prior to when those twenty monarchs ruled. They began when Saul became the first king. He ruled over the undivided kingdom – over all Israel – as did King David and as did King Solomon who followed. Upon Solomon’s death, two of these tribes became the nation of Judah, and ten of the tribes became the nation of Israel. Therefore, in a real sense, the nation of Israel, which consisted of the ten tribes, had a total of 23 (20 + 3) monarchs rule over them. Likewise, in a real sense, the nation of Judah, which consisted of the two tribes, had 23 (20 + 3) monarchs rule over them. Thus, both nations were tied into the number 23 which signifies judgment.And significantly, both nations ended under the judg- ment of God. (Chapter 8 of this book will give us a detailed study of the numbers in the Bible.) Thus, both nations were tied into the number 23 which signifies judgment. Moreover, the nation of Israel existed as an independent nation from 931 B.C. until 709 B.C. when they were destroyed by the nation ofAssyria. 931 - 709 = 222 years that they existed as a nation. Significantly, the number 222 is the product of 3 x 2 x 37. As Chapter 8 of this book shows, the number 3 signifies God’s purpose, the number 2 identifies with those who are caretakers of the Bible, and the number 37 signifies God’s judgment. Thus, we see hidden within the 222 years of the history of Israel that it was God’s purpose (the number 3) that eventually those who were made caretakers of the Bible (the number 2) would come into judgment (the number 37). Likewise, the nation of Judah was an independent nation from 931 B.C. until 609 B.C. (931 - 609 = 322 years). The number 322 breaks down into 2 x 7 x 23. We will see in Chapter 8 of this study that the number 7 signifies perfect completeness. Thus we see hidden within the 322 years of the history of Judah that God’s people (the number 2) would perfectly completely (the number 7) eventually come under God’s judgment (the number 23). Later we will learn that the duration of the Church Age extended from A.D. 33 to A.D. 1988 (1,988 - 33 = 1,955 years). The number 1,955 breaks down into 5 x 17 x 23. In Chapter 8 of this book, we learn that the number 5 signifies God’s salvation or judgment, and the number 17 signifies Heaven.There- fore, we will learn that during the ChurchAge, which lasted 1,955 years, God’s salvation program (the number 5) brought people to Heaven (the number 17), but the Church Age would end in judgment (the number 23).
- 267. 275Chapter 7 / 931 B.C. – 391 B.C. It is curious and perhaps significant that a major portion of the history of the twelve tribes of Israel, which began in the year 1047 B.C. when Saul was made king, ended in the year 587 B.C. when Babylon destroyed the temple and Jerusalem (1,047 - 587 = 460 years). The number 460 breaks down into the significant numbers 2 x 10 x 23. Since the number 10 signifies completeness, we again get the message that those who were caretakers of the Bible (the number 2) would be under God’s complete (the number 10) judgment (the number 23). Another amazing and significant point concerning the number 23 is woven into the history of Israel. As previously noted, the twelve tribes became a nation in the year 1047 B.C. In the year 609 B.C., King Josiah was killed in battle, and, for the remaining 23 years inclusive, the kings of Judah were alto- gether controlled by Egypt and Babylon. Therefore, Judah ceased to exist as an independent nation in the year 609 B.C. The year 609 B.C., in a sense, was the year of the end of Judah, although it was in the year 587 B.C. that they no longer had a land or a temple that belonged to them. It is also remarkable to note the time interval between the destruction of Sodom and Gomorrah, which took place in the year 2067 B.C., and the destruction of Judah in 587 B.C. (2,067 - 587 = 1,480 years). The number 1,480 breaks down into the significant numbers 2 x 2 x 10 x 37, thus indicating that even as Sodom and Gomorrah came into judgment, so those who were caretak- ers of the Bible (the number 2) came into complete (the number 10) judgment (the number 37). There are more time relationships relating to the nations of Israel and Judah. We can take note, for example, that David ascended the throne in the Jubilee Year of 1007 B.C. Exactly 1,000 years later in the Jubilee Year 7 B.C., Christ was born. David, as the physical king of physical Israel, typified Christ who is the spiritual King who rules forever over the spiritual kingdom of God that consists of all true believers in Christ. Again we might take note of the fact that David ascended the throne of Israel in the year 1007 B.C. Exactly 1,040 inclusive years later, in the yearA.D. 33, Christ arose from the dead. The number 1,040 breaks down into the signifi- cant numbers 13 x 10 x 2 x 2 x 2. Spiritually, this can signify that, in the super fullness of God’s timetable (the number 13), the complete (the number 10) num- ber of the caretakers of the Bible (the number 2) will become saved. . . . beginning with Abraham and until Christ came, the nation of Israel was the centerpiece of God’s salvation plan.
- 268. 276 Time Has An End We must keep in mind that, from Abraham until Christ, the nation of Israel was the centerpiece of God’s salvation plan. Israel was raised up by God to be an external representation of the kingdom of God. However, as we count the number of kings that ruled over them or review the time durations of their existence, we learn very clearly that, even though they, in many ways, were a special people of God, this did not protect them from judgment. Fact is, they became a prime example that however holy and righteous we may think we have become, we are still under the wrath of God if we have not become saved. This principle was dramatically illustrated by the eventual destruction of both Israel and Judah after Israel became divided, as well as by the local congrega- tions of the Church Age that also eventually came under the wrath of God. We have taken time in our study of the unfolding of the timeline of history to show that God has a very methodical, carefully worked out plan for His salvation program. We have taken time in our study of the unfolding of the timeline of history to show that God has a very methodical, carefully worked out plan for His salvation program. This plan is carefully structured so that nothing happens capriciously or in some erratic fashion. This is why God declares in Galatians 4:4-5: But when the fulness of the time was come, God sent forth his Son, made of a woman, made under the law, To redeem them that were under the law, that we might receive the adoption of sons. The term “fulness of the time” indicates that there was a precise time in history when Jesus was to be crucified. This fact is also emphasized by the language of Luke 9:51 and John 13:1. We read in Luke 9:51: And it came to pass, when the time was come that he should be received up, he stedfastly set his face to go to Jerusalem. And God says in John 13:1: Now before the feast of the passover, when Jesus knew that his hour was come that he should depart out of this world unto the
- 269. 277Chapter 7 / 931 B.C. – 391 B.C. Father, having loved his own which were in the world, he loved them unto the end. We, therefore, can be assured as we progress down the timeline of history and finally come to the end of time we will learn that the closing events of the history of the world must fit into a very well developed pattern of time pre-prepared and pre-ordained by God. This brings us to the next important milestone as God unfolded His Gospel program for the world. That was the year 539 B.C. which was precisely seventy years after Judah was placed under heathen rule in the year 609 B.C. 539 B.C. Babylon Conquered Our travels down the highway of time have finally brought us to the auspicious year of 539 B.C. The year 539 B.C. marked the beginning of the Biblical record of the closing historical events that Israel experienced prior to the birth of Christ. These are the events that began with the return of Israel from Babylon to the land of Israel and continued until the last insertion was made into the Old Testament of the Bible in the year 391 B.C. These events have been frequently misunderstood by Bible teachers and theologians who trusted the archaeological and secular historical records more than the Bible. We know, of course, that the Bible record in the Hebrew language of the Bible is absolutely trustworthy. However, it cannot be denied that the secular record that has been subsequently discovered and translated by archaeologists frequently had been tampered with long before its discovery by the archaeologist. This was particularly the situation when a succeeding king wished to make the historical record more pleasing to himself, or in order to erase the historical record of a great disaster that humiliated him or the kingdom over which he ruled. For example, while a great amount of correct secular historical infor- mation has been discovered concerning the history of Egypt, not one word has been discovered concerning the nation of Israel leaving Egypt under the leader- ship of Moses. One can readily understand that the enormous humiliation Egypt experienced at that time would never want to be remembered by those of that nation. And, therefore, not one detail of this disaster which Egypt experienced appears in the secular record. In a similar manner, the Bible makes a statement concerning the events that are recorded in the Book of Esther. We read in Esther 10:1-3: And the king Ahasuerus laid a tribute upon the land, and upon
- 270. 278 Time Has An End the isles of the sea. And all the acts of his power and of his might, and the declaration of the greatness of Mordecai, whereunto the king advanced him, are they not written in the book of the chronicles of the kings of Media and Persia? For Mordecai the Jew was next unto king Ahasuerus, and great among the Jews, and accepted of the multitude of his brethren, seeking the wealth of his people, and speaking peace to all his seed. In these verses, God specifically indicates that much information about Mordecai’s greatness in the Media-Persian Kingdom were written in the legal records of the Media-Persian Empire. Yet the archaeological record says absolutely nothing about any of the individuals named in the Book of Esther. Not one word identifying with the individuals named in the Book of Esther has been found by archaeologists. In all likelihood, if and when the followers of Haman came again into power after King Ahasuerus died, they promptly expunged from the kingdom records all references to the events recorded in the Book of Esther. Thus, a very distorted report of the events that occurred during the reign of that king remains in the secular record. This has made it impossible for the historians and the theolo- gians who trusted the archaeologists to come to truth. This in turn serves to indicate the great importance of the fact that everything recorded in the Bible can be implicitly trusted. How wonderful it is that every word in the Hebrew language from which we obtain our English translation is absolutely true and trustworthy. It is exquisitely accurate because it was written by God. However, even when we implicitly trust every word in the Bible as being infallibly true, it does not mean that we then can quickly come to truth. For example, when we read the Biblical Books Ezra, Nehemiah and Esther, it appears that God designed these accounts in such a way that it would not be at all easy to discover the true facts regarding the Media-Persian kings and especially the identity of Ahasuerus of the Book of Esther. Of course, God wrote the Bible in such a way that it also is a test to discover which Bible readers trust the archaeologists’ conclusions more than the Bible’s. Unfortu- nately, when we read Bible commentaries on this subject, it appears that all too frequently the archaeologists’ conclusions are the accepted conclusions. To illustrate the complexity of the Bible account, we might look at Ezra 6:14: And the elders of the Jews builded, and they prospered through the prophesying of Haggai the prophet and Zechariah the son of Iddo. And they builded, and finished it, according to the com-
- 271. 279Chapter 7 / 931 B.C. – 391 B.C. mandment of the God of Israel, and according to the command- ment of Cyrus, and Darius, and Artaxerxes king of Persia. This verse apparently is speaking of three different kings, one named Cyrus, one named Darius, and one named Artaxerxes. However, please note, the word “commandment” is singular, indicating one commandment was given - not three. Moreover the word “king” is singular, indicating one king - not three. Therefore, it would have been more accurate to translate this verse “. . . according to the commandment of Cyrus, even Darius, even Artaxerxes king of Persia.” It is parallel to Daniel 6:28 which we will learn should have been translated: “So this Daniel prospered in the reign of Darius, even in the reign of Cyrus the Persian.” The citation of Ezra 6:14 thus gives us information not found in the secular records, namely, that Cyrus was known by the name Darius as well as by the name or title Artaxerxes. Returning to the year 539 B.C., the Bible records that, many years earlier, Israel had ceased to exist as a viable nation in their own homeland. We have learned that in the year 709 B.C., exactly 170 years prior to 539 B.C., the ten tribes with their capital in Samaria had been destroyed by the Assyrians. Precisely seventy years earlier than 539 B.C., in the year 609 B.C., Judah had begun to be subjugated by enemies. For a brief time it was Egypt (II Kings 23:29-35), and then it was Babylon (II Kings Chapters 24 and 25), that obtained complete mastery over them. In the year 587 B.C., Jerusalem was conquered and the temple was destroyed. Almost all of the people who were not killed went into Babylonian captivity. Thus Israel had ceased to be a nation in her own homeland. Meanwhile, God was raising up a king in the heathen empire of the Medes and Persians to bring into action God’s plan to permit Israel to return to their land. This was anticipated by a citation written about 200 years earlier and recorded in Isaiah 44:28. There we read: That saith of Cyrus, He is my shepherd, and shall perform all my pleasure: even saying to Jerusalem, Thou shalt be built; and to the temple, Thy foundation shall be laid. In preparation for the fulfillment of this prophecy, King Cyrus, in the year 559 B.C., began ruling as a Persian king over a Persian tribe that was a servant of the much larger Median kingdom. However, early in his rule, Cyrus conquered the Median Kingdom. Thus, he became ruler of the huge Media-Persian empire that GodraiseduptofulfillHisprophecyofusingCyrustofreethepeopleofIsraelfrom Babylonian bondage and allow them to return to Jerusalem.
- 272. 280 Time Has An End According to the archaeological record, Cyrus had begun to rule in the year 559 B.C. However, the Bible indicates that the first year of his reign coincided with the end of the seventy-year tribulation Judah had experienced. This was the year 539 B.C., the year that Cyrus conquered Babylon. There is no contradiction between 559 B.C. and 539 B.C. being the first year of King Cyrus. It simply means that the Media-Persian kingdom, which had been ruled over the previous twenty years by King Cyrus, had, in the year 539 B.C., come into its full extent by the inclusion of its rule over Babylon. The year 539 B.C. was the first year of this greatly enlarged kingdom. Thus, as that time, he became the king of the greatest empire that had ever before existed. ThisvictoryoverBabylonwasimmediatelyfollowedbyCyrusgivingcom- mand that the captive Jews could return to their homeland, Israel. We read in Ezra 1:1-3: Now in the first year of Cyrus king of Persia, that the word of the LORD by the mouth of Jeremiah might be fulfilled, the LORD stirred up the spirit of Cyrus king of Persia, that he made a procla- mation throughout all his kingdom, and put it also in writing, say- ing, Thus saith Cyrus king of Persia, The LORD God of heaven hath given me all the kingdoms of the earth; and he hath charged me to build him an house at Jerusalem, which is in Judah. Who is there among you of all his people? his God be with him, and let him go up to Jerusalem, which is in Judah, and build the house of the LORD God of Israel, (he is the God,) which is in Jerusalem. The return of Israel to Jerusalem made it possible for the Jews to rebuild the temple in Jerusalem. Moreover, as we shall discover, it also set the stage for the completion of the writing of the Old Testament. We will learn that this very impor- tant event occurred in the year 391 B.C. We will discover that the year 391 B.C. bears a very significant relationship to two very important years: the year 7 B.C. when Christ was born and the year A.D. 2011 which appears to be the year that Christ will again physically come to end the world. TheBooksoftheBiblethatgiveushistoricalinformationaboutthisperiod of539B.C.to391B.C.areDaniel,Ezra,Nehemiah,Esther,Haggai,andZechariah. We should now learn from them that which is necessary to assure us that the last inclusion in the writing of the Old Testament did occur in the year 391 B.C. It is very interesting that the archaeological record gives considerable in- formation about the kings that ruled between the years 539 B.C. and 391 B.C. However,theBiblealsogivesconsiderableinformationaboutthesesamekings.As we have noted, a number of the Biblical citations appear to disagree with the ar-
- 273. 281Chapter 7 / 931 B.C. – 391 B.C. chaeological record. Because of a mistrust on their part of the accuracy of the Biblicalrecordingeneral,thearchaeologistsandthetheologianswhohaveattempted to reconcile the archaeological record with the Biblical have come to some very incorrect conclusions. For example, they have concluded that, for a year or two, King Cyrus had an assistant named King Darius who ruled beginning in 539 B.C. They have also concluded that Xerxes I who ruled during the years 485-465 B.C. was the King Ahasuerus of the Book of Esther. Fact is, as we noted earlier, God, when writing the Bible, seems to have written about the Media-Persian kings in such a way that anyone who mistrusted any word of the Bible would never be able to determine the true identity of King Ahasuerus of the book of Esther. Even as we read these books of the Bible which contain the names of many of these Media-Persian kings, we may find great diffi- cultyinknowingwhichofthekingsidentifywithaparticularBiblicalcitation. We declare, however, that every word of the Bible in the Hebrew lan- guage is absolutely trustworthy. Thus, the Bible is the absolute authority out of which a proper understanding of the archaeological record is to be developed. We will now proceed to follow this principle as we set forth the true historical record of the period from 539 B.C. to 391 B.C. WewillbeginbynamingtheMedia-PersianKingsthatreignedduringthis period of time. We will then integrate the Biblical record into the archaeological record so that we will have a more complete account. There were nine kings that ruled during this period of time. The dates of their reigns, according to the archaeological record, appear to be accurate and are not in anyway contrary to any Biblical information. Remember, however, that the archaeological record shows King Cyrus beginning to reign in the year 559 B.C., whereas the Bible tells us his first year would have been twenty years later, in the year 539 B.C. Please recall that this was because it was in 539 B.C. that he conquered Babylon and thus became the ruler of the greatest world empire that had everpreviouslyexisted.Theninekingsandthelengthsoftheirreigns2 that we will examine as follows. ____________________________________ 2 We should note that the accession year of each king’s reign is given in the above table. However, the following year, the first full year of his reign, is counted as the first year of his reign. Thus, for example, the year 402 B.C. is actually looked upon as the second year of the reign of Artaxerxes II, with 404 B.C. being his accession year and 403 B.C. being the first full year of his reign. Some of the reigns of the Media-Persian kings began and ended in the middle of a year. For example, we have learned that the first year of KingAhasuerus was 404 B.C. and thus, his twelfth year was 392 B.C. However, the twelfth month of his twelfth year would have been approxi- mately March of 391 B.C.
- 274. 282 Time Has An End King Length of Reign (Beginning with accession year) Cyrus 559 - 529 B.C. Cambyses 529 - 522 B.C. Smerdis 522 B.C. Darius I 522 - 485 B.C. Xerxes I 485 - 465 B.C. Artaxerxes I 465 - 424 B.C. Xerxes II 424 B.C. Darius II 424 - 404 B.C. Artaxerxes II 404 - 358 B.C. Cyrus We have already begun to look at King Cyrus who reigned from 559 B.C. to 529 B.C. Cyrus King of Persia is the name given him in Ezra 1:1-2, 8 and in Daniel 10:1.As we learned earlier, in Daniel 6:28, he is spoken of as both Cyrus and Darius. There we read: So this Daniel prospered in the reign of Darius, and in the reign of Cyrus the Persian. More accurately in this verse, the conjunction “and” should have been trans- lated as the word “even.” Thus, this verse should read “. . . in the reign of Darius even in the reign of Cyrus the Persian.” Darius the Median is the name or title given him in Daniel 5:31, where we read: And Darius the Median took the kingdom, being about three- score and two years old. Please note that the next verse assures us that this Darius is the supreme ruler. We read in Daniel 6:1-2:
- 275. 283 It pleased Darius to set over the kingdom an hundred and twenty princes, which should be over the whole kingdom; and over these three presidents; of whom Daniel was first: that the princes might give accounts unto them, and the king should have no damage. This same name or title is given him in Daniel 11:1: Also I in the first year of Darius the Mede, even I, stood to confirm and to strengthen him. Darius the son of Ahasuerus of the seed of the Medes is the name or title given to him in Daniel 9:1: In the first year of Darius the son of Ahasuerus, of the seed of the Medes, which was made king over the realm of the Chaldeans. This verse assures us that, even though Cyrus reigned as a Persian king when he first ascended the throne in 559 B.C., in actuality, by birth, he was a Mede. It also assures us that the name or title “Ahasuerus” was already being used by the father of king Cyrus. Earlier we noted that the most puzzling citation concerning the identity of Cyrus is in Ezra 6:14 where we read . . .“according to the commandment of Cyrus, and Darius, and Artaxerxes king of Persia.” Here God is telling us that Cyrus also carried the name or title of both Darius and Artaxerxes. Remember we took note of the fact that in this verse the words “command- ment” and “king” are singular, that is, there is only one commandment and one king in view. Thus, this should have been translated, . . . “according to the commandment of Cyrus, even Darius, even Artaxerxes, king of Persia.” The archaeological record shows that he was also named Hystespes. It further reveals that his father’s name was Cambyses. Since the Bible tells us in Daniel 9:1 that his father’s name wasAhasuerus, we can know thatAhasuerus was a title. The archaeological record also shows us that his grandfather’s name was Cyrus and that it also was Astyages. Thus, we may conclude that Cyrus was a title like the names Artaxerxes and Darius were titles. When we attempt to harmonize the above, we can conclude that the given name of Cyrus was Hystespes. He was a Mede by birth, son of a king named Cambyses who carried the title Ahasuerus. Cyrus reigned as a Persian king. He was recognized as King Darius the Mede and as King Cyrus the Persian. He was also calledArtaxerxes.As indicated above, in all likelihood the Chapter 7 / 931 B.C . – 391 B.C.
- 276. 284 Time Has An End names Cyrus, Darius and Artaxerxes were titles. In similar manner, for ex- ample, the Egyptian kings were called “Pharaoh.” The ruler of Rome was called “Caesar.” The chief official of the United States is called “President.” We can speculate that it was possibly very wise for Hystespes to use the title Darius the Mede when speaking to Median subjects over which he ruled and possibly to use the title Cyrus the Persian when addressing subjects who were Persian. In Isaiah 44:28 and 45:1, he is named Cyrus. In II Chronicles 36:22-23, he is called Cyrus King of Persia. In the Book of Daniel, every citation con- cerned with the Media-Persian king speaks of Cyrus even though he is also called Darius the Median, or King Darius, or Darius the son of Ahasuerus. Cyrus is not named in the Books of Nehemiah, Esther, Haggai, or Zechariah. It was king Cyrus who conquered Babylon in the year 539 B.C., killing Belshazzar the king of Babylon, but, according to the archaeological record, he took the city with virtually no loss of life (Daniel 5:30-31). He immediately de- creed that the Jews could return to Jerusalem to rebuild the temple. He also provided great financial help to them (Ezra Chapter1). King Cyrus, according to the archaeological record, was killed in battle in the year 529 B.C. His son Cambyses, who apparently was named after Cyrus’ father (who also was called by the name Cambyses and the title Ahasuerus) became king. Cambyses Cambyses, the son of the Cyrus named in the Biblical record, was called Artaxerxes and Ahasuerus. In the archaeological record, he was called Cambyses. We read about King Cambyses in the Bible in connection with the attempts of the enemies of Israel to stop the work of temple building. During his reign, the enemies of the Jews were able to stop the building of the temple by obtaining a stop order from King Cambyses. We read in Ezra 4:4-7: Then the people of the land weakened the hands of the people of Judah, and troubled them in building, and hired counsellors against them, to frustrate their purpose, all the days of Cyrus king of Persia, even until the reign of Darius king of Persia. And in the reign of Ahasuerus, in the beginning of his reign, wrote they unto him an accusation against the inhabitants of Judah and Jerusalem. And in the days of Artaxerxes wrote Bishlam, Mithredath, Tabeel, and the rest of their companions, unto Artaxerxes king of Persia; and the writing of the letter was writ-
- 277. 285 ten in the Syrian tongue, and interpreted in the Syrian tongue. These enemies could not get the work on the temple stopped while Cyrus was king. However, upon his death, they sent accusations against the Jewish builders to the son of Cyrus, Cambyses (called in the Bible Ahasuerus and Artaxerxes). Thus, they were able to force the cessation of work on the temple. King Cambyses, could not find a record of the decree of his father Cyrus that the temple was to be constructed. He, therefore, issued a decree that the work on the temple was to cease. We read in Ezra 4:23-24: Now when the copy of king Artaxerxes’ letter was read before Rehum, and Shimshai the scribe, and their companions, they went up in haste to Jerusalem unto the Jews, and made them to cease by force and power. Then ceased the work of the house of God which is at Jerusalem. So it ceased unto the second year of the reign of Darius king of Persia. King Cambyses the son of Cyrus is referred to in the Bible only in Ezra Chapter 4. He, as we have seen, carried the titles Ahasuerus and Artaxerxes, but his given name Cambyses is not recorded in the Bible. Darius I When Cambyses died in the year 522 B.C., another son of Cyrus as- cended the throne who was named Darius I. The archaeological record informs us that at that time a usurper to the throne named Smerdis ruled briefly but was killed by Darius I. Darius I was the legitimate heir to the throne, being the son of King Cyrus. The archaeological record shows that he reigned from 522 B.C. to 485 B.C. as a very great ruler. Archaeologists speak of him as Darius the Great. The Bible indicates he was asked to search for the original decree issued by King Cyrus concerning the rebuilding of the temple in Jerusalem (Ezra 6:1). It was found, and immediately Darius I decreed that the work on the temple was to be resumed. The temple was completed in the year 515 B.C. (Ezra 6:1- 12). Ezra 6:15 declares: And this house was finished on the third day of the month Adar, which was in the sixth year of the reign of Darius the king. The name Darius spoken of in the Books of Ezra, Haggai and Zechariah is always this King, Darius I. He is not mentioned in the Books of Nehemiah, Chapter 7 / 931 B.C. – 391 B.C.
- 278. 286 Time Has An End Esther, or Daniel. The Bible clearly shows that it was during his reign in the year 515 B.C. that the work of rebuilding the temple was finished. Xerxes I King Darius I was followed on the Media-Persian throne by his son who, according to the archaeological record, was called Xerxes I. Xerxes I reigned from 485 B.C. to 465 B.C. He is the king who is commonly understood to be King Ahasuerus of the Book of Esther. This is a strange and unwarranted conclusion because there is no clear archaeological or Biblical evidence to sup- port this conclusion. On the other hand, we will learn that the archaeological as well as the Biblical evidence shows us that King Ahasuerus of the Book of Esther had to be Artaxerxes II who began to rule in the year 404 B.C. Artaxerxes I King Xerxes I was followed by his son King Artaxerxes I who ruled from 465 B.C. to 424 B.C. The archaeologists also speak of him as Artaxerxes I Longimanus. There is considerable archaeological evidence that agrees with the Biblical record that identifies this king as the king who in 445 B.C. sent Nehemiah to Jerusalem to rebuild the wall. We read in Nehemiah 2:1, 5: And it came to pass in the month Nisan, in the twentieth year of Artaxerxes the king, that wine was before him: and I took up the wine, and gave it unto the king. Now I had not been beforetime sad in his presence. And I said unto the king, If it please the king, and if thy servant have found favour in thy sight, that thou wouldest send me unto Judah, unto the city of my fathers’ sepul- chres, that I may build it. He is also the king spoken of in Ezra 7:1,6-7 as having given orders to the priest Ezra to reestablish the Law of God in Jerusalem. Now after these things, in the reign of Artaxerxes king of Per- sia, Ezra the son of Seraiah, the son of Azariah, the son of Hilkiah, this Ezra went up from Babylon; and he was a ready scribe in the law of Moses, which the LORD God of Israel had given: and the king granted him all his request, according to the hand of the LORD his God upon him. And there went up some of the chil- dren of Israel, and of the priests, and the Levites, and the sing-
- 279. 287 ers, and the porters, and the Nethinims, unto Jerusalem, in the seventh year of Artaxerxes the king. The seventh year of King Artaxerxes I was 458 B.C. This king died in the year 424 B.C. He was followed by his son Xerxes II who was murdered after he had reigned only two months. Thereupon another son, Darius II, as- cended to the throne. Darius II reigned from 424 B.C. to 404 B.C. There is nothing in the Bible that identifies with either Xerxes II or with Darius II. Artaxerxes II – King Ahasuerus of the Book Of Esther The Media-Persian king who immediately followed Darius II was Artaxerxes II who reigned from 404 B.C. to 358 B.C. The archaeologists also speak of him as Artaxerxes II Memnon. We will learn that he must have been King Ahasuerus of the Book of Esther. As we noted earlier in our study, there are no archaeological statements that speak of any of the individuals named in the Book of Esther other than the king himself. Even the king spoken of in the secular record does not readily identify with King Ahasuerus of the Bible. Nei- ther wicked Haman, nor his ten sons, nor Esther nor Mordecai are named any- where in the secular accounts. Fact is, many archaeologists and historians look upon the Book of Esther simply as a novel and not at all as having any historical reality. How wonderful that we can know that the Bible gives us trustworthy historical information! It is very important that we take note of Biblical information that relates to this matter of the actuality of the events recorded in the Book of Esther. We read in Esther 10:1-3: And the king Ahasuerus laid a tribute upon the land, and upon the isles of the sea. And all the acts of his power and of his might, and the declaration of the greatness of Mordecai, whereunto the king advanced him, are they not written in the book of the chronicles of the kings of Media and Persia? For Mordecai the Jew was next unto king Ahasuerus, and great among the Jews, and accepted of the multitude of his brethren, seeking the wealth of his people, and speaking peace to all his seed. Based upon the truth of this citation, we would expect to find extensive and detailed information about Esther and Mordecai in the archaeological record. The fact that none has been found clearly indicates extensive tampering with the legal records of the Media-Persian kingdom as it existed in that time of Chapter 7 / 931 B.C .– 391 B.C.
- 280. 288 Time Has An End history. This could also have seriously limited the ability of ancient historians to produce a true historical account of that period of history. Because no written records have been found mentioning names such as Haman, Esther, or Mordecai, as we noted earlier in our study, archaeologists and theologians have speculated that King Ahasuerus of the Book of Esther was actually Xerxes I. Their basis for this conclusion is given, for example, in a Bible dictionary where we read: Ahasuerus, Hebrew ‘achashwerosh’ representing the Persian ‘Khshayarsha,’ which in Greek became ‘Xerxes.’ King of Persia, mentioned in the Book of Esther. There seems little doubt that he is to be identified with the well-known Xerxes, who reigned from 485 B.C. to 465 B.C. The main support for this identification is to be found in the linguistic equiva- lence of the names noted above. In addition, a close similarity has been noted between the character of Xerxes and the character of the king of the Persians portrayed in the Book of Esther. 3 We can learn from the Bible that this idea that the Persian spelling of the word “Xerxes” being similar to the Hebrew spelling of the word “Ahasuerus” is altogether without justification. In analyzing this reason for concluding that Xerxes I was the Ahasuerus of the Book of Esther, we should remember that nowhere in the Bible is the name or title “Xerxes” to be found. However, even though there is no suggestion of any kind of a King Xerxes, there is a word in the Bible that gives us the Hebrew spelling of the word “Xerxes.” This is because the word “Artaxerxes” which is found several places in the Bible is formed of two parts – Arta and Xerxes. The Hebrew spelling is “Arta chshasta.” This allows us to know that the Hebrew spelling of the word “Xerxes,”when transliterated to our English, is “chshasta.” Thus, we can compare the transliteration of the Persian word for “Xerxes” with the Hebrew spelling of the words “Xerxes” and “Ahasuerus.” We immediately see the following: Persian word for Xerxes Khshayarsha Hebrew word for Xerxes Chshasta Hebrew word for Ahasuerus Achashwerosh The similarity between the first five letters of the Persian and He- brew spellings of the word Xerxes can readily be seen. But please note, the ________________________________________ 3 Zondervan Pictorial Bible Dictionary, 1963, page 23.
- 281. 289 spelling of the Persian word for Xerxes is not similar to the Hebrew word for Ahasuerus. In actuality, the name “Ahasuerus” in all likelihood was a title like “Pha- raoh” or “Caesar.” This is strongly suggested by taking note of two other words found in the Bible. As we learned, the Hebrew word “Ahasuerus” is transliter- ated in our alphabet as “achashwerosh.” A very similar word, “achashdarpan” is translated as “prince” (Daniel 6:1-7).Additionally the word “achashdarpenin” is translated as “lieutenants” in Esther 3:12, 8:9, and 9:3. It is easy to see the similarity of these three words. a cha sh werosh Ahasuerus a cha sh darpan prince a cha sh dar penin lieutenants Since the second and third words signify the titles “prince” and “lieu- tenant,” it is easy to see the likelihood that the first word also signifies a title. Since Ahasuerus was a king, even as Pharaoh (a title) was king of Egypt, we strongly suspect that the word “Ahasuerus” is equivalent to “king” just as the word “Pharaoh” is equivalent to “king.” Given this clue, what could be another name for Ahasuerus? The Septuagint, a Greek translation of the Old Testament, translates the word “Ahasuerus” as Artaxerxes. Josephus, a Jewish historian who lived about the time of Christ, also emphasizes that Ahasuerus was Artaxerxes. Of course, we cannot trust the Septuagint and Josephus as we do the Bible. Their conclusions, however, do reflect the common opinion of about 2,000 years ago. Their conclusions also agree with the testimony of the Bible which speaks of another Media-Persian king being called both Ahasuerus and Artaxerxes. Remember we read in Ezra 4:6, 11: And in the reign of Ahasuerus, in the beginning of his reign, wrote they unto him an accusation against the inhabitants of Judah and Jerusalem. This is the copy of the letter that they sent unto him, even unto Artaxerxes the king; Thy servants the men on this side the river, and at such a time. The context shows that Ahasuerus and Artaxerxes are names for the same king. This particular king was Cambyses who reigned from 529 B.C.-522 B.C. Another fact that should be noted is the contradictory conclusions of archaeologists and historians as they interpret the secular records ofArtaxerxes II and that of his son Artaxerxes III. Curiously, the historical, archaeological Chapter 7 / 931 B.C. – 391 B.C.
- 282. 290 Time Has An End record shows the reign of Artaxerxes II was that of an ineffectual feeble ruler. On the other hand, his son Artaxerxes III, who reigned after the death of his father in 358 B.C., seems to have saved the kingdom. We read: Artaxerxes III, who, though he shed rivers of blood and all but exterminated his whole family, was successful in uniting once more the empire, which under the feeble sway of his father had been threatened with dissolution. 4 On the other hand, in somewhat contradictory fashion, it is reported: When the long reign ofArtaxerxes II came to a close in the autumn of 358 B.C. the authority of the empire had been restored almost everywhere. 5 The above citations truly suggest that the authority and power of Artaxerxes II was worldwide to the end of his life. However, the cruel charac- ter of his son Artaxexes III suggests a ruler who would go to any extreme to get full credit to himself. Therefore, the obliteration of the record of the name and activity of the Jew, Mordecai, who became second-in-command, could be ex- pected. Moreover, we can surely expect that the wicked Haman, who at one time had great authority under the rule of KingAhasuerus, must have had friends and fellow party members who would reassert their authority once the king died. If they were aligned with Artaxerxes III, they too, would have had great reason to remove all references to the Jew, Mordecai, ruling as second-in-com- mand to King Ahasuerus (Artaxerxes II). In the archaeological record, there has been found a very helpful piece of evidence that ties Artaxerxes II to the Book of Esther. It was discovered when the ruins of the ancient city of Shushan were excavated many years ago. The throne room, called the “Apandana,” was also excavated. A report con- cerning this excavation reads as follows: TheApandana was the king’s throne room, or great Hypo-Hall, which covered nearly an acre of ground. It was supported by thirty-six noble columns – six rows of six each – with capitals carved in the form of bulls kneeling back to back, and by long cedar of Lebanon beams spanning the great distance be- tween the massive columns. Here came the king when he “sat on the throne of his kingdom,” and here were held his banquets and state social events such as the prolonged banquet described in the first chapter of the Book of Esther. The __________________________________________________ 4 Encyclopedia Britannica, Vol. 17, 1959, page 555. 5 Encyclopedia Britannica, Vol. 2, 1959, page 448.
- 283. 291 floor of the throne room was “a pavement of red, and blue and white and black marble,” just as it had been described in the Book of Esther. 6 Please note the reference to the red, blue, white, and black pavement which matches the language of Esther 1:6: “. . . upon a pavement of red, and blue, and white, and black, marble.” Of great significance was an inscription that was written in three lan- guages on four of the column pedestals of this throne room. This inscription declares: SaysArtaxerxes, the great King, the King of Kings, the King of all the countries upon the earth, the son of King Darius, the son of King Artaxerxes, the son of King Xerxes, the son of King Darius, the son of King Darius Hystespes. My ancestor Darius built this Apandana (throne room of the palace) in former times. In the time of Artaxerxes, my grandfather, it was burnt by fire. I have restored it.7 This inscription was placed there by a King Artaxerxes who can only be Artaxerxes II who reigned from 404 B.C. to 358 B.C. Please note the similarity of some of the statements in this inscription to the Biblical account. The above inscription states: . . . the great King, the King of Kings, the King of all the countries upon the earth. The Bible states in Esther 1:1: . . . this is Ahasuerus which reigned, from India even to Ethio- pia, over an hundred and seven and twenty provinces. The number 127 is used in another place in the Bible to illustrate that which is worldwide. Sarah, the wife ofAbraham, is the only woman in the entire Bible whose life span is given. She died at the age of 127 (Genesis 23:1). Pro- foundly, Sarah is a picture of all the true believers that exist throughout time throughout the world. We read in Galatians 4:27-28, 31: _________________________________________________ 6 Archaeology and the Bible, G. Frederick Owen, Fleming H. Revell Co., 1961, pages 166-167. 7 op. cit., page 166. Chapter 7 / 931 B.C. – 391 B.C.
- 284. 292 Time Has An End For it is written, Rejoice, thou barren that bearest not; break forth and cry, thou that travailest not: for the desolate hath many more children than she which hath an husband. Now we, breth- ren, as Isaac was, are the children of promise. So then, breth- ren, we are not children of the bondwoman, but of the free. These verses teach that Sarah, the mother of Isaac, symbolically was the mother of every true believer. Therefore, we may understand that her life span of 127 years encompasses the entire number of all true believers who will be saved throughout the history of the world. Therefore, we may likewise conclude that spiritually the 127 provinces ruled over byAhasuerus represent the whole world, withAhasuerus himself representing God who rules the whole world. Therefore, the inscription Artaxerxes II wrote on the column pedestals in which he speaks of being “King of all the countries upon the earth” is amazing in its similarity to the Biblical message thathiskingdomincluded127provinces. The inscription further states: In the time ofArtaxerxes, my grandfather, it was burnt with fire . . . I restored it. We know that the Artaxerxes named in this citation was Artaxerxes I who was the grandfather of Artaxerxes II. We read in Esther 1:3-4: In the third year of his reign, he made a feast unto all his princes and his servants; the power of Persia and Media, the nobles and princes of the provinces, being before him: when he shewed the riches of his glorious kingdom and the honour of his excellent majesty many days, even an hundred and fourscore days. Surely the language of Esther 1:3-4 could identify with a lavish “open house” lasting 180 days in which Artaxerxes II is displaying the beautiful restored pal- ace that had been partially destroyed by fire during the reign of his grandfather, Artaxerxes I, who reigned from 465 B.C. to 424 B.C. And now, Artaxerxes II has restored it. We are truly seeing a great deal of circumstantial evidence which shows that King Ahasuerus of the Book of Esther can only be Artaxerxes II who reigned from 404 B.C. to 358 B.C. At the same time, because of the magnifi- cent accuracy of the Bible, our understanding of the archaeological record is greatly enhanced.
- 285. 293Chapter 7 / 931 B.C. – 391 B.C. It is significant that God has not directed theologians to look atArtaxerxes II as King Ahasuerus of the Book of Esther. It almost appears that God very purposefully has caused theologians of the past to remain in ignorance concern- ing this matter. We do know that the identity of King Ahasuerus is crucial to knowing when the last insertion was made into the Old Testament. We will also presently learn that the timing of this last insertion gives very important clues, not only to the timetable of the birth of Christ, but also to the timing of His appearing on the last day of the world’s existence. THE BOOK OF ESTHER–A Historical Parable When we examine the events recorded in the Book of Esther, we can see how they clearly identify with the events that occur at the time the world comes to an end. The Book of Esther, like the Book of Jonah, is a historical parable. That is, it is a true historical narrative placed in the Bible to illustrate spiritual truth. The chief characters and what they spiritually represent are as follows: Chief Character Spiritual Representation King Ahasuerus Almighty God Provinces ruled over by All the kingdoms of the world King Ahasuerus Queen Vashti Nation of Israel Queen Esther All true believers headed up by Christ Mordecai The Holy Spirit Haman Satan Haman’s ten sons Satan represented by the ten horns of Revelation 12:3, 13:1, etc. Media-Persian Empire The whole world Simply outlined, the narrative begins with Queen Vashti disobeying the king (Esther Chapter 1) and, therefore, being replaced by Queen Esther (Esther 2:1-17). This points to the nation of Israel, who, in the Old Testament, was
- 286. 294 Time Has An End spiritually married to God (Jeremiah 3:14), but who was replaced by the New Testament true believers who become the bride of Christ (Isaiah 54:1-3; Ephesians 5:25-27; Revelation 19:7-8). In this historical parable, Esther therefore repre- sents: 1. The New Testament true believers who are married to Christ. 2. Christ Himself as the head of the true believers. Included in the Media-Persian kingdom of King Ahasuerus were the Jews who lived in the capital city, Shushan, which was located east of Babylon, as well as in many of the other 127 provinces (Esther 1:1-2). These Jews repre- sent all genuine believers who are scattered all through the world. The wicked Haman, who was very highly placed in the kingdom, man- aged to get permission to kill all the Jews. Unbeknownst to the king, this exter- mination was to include Queen Esther (Esther Chapter 3). Haman cast the lot (like throwing dice) to determine which day the annihilation of the Jews would take place. The answer was the thirteenth day of the twelfth month of the twelfth year (Esther 3:7; 9:1) of the reign of King Ahasuerus. Queen Esther, at the risk of her own life, pleaded for the Jews and received permission from the king that allowed the Jews to fight against Haman’s ten sons and all the enemies of the Jews (Esther Chapters 4-8). The king also had Haman executed because he had plotted to have Esther killed (Esther 7:7- 10). Therefore, on the appointed day, the Jews were completely victorious over their enemies, and the ten sons of Haman were hanged (Esther 9:1-25). This historical victory by the king’s command was, thereafter, annually celebrated by the Jewish nation as the feast of Purim, a word signifying the casting of the lot (Hebrew “pur”) (Esther 9:17-32). This historical parable is definitely pointing to the end of the world when Satan and all the unsaved will be cast into the Second Death, eternal damnation. It also gives very valuable information relating to the Biblical Calendar of His- tory. It surely is very significant that, in the Book of Esther, there is very clear reference to recording in a book the historical events of the Book of Esther. We read in Esther 9:32: And the decree of Esther confirmed these matters of Purim; and it was written in the book. The only book that can be in view is the Bible because that is where these events are recorded. Furthermore, because the twelfth month of the twelfth
- 287. 295 year of King Ahasuerus (Artaxerxes II) is the year 391 B.C., we know it is in that year that the last insertion was made into the Bible. There is no indication anywhere in the Bible of an insertion being made at a date later than 391 B.C. The occasion for this inclusion was particularly significant even as the year 391 B.C. proves to be particularly significant. The occasion was the death of Haman and his ten sons together with more than 75,000 enemies of Israel. As we noted earlier, this is actually a his- torical parable pointing to the final end of Satan and the wicked of the world who have been plotting the overthrow of Christ and His kingdom. Haman clearly is a picture or type representing Satan. His ten sons surely represent the rule of Satan during the Great Tribulation. We are distinctly reminded of Revelation 20:7-8: And when the thousand years are expired, Satan shall be loosed out of his prison, and shall go out to deceive the nations which are in the four quarters of the earth, Gog and Magog, to gather them together to battle: the number of whom is as the sand of the sea. This end time language thus focuses the Book of Esther upon the end of the world when Christ will return. The Book of Esther also focuses on Jesus coming as Savior, as Christ was typified by Esther. Remember, she was willing to give her life in her desire to save the lives of her people, Israel (Esther 4:16). Thus, the Book of Esther focuses in a very unique way upon both the first coming of Jesus as Savior and upon His second coming as Judge of all of the earth. Curiously, the year 391 B.C. also appears to anticipate the two awe- some events of Jesus’ literal appearance on this earth. We will learn that it was in the Jubilee Year of 7 B.C. that Christ appeared as a baby in a manger. It is in all likelihood that, inA.D. 2011, He will appear in the clouds as He comes at the end of this world’s existence. It is curious and even amazing that in the year 391 B.C., when God’s Word of the Old Testament was finally completed, the year 391 B.C. itself was anticipating Christ’s coming as the perfect fulfilment of the Word of God. The time duration from 391 B.C. to 7 B.C. when Jesus was born equals 384 years. When we break the number 384 down to find any spiritual meaning, we find it breaks down to 3 x 2 x 2 x 2 x 2 x 2 x 2 x 2 = 384. Please note the number 3 which spiritually signifies God’s divine purpose. Please note the number 2 which spiritually signifies the caretakers of the Gospel. Jesus is the quintessential caretaker because He is the very essence of the Gospel. Please note that Chapter 7 / 931 B.C. – 391 B.C.
- 288. 296 Time Has An End there are 7 “2s.” The number 7 spiritually signifies that which is perfect or that which is a perfect fulfillment. The 7 “2s” thus signify that the coming of Jesus as the Savior is the perfect fulfillment of God’s intentions for the Gospel. But Christ, the essence of the Gospel, is coming at the end of the world to complete the Gospel in every aspect. We are learning in this study that could be A.D. 2011. Amazingly, the year 391 B.C. anticipates A.D. 2011 in a most remarkable way. 391 B.C. - A.D. 2011 = 2,402 years Because there is no year zero, we must subtract one year, giving a total of 2,401 years. To discover the spiritual significance, if any exists, in the number 2,401, we must break it down to its fundamental numbers. Amazingly, the number 2,401 breaks down into: 7 x 7 x 7 x 7 = 2,401 years. The number 7 points to perfect fulfillment. The 4 “7s” focus our attention on the number 4 or upon the number 2 x 2. The number 4 spiritually signifies the extreme end, thus giving us the idea that, at the time the Word of God ended in the Old Testament era in the year 391 B.C., God is pointing us to its perfect completion (number 7) in the extreme end of time (number 4) which may be A.D. 2011. It might be noted that there was one other time tied to the year 391 B.C. which stands out in relationship to the coming of the Lord Jesus. Jesus grew up in the village of Nazareth and was known by His friends as a carpen- ter. That is, for many years, there was no public evidence that He was the Messiah. But later in this study, we will learn that, when He was almost thirty- five years of age, He officially began His work as the Messiah. We will learn that it was in September of A.D. 29 that John the Baptist announced “. . . Behold the Lamb of God, which taketh away the sin of the world” (John 1:29). On the same day, God announced from Heaven “. . . This is my be- loved Son, in whom I am well pleased” (Matthew 3:17). From the day of these enormously important announcements, Jesus became fully engaged in His work as the Messiah. He was born into this world in 7 B.C. His appearance to the world as the Messiah was in A.D. 29. Again, we are fascinated by the relationship of A.D. 29 to the year 391 B.C., the year the last insertion was made into the Old Testament.
- 289. 297 Adding 29 to 391 gives a sum of 420 inclusive years. The number 420 breaks down into the significant numbers 10 (completeness) x 7 (perfect fullness) x 3 (God’s purpose) x 2 (caretakers of the Gospel). Just as the numbers 3, 2, and 7 are featured by the year of the birth of Christ as it relates to the year 391 B.C., so the same numbers are featured as Christ officially began His work as the Messiah. Of course, all of this may be coincidental. However, as we learn that God does use numbers and number patterns to illustrate spiritual truth, we should not be surprised if these number patterns are assisting in focus- ing our eyes on the possibility that A.D. 2011 may be the last year of this world’s existence. Fact is, from time to time, we have indicated that there could be important spiritual significance to certain time intervals that have occurred as God has unfolded His salvation plan. Therefore, before we continue down the highway of time, we should address the subject of God’s use of numbers in the Bible. This we will do as we continue our study. Chapter 7 / 931 B.C. – 391 B.C.
- 291. 299 Chapter 8 The Numbers In The Bible As we are proceeding with our study of the unfolding of the timeline of history, we constantly are making reference to numbers that God has recorded in the Bible. These numbers are placed in the Bible by God and, therefore, are tobeveryseriouslyconsidered.Wemustnotglossoverthemasiftheyhavelittle or no importance. Therefore, before we continue our study, we should pause to learnhowGodusesnumbersintheBible.Giventhespiritualprinciplethatweare to compare spiritual things with spiritual (I Corinthians 2:13), and given the fact that the whole Bible and all that it declares is an integral part of the spiritual message, we know we must search the Bible to discover how God uses numbers.* These numbers are placed in the Bible by God and, therefore, are to be very seriously considered. Moreover,wemustcarefullyconsiderGod’suseofnumbersintheBible because it is the numbers in the Biblical text that have especially given cause to a mistrust of the Bible. For example, there is probably no other body of Biblical citations that has done more to seem to invalidate the authority of the Bible than those pertaining to the duration of the reigns of the Hebrew kings. We read, for example, in one citation (II Kings 8:26), that Ahaziah was twenty-two years old when he began to reign. Yet in another citation (II Chronicles22:2),wereadthathewasforty-twoyearsoldwhenhebegantoreign. Many more of these kinds of apparent errors can be cited in connection with the reigns of these kings. The result of these apparent contradictions and errors is that a great many theologians have concluded that the numbers of the Bible are not accurate and are not to be trusted. These theologians have concluded that perhaps the numbers are not accurate, not because they are not accurate in the original * We must be careful not to confuse an activity called “numerology” with the study of the numbers of the Bible. Numerology has to do with assigning number values to the Hebrew or Greek letters and adding together the number values of Bible words in an attempt to arrive at a hidden Bible message. Numerology has no Biblical validation and is not related in any sense to anything written in this book.
- 292. 300 Time Has An End manuscript, but because a scribe may have made an error in transcribing a later copy. In any case, these apparent errors associated with the numbers of the Bible are very obvious and, therefore, many theologians have concluded that we cannot trust any numbers of the Bible. After all, numbers are words and the whole Bible consists of words. If some words of the Bible are not to be trusted, then how can we trust any words of the Bible? Thisconclusionconcerningtheapparentinaccuraciesofthenumbersof the Bible attempts to destroy the authority of the whole Bible. If the ancient copies, from which we obtain our present Bible, are inaccurate insofar as the numbersoftheBibleareconcerned,thenhowcantheybetrustedconcerningany part of the Bible? After all, numbers are words and the whole Bible consists of words. If some words of the Bible are not to be trusted, then how can we trust any words of the Bible? We thus can understand why so many Bible scholars do not trust the Bible. They like what they read when it pleases them, but a passage that does not please them can be easily set aside in their minds as inaccurate and thushavingnobindingauthority. Unfortunately, this undercurrent of mistrust is far more in place than we might think. So many preachers and teachers of the Bible stress that the Bible is the infallible, inerrant Word of God, yet, in practice, they subject themselves to theauthorityoftheBibleonlywhenitappearstoagreewiththetheologicalideas thattheythemselvesortheirchurchhold.ButwhentheBibleappearstodisagree with their theological position, the Biblical citation in question is disregarded or modifiedintheirthinkingsothatitdoesagreewiththeirtheologicalposition.This kind of conduct is often consciously or unconsciously fostered and encouraged because they, at some time in their studies, have read commentaries that suggest thepossibilityofscribalerror,particularlyinconnectionwiththenumbersofthe Bible. There are no errors or real contradictions in the Bible. The whole Bible in the original languages is completely trustworthy. This includes every word whether it is a number or some other word. The only errors that may be found will be those resulting from a faulty translation into our present languages or because inferior Greek texts were used in translating the New Testament. Wonderfully, the King James translation has used the correct Greek copies. An example of a passage that appears to have been incorrectly written is that of the age of King Ahaziah at the time he began to reign. It appears that
- 293. 301 a scribe, while copying the original language, made an error so that a wrong number now occurs in the Bible. In II Kings 8:26, the Bible reports that he was twenty-twoyearsoldwhenhebegantoreign.ButinIIChronicles22:2,theBible reports that he was forty-two years old when he began to reign. Actually, there is no contradiction. The solution is that, in the first instance, God is teaching that Ahaziah was indeed twenty-two years old when he began to reign. In the second citation, God is teaching that he began to reign forty-two years after the kingly dynasty of Omri, of whom Ahaziah was a descendant, began. (For a full discussion of these apparent discrepancies, the reader is invited to obtain free of charge the book The Perfect Harmony of the Numbers of the Hebrew Kings from Family Radio.) Each and every word, even each letter of each word, in the original languages was precisely what God desired. WemustbearinmindthattheBiblewascraftedbyGod.Eachandevery word,eveneachletterofeachword,intheoriginallanguageswaspreciselywhat God desired. Because He is God, He could have designed the Bible so that any 6-year-old child could clearly understand each and every teaching that God wished mankind to understand. ButGodpurposelywrotetheBiblesothatitwouldbedifficulttodiscover many truths of the Bible. Jesus declares in Mark 4:11-12: And he said unto them, Unto you it is given to know the mystery of the kingdom of God: but unto them that are without, all these things are done in parables: that seeing they may see, and not perceive; and hearing they may hear, and not understand; lest at any time they should be converted, and their sins should be forgiven them. In Proverbs 25:2, He further declares: It is the glory of God to conceal a thing: but the honour of kings is to search out a matter. God declares in I Corinthians 2:11-14: For what man knoweth the things of a man, save the spirit of man Chapter 8 / The Numbers in the Bible
- 294. 302 Time Has An End which is in him? Even so the things of God knoweth no man, but the Spirit of God. Now we have received, not the spirit of the world, but the spirit which is of God; that we might know the things that are freely given to us of God. Which things also we speak, not in the words which man’s wisdom teacheth, but which the Holy Ghost teacheth; comparing spiritual things with spiritual. But the natural man receiveth not the things of the Spirit of God: for they are foolishness unto him: neither can he know them, because they are spiritually discerned. God purposely wrote the Bible to foster unbelief in the hearts of those who do not want the salvation of the Bible. As we examine these citations, we begin to understand that God purposelywrotetheBibletofosterunbeliefintheheartsofthosewhodonotwant the salvation of the Bible. For them, the Bible appears to contain errors, contradictions, and many things that apparently have no relationship to truth. This,Ibelieve,isthereasonthatthenumbersthatrelatetothechronology of the kings of Judah and Israel appear so frequently to be in error. But when we adopt Biblical principles, namely, that we are to trust that every word in the Bible in the original languages is God-breathed, that we are to compareScripturewithScripture,andthatwearetoprayforwisdom,askingthat the Holy Spirit will lead us into truth, then these supposed errors and contradictionswillbeeliminated.Iftheyarenoteliminated,itmeansthatwemust patiently wait upon God because ultimately, they will be eliminated. This is so simply because the Bible is the Word of God. Emphasis must be made once more: In trying to understand a difficult passage, we must never countenance the thought that perhaps a word of a phrase has been accidentally or purposely altered by a scribe in transcribing from one copy to another. We can rest assured that not only did holy men of God speak as GodtheHolySpiritmovedthem(IIPeter1:21),butalsoGodprotectedHisWord so that it would be available in its pure form to succeeding generations (John 17:13-21; Acts 1:8; Romans 16:25-27). Numbers May Convey Spiritual Truth We must keep in mind that numbers are words and therefore should be studied and defined like any word in the Bible. That is, if we wish to know the
- 295. 303 meaning of a word, we should locate that word wherever it can be found in the original language of the Bible. By examining the context of each place it is used, ordinarily,itispossibletoknowthemeaningofthatwordasitisusedintheBible. Thus, for example, we can learn from the Bible that the word “grace” may be defined as “God’s free gift of salvation.” Occasionally, some help in understanding a word used in the Bible may come from a non-Biblical source. However, the ideal source is the Bible. Frequently, words have more than one meaning. The Hebrew word “yam,” for example, is translated as the word “sea” and as the word “west” in addition to several other ways, depending upon the context. Frequently,wordscanbeunderstoodinaliteralphysicalmannerandalso tosignifyspiritualtruth.Forexample,theword“lamb”canrefertoananimal,the offspring of a sheep, but it can also refer to Jesus as the Lamb of God who was offered, as the only sacrifice completely pleasing to God, to take away sins (Hebrews 9:11-14; I Peter 1:18-19). We must remember that numbers are words and the same rules apply to numbers that apply to words. We, therefore, discover that a number can be understoodinvariousways.FollowingarethemostcommonwaystheBibleuses numbers: 1. Numbers can be used to measure the passage of time. For example, Israel was in Egypt for 430 years (Exodus 12:40). 2. Numbers can be used to describe a group of people, ob- jects, things, etc. Thus, we read that there were eight souls on the ark (I Peter 3:20). 3. Numbers can be used to describe the size of an object. For example, the ark was 300 cubits long and fifty cubits wide (Genesis 6:15). 4. Numbers can have a literal, physical application and at the same time also have a spiritual or symbolical application. For example, we read in John 21:11 of 153 fish that were caught. This was the literal number of fish that were caught but the number 153 also has a definite spiritual application, as we shall presently learn. At times, the spiritual applica- tion will be readily seen, and at times, it may be hidden from our understanding. Chapter 8 / The Numbers in the Bible
- 296. 304 Time Has An End 5. In some instances, in a particular context, a number may have only a spiritual or symbolical meaning. For example, Peter asked Jesus the question in Matthew 18:21: . . . Lord, how oft shall my brother sin against me, and I forgive him? till seven times? And Jesus answered in the next verse: Jesus saith unto him, I say not unto thee, Until seven times: but, Until seventy times seven. Now, 70 x 7 = 490. Was Jesus teaching that when we have forgiven someone 490 times, we can then stop forgiving that person? We know that the number 490 is not being used in that fashion because the rest of the chapter teaches that we are to forgive each other as Christ has forgiven us. We know that Christdoesnotforgivejust490sins,butwhenHeforgivesindividualsforwhom Hedied,Heforgivesalloftheirsins(Mark2:5-12;John8:10-11;Colossians2:13). The numbers 70 and 7 are conveying the spiritual truth that our forgiving is to be completely perfect which means we are never to stop forgiving. Therefore, we must understand that the numbers in the expression 70 x 7, in this context, are conveying the truth that there is to be no limit to the number of each other’s sins that we are to forgive. The numbers 70 and 7 are conveying the spiritual truth that our forgiving is to be completely perfect which means we are never to stop forgiving. Another illustration is recorded in Psalm 105:8, where God declares: He hath remembered his covenant for ever, the word which he commanded to a thousand generations. The translators incorrectly translated the Hebrew word for “generation” as a plural word. However, in the original Hebrew, it is a singular word. Thus, the verse should read “the word which He commanded to a thousand
- 297. 305 generation.” But that does not make any apparent sense. What kind of a generationisathousandgeneration?Onlywhenwerealizethatthenumber1,000 can spiritually mean that which is complete does the sense of the verse become clear. God’s commands are to a complete generation. The generation that God has in mind, based on the word “covenant” which is found in this phrase, must include all the peoples of the earth. Psalm 105, verse 7, shows this: He is the LORD our God: his judgments are in all the earth. Likewise, when we read Revelation 20:2-7 we learn that Satan was bound for a thousand years. But when we carefully study everything in the Bible that relates to the binding of Satan, we learn that 1,000 years no doubt covers the wholeperiodoftimefromA.D.33toA.D.1988.Thisobviouslyisamuchlarger period of time than a literal 1,000 years. Therefore, even as was the situation in Psalm 105, the “a thousand” of Revelation 20:2 is a synonym for the word “complete” or “completeness.” Satan was bound for the completeness (1,000 years) of God’s timetable for his binding. 6. Frequently, large numbers can be broken down to smaller sig- nificant numbers to expose the spiritual significance of the larger number. Larger numbers in Scripture have spiritual significance, but that signifi- cance often may not be seen until the number is broken down into its smaller significant numbers. The combination of these smaller numbers may convey two or three or more statements of spiritual truth agreeing completely with all that the rest of the Bible declares. This again highlights the magnificent nature of how God has written the Bible. We have already observed how God has displayed His use of the fac- tors of a larger number to teach spiritual truth (Matthew 18:21 [490 = 70 x 7]). (See also Leviticus 23:15-16; 25:8.) Now we cite, as examples of the many in the Bible, two large numbers given in Scripture whose combination of factors convey rich spiritual truth. In John Chapter 21, by means of a historical parable, God describes all ofthosewhowillbecomesavedduringthelatterrain.Thisisthetimewhenthere will be the final salvation period during which all those who are still to become savedwillbecomesaved.ItoccursduringthesecondpartoftheGreatTribulation which will immediately precede the end of the world. God describes these who are to be saved as 153 fish that were caught in a net that did not break and which were brought to land without being in a ship. The number 153 equals 3 x 3 x 17. Chapter 8 / The Numbers in the Bible
- 298. 306 Time Has An End Presently,wewilllearnthatthenumber3signifiesGod’swillorpurposeandthe number 17, if it has spiritual meaning, signifies Heaven. Therefore, the 153 fish signifythatitisthepurpose(thenumber3)ofGodtobringtoHeaven(thenumber 17) all of those who are to be saved during the Great Tribulation. Incidentally, only the numbers 3 and 17 are the basic factors of the number 153. 153 is also a product of 9 x17, but 9 is the product of 3 x 3, so again we arrive at God’s purpose signified by the number 3. 153 is also a product of 51 x 3, but 51 is a product of 17 x 3, so again we observe the spiritual meaning of Heaven signified by the number 17. A larger number may have different combinations of factors, but it is only God’s use of numbers in the Bible in all of itscontextsthatdictatesthespiritualmeaningofanyofthesenumbers.Itisathing of beauty and wonder to see how God, even in numerical expressions, reveals important spiritual truth for us to know! A second large number is found in Acts 27:37 where God speaks of 276 individuals who were aboard a ship that was totally wrecked in a severe storm. However, all 276 people were saved. The number 276 breaks down into the numbers 12 x 23 or the number 3 x 2 x 2 x 23. Spiritually, it can be shown that the destroyed ship represents the end of the Church Age. The number 276 spirituallyrepresentsthatitwasGod’spurpose(thenumber3)thatthosewhoare to continue to bring the Gospel (the number 2) would be rescued from the judgment (the number 23) that destroyed the ship (the local churches). The Numbers of the Bible Do Not Appear by Happenstance As we study the Bible, we occasionally notice that in the recording of certain historical events, a number appears to be featured. This is true, for example, of the numbers in connection with the accounts of the crucifixion of Christ. Remember, there were 3 crosses (Mark 15:27), 3 denials by Peter (Mark 14:66-72),3apostleswerewithJesusintheGardenofGethsemane(Mark14:33), Jesus prayed 3 times in the Garden (Mark 14:32-41), the words “JESUS OF NAZARETH THE KING OF THE JEWS” were on the cross in 3 languages (John19:19-20),3groupsofmen—thechiefpriests,theelders,andallthecouncil — wanted Him killed (Matthew 26:59), etc. Included are some larger numbers that feature the number 3. For example, 30 pieces of silver were paid to betray Him (Matthew 26:15), and there were 3 hours of darkness, from the sixth to the ninth hour (Matthew 27:45). IsthedevelopmentoftheseeventsthatsurroundthecrucifixionofChrist —recordedsothatthenumber3isrepeatedlyinview—accidentalorincidental? Or is God, by the use of the number 3, conveying a great spiritual message that every thing that happened in connection with the crucifixion of Jesus was
- 299. 307 altogether in accordance with God’s unmistakable purpose and sovereign will? Similarly,wefindthenumber23featuredinplacesintheBiblewherethe judgment of God is definitely in view. For example, in Daniel 8:14, God teaches that the sanctuary and the host would be trodden underfoot 2,300 days. In I Corinthians10:10,Godspeaksofaplaguethatkilled23,000individualsinoneday. That this is focusing on the number 23 as a number of judgment can be quickly understood because in Numbers 25:9, the Bible records that there were 24,000 killed in the plague. There is no contradiction between these two accounts. It is obviousthatofthetotalnumberof24,000killedintheplague,23,000werekilled in one day and that means an additional 1,000 were killed in a second day. However,Godisparticularlyassociatingthenumber23withHisjudgmentonsin. We thus learn that the number 23 can convey the spiritual meaning of God’s judgment or God’s wrath. If we look at many numbers of the Bible, therefore, we can see that they may be conveying spiritual truth as well as teaching simple numerical value. Thenumber2isusedfrequentlytodescribethosewhobringtheGospel. Jesus sent the 70 out “two and two” (Luke 10:1). Revelation Chapter 11 describes the 2 witnesses who were killed and then again stood on their feet to bring the Gospel. In Acts Chapter 13, Paul and Barnabas were sent out together asthefirstmissionaries.Thus,ifthenumber2hassymbolicalorspiritualmeaning, itwouldidentifywiththosewhoaretobringtheGospelorwhoarethecaretakers of the Bible. The number 4 identifies with the whole world. The Bible speaks of east, west, north, and south (Psalm 107:3). It speaks of 4 winds (Matthew 24:31) and 4 corners of the land (Ezekiel 7:2). Thus, if the number 4 has any symbolical or spiritual meaning, it would identify with that which is universal or worldwide. Butthenumber4isalsousedtoconveyuniversalityinthesenseofgoing all the way to the end. For example, Jesus waited until Lazarus was dead 4 days before he was raised (John 11:15-17). King Jehu’s dynasty was allowed to continue through 4 kings (II Kings 10:30; 13:1, 9-10; 14:16, 29; 15:8-12). Israel came out of Egypt in the 4th generation after being afflicted 400 years (Genesis 15:13-16). Abraham bought a burial ground for his wife Sarah for 400 shekels (Genesis 23:15) because she represents all true believers all the way to the end of time who expect with Sarah to receive their resurrected bodies. In all of these instances, the use of the number 4 indicates the extremity or the end of a period of time, even as it is used to point to the end of the world which is worldwide (II Peter 3:10). The number 5 very frequently identifies with salvation or judgment. Christ had to experience judgment to bring salvation so we are not surprised that Chapter 8 / The Numbers in the Bible
- 300. 308 Time Has An End both judgment and salvation identify with the number 5. The number 5 appears in the Bible both as ½ which is .5 and as 5 or 50 or 500 or 5,000, etc. We immediatelythinkofthetempletaxwhichwas.5shekel(Exodus30:13),orofthe 5,000whowerefedbyJesus(John6:10-13),orofthe5wiseand5foolishvirgins (Matthew 25:1-2), etc. Thus, if the number 5 has any symbolical or spiritual meaning, it would be that of salvation or judgment. Ifthenumber6hasanysymbolicalorspiritualmeaning,itprobablywould identify with work. Jesus worked 6 days to create the universe (Exodus 20:11). Thenumber666ofRevelation13:18identifieswiththeunsavedwhoessentially are working to get right with God. The number 7 is used throughout the Bible in the sense of a completed cycle (7 days, 7 years), or in the sense of perfect completeness. For example, earlier we looked at forgiveness to be 70 x 7 times. The number 9 is 3 x 3. Therefore, symbolically or spiritually, it would signifypurpose. The number 10, like the number 100, or 1,000 or 10,000, etc. signifies completeness. The Bible speaks of 10 coins (Luke 15:8), 100 sheep (Luke 15:4), 1,000years(IIPeter3:8),1,000generations(Deuteronomy7:9),etc.Thus,ifthe number 10 has any symbolical or spiritual meaning, it would be that of completeness. The number 11 is frequently used in the Bible to convey the idea of defective fullness. For example, there were 12 tribes (actually thirteen tribes) of Israel, but after David pridefully numbered Israel, God speaks of 11 tribes (I Kings11:31-32).WhenJudasIscariot,whowasoneofthe12apostles(John6:70- 71), took his own life after he betrayed Jesus, there were 11 apostles left. Immediately, another apostle was chosen to bring the total back up to 12 (Acts 1:13-26). There are 11 millenniums from Creation to the first coming of Christ (see Chapter 9 of this book). But His coming is not complete (in that sense, defective) until He comes on the last day to finish all of His work that He has planned for mankind and this world (I Corinthians 15:24). The number 12 is used frequently to signify the fullness of whatever is inview.Therewere12tribesand12apostles,theHolyCityisspokenofas12,000 furlongs by 12,000 furlongs by 12,000 furlongs (Revelation 21:16), etc. Thus, if the number 12 has any symbolical or spiritual meaning, it would be the fullness of whatever is in view. The numbers 7, 10, and 12, are, therefore, very similar to each other in signifying spiritual truth. The number 13 symbolically or spiritually signifies super fullness. Ordinarily,theBiblespeaksoftwelveapostles,butinactualitytherewere13.The 13thwastheApostlePaulwhoinsistedundertheinspirationoftheHolySpiritthat hemetallofthequalificationsoftheoriginaltwelve(ICorinthians9:1-2;15:8-9;
- 301. 309Chapter 8 / The Numbers in the Bible IICorinthians12:11-12).TheBibleordinarilyspeaksoftwelvetribesofIsraelbut inactualitytherewere13(Genesis49:1-28;Numbers32:33;JoshuaChapters16 and 17). The universe has existed for slightly more than 13,000 years (see Chapters 2 and 3 of this book). Thus, if the number 13 has any symbolical or spiritualmeaning,itidentifieswith“superfullness”. Curiously, we see this concept identified with the age of the earth. We have learned that the Old Testament era from Creation to the birth of Christ is almost exactly 11,000 years (11,006 years). We also can easily misunderstand the opening verses of Revelation Chapter 20 which speak of Satan being bound for a thousand years after which the end of the world would come. And 11,000 years + 1,000 years = 12,000 years, which symbolically identifies with complete fullness of time. But the New Testament era is about two thousand years. Therefore, the total time is very close to 13,000 years (13,023 years to be ex- act). And thus, we see again the concept of super fullness identified with the number 13. The number 17 is found in several places that identify with Heaven. For example, during the last 17 years of his life, Jacob lived under the complete safety of Joseph who was a portrait or type of Christ at the time he was used of God to save his family from starvation (Genesis 47:28). Jeremiah paid 17 shek- els for a piece of land in Israel as a sign that God would again bring Israel into the land; the land signifies the eternal kingdom of God (Jeremiah 32:9). Thus, if the number 17 has any symbolical or spiritual meaning, it would be that of Heaven. The number 37, like the number 23, signifies God’s judgment. Noah was in the ark for a total of 370 days at the time God’s judgment was on the earth (Genesis 7:11; 8:14-18). The army of Sennacherib that was destroyed by God in one night numbered 185,000 (II Kings 19:35). 185,000 = 5 x 37 x 1,000. The number 666, which is the number assigned to the unsaved who are under the judgment of God (Revelation 13:18), when broken down into significant numbers, is 3 x 6 x 37. Thus, if the number 37 has any symbolical or spiritual meaning, it would be judgment. The number 40 is used repeatedly in the Bible to signify testing. Moses was 40 days on Mount Sinai (Exodus 24:18). Israel failed the test of his absence and made the golden calf (Exodus 32:1-4). Israel was 40 years in the wilder- ness. They failed the test because almost none of them became saved (He- brews 3:17). Jesus was tested 40 days and 40 nights by Satan (Matthew 4:1-2; Luke 4:1-2). Wonderfully, He did not fail the test (Matthew 4:3-11; Luke 4:3- 14). Thus, if the number 40 has any symbolical or spiritual meaning, it would be that of testing. The number 43 surfaces from time to time. For example, Israel was in Egypt for 430 years. The end of the 430 years brought judgment upon Egypt but
- 302. 310 Time Has An End freedom (a picture of salvation) to Israel. Thus, if the number 43 has any spiri- tual or symbolical meaning, it would be, like the number 5, that of judgment or salvation. The following is a summary of probable meanings of the numbers set forth above. Number Symbolical or Spiritual Meaning 2 Caretakers of the Bible 3 God’s purpose 4 Universality or going all the way to the end 5 Salvation or judgment 6 Work 7 Perfect completeness 9 Purpose 10 Completeness 11 Defective fullness 12 Fullness 13 Super fullness 17 Heaven 23 Judgment 37 Judgment 43 Judgmentorsalvation These comments about God’s usage of numbers do not in any way insist that this, then, is the basis of recognizing the high possibility that A.D. 2011 may indeed be the year of the end of the world. If it were true that not a single number in the Bible conveyed any spiritual truth, the conclusions set forth in this study identifying with the unfolding of God’s salvation plan would not change at all.
- 303. 311Chapter 8 / The Numbers in the Bible However, it is true that as we understand God’s use of numbers in the Bible, we do have increased evidence that the timeline of history we have pro- jected to A.D. 2011 has a great possibility of being correct. . . . the numbers God has used in the Bible can have spiritual value, that is, they can be used of God to teach spiritual truth. Now that we have learned that the numbers God has used in the Bible can have spiritual value, that is, they can be used of God to teach spiritual truth, we shall also learn that in the Calendar of History, major milestones are sepa- rated from each other in such a way that spiritual truth shines forth. For example, Israel was in the wilderness 40 years, from the year 1447 B.C. to 1407 B.C. As we learned, the number 40 spiritually signifies testing. In Deuteronomy 8:2 we read: And thou shalt remember all the way which the LORD thy God led thee these forty years in the wilderness, to humble thee, and to prove thee, to know what was in thine heart, whether thou wouldest keep his commandments, or no. This verse clearly teaches that the 40 years Israel was in the wilderness was a period of time set by God for Him to test them (see also Numbers 14:33-34). By this verse, we are assured that the duration of a time period set forth in God’s Gospel Calendar can be used to emphasize spiritual truth. Again, we have learned that Abraham was seventy-five years of age when he came into the land of Canaan and that he died at the age of 175 years (Genesis 25:7). We have learned that the land of Canaan symbolically repre- sents the eternal kingdom of God. We have also learned that the number 10, 100, or 1,000 can spiritually signify completeness.Additionally, we know from the Bible thatAbraham represents all of those who are true believers (Galatians 3:29). Thus, the 100-year period from the year 2092 B.C., when Abraham en- tered the land of Canaan, until the year 1992 B.C., when Abraham died, signi- fies the completeness of eternal life for all those who become saved. Fact is, God has structured the unfolding of His salvation plan so that as we discover the Calendar of History, we find two major principles to be in place: 1. The Gospel milestones in the unfolding of history are not in any sense haphazard or at random.
- 304. 312 Time Has An End 2. Frequently, the time duration between significant milestones convey important spiritual truth. We should test these principles. We shall do so by listing a number of the significant milestones and then checking to discover if there is any possibility of spiritual meaning in the time segment between these milestones. Time Intervals Can Convey Spiritual Truth The following is a list of some of the milestones we have already un- covered as we have been studying the timeline of history. Additionally, three milestones are listed that we will come to later as we continue in our progress through time all the way to the end of time. 1. 2092 B.C. Abraham arrives in the promised land, Canaan, which externally typifies the kingdom of God. 2. 2067 B.C. Sodom and Gomorrah are completely destroyed. 3. 1877 B.C. Jacob and his family are commanded to leave the promised land, Canaan, and go to live in Egypt. 4. 1447 B.C. Israel as a nation leaves Egypt at the time that God’s judgment falls on Egypt. All of the firstborn of Egypt are killed. 5. 1407 B.C. Israel crosses the Jordan River and enters Canaan, which externally typifies the kingdom of God. 6. 1047 B.C. Israel becomes a monarchy. 7. 1007 B.C. David becomes king of Israel. 8. 931 B.C. The kingdom of twelve tribes is divided into two kingdoms, Judah (two tribes) and Israel (ten tribes). 9. 709 B.C. Israel is destroyed by the Assyrians. 10. 609 B.C. Judahbeginsatimeofgreattribulation.Duringthistime,Judah loses its independence and becomes first a vassal of Egypt and then a vassal of Babylon. (continued)
- 305. 313Chapter 8 / The Numbers in the Bible 11. 587 B.C. Judah and Jerusalem are destroyed by Babylon. All the remaining Jews are commanded to leave Judea and live in Babylon. 12. 539 B.C. Babylon is conquered by the Medes and Persians. 13. 391 B.C. The last writing of the Old Testament. 14. 7 B.C. Jesus is born. Beginning year of first Jubilee period. 15. A.D. 29 Jesus is announced as the Lamb of God. 16 A.D. 33 Jesus is crucified. Church Age begins. 17. A.D. 1988 Church Age ends. Beginning year of the Great Tribulation (see Chapter 10 of this book). 18. A.D. 1994 Beginning year of second Jubilee period. 19. A.D. 2011 Probable end of the world. These milestones did not occur in a random or haphazard manner. It can be shown that they are interrelated to each other in a definite pattern. We can see this pattern when we break down the intervals between these various events into theirsignificantnumbers.Remember,welearnedthatnumberscanhavespiritual meaning. Twonumberswillalwayssignifyjudgmentiftheyareusedinaspiritual or symbolical way. They are the numbers 23 and 37. Additionally, there are two numbers that, depending upon the context, may signify either judgment or salvation.Theyarethenumbers5and43.Surprisingly,agreatnumberofthetime intervalsbetweentheseimportantmilestonesfeaturethesenumbersofjudgment. For example, in the year 2092 B.C., Abraham came into the promised land of Canaan. It was the land that externally represented the kingdom of God. Yet 215 years later, in the year 1877 B.C., his grandson Jacob was commanded to leave the land of Canaan and go to Egypt. This was a portrait of God abandoningtheexternalrepresentationofthekingdomofGod,inthisillustration, the land of Canaan, to Satan. The number 215 can be factored or broken down into the significant numbers 5 x 43. Again, for example, in the year 2067 B.C., Sodom was destroyed, and in the year 587 B.C., Judah was destroyed. Judah is linked to Sodom by the language of Ezekiel 16:46-48 where we read of Judah:
- 306. 314 Time Has An End And thine elder sister is Samaria, she and her daughters that dwell at thy left hand: and thy younger sister, that dwelleth at thy right hand, is Sodom and her daughters. Yet hast thou not walked after their ways, nor done after their abominations: but, as if that were a very little thing, thou wast corrupted more than they in all thy ways. As I live, saith the Lord GOD, Sodom thy sister hath not done, she nor her daughters, as thou hast done, thou and thy daughters. Samaria,whichwasthecapitalofthetentribes(Israel),iscalledtheolder sister, and Sodom is called the younger sister. These three, Judah, Israel, and Sodom, are linked together in that they came into destruction because of their wickedness. They are also linked together by the mathematical factors of the numbers that represent the time intervals between the dates of Sodom’s destruction and Judah’s destruction. ThetimeintervalbetweenSodom’sdestructionin2067B.C.andJudah’s destruction in 587 B.C. equals 1,480 years. The number 1,480 can be broken down to the significant numbers 4 x 10 x 37 or 2 x 4 x 5 x 37 or 2 x 2 x 2 x 5 x 37.Spiritually,thenumber1,480thuscanbeunderstoodthatintheend(4)ofthese nations, there will be complete (10) destruction (37). Or, in the end (4), Judah, which was the caretaker of the Bible (2), comes under the judgment of God (5 and 37). Or, it could be understood to say that it is God’s purpose (3 “2s”) that Judah, which had been the caretaker of the Bible (2 x 2 x 2), would be brought under judgment (5 and 37). Insimilarfashion,weshouldtakenoteofthefollowingtimeintervalsthat alsofeatureGod’sjudgmentuponIsraeleitherasthetwelve-tribenationorupon Israel and upon Judah after they were divided into two nations. Please note that repeatedly, the numbers of judgment, 23, 37, and 43, come into view. 1. Year 1877 B.C. Jacob commanded to leave the promised land and to live in Egypt. Year 587 B.C. Judah commanded to leave Jerusalem and to live in Babylon. 1,877 - 587 = 1,290 years = 3 x 10 x 43 2. Year 1447 B.C. First born of Egypt killed and Israel delivered from captivity. Year A.D. 33 Christ as the firstborn killed to provide deliverance to those who are to become saved. 1,447+ 33 = 1,480 years inclusive = 2 x 2 x 10 x 37 3. Year 1047 B.C. Twelve tribes of Israel become a monarchy. (continued)
- 307. 315 Year 587 B.C. Israel ceases to be a monarchy. Jerusalem is destroyed. 1,047 - 587 = 460 years = 10 x 2 x 23 4. Year 931 B.C. Israel becomes two nations. One is called Judah. One is called Israel. Year 709 B.C. Nation of Israel destroyed by Assyria. 931 - 709 = 222 years 222 = 2 x 3 x 37 5. Year 609 B.C. Nation of Judah becomes a servant first of Egypt and then of Babylon. Judah’s seventy-year period of tribulation begins. 931 - 609 = 322 years 322 = 2 x 7 x 23 6. Year 587 B.C. Judah destroyed by Babylonians. 931 - 587 = 344 years 344 = 2 x 2 x 2 x 43 WhenweprojecttheBiblicalmilestonesintothefuture,wediscoverthat threeyearscomeintogreatprominenceandthatthenumberssignifying judgment continue to appear. The years are: A.D. 1988. End of the Church Age. Beginning of the Great Tribulation (see Chapter 10 of this book). A.D. 1994. Beginning of second Jubilee. A.D. 2011. Probable date of the end of the world. When we examine time intervals that link these dates to earlier significant dates, we take note of the following: 1. In the year 587 B.C., Judaea, which in the Old Testament ex- ternally typified the kingdom of God, was destroyed by Babylon. Yet, those who were driven out of Judaea and Jerusalem were to pray for Babylon and seek its spiritual welfare. We read in Jeremiah 29:4-5 and 7: Thus saith the LORD of hosts, the God of Israel, unto all that are carried away captives, whom I have caused to be carried away from Jerusalem unto Babylon; Build ye houses, and dwell in them; and plant gardens, and eat the fruit of them; and seek the peace of the city whither I have caused you to be carried away captives, and pray unto the LORD for it: for in the peace thereof shall ye have peace. Chapter 8 / The Numbers in the Bible
- 308. 316 Time Has An End Likewise, in A.D. 1994, a similar situation prevailed throughout the world. The true believers had been driven out or had been commanded to come out of the churches. However, they were sent into the world as ambassadors to pray for and seek the spiritual welfare of the world. Moreover, in 587 B.C., the land of Judaea had been forsaken by God and would continue to be forsaken by God throughout the seventy years of the tribulation of that day. In the same manner, the churches of our day have been forsaken by God and will continue to be forsaken by God all the way to the end of the present Great Tribulation, which will continue to the end of the world. Thus, we are not surprised to find a significant time interval between the years 587 B.C. and A.D. 1994. The time interval between 587 B.C. and A.D. 1994 is 2,580 years. Remember, there is no year 0. Therefore, to determine the number of years from an Old Testament date to a New Testament date, the years are added together and one year is subtracted. Thus, when we add 587 B.C. toA.D. 1994, we obtain 587 + 1,994 - 1 = 2,580 years. The number 2,580 breaks down into the significant numbers 3 x 2 x 10 x 43 or 3 x 4 x 5 x 43 or 12 x 5 x 43. Please note that the number 43, which can signify both salvation and judgment, is featured. In A.D. 1994, indeed, judgment continues on the local churches while salvation begins again throughout the world outside of the churches. 2. In A.D. 33, the Church Age began. In A.D. 1988, the Church Age came to an end. 1,988 - 33 = 1,955. The number 1,955 breaks down into the significant numbers 5 x 17 x 23. The number 17 signifies Heaven; the number 23 judgment. Thus, these significant numbers corroborate the statement of II Corinthians 2:15-16, where we read: For we are unto God a sweet savour of Christ, in them that are saved, and in them that perish: to the one we are the savour of death unto death; and to the other the savour of life unto life. And who is sufficient for these things? 3. The interval of time between A.D. 1988 when the Great Tribulation likely began and A.D. 2011, which probably is the year of the end of the world, is 23 years. 2,011 - 1,988 = 23. 4. The year Christ experienced the judgment of God on behalf
- 309. 317 of all of those He came to save was A.D. 33. The year that God will judge the unsaved and sentence them to eternal perdition is probably A.D. 2011, the likely date of the end of the world. 2,011 - 33 = 1,978 years. 1,978 factors into 2 x 23 x 43. 5. We will discover that the first part of the Great Tribulation pe- riod is 2,300 days. 2,300 = 100 x 23. 6. The time from Creation to the Flood that destroyed the world in Noah’s day was 6,000 + 23 years. 7. The time from the Flood to A.D. 33 when Christ came under judgment for sin was 5,000 + 23 years inclusive. 8. The time from Creation, in the year 11,013 B.C., until the end of the world, most likely inA.D. 2011, equals 13,000 + 23 years. Significantly, in each and every one of the important time intervals listed above, the time interval has one or more of the four numbers that are frequently associated with judgment. Significantly,ineachandeveryoneoftheimportanttimeintervalslisted above, the time interval has one or more of the four numbers that are frequently associated with judgment. Remember, those numbers are 5, 23, 37, and 43. The time periods listed occurred in past history and, therefore, actually have taken place.However,wecannothelpbutnoticehowsimilartheprojectedtimeperiods that end with the A.D. years 1988, 1994, or 2011 are to the actual time periods ofthepast.IsallofthiscoincidentalorisitanindicationofGod’scarefulplanfor the unfolding of His Gospel program? We must remember that none of the years shown above are developed in an effort to make the numbers that signify judgment, for example, become evident. Each and every one of the years of the past that are shown and those that are projected into the future have been set forth with no regard or concern for the spiritual or symbolical meaning of any of the resulting time periods. Tosayitanotherway—anditisnotsuperfluoustorepeatthisstatement —if itweretruethatnotasinglenumberintheBibleconveyedanyspiritualtruth, the conclusions set forth in this study that identify with the unfolding of God’s salvation plan would not change at all. Chapter 8 / The Numbers in the Bible
- 310. 318 Time Has An End The time periods shown above, as well as elsewhere in this study, do emphasize that we can know that the unfolding of God’s salvation plan is not at allinahaphazard,random,capriciousmanner.Theyclearlydemonstratethatthe unfoldingofhistorywascarefullypreplannedandstructuredbyGod.Moreover, itindicatesthatthenumbersintheBibleareextremelyimportantifwearetohave any understanding of the timing of the history of the world all the way from the beginning of time to the end of the world. The same God who gave us the Bible also set up the laws that govern the movement of planets and stars. These laws are expressed as numbers that were carefully designed by God. Ifsecularscientistspaidnoattentiontonumbersastheyattemptedtravel to the moon or to the planet Mars, they could never achieve any success. The same God who gave us the Bible also set up the laws that govern the movement of planets and stars. These laws are expressed as numbers that were carefully designed by God. Likewise, the history of the world as it relates to the unfolding ofGod’ssalvationplanisexpressedbynumbersthathavebeencarefullyincluded in the Bible text. It might be noted that there are many other indicators of the careful preplanned character of the unfolding of God’s salvation program in which the numbers of judgment (5, 23, 37, 43), are not featured. A few examples follow: 1. Abraham, of whom all true believers in Jesus Christ are spiritu- ally called the seed (Galatians 3:29), was circumcised in the year 2068 B.C. (Genesis Chapter 17). At that time, God’s sal- vation promises were re-emphasized. Exactly 2,100 years later, in A.D. 33, the certainty of those promises is seen as Jesus literally endures the wrath of God to fulfill those promises for the heirs of salvation (Galatians 3:29 - 4:7). The number 2,100 breaks down into the very significant numbers 3 x 7 x 100. 2. Abraham was seventy-five years of age when he came into the promised land, the land of Canaan. He died at the age of 175 having lived 100 years in the land of Canaan. Thus, God emphasized the principle that believers live in the kingdom of God for the completeness (100) of God’s plan, that is, eternally. 3. The last written entry of the Old Testament part of the Bible
- 311. 319 was made in the year 391 B.C. We will discover that in the year 7 B.C., Jesus was born. He is the very Word of God. From the year 11,013 B.C. until 391 B.C., holy men of God spoke as God the Holy Spirit moved them. But in 7 B.C., Christ, the very Word of God, appeared in the flesh. We read in John 1:14: And the Word was made flesh, and dwelt among us, (and we beheld his glory, the glory as of the only begotten of the Father,) full of grace and truth. It surely seems very significant that the duration of time be- tween 391 B.C. and 7 B.C. is 384 years. Amazingly, the num- ber 384 breaks down into 3 x 27 or 3 x 2 x 2 x 2 x 2 x 2 x 2 x 2. We have learned that the purpose or will of God is frequently signified by the number 3. We have also learned that the num- ber 2 spiritually can signify the caretaking of the Word of God. We also have learned that the number 7 signifies complete per- fection. Please note that the number 384 has the number 2 multiplied 7 times. Thus, in the number 384 (3 x 2 x 2 x 2 x 2 x 2 x 2 x 2), we find these three very significant numbers. It was God’s purpose (3) that the Word, who is the Lord Jesus, would finally come in the flesh as the Caretaker of the Gospel, indeed, the very essence of the Gospel (2), in the complete perfection of God’s timetable (7 “2s”). Itisalsoquiteamazingtolearnthatthereisaverysignificantrelationship between the years 391 B.C. and A.D. 2011, which is the date of the probable end oftheworld.Wedoknowthatattheendoftheworld,Christwillagainspeakvery literally as He comes with a shout, with the voice of the Chief Messenger, who can be no one but Christ Himself. We read in I Thessalonians 4:16: For the Lord himself shall descend from heaven with a shout, with the voice of the archangel, and with the trump of God: and the dead in Christ shall rise first. As indicated above, the word “archangel” is improperly translated. Christ is not an angel. He is the Messenger of the Covenant (Malachi 3:1). Moreover, at the end of time, Christ will be speaking as the Judge of the earth, as all of the unsaved are brought into judgment. Chapter 8 / The Numbers in the Bible
- 312. 320 Time Has An End Significantly,theperiodoftimebetween391B.C.andA.D.2011equals 2,401 years. 391 B.C. + A.D. 2011 = 2,402 - 1 = 2,401 years. Amazingly, the number 2,401 breaks down into 7 x 7 x 7 x 7. Thus, two very important numbers are featured, the numbers 7 and 4. The number 7 indicates perfect completeness. The number 4 (4 “7s”), as we have learned, speaks of the end or the utmost extremity. Indeed, Christ will have spoken in complete perfection at the end of thisworld. Many more examples showing the unfolding of God’s salvation plan couldbegiven.Afewadditionalexamplesareindicatedonthetimechartsetforth at the end of this book. While we are speaking of numbers, we might also take note of the numberoftimeseventsareinterrelatedbythenumber1,000.Weshouldnotethe following: 1. Jacob, the father of the twelve tribes of Israel, was born in the year 2007 B.C. Exactly 2,000 years later, in the year 7 B.C., Jesus, who is the eternal King of Israel, was born. 2. In the year 1007 B.C., David, a great type of Jesus, became king of Israel. Exactly 1,000 years later, in 7 B.C., Jesus, the eternal King of Israel, was born. 3. In the year 967 B.C., Solomon began the building of the temple inJerusalem.Theconstructionofthetemplepointstothebuilding of the spiritual temple of God which consists of all the true believers. Thus, the laying of the physical temple foundation was pointing to, and was spiritually fulfilled by, Christ becoming the spiritual foundation of all the true believers (I Corinthians 3:11). To become the foundation of the spiritual temple required that Christ pay for all of the sins of those He came to save. In the year 967 B.C., Solomon began the building of the physical temple. Exactly 1,000 calendar years later, inA.D. 33, Christ became the foundation of the spiritual temple by com- pleting all that was involved in His cross experience. 967 + 33 = 1,000 calendar years (1,000 actual years inclusive). 4. The year 7 B.C. signaled the beginning of the first Jubilee (the proclamation of the Gospel to the world). Exactly 2,000 years later, in A.D. 1994, the second Jubilee began as God began his final program of saving “a great multitude, which no man
- 313. 321 could number” (Revelation 7:9) during the time of the Great Tribulation. 5. Creation occurred in the year 11,013 B.C. On the first day of creation, God said “Let there be light”(Genesis 1:3). This declaration anticipated the fact that the light of the Gospel would go into all of the world. Exactly 13,000 years later, A.D. 1988 identifies with the end of the Church Age and the beginning of the Great Tribulation. During the first part of the Great Tribula- tion, there would be the half hour of silence in Heaven (Rev- elation 8:1). Immediately following this half hour of silence, the second Jubilee period began which will probably end seven- teen years later in A.D. 2011. It is indeed curious and possibly significant that many milestones found on the timeline of history ending with A.D. 2011 are very interesting and possibly very important in that they may help us further tie the whole program of history together. It is indeed curious and possibly significant that many milestones found onthetimelineofhistoryendingwithA.D.2011areveryinterestingandpossibly very important in that they may help us further tie the whole program of history together. For example, we will discover that the probable duration of the Great Tribulation will be 23 years. The fact that the number 23 signifies judgment fits exceedinglywell.Likewise,wewilldiscoverthat2,300daysisthetimeduration of the first part of the Great Tribulation when there was the half hour of silence in Heaven (Revelation 8:1). Likewise, we will find that the 17- year period of the final harvest that takes place during the second part of the tribulation fits perfectly inasmuch as it is during these 17 years that a great multitude which no man can number is being saved (Revelation 7:9-14). Curiously, as we have already noted, the precise 1,955 years of the Church Age factors into the significant numbers 5 x 17 x 23 = 1,955. The effect of bringing the Gospel to the world is stated in II Corinthians 2:15-16: For we are unto God a sweet savour of Christ, in them that are saved, and in them that perish: to the one we are the savour of death unto death; and to the other the savour of life unto life. And Chapter 8 / The Numbers in the Bible
- 314. 322 Time Has An End who is sufficient for these things? The Gospel, which is the Law of God, both damns people to the eternal wrath of God and saves people by providing eternal life. This is illustrated in the expression5x17x23=1,955.Remember,thenumber5signifiesbothjudgment andsalvation,thenumber17signifiesHeaven,whichistheresultofsalvation,and the number 23 signifies judgment. Earlier, we commented that there were 1,978 years from the cross to the probable end of the world. Remember, the number 1,978 factors into 2 x 23 x 43. Earlier, we learned that the number 2 signifies those who are the caretakers of the Bible. We also have learned that the number 23 signifies God’s judgment. Furthermore,thenumber43cansignifysalvationorjudgment.Therefore,wecan see in the number 1,978 that at the end of time, those who have been caretakers of the Bible will end up either under God’s eternal salvation or under eternal judgment. We must be impressed by God’s use of the numbers of the Bible. We must be impressed by God’s use of the numbers of the Bible. Let it be emphasized again that no date or milestone in the timeline of history that we have set forth in this study has been prompted by any desire whatsoever to developnumberrelationshipsthatmayhavespiritualorsymbolicalmeanings.The CalendarofHistorythathasbeensetforthinthisstudyisbasedsolelyonBiblical information without any regard for the spiritual meaning that may be inherent in the numbers that result. However, it cannot be coincidental or accidental that the number patterns that the Bible reveals are so beautifully interrelated. However, it cannot be coincidental or accidental that the number patterns that the Bible reveals are so beautifully interrelated. They surely should further encourage us that God’s Timetable of History is indeed almost to an end. We have spent a little time learning about the accuracy and importance of God’s use of numbers. Before we continue down the highway of time, we
- 315. 323 should also take a moment to emphasize another aspect of Bible prophecy that is frequently grossly misunderstood. It is God’s use of parables. Christ Spoke in Parables We have been continuing our journey through time as it is viewed in the light of the unfolding of God’s grand salvation plan. Repeatedly, we have indicated that historical events recorded in the Bible were pictures or portraits of someaspectofGod’ssalvationplan.Actually,wecanthinkoftheOldTestament as a picture gallery, with each picture representing some aspect of God’s salvationplan. Weshould,therefore,pauseforamomenttoshowthesolidBiblicalbasis for understanding the Bible in this way. The extremely important principle that must be kept in mind as we search the Bible for any kind of truth is that Christ spoke in parables. Theextremelyimportantprinciplethatmustbekeptinmindaswesearch the Bible for any kind of truth is that Christ spoke in parables. We read in Mark 4:11: And he said unto them, Unto you it is given to know the mystery of the kingdom of God: but unto them that are without, all these things are done in parables. Jesus added in Mark 4:34: But without a parable spake he not unto them . . . . TheprinciplethatJesus,theAuthoroftheBible,spokeinparablescannot be too strongly emphasized. Only by a clear understanding of this principle can alargepartoftheBiblebeunderstood.JesusexplainedwhyHewroteinparables. We read in Mark 4:9-12: And he said unto them, He that hath ears to hear, let him hear. And when he was alone, they that were about him with the twelve asked of him the parable. And he said unto them, Unto you it is Chapter 8 / The Numbers in the Bible
- 316. 324 Time Has An End given to know the mystery of the kingdom of God: but unto them that are without, all these things are done in parables: that seeing they may see, and not perceive; and hearing they may hear, and not understand; lest at any time they should be converted, and their sins should be forgiven them. God is explaining to us that He purposely wrote the Bible so that those whoarewithoutthekingdomofGod,thosewhohavenotbeengivenspiritualears to hear, those whom God does not intend to convert because they are not chosen of God to salvation, will remain completely ignorant of many of the truths of the Bible. To assure this, God has written much of the Bible as historical parables which those who have not been given spiritual ears cannot understand. They can understand the historical reality of the Biblical statement, but they cannot understand the spiritual message that is hidden within the statement. For example, the nation of Israel was given the ceremonial laws which are all like parables . . . For example, the nation of Israel was given the ceremonial laws which are all like parables or metaphors. The observance of these laws should have pointedthemtothecomingMessiah(Christ)tosavethem.They,however,looked only at the physical observance of these laws as the key to their salvation. Thus, for example, they rigorously offered burnt offerings and kept the seventh-day Sabbath.Buttheyperishedbecauseoftheirunbelief(Romans9:31-33).Theydid not at all see the spiritual Gospel hidden within those laws. Amazingly, we find that most churches have adopted a man-designed hermeneutic (method of Bible interpretation) that blocks them from understanding many portions of the Bible.* Their hermeneutic is altogether contrarytotheBiblicalteachingthatChristspokeinparablesaboutwhichweare reading in Mark Chapter 4. It blocks them from understanding such great truths as the end of the church age, the Great Tribulation, the latter rain, etc. Their false hermeneuticvirtuallyforcesthemtoremainintheirlocalcongregationsunderthe judgment of God. It is indeed remarkable that so many theologians and Bible teachersaretrustinginanun-Biblical,man-mademethodofBibleinterpretation that locks them out of the kingdom of God. _______________________________ * For a full discussion of this, the reader is invited to obtain a free copy of Wheat and Tares, available from Family Radio.
- 317. 325 Because these theologians and church leaders have implicit trust in the man-made method of Biblical interpretation which they have been taught in the seminary they attended, they are convinced that the method of Bible interpretationtaughtinthisbookisheresy.Theyalsowarntheirfollowersthatthis is so. Thus, entire congregations remain in spiritual darkness. It is absolutely imperativethatwenevertrytounderstandtheBiblethroughthefilterofanyman- made principles. To do so, effectively removes God as the supreme and only authority who rules over His Word, the Bible. A parable, simply stated, is an earthly story with a heavenly or spiritual meaning. It is like a metaphor or a simile. A parable, simply stated, is an earthly story with a heavenly or spiritual meaning. Because Jesus identifies Himself completely as the Word of God and indeed is God Himself, we, therefore, would expect that when God wrote the Bible, He constantly would use parables. That is, He would hide important spiritual truth in stories or in historical events. We see this in God’s utilization of the ceremonial laws to point to spiritual truth. For example, the burnt offerings, thebloodsacrificesoftheOldTestament,werephysicalearthlyactivitiespointing toorillustratingthespiritualtruthofJesusenduringthefiresofHell,ofshedding His blood (that is, giving His life), that sinners might be saved. Thus, He was announced by John the Baptist as the Lamb of God. Jesus, of course, was not literally a lamb; He was the fulfilment of the ceremonial activity that pointed to orwasrepresentedbythePassoverlambaswellasbythevariousburntofferings or blood sacrifices in which lambs were sacrificed. Likewise,wereadinIsaiah14:4whereGodisapparentlyspeakingofthe king of Babylon, and He says: That thou shalt take up this proverb against the king of Babylon, and say, How hath the oppressor ceased! the golden city ceased! However, if we continue to read this chapter, we discover God is not speakingofanyhistoricalkingofBabylon.Instead,HeisspeakingofSatan.The citation of Isaiah Chapter 14 shows this as it continues in verses 12-15: How art thou fallen from heaven, O Lucifer, son of the morning! how art thou cut down to the ground, which didst weaken the Chapter 8 / The Numbers in the Bible
- 318. 326 Time Has An End nations! For thou hast said in thine heart, I will ascend into heaven, I will exalt my throne above the stars of God: I will sit also upon the mount of the congregation, in the sides of the north: I will ascend above the heights of the clouds; I will be like the most High. Yet thou shalt be brought down to hell, to the sides of the pit. God is speaking of Lucifer, who is also called Satan, as the king of Babylon because in the Bible, the nation of Babylon externally represented all of the kingdoms of this world who are ruled over by Satan. Therefore, Satan is externally typified or represented by the king of Babylon. Because Christ spoke in parables and is, Himself, the Word of God, we can understand why this kind of presentation of truth is found here in Isaiah Chapter 14. Once we understand this principle, that God constantly utilized parables or metaphors or similes, much truth can be discovered in the Bible that otherwise would remain hidden. Parables and The Book of Jeremiah The Book of Jeremiah is a much larger example of Jesus speaking in parables. When we read it carefully, we will know that while most of this prophetic book is using the names of Old Testament nations, people, and cities, inactuality,itispointingtothespiritualrealityoftheunfoldingofGod’ssalvation plan that identifies with the time of the Great Tribulation that concludes with the return of Christ and the end of the world. For example, when we carefully examine Chapter 25 of the Book of Jeremiah, we will find language that assures us that we are on the path of truth. InJeremiah25:2-5,wereadthatGodisaddressingJudahandJerusalem,warning them to turn from their evil ways so that they could dwell in the land for ever and ever. We read there: The which Jeremiah the prophet spake unto all the people of Judah, and to all the inhabitants of Jerusalem, saying, From the thirteenth year of Josiah the son of Amon king of Judah, even unto this day, that is the three and twentieth year, the word of the LORD hath come unto me, and I have spoken unto you, rising early and speaking; but ye have not hearkened. And the LORD hath sent unto you all his servants the prophets, rising early and sending them; but ye have not hearkened, nor inclined your ear to hear. They said, Turn ye
- 319. 327 again now every one from his evil way, and from the evil of your doings, and dwell in the land that the LORD hath given unto you and to your fathers for ever and ever. The phrase in verse 5, “land . . . for ever and ever,” is an immediate clue that God is using parabolic language. The Bible is absolutely clear that this earth in its entirety will be destroyed by fire when Jesus returns at the end of the world (II Peter Chapter 3). Thus, the phrase “the land . . . for ever and ever” must be understood to be the kingdom of God which the true believers occupy eternally. Eternally, the location of the kingdom of God will be in the New Heavens and the New Earth. Thus, by use of this statement, God is warning the reader to look for the deeper spiritual meanings in the Jeremiah Chapter 25 message to Judah and Jerusalem. Verses 11 and 12 of Jeremiah Chapter 25 further illustrate the principle that Christ spoke in parables. These verses say: And this whole land shall be a desolation, and an astonishment; and these nations shall serve the king of Babylon seventy years. And it shall come to pass, when seventy years are accomplished, that I will punish the king of Babylon, and that nation, saith the LORD, for their iniquity, and the land of the Chaldeans, and will make it perpetual desolations. In these verses, God uses the phrase “perpetual desolations.” The Hebrew word translated “perpetual” is a word that signifies “eternal.” Thus, this phrase could be translated “eternal desolations.” Immediately, we sense this verse is speaking about eternity future after this world has been destroyed. But these verses indicate this everlasting desolation of the king of Babylon(alsocalledthelandoftheChaldeans)wastobeginattheendofseventy years. Because everlasting desolation is to begin at the end of this world’s existence, we wonder how the time of seventy years fits in. We have learned that historically,thisseventy-yearperiodbeganintheyear609B.C.,theyearIsrael’s last good king, King Josiah died in battle. This seventy-year period was the time oftribulationthatfollowedthetimeofhisdeath.Duringthisseventy-yearperiod, first Egypt, and then Babylon, ruled in Judaea and Jerusalem. However, in the year 539 B.C., Babylon was conquered by the Medes and Persian. But following the year 539 B.C., Babylon was not eternally desolated. ThecityofBabylonstillexisted200yearslater,duringthedaysofAlexanderthe Great. Thus, the prophecy of Jeremiah 25:11-12, which speaks of everlasting Chapter 8 / The Numbers in the Bible
- 320. 328 Time Has An End desolationimmediatelyfollowingaperiodofseventyyears,mustbeunderstood metaphorically. We must recognize that God is using parabolic or metaphorical language.Thatis,wearetolookforthespiritualorGospelapplicationeventhough God is using actual literal historical names and events to illustrate and represent theGospelapplication. . . . we are to look for the spiritual or Gospel application even though God is using actual literal historical names and events to illustrate and represent the Gospel application. Let us look at a couple more verses in Jeremiah Chapter 25 before we outline the spiritual application being portrayed in this chapter. The next verse is Jeremiah 25:13, which reports: And I will bring upon that land all my words which I have pronounced against it, even all that is written in this book, which Jeremiah hath prophesied against all the nations. This verse says something very remarkable. It is teaching that all the information that God has given the prophet Jeremiah to write in this Book of Jeremiahisprophesiedagainstallthenations.Thatis,theBookofJeremiahisnot concerned with a few nations, it is concerned with all the nations of the world. That we have correctly understood this is evidenced by a further disclosure in verse 26 of this chapter. There we read, after God had named many kingdoms that were in existence at the time Jeremiah was writing: And all the kings of the north, far and near, one with another, and all the kingdoms of the world, which are upon the face of the earth: and the king of Sheshach shall drink after them. The phrase “all the kingdoms of the world, which are upon the face of the earth” assures us that God is speaking of the entire world. It is the entire world that will be under judgment when Christ returns at the end of the world. The spiritual Gospel focus of the whole Book of Jeremiah is on the worldwide events that would occur as the world comes to an end.
- 321. 329 Now we can understand why God said in verse 12 that Babylon would end up in everlasting desolation. Now we can understand why verse 5 spoke of Israeldwellinginthelandforeverandever.GodhaswrittentheBookofJeremiah in the context of nations and historical events that were occurring in Jeremiah’s day.ButthespiritualGospelfocusofthewholeBookofJeremiahisontheworld- wide events that would occur as the world comes to an end. Therefore, as we carefully analyze anything and everything we read in the Book of Jeremiah, we discover that with few exceptions, the message is ultimatelyfocusedonthespiritualeventsoccurringinourday,duringwhichtime we have come so close to the end of the world. We now can know that references to Jerusalem, Judah, Israel, Canaan, and the temple, etc., which existed during the time of the Old Testament, externally represented the kingdom of God. However, in our day, it has been the local churches that have externally represented the kingdom of God. Therefore, the local churches are called Jerusalem, Judaea, the temple, etc. Thus, the local churches of our day are being warned by the prophecies and warnings set forth in the Book of Jeremiah. As we indicated earlier, we might think of the Old Testament particularly, and to some degree also the New Testament, as a series of picture galleries. These true historical events recorded in the Bible are word pictures designedbyGodtoillustrateimportantspiritualprinciplesandfutureeventsthat would take place as God unfolded His salvation plan. As we are now learning, we must realize that most of what we read in the Book of Jeremiah, is speaking of the churches and the world that exist today. Thus, it is of particular importance to us today. The experiences of Judah, Babylon, etc., reported in the Book of Jeremiah, are as fully relevant to us today as any New Testament book. Fact is, they are as fully relevant as today’s newspaper. The following principles should be kept in mind: 1. Babylon, Chaldea, and Sheshach are all synonyms that are speaking of Satan and his kingdom, which includes all of the unsaved of the world. 2. Egypt, Assyria, Philistines, etc. also refer to the kingdom of Satan. 3. Judah, Israel, Jerusalem, Tyre, Zidon, etc. normally refer to the local churches of our day although in certain instances, these names may refer to the eternal body of true believers. Chapter 8 / The Numbers in the Bible
- 322. 330 Time Has An End 4. Edom, Esau, Bozra, Esau, Mount Seir, etc. are names that re- fer to the unsaved within the local congregations. Because the Book of Jeremiah clearly teaches that the revelations given to Jeremiah definitely apply to the whole world of our day, we may expect the same is true of the other prophetic books of the Bible such as Isaiah, Ezekiel, Hosea, Joel, etc. We will see this as we look at representative verses in the Bible that address the issue of the Great Tribulation which the church and the world are now experiencing. As we continue our study, we will look at many additional verses of the Bible that we can understand once we have learned the principle that Christ spoke in parables. Because He is identified as the Word of God (John Chapter 1), we will understand that these verses were written as parables or metaphors. Now, however, we shall return to the unfolding of God’s timeline of history as we examine the next great milestone, the birth of Jesus.
- 323. 331 Chapter 9 7 B.C. – A.D. 33 Christ’s Birth and Ministry Wehavebeentravelingdownthehighwayoftimewhichisgovernedby the unfolding of God’s salvation plan, and His plan has been unfolding for well over10,000years.Thelastmilestoneweexaminedwastheyear391B.C.which, in all likelihood, was the last year, during the Old Testament era, in which God broke the silence between Heaven and earth. Forthenextapproximately400years,thereisnoBiblicalrecordthatcan be identified with the unfolding of the timeline of God’s program of salvation. It is not until 8 B.C. that once more God begins to speak. It is the time in God’s GospelprogramforGod,inthepersonoftheLordJesusChrist,totakeonahuman nature and physically, as the Son of God and the Son of man, to endure the wrath ofGodonbehalfofallthoseindividualswhomGodhadcommittedHimselftosave throughout time. The birth date and the date of His crucifixion must be the most important milestones in the unfolding of God’s salvation plan. For the previous 11,000 years, every Biblical event in one way or another was pointing to this awesomeeventofGodtakingonahumannatureandactuallysufferingthewrath of God on behalf of all of those He came to save. Therefore, we should search the Bible to discover what we can concerning the timing of these extraordinary events. Curiously,Godhasnotgiveneasily-understoodinformationconcerning an exact day, month, or year in which Jesus was born. We wonder why this is so in view of the fact that God has given so many other dates as He has unfolded His Gospel timeline. At this time in our understanding of the Bible, we can only speculate why He may have done it this way. WedoknowthatChrist’scomingonacertaindayandcertainmonthand certain year was all carefully pre-arranged. The Bible tells us that Christ came in the fullness of time (Galatians 4:4). Significantly,Godgaveconsiderableinformationthatrelatestothetime of Jesus’ birth. Fact is, there is so much of this related information we can almost be certain we can know His birth date. Indeed, it may have been God’s purpose that only by a careful study of this related information would we learn the date of Christ’s birth. We should spend a little time to assemble this information because it will prove to be very helpful as we continue to unfold the timeline of God’s salvation program. At the time Jesus was born, Israel was under the rule of the Roman government. However, Israel was permitted to have their own puppet king. He
- 324. 332 Time Has An End was a wicked old king named Herod (Matthew 2:1-18). We know from trustworthy secular records that Herod died in April of 4 B.C. We know from the Biblical record that there were Magi to whom God announced Christ’s birth by placing a miraculous star in the sky (Matthew 2:1- 2).WhentheseMagisearchedtheirholybookstotrytodiscoverthesignificance of this unusual star, they eventually would have read in Numbers 24:17: I shall see him, but not now: I shall behold him, but not nigh: there shall come a Star out of Jacob, and a Sceptre shall rise out of Israel, and shall smite the corners of Moab, and destroy all the children of Sheth. At that time in history, there was in Persia a second level ruling party called Magian. In all likelihood, the Magi who saw the star were from Persia. Remember, Babylon defeated Judah and in turn, the Median-Persian nation defeated Babylon. Therefore, the libraries of Judah could easily have ended up in Persia. In any event, because the Magi saw this miraculous star, they believed a great king must have been born in Jerusalem, the capital city of Israel. They therefore eventually came to Jerusalem to pay homage to this King who was predicted in the holy book of Israel. They arrived in Jerusalem and inquired about this baby King. And the wicked Herod, who would not for a moment want the possibility of another king ruling over Israel, inquired diligently of the Magi about when the star had appeared. In Matthew 2:7 we read: Then Herod, when he had privily called the wise men, enquired of them diligently what time the star appeared. Certainly, considerable time had gone by because it was a huge undertaking for the Magi to make all of the preparations and assemble all of the personnel necessary to make the long trip from Persia to Jerusalem. ThetheologiansinHerod’scourtreportedthattheBibleprophesiedthat a king, the Messiah, was to be born in Bethlehem (Micah 5:2). The Magi, therefore, went on their way to Bethlehem, and the star which they had seen in the east went before them and stood over the house where Jesus was living with Joseph and Mary (Matthew 2:9-11). Thus, the star was a miraculous star, only a few hundred feet high in the sky. If it were higher than that, it could not stand over one house.
- 325. 333 HerodhadwantedtheMagitocomebacktoJerusalemandreporttohim if they found this child King (Matthew 2:8). But the Magi were warned by God not to return to Jerusalem. Therefore, they went home another way (Matthew 2:12). ButnowcomesinformationimportanttoourexaminationoftheBiblical Timeline of History. We read in the Bible that Herod, in great anger, gave the commandthatallofthechildreninBethlehemweretobekilled, “fromtwoyears old and under, according to the time which he had diligently enquired of the wise men [Magi]” (Matthew 2:16). Thus,Godhasgivenusatimereference.Wecanknowthatthestarmust have appeared about two years earlier because in his effort to kill Jesus, Herod killedallthetwo-year-oldsinBethlehemaccordingtothetimetheMagihadgiven him. Therefore, we may assume, as did Herod, that Jesus was born about two years before the Magi spoke to Herod. Since Herod was still living prior to April of 4 B.C., it meant that Jesus had to have been born at least two years earlier, thatis,twoyearspriortoAprilof4B.C.Remember,HeroddiedinAprilof4B.C. Presently, we will look at Biblical evidence that indicates Jesus had to have been born late in September or early in October. Therefore, Jesus would then have had to have been born in 7 B.C. because if He were born in September of6B.C.Jesuswouldhavebeenonlyoneandahalfyearsoldwhenhewasvisited by the Magi. Therefore, Jesus must have been born in September or October of 7 B.C. . . . the very essence of the Jubilee Year resides in Christ through whom liberty can be proclaimed to the world. The year 7 B.C. was a very significant year. Earlier we learned that it was a Jubilee Year. We also learned that the very essence of the Jubilee Year resides in Christ through whom liberty can be proclaimed to the world. In Which Month Was Jesus Born? Butwhataboutthemonthoftheyear?Whatcanwelearn?InLuke1:35- 36, God records the messenger from Heaven giving Mary the news of her impendingconception: And the angel answered and said unto her, The Holy Ghost shall come upon thee, and the power of the Highest shall overshadow Chapter 9 / 7 B.C.-A.D. 33 Christ’s Birth and Ministry
- 326. 334 Time Has An End thee: therefore also that holy thing which shall be born of thee shall be called the Son of God. And, behold, thy cousin Elisabeth, she hath also conceived a son in her old age: and this is the sixth month with her, who was called barren. These verses suggest that Jesus was conceived about five to six months after John the Baptist was conceived in the womb of his mother Elisabeth. Since theordinaryperiodofpregnancyisaboutninemonths,theconceptionofJohnthe Baptist would, therefore, have been fourteen to fifteen months before the birth of Jesus. Thus, if we can determine when John the Baptist was conceived, we would have a fairly good idea of when Jesus was born. In Luke 1:5 we read: There was in the days of Herod, the king of Judaea, a certain priest named Zacharias, of the course of Abia: and his wife was of the daughters of Aaron, and her name was Elisabeth. Zacharias was the father of John the Baptist, and in this verse, we learn that in his priestly duties, he was of the course of Abia. We, therefore, must search the Bible to learn what we can about the course of Abia (Hebrew Abijah). InIChroniclesChapter24,welearnthatthedivisionsofthepriestswere twenty-four,thatis,thepriesthoodwasdividedintotwenty-fourcourses.Inverse 10, we read, “The seventh to Hakkoz, the eighth to Abijah.” Thus, Zacharias, being of the course of Abia or Abijah, served in the eighth course. These courses followed one another throughout the twelve months of the Jewish calendar. Since there were twenty-four courses in all, two courses would have served in each month with the eighth course ending its service at the end of the fourthmonth. That we might understand this correctly, we find that in I Chronicles Chapter27,Godhasgivenusinformationconcerningthesoldierswhoservedthe king of Israel. They were divided into twelve courses of 24,000 men in each course. Each course was assigned to one month’s service. Thus, we read, for example,inIChronicles27:5: The third captain of the host for the third month was Benaiah the son of Jehoiada, a chief priest: and in his course were twenty and four thousand. Thisverseteachesthatthethirdcourseservedthethirdmonth.Thus,wearequite surethatinsimilarfashion,theeighthcourseofthetwenty-fourofthepriesthood,
- 327. 335 that of Abijah, would have ended at the end of the fourth month of the Jewish calendar. Returning to Zacharias, we read in Luke 1:23-24: And it came to pass, that, as soon as the days of his ministration were accomplished, he departed to his own house. And after those days his wife Elisabeth conceived, and hid herself five months. . . . This verse suggests that the conception of John the Baptist occurred shortly after the fourth month of the Hebrew calendar. The course of Abia was finished, as we have learned, at the end of the fourth month. From Luke 1:36, we learnedthatitwasinthesixthmonthofElisabeth’spregnancythatMarywastold thatshewouldbewithchildoftheHolySpirit.Therefore,theconceptionofJesus bytheHolySpiritprobablytookplaceaboutsixmonthsaftertheendofthefourth month which ended Zacharias’ temple assignment. The conception of Jesus, therefore, would have been close to the end of the tenth month or early in the eleventh month of the Jewish calendar. IfJesuswerebornin7B.C.,JohntheBaptistwouldhavebeenconceived in 8 B.C. According to the Jewish calendar, the end of the tenth month in 8 B.C. was December 28 of our modern calendar. Thus, the birth of Christ would have been nine months later which would have been very late in September or very early in October of 7 B.C. We can analyze Christ’s birth date in a slightly different way. The last day of the fourth month in 8 B.C. was July 5. This was the date Zacharias left the temple. It thus means that Elisabeth conceived John the Baptist probably as early as July 15. Thus, John the Baptist would have been born about nine months lateroraboutApril15,7B.C.WeknowitwasafulltermbirthbecauseLuke1:57 records: Now Elisabeth’s full time came that she should be delivered; and she brought forth a son. We also know that Mary spent about three months with Elisabeth for we read in Luke 1:56: “And Mary abode with her about three months, and returned to her own house.” We surely can assume that Mary stayed with Elisabeth until her son John was born. Remember we read in Luke 1:35-36 that the angel informed Mary that Elisabeth had conceived and this was her sixth month. The Bible then records in Luke1:38-39: Chapter 9 / 7 B.C.-A.D. 33 Christ’s Birth and Ministry
- 328. 336 Time Has An End And Mary said, Behold the handmaid of the Lord; be it unto me according to thy word. And the angel departed from her. And Mary arose in those days, and went into the hill country with haste, into a city of Juda. Assuming it took about two weeks to arrive in Elisabeth’s house, it meant that Mary was about three and a half months pregnant when she left Elisabeth at the time John was born. As we learned earlier, the birth of John was about April 15. Thus,itappearsMarywouldhaveleftElisabethaboutApril15.Therefore,Jesus would have been born about five and a half months later than April 15 or about October 1. In any case, we know that the information concerning such things as the course of Abia, the sixth month of Elisabeth’s pregnancy, and the three-month visit of Mary with Elisabeth has been carefully placed in the Bible for a purpose. That purpose focuses on the date of Jesus’ birth. For certain, it means that Jesus had to have been born very close to October 1 in the year 7 B.C. When we calculate the date of the Day of Atonement in 7 B.C., we discover it was October 1, a date that appears to fit perfectly with our present conclusion that Jesus was born about October 1. With all of the foregoing evidence, may we assume that Jesus was born on the Day of Atonement? Let us look at a bit more evidence that shows that this is a very logical assumption. In Daniel 9:25-27, God presents to us the seventy weeks that focus on the coming of Jesus. Verse 25 of Daniel 9 declares: Know therefore and understand, that from the going forth of the commandment to restore and to build Jerusalem unto the Messiah the Prince shall be seven weeks, and threescore and two weeks: the street shall be built again, and the wall, even in troublous times. Earlier in our study, we learned that seven weeks of years is the time between Jubilee Years. Thus, this first seven weeks are to be understood as the period of time from one Jubilee to the next Jubilee. The year 458 B.C. is the year in which Ezra was commanded by the king of the Medes and Persians to re- establish the Law of God in Jerusalem (Ezra 7:8-26). Spiritually, it is the true believers, to whom God gives the desire to keep the Law, who are the Jerusalem thatisbeingbuilt(Ephesians2:19-22;Revelation21:9-10).Theyearimmediately following 458 B.C. was the year 457 B.C., which was a Jubilee Year. Thus, this first seven weeks would begin immediately following the year 458 B.C. This period—fromoneJubileetothenextJubilee—wouldcovertheyearstothenext
- 329. 337 Jubilee Year, 407 B.C. (See The Seventy Weeks of Daniel 9, available free of charge from Family Radio.) Butcouldtherebeanadditionalmeaning?Noteagainthelanguage,from the time “from the going forth of the commandment to restore and to build Jerusalem unto the Messiah the Prince shall be seven weeks.” Is this a veiled reference to the fact that Jesus would come in a Jubilee Year? We learned earlier that Jesus is the essence of the Jubilee Year. He is totally identified with the Jubilee. Remember, too, that the year 7 B.C. was a Jubilee Year that began the first Jubilee period that extended throughout the time of the Church Age. Indeed, more than 500 years before the birth of Christ, God had de- clared in very veiled language that Jesus would be the Jubilee and/or would be born in a Jubilee Year. To understand this, we must look again at the Bible’s explanation of the timing of the Jubilee Years. In Leviticus 25:8-10 we read: And thou shalt number seven sabbaths of years unto thee, seven times seven years; and the space of the seven sabbaths of years shall be unto thee forty and nine years. Then shalt thou cause the trumpet of the jubile to sound on the tenth day of the sev- enth month, in the day of atonement shall ye make the trumpet sound throughout all your land. And ye shall hallow the fiftieth year, and proclaim liberty throughout all the land unto all the inhabitants thereof: it shall be a jubile unto you; and ye shall return every man unto his possession, and ye shall return every man unto his family. In these verses, God is making a very insistent point that 7 x 7 years separated one Jubilee from the next Jubilee. Four times in verse 8 this is repeated. Note the unusual fourfold emphasis set forth in this one verse: “ . . . seven sabbaths of years . . . ” “ . . . seven times seven years . . . ” “ . . . seven sabbaths of years . . . ” “ . . . forty and nine years . . . ” In verses 10 and 11, God emphasizes that the fiftieth year was a Jubilee Year: . . . Ye shall hallow the fiftieth year, and proclaim liberty through- out all the land . . . A jubilee shall that fiftieth year be . . . . On the basis of these verses, I believe we may conclude that when Chapter 9 / 7 B.C.-A.D. 33 Christ’s Birth and Ministry
- 330. 338 Time Has An End years of time are in view, the phrase “seven sevens” is equivalent to, or a synonym for speaking of, “from one Jubilee to the next Jubilee.” When we apply this conclusion to Daniel 9:25, we discover that, in a hidden way, this verse is predicting that Christ would come as the Jubilee and/or in a Jubilee Year. In Daniel 9:25 quoted above, the term “seven weeks” is literally the words “seven sevens.” As we have noted, the context is describing the number of years from the command to build Jerusalem (that is, the bringing of the Law to Jerusalem) to the coming of the Messiah. Thus, the “seven sev- ens” refers to “seven sevens of years.” With the term “seven sevens of years” being understood as “from one Jubilee to the next Jubilee,” this verse would then read: Know therefore and understand, that from the going forth of the commandment to restore and to build Jerusalem unto the Mes- siah the Prince shall be — from one Jubilee to the next Jubilee — and threescore and two weeks . . . . We have seen that the command to build Jerusalem (spiritually to bring the Law of God to Jerusalem) occurred in the year 458 B.C. when the priest Ezra was given that command by the king Artaxerxes I. The next year, 457 B.C. was a Jubilee Year. Literally, fifty years later, 407 B.C. was the next Jubilee Year. Likewise, sixty-two sevens of years, 434 years that followed, be- gan the next year, 406 B.C. This 434 years continued until the year A.D. 29 which was the year when Jesus was announced as “the lamb of God” (John 1:29). It was after this, inA.D. 33, that Jesus the Messiah was “cut off” (Daniel 9:26). That is, He endured the wrath of God on behalf of those whom He came to save (Isaiah 53:8). Spiritually, the phrase “from the commandment to restore and to build Jerusalem unto the Messiah the Prince shall be seven weeks” (remember seven sevens of years indicates from one Jubilee to the next Jubi- lee), thus appears to be a hidden reference to the idea that the next Jubilee after the Jubilee Year 457 B.C. was Jesus Himself, who is the very essence of the Jubilee. Moreover, since Jesus was born in the Jubilee Year 7 B.C., and very likely on the Day of Atonement, a day that definitely relates to the Jubilee (Leviticus 25:9), we can understand that this prediction of Daniel 9:25 is giving us further assurance of the likelihood that the birth of Jesus is related to the Day of Atonement in the Jubilee Year 7 B.C. We have noted that the Day of Atonement identified with the Jubilee Year. It was on that day the Jews were to afflict themselves (Leviticus 23:27). Based on Isaiah 58:3, we can understand that “to afflict one’s soul” was to fast.
- 331. 339 Moreover, Isaiah 58:6-7 teaches that fasting means to bring the Gospel. These verses declare: Is not this the fast that I have chosen? to loose the bands of wickedness, to undo the heavy burdens, and to let the oppressed go free, and that ye break every yoke? Is it not to deal thy bread to the hungry, and that thou bring the poor that are cast out to thy house? when thou seest the naked, that thou cover him; and that thou hide not thyself from thine own flesh? Each and every one of the above expressions, such as “loose the bands of wickedness” and “deal thy bread to the hungry” spiritually refer to the act of bringing the Gospel to those who are in bondage to sin and who are dying of spiritual malnutrition. This ties in perfectly with the Jubilee which fo- cuses on declaring liberty throughout the land. That is, Jesus as the Savior, the very essence of the Jubilee, is to be published throughout the world. We wonder, was this the import of the information noted in Luke 2:16- 17 concerning the shepherds? The Bible declares: And they came with haste, and found Mary, and Joseph, and the babe lying in a manger. And when they had seen it, they made known abroad the saying which was told them concerning this child. The shepherds surely symbolize all true believers. On the day of the birth of Jesus, the Jubilee, the Lord Jesus, was being proclaimed throughout the land, beginning with the shepherds. Fact is, Heaven itself began this proclamation to the world as indicated by the Heavenly host declaring the praises of God when they appeared to the shepherds (Luke 2:13). Indeed, it appears that a great amount of circumstantial evidence points to Jesus as the very essence of the Jubilee being born on the Day of Atonement in the Jubilee Year 7 B.C. Jesus, the very essence of the Jubilee, is to be published throughout the world. More Information about 7 B.C. The year 7 B.C. is very uniquely related to many other important milestones in the unfolding of the history of God’s salvation program. For Chapter 9 / 7 B.C.-A.D. 33 Christ’s Birth and Ministry
- 332. 340 Time Has An End example, note the following. (See also in this volume “Chapter 8. The Numbers in the Bible” and the fold-out chart, “Important Time Interval Relationships” which follows the last chapter.) Spiritually, all true believers are the seed (that is, descendants) of Abraham. Galatians 3:29 declares: And if ye be Christ’s, then are ye Abraham’s seed, and heirs according to the promise. Spiritually, all true believers are also children of God. Galatians 3:26 declares: For ye are all the children of God by faith in Christ Jesus. Therefore, we are not surprised to discover a parallelism between the birth date of Abraham and that of Christ who is, of course, God. Abraham was born in the year 2167 B.C. Jesus was born in the year 7 B.C. These two birth dates are spiritually related to each other. Moreover, there are two major periods of time during which the Gospel went forth into the whole world so that all over the world, as people became saved, the spiritual sons of Abraham and Christ multiplied. The first period is that which began in the Jubilee Year 7 B.C. when Jesus was born and which transitioned into the ChurchAge. We will discover that this first period ended in A.D. 1988. The second period is that which began with the Jubilee Year A.D. 1994 and will continue to the end of the world. These three years, 2167 B.C., 7 B.C., and A.D. 1994, are intimately related. Amazingly, the time intervals between these three events tie these events closely to each other. Please note the following: • Birth of Abraham Birth of Christ Jubilee Year 2167 B.C. Jubilee Year 7 B.C. A.D. 1994 2,167 - 7 = 2,160 2,160 = 10 x 3 x 3 x 3 x 2 x 2 x 2 7 + 1,994 - 1 = 2,000 2,000 = 2 x 1,000 2,167 + 1,994 - 1 = 4,160 4,160 = 10 x 13 x 2 x 2 x 2 x 2 x 2
- 333. 341 We have learned that numbers in the Bible can be synonyms for spiri- tual truth. Remember that: 2 can signify the caretaker of the Gospel 3 can signify God’s purpose 5 can signify salvation and/or judgment 10 can signify completeness 13 can signify super fullness Thus, the time interval of 2,160 years between the birth of Abraham and the birth of Christ can spiritually signify God’s complete (the number 10) purpose (the number 3) for bringing into existence the spiritual seed ofAbraham who are also the spiritual seed of Christ. The true believers could not become the spiritual seed of Abraham unless Christ was born. He, who is the very essence of the Gospel is, therefore, the ultimate Caretaker of the Gospel (the number 2). Likewise, the 2,000 years between the Jubilee Year 7 B.C. in which Christ was born and the Jubilee Year A.D. 1994 spiritually can signify that the caretaking of the Gospel (the number 2) is completed (the number 1,000) during the final harvest which began in A.D. 1994. Remember, the caretakers of the Gospel (Christ Himself and all the true believers) were given the task of pro- claiming liberty to the world. Furthermore, the 4,160 years between the birth of Abraham and the Jubilee YearA.D. 1994 can signify the complete (the number 10) super fullness (the number 13) of the task of the caretaking of the Gospel (the number 2) during which the spiritual seed ofAbraham and of Christ will be multiplied. The fact that there are 5 “2s” in the number 4,160 possibly highlights the salvation which brings the spiritual seed to Abraham and to Christ. • Jacob was born in the year 2007 B.C. Exactly 2,000 years later, Jesus was born. • Israel left Egypt in the year 1447 B.C. Jesus was born in the year 7 B.C. 1,447 - 7 = 1,440 years. 1,440 = 10 x 12 x 12. The number 12 signifies fullness. Thus, God ties the time of deliver- ance from Egypt to the birth of Jesus indicating that in the complete (10) fullness (12) of time, the Deliverer will come. • Israel entered the land of Canaan in the year 1407 B.C. 1,407 - 7 = 1,400. 1,400 breaks down into 7 x 2 10 x 10. Thus, Chapter 9 / 7 B.C.-A.D. 33 Christ’s Birth and Ministry
- 334. 342 Time Has An End God identifies the entrance of Israel into the land of Canaan, which signifies salvation, with Christ’s birth in 7 B.C. The pas- sage of 1,400 years teaches that in the perfect completeness of time (the numbers 7 and 10), the true believers (the number 2), will be able to proclaim the good news that entrance into the kingdom of God is possible. • David ascended the throne in the year 1007 B.C. 1,007 - 7 = 1,000 years. Thus, God is signifying in the completeness of time (the number 1,000), the King would come to rule over His people. When Jesus was on trial, He answered Pilate’s ques- tion “Art thou a king” by saying, “To this end I was born” (John 18:37). All of the above calendar milestones are definitely taught in the Bible. Therefore, we can see how God has not laid out an erratic time program for the unfolding of His Gospel program. Rather, it is very carefully and harmoniously structured so that, even in the pattern of times, there is great harmony. We are reminded that God created flowers, for example, so that there is beauty in the exact arrangement of the petals in that flower. It is the same God who has pre- arranged His salvation program so that there is beautiful harmony in the timing of each event. A.D. 29. Jesus is Announced The next important milestone in the unfolding of God’s salvation pro- gram is the occasion when Jesus officially began His work. This was at the time He was announced as the Lamb of God that takes away the sin of the world (John1:29). That is, He in all the world is the only one who can take away sin. Immediately, we will ask the question: Does the Bible tell us the precise time of this important announcement? To assist us, God wrote in Luke 3:1-3: Now in the fifteenth year of the reign of Tiberius Caesar, Pontius Pilate being governor of Judaea, and Herod being tetrarch of Galilee, and his brother Philip tetrarch of Ituraea and of the re- gion of Trachonitis, and Lysanias the tetrarch of Abilene, Annas and Caiaphas being the high priests, the word of God came unto John the son of Zacharias in the wilderness. And he came into all the country about Jordan, preaching the baptism of repen- tance for the remission of sins.
- 335. 343Chapter 9 / 7 B.C.-A.D. 33 Christ’s Birth and Ministry This verse gives us a historical time reference.According to accurate historical secular information, Tiberius Caesar ascended the throne in A.D. 14, the year his stepfatherAugustus Caesar died. Therefore, his first full year of reign would have been A.D. 15 and his fifteenth year would have been A.D. 29. Significantly, it was precisely 567 years earlier, in the year 539 B.C., that Cyrus conquered Babylon and thereupon gave the command to rebuild the temple in Jerusalem. We read in Ezra 1:1-2: Now in the first year of Cyrus king of Persia, that the word of the LORD by the mouth of Jeremiah might be fulfilled, the LORD stirred up the spirit of Cyrus king of Persia, that he made a proc- lamation throughout all his kingdom, and put it also in writing, saying, Thus saith Cyrus king of Persia, The LORD God of heaven hath given me all the kingdoms of the earth; and he hath charged me to build him an house at Jerusalem, which is in Judah. As we learned earlier, the building of the temple spiritually was pointing to the building of the kingdom of God. In this citation of the Book of Ezra, Cyrus, who was also called Darius the Mede, is a picture of Christ who conquered the kingdom of Satan in order to build His kingdom. Christ officially began His work as the Messiah in A.D. 29, at the time that He was announced as the Lamb of God. At that time, He was baptized to ceremonially indicate that He not only had come as the burnt offering, but that He had come as the High Priest to offer the lamb. Now let us examine the spiritual significance of this time interval. 539 + 29 - 1 = 567. The number 567 breaks down into the significant numbers 7 x 3 x 3 x 3 x 3 = 567. These numbers could signify that the perfect fulfillment (the number 7) of the purpose of God (the number 3) to build His temple occurred when Jesus went to the cross. The occurrence of 4 “3s” could signify that this rebuilding of the temple especially focused on the final period of spiritual temple building that is occurring during the second Jubilee, which is taking place during this time of Great Tribulation. Returning to the historical account, we wonder if there is, at this impor- tant milestone in the unfolding of God’s salvation program, any other informa- tion that shows the importance of this date in Biblical history. For example, can we know the exact day of the year this momentous event occurred? And was that day an important day for any additional reason? We can know the precise day this great announcement was made, and we will discover it was a very special day.
- 336. 344 Time Has An End To find an answer to these questions, we must look at a very curious citation written in Daniel 12:12. There we read: Blessed is he that waiteth, and cometh to the thousand three hundred and five and thirty days. Because this verse is written in a book of the Bible that has much to say about end time events, for years I have tried to relate this verse and its reference to 1,335 days to the timing of the end. However, no matter how I tried, I was unsuccessful in relating it in any meaningful way with the end of time. Truth concerning this verse began to dawn when I started to wonder if this verse related to the first coming of Christ. Could it be the word “he” in this verse is a reference to Jesus Himself? He would be the Blessed One. He would be the One who must wait to come. Why must Christ wait to come? Could He not have come whenever He decided to come? Why must Christ wait to come? Could He not have come whenever He decided to come? The answer is No! As we have learned, God has a very carefully planned timetable for all of history. This timetable is tied very securely to God’s salvation plan. The coming of Christ is the greatest event in this salva- tion plan, but His coming had to fit precisely into this timetable. Therefore, Jesus had to wait for the exact time when this timetable called for Him to come. That is why Galatians 4:4-5, which we looked at earlier, indicates that Jesus came in the “fullness of time”. That is why we read in Isaiah 30:18: And therefore will the LORD wait, that he may be gracious unto you, and therefore will he be exalted, that he may have mercy upon you: for the LORD is a God of judgment: blessed are all they that wait for him. What then is the period of 1,335 days for which He must wait to come? Examining the 1,335 days in the light of what we know concerning the timetable ofChrist’sfirstcoming,itisnotdifficulttoseethepossibilitythatthe1,335days identifies in some way with His coming to be crucified. When we study Daniel 9:27 (see The Seventy Weeks of Daniel 9, available free of charge from Family Radio), we learn that the time from the
- 337. 345 baptism of Jesus to the cross was approximately three and a half years. We learned that it was at Jesus’ baptism that He officially began His work as the Messiah and that sacrifice and offering ceased in the middle of a week of seven years.WelearnedthattheonlytimesacrificesendedwasatthecrosswhenJesus sacrificed Himself for our sins. If the middle of the week meant precisely three andahalfyears,thenthatequals1,278days(3½x365.2422days).But1,278days is short of 1,335 days. Could it be that the middle of the week was an approximation? But then the Bible would have said “about the middle of the week.” Then I remembered that Jesus had one more task to do that distinctly related to the atonement. It was a task that was an absolutely important part of God’s salvation plan. That task was the sending of the Holy Spirit. It was God’s planthattheHolySpirit,whoisGodHimself,mustbeginHisactivityofapplying the Word of God, the Bible, to the lives of those whom God planned to save. Unless this was done, no one could become saved. Jesus spoke of this, indicating that He Himself would take care of this matter as soon as He returned to heaven. We read in John 16:7-8: Nevertheless I tell you the truth; It is expedient for you that I go away: for if I go not away, the Comforter will not come unto you; but if I depart, I will send him unto you. And when he is come, he will reprove the world of sin, and of righteousness, and of judgment. The Holy Spirit was poured out at Pentecost in A.D. 33. We read about this in Acts Chapter 2, wherein God discloses that in that day, about 3,000 were saved. Pentecost was fifty days after the cross. Fifty days added to an exact three and one half years (1,278 days) gives us a span of time equal to 1,328 days. This isonlysevendayslessthan1,335days.Daniel9:27,whichspeaksoftheMessiah being cut off, does not appear to be insisting on an exact three and a half years (1,328days).Itwouldappearthatgiventhefactthat1,328daysissocloseto1,335 days, we have discovered what God had in mind with the 1,335 days. However, bystudyingtheBiblemorecarefully,wewillfindthethreeandonehalfyearsare a very exact time. If we start with the 1,335 days prophesied in Daniel 12:12, we can reconstruct the timing of events that preceded Pentecost. The last fifty days of the1,335dayswastheperiodfromtheSaturdayimmediately afterthecrucifixion to Pentecost. Six days earlier than this was the Sunday we call Palm Sunday. On this day, the time of the atonement was officially announced as having come. Jesus came into Jerusalem and was proclaimed a King (John 12:1, 12-15). This Chapter 9 / 7 B.C.-A.D. 33 Christ’s Birth and Ministry
- 338. 346 Time Has An End precipitated all of the required events that brought Christ to the cross a few days later. Such actions as the evidences of the hatred of the Pharisees and the betrayal by Judas brought to reality Christ’s crucifixion. Therefore, the Sunday we call Palm Sunday and the crucifixion are inseparably connected. Moreover, we read in Exodus 12:3 that on the tenth day of Nisan, the Passover lamb was to be selected. It was to be killed on Nisan 14 (Exodus 12:6). In A.D. 33, when Jesus became the Passover Lamb, the tenth day of Nisan began at sundown on Sunday and continued until sundown on Monday. Thus, all of that Sunday, which we call Palm Sunday, until sundown, was actually the ninth day of Nisan. In Mark 11:9-11, God ties the ninth day to the tenth day by indicating that Christ’s entry into Jerusalem and the events that were a part of that day’s activity continued into the evening hours. Those verses record: And they that went before, and they that followed, cried, saying, Hosanna; Blessed is he that cometh in the name of the Lord: Blessed be the kingdom of our father David, that cometh in the name of the Lord: Hosanna in the highest. And Jesus entered into Jerusalem, and into the temple: and when he had looked round about upon all things, and now the eventide was come, he went out unto Bethany with the twelve. The phrase “eventide was come” shows that the events of that historic day continued until the evening hours. Therefore, God is tying together the selection of the Passover lamb (Exodus 12:3) to the selection of Jesus, the ultimate Pass- over Lamb. In Exodus 12:3, God commanded: Speak ye unto all the congregation of Israel, saying, In the tenth day of this month they shall take to them every man a lamb, according to the house of their fathers, a lamb for an house. When Jesus entered Jerusalem on Palm Sunday, it was equivalent to a great worldwide announcement that the Passover Lamb now had been selected, and on the fourteenth day of Nisan, He was to be killed. The fourteenth day of Nisan began on Thursday evening, the very time Jesus was in the Garden of Gethsemane already beginning to endure the awful wrath of God for the sins of all His true people. His punishment by God would continue all through Friday until shortly before sundown on Friday when Jesus declared, “It is finished” (John 19:30).
- 339. 347 Thus, the pattern of the punishment of Christ, the ultimate Passover Lamb, was dramatically set forth already in Exodus Chapter 12 where God details the selection of the Passover lamb. In addition, the ninth day of Nisan in A.D. 33 was exactly, to the day, three and a half years after September 25 in A.D. 29 when Jesus was an- nounced as the Lamb of God. Curiously, this in turn precisely agrees with the prophecy of Daniel 9:27 wherein God indicated that “in the midst of the week [seven] He shall cause the sacrifice and the oblation to cease.” If we now recognize that Palm Sunday occurred exactly three and a half years after Jesus was baptized, the timetable is as follows: 1. Jesus’ baptism to Palm Sunday 3½ years 1,278 days 2. Palm Sunday to cross 5 days 3. Cross to Saturday in tomb 1 day 4. Saturday immediately after crucifixion to Pentecost 50 days 1,334 days or 1,335 days, inclusive When we include both the day of Christ’s baptism and the day of Pentecost, we end up with precisely 1,335 days. This 1,335 days is the exact numberprophesiedinDaniel12:12.Totheveryday,thisprophecywasfulfilled. When we examine the 1,335 days, we can pinpoint that period on the calendar.TheendofitisonPentecostinA.D.33.InanexaminationoftheJewish calendar for A.D. 33, we find that Pentecost was May 21. We know that this is an accurate date because of the great amount of Biblical evidence that points to A.D. 33 as the year of the cross. When we examine the Jewish calendar for A.D. 33, we find that the timing of the Passover of A.D. 33 agrees perfectly with the Biblical information that identifies with the timing of the Passover. Therefore, we can be quite certain that Pentecost occurred on May 21, A.D. 33. But what date in A.D. 29 was exactly 1,335 days earlier than this? It would be interesting to know if Jesus was baptized on any kind of special day insofar as new moons or other feast days are concerned. According to astronomical calculation, we can discover that in A.D. 29, when Jesus was baptized, the date of His baptism was September 25. Chapter 9 / 7 B.C.-A.D. 33 Christ’s Birth and Ministry
- 340. 348 Time Has An End The computation of the 1,335 days of Jesus’ ministry works out as follows: Days in Calendar Number of Days Toward 1,335 Days Three years: 9/25/29 through 9/24/32 (3 x 365.2422) = 1,095.7266 1,096 Sept. 25-Sept. 30 inclusive (A.D. 32) 6 October 31 (A.D. 32) 31 November 30 (A.D. 32) 30 December 31 (A.D. 32) 31 January 31 (A.D. 33) 31 February 28 (A.D. 33) 28 March 31 (A.D. 33) 31 April 30 (A.D. 33) 30 May 1-May 21 inclusive (A.D. 33) 21 1,335 Please note that six days are included for September. This is because the day of the baptism of Jesus, which was September 25, was also a day identified with Jesus’ work on earth, which began with His baptism. Also, the 21st day of May (A.D. 33) is included because that was the date when Jesus sent the Comforter who is the Holy Spirit. Therefore, the period of time from September 25, A.D. 29 through May 21, A.D. 33, inclusive, equals 1,335 days. The Announcement of the Jubilee Interestingly, September 25, A.D. 29, is a very special date. This is because September 25 is Tishri 1, and Tishri 1 is the date of the first day of the seventh month. Concerning this day, we read in Leviticus 23:23-25: And the LORD spake unto Moses, saying, Speak unto the children of Israel, saying, In the seventh month, in the first day of the month, shall ye have a sabbath, a memorial of a Jubilee, an
- 341. 349 holy convocation. Ye shall do no servile work therein: but ye shall offer an offering made by fire unto the LORD. We can be absolutely certain that it was on this special day of the first day of the seventh month in A.D. 29 that Jesus was baptized. We can be absolutely certain because God had prophesied hundreds of years earlier in Daniel 12:12 that, “Blessed is he [the Messiah] that waiteth, and cometh to the thousand three hundred and five and thirty days.” How precisely the Biblegivesinformation! TheHebrewwordinDaniel12:12thatistranslated“cometh”intheKing JamesBibleisusedveryinterestinglyinanotherplace.Theword“cometh”used in Daniel 12:12 is the Hebrew word “naga.” The same word “naga” is translated “touch” more than ninety times in phrases such as “the soul that shall touch any unclean thing” (Leviticus 7:21), and “an hand touched me” (Daniel 10:10).Butthissameword“naga”isalsotranslated“come”inafewplaces.One of these places is extremely interesting because it is used in connection with the observance of feast days. This citation is Ezra 3:1, where we read: And when the seventh month was come, and the children of Israel were in the cities, the people gathered themselves together as one man to Jerusalem. The word “come” is the Hebrew “naga” even as it is in Daniel 12:12. In Ezra 3:6, God adds the words: From the first day of the seventh month began they to offer burnt offerings unto the LORD. But the foundation of the temple of the LORD was not yet laid. These verses historically relate the experiences of Israel in Ezra’s day. Spiritually,theymustpointtoJesusWholaidthefoundationofthespiritualtemple — the whole body of true believers — by going to the cross. The historical event recorded in Ezra Chapter 3 is, therefore, a portrait pointing to the baptism and announcement of Jesus as the Lamb that would take away the sins of the world. Both in Ezra Chapter 3 and in Daniel 12:12, God is focusing on Tishri 1 which is the first day of the seventh month. Three and one half years after Jesus was announced as the Lamb of God, the foundation of the temple would be laid by Jesus experiencing God’s wrath. Since the word “come” used in both Ezra Chapter 3 and Daniel 12:12 ordinarilysignifies“touch,”wecanknowthatDaniel12:12isteachingthatChrist Chapter 9 / 7 B.C.-A.D. 33 Christ’s Birth and Ministry
- 342. 350 Time Has An End astheBlessedOnehadtowaitforthefullnessofGod’stimetablebeforeHecould come to, or be in touch with, the 1,335 days, which was the period of time when Jesus did all of His work as Savior. It began on the feast of Tishri 1 in A.D. 29 and ended 1,335 days later on May 21, A.D. 33 when the Holy Spirit was given at Pentecost. How beautiful and harmonious is the Word of God! How trustworthy are all the prophecies and numbers of the Bible! As we learned earlier, the Bible speaks of two Jubilee periods. The first began with the birth of Jesus in the Jubilee Year 7 B.C. Later, we will learn that the second Jubilee period began in A.D. 1994, which was also a Jubilee Year. Later in our study, we will examine the second Jubilee period very carefully. However,thebaptismofJesusinA.D.29wasintimatelyidentifiedwith the first Jubilee. At the time Jesus was born, the Bible especially calls attention to two important events that identify with the nature of the Jubilee, i.e., the proclamation of liberty to the world. The first is the Heavenly host that appeared to the shepherds, announcing the birth of Christ (Luke 2:9-14). The second is the activity of the shepherds as they told the world all that they had seen and heard (Luke 2:17, 20). We have learned that in all likelihood, Jesus was born on the Day of Atonement in the year 7 B.C., a Jubilee Year. Remember we learned also that the Day of Atonement is identified with the Jubilee. Now, we have come to the first day of the seventh month in A.D. 29. As we have learned, this feast day was also identified with the Jubilee. Thus, we are not surprised that on that day in A.D. 29, two great announcements were made that, by means of the Bible, have been published all over the world. The first was the announcement by John the Baptist, “Behold the lamb of God which taketh away the sin of the world” (John 1:29). The second was the announcement from Heaven recorded in Mark 1:9- 11: And it came to pass in those days, that Jesus came from Nazareth of Galilee, and was baptized of John in Jordan. And straightway coming up out of the water, he saw the heavens opened, and the Spirit like a dove descending upon him: and there came a voice from heaven, saying, Thou art my beloved Son, in whom I am well pleased. In both John 1:29 and in Mark 1:9-11 we see the reason why Jesus was baptized and announced on the Holy Day of the First Day of the Seventh Month. It was the day that we received an enormous reminder that the Jubilee Year has come.
- 343. 351 How precisely God has knit together the unfolding of His Gospel plan! How Old was Jesus when He was Baptized? We have arrived at the conclusion that in all likelihood, Jesus was born on October 1, 7 B.C. and that He was announced on September 25, A.D. 29. Thus,Jesuswouldhavebeensixdaysshortofbeingthirty-fiveyearsofagewhen He was announced and baptized. Is that possible? Does not the Bible say that He was thirty years old when He was baptized? Let us examine this question. In Luke 3:23 we read: And Jesus himself began to be about thirty years of age, being (as was supposed) the son of Joseph, which was the son of Heli. Veryliterally,thefirstphraseshouldread, “AndJesusHimselfwasabout thirtyyearsbeginning....”Thatis,ittookaboutthirtyyearsofpreparationbefore JesuswouldofficiallybeginHisworkasMessiah.Didthepreparationbeginwith His birth or did it begin at another time? Sinceweknowfromotherveryclearevidencewehavederivedfromthe Bible that He actually was almost thirty-five years of age when He began His workasMessiah(atthetimeofHisannouncementandbaptism),wewonderwhy God focuses on the number 30. True, God carefully inserted the word “about” to assure us He was not actually 30. Being almost thirty-five years of age at this time certainly does not disagree with the statement “about thirty.” Several reasons may be advanced why God features the number 30. Four will be suggested. 1. The about 30 years may be identified with the call out of Egypt. We read in Matthew 2:13-15: And when they were departed, behold, the angel of the Lord appeareth to Joseph in a dream, saying, Arise, and take the young child and his mother, and flee into Egypt, and be thou there until I bring thee word: for Herod will seek the young child to destroy him. When he arose, he took the young child and his mother by night, and departed into Egypt: and was there until the death of Herod: that it might be fulfilled which was spoken of the Lord by the prophet, saying, Out of Egypt have I called my son. Chapter 9 / 7 B.C.-A.D. 33 Christ’s Birth and Ministry
- 344. 352 Time Has An End Jesuswouldhavebeenafewyearsoldwhenhisfamilyreturned from Egypt. Thus, it would have been very close to 30 years later, when He was about 35 years of age, that He officially began His ministry. In that case, we would understand the beginningofHispreparationtobeclosetothetimewhenHewas calledoutofEgypt.Thisisthemostlikelysolutiontothepuzzle of the “about thirty years” phrase. It was about 30 years after He was called out of Egypt that Jesus began His work as Messiah. Remember that the Bible says “Out of Egypt have I called my son” (Matthew 2:15). 2. The number 30 symbolically signifies the complete purpose of God. This would emphasize that it was God’s complete pur- pose that Jesus was ready to begin His work officially as the Messiah now that He had been announced and baptized. 3. Joseph of the Old Testament, who was a picture or type of Jesus, was 30 years old when he became second-in-command in Egypt and began the activity that would save his family from starvation. The term “about thirty” might thus show identifi- cation between Jesus’ work as Messiah and Joseph. 4. David, also a type of Christ, ascended the throne of Israel when he was 30 years old. The term “about thirty” might thus show identification between Jesus’ work as Messiah and David. Thus far, we have examined Jesus’ life and we have marveled at the accuracy of the Bible’s account of the timing His earthly ministry, but now, we shouldlookatthenextveryimportantmilestoneintheunfoldingofGod’ssalvation plan. It is the crucifixion of Jesus. A.D. 33. Christ is Crucified We have come a long way on the highway of time. All along the way, therehavebeenimportantmilestonesthatwerefocusingonthisstupendousevent ofGodHimself,inthepersonoftheLordJesusChrist,becomingtheSavior. We already have learned much about His birth at which time the wonderful proclamation throughout the land had begun because the Jubilee, Jesus Christ, had come. Remember the shepherds spread abroad what they had heard and seen. And then came the reminders of the Jubilee as Jesus was announced both by John the Baptist and by the voice from Heaven.
- 345. 353 But now we have come to the great year, A.D. 33. It was the year that thewholeworldandthewholecreationunknowinglyhadbeenwaitingfor.How can we be sure that this auspicious year was A.D. 33 and not some other year? Remember this year was anchored as A.D. 33 when we analyzed the 1,335 days of Daniel Chapter 12. It is locked into A.D. 33 because as we learn from Daniel Chapter 9 (see The Seventy Weeks of Daniel 9, available free of chargefromFamilyRadio),itwasinA.D.33thatsacrificesandofferingsceased. All of the previous sacrifices of the past 11,000 years were fulfilled and ended when Christ was sacrificed as He went to the cross. There is another cogent reason why A.D. 33 had to be the year of the crucifixion. The Bible is very clear that Christ was crucified on Friday. The year in which He was crucified had to be a year when Nisan 14, the delegated Passover date, fell on a Friday. We must remember that each year, Nisan 14 could identify with a different day of the week. For example, in A.D. 32, Nisan 14 would have come on Monday. In A.D. 34, Nisan 14, the Passover date, would have come on Wednesday. But the Bible tells us that when Jesus was crucified, it was Friday. Remember when Jesus’ body was placed in the tomb it was the day before the Sabbath. We read in Mark 15:42-45: And now when the even was come, because it was the preparation, that is, the day before the sabbath, Joseph of Arimathaea, an honourable counsellor, which also waited for the kingdom of God, came, and went in boldly unto Pilate, and craved the body of Jesus. And Pilate marvelled if he were already dead: and calling unto him the centurion, he asked him whether he had been any while dead. And when he knew it of the centurion, he gave the body to Joseph. Moreover, in Daniel 9:24, God gave us another very definite time clue concerning the timing of the crucifixion. That verse states: Seventy weeks are determined upon thy people and upon thy holy city, to finish the transgression, and to make an end of sins, and to make reconciliation for iniquity, and to bring in everlast- ing righteousness, and to seal up the vision and prophecy, and to anoint the most Holy. The term “seventy weeks” is actually the words “seventy sevens.” We saw earlier that the context shows that “seventy sevens” is to be understood as Chapter 9 / 7 B.C.-A.D. 33 Christ’s Birth and Ministry
- 346. 354 Time Has An End seventy times seven years which equals 490 years. Daniel 9:25 declares that the beginning of the time period of 490 years is the event of the going forth of a “commandment to restore and to build Jerusalem.” Spiritually, Jerusalem refers to the kingdom of God. To restore and to build it spiritually refers to teaching the Word of God to people so that those whom God saves, as He applies that Word to their hearts, become eternal citi- zens of the kingdom of God. Spiritually, they are “Jerusalem” which Jesus came to build. The command to which Daniel 9:25 refers was given to Ezra the priest by the Median-Persian king Artaxerxes I in 458 B.C. In Ezra 7:25 we read: And thou, Ezra, after the wisdom of thy God, that is in thine hand, set magistrates and judges, which may judge all the people that are beyond the river, all such as know the laws of thy God; and teach ye them that know them not. Precisely 490 years later, in A.D. 33, the prophecy of Daniel 9:24 concerning the coming of the Lord Jesus “to finish the transgression, and to make an end of sins, and to make reconciliation for iniquity, and to bring in ever- lasting righteousness” was fulfilled. 458 + 33 - 1 = 490. Remember, we are presently learning that it was in A.D. 33 that Jesus went to the cross to pay for the sins of all those that He came to save. Thus, A.D. 33 agrees perfectly with the prophecy of Daniel 9:24. Thus, we are assured that the crucifixion of Jesus could not have taken place in any year other than A.D. 33. We have seen that for many reasons, the Lord was crucified in A.D. 33. This is the year and occasion that is super important. Had Christ not been punished for sins, there would be no salvation for anyone. No event in the entire history of the world can stand in the shadow of this climactic event. The impact of what happened at the cross identifies with each and every human being who has ever inhabited planet Earth. On the one hand, Christ, in His atonement work, guaranteed the salvation of all those whom God had chosen from the foundation of the earth to become saved. But on the other hand, the fact that Christ suffered the equivalent of eternal damnation on behalf of those He came to save also guaranteed that every person who does not become saved must himself, as payment for his sins, bear the wrath of God, which is eternal damnation. Had Christ not been punished for sins, there would be no salvation for anyone.
- 347. 355 True, there are a great many Bible teachers and theologians who teach that because Christ physically suffered the death of crucifixion, He therefore, by Hisintensephysicalsuffering,hascoveredandatonedforeachandeverysinthat was ever committed by any human being. They, therefore, believe the physical beating and the other mistreatment He endured when He was crucified must have been super awful. This kind of totally un-Biblical conclusion has produced movies such as the recent “The Passion of the Christ” movie. When Christ was crucified, He suffered physical pain just as the two thieves hanging on crosses next to Him experienced. But the physical pain He endureddidnotinanywaypayforanysins.WhenJesuswasstillverymuchalive He said, “It is finished” (John 19:30). What was finished? How could anything be finished if He were still physically alive? What was finished was payment for sin. For whose sins? For the sins of those who had been elected by God to become saved. Howcouldthepaymentbe“finished”whenHewasstillphysicallyalive? ThepaymentwasfullypaidbecausebeginningintheGardenofGethsemaneand until Jesus said “It is finished,” He had been under the punishment of God. This is why in the Garden of Gethsemane, before He endured any physical suffering, the sweat was pouring from His body like great drops of blood (Luke 22:44). That is why the cry was wrenched from His lips, “My God, My God, why hast thou forsaken me?” (Matthew 27:46). We do know that God’s Law demanded eternal damnation as the payment for any and every sin. Therefore, in order for Christ to free His elect from the sentence of eternal damnation, the wrath that God poured out upon the Lord Jesus Christ had to be equal to the penalty of eternal damnation that each and every one of God’s elected people would have had to endure. So, it was horrendous suffering that Christ endured. It is only because Christ was, and never ceased to be, God, that God could so intensify the punishment so that in the hours from the Garden of Gethsemane until Christ spoke the words, “It is finished,” the whole penalty could be paid. And the whole penalty was paid, ensuring that those for whom it was paid will never end up in Hell. However, as we noted earlier, this terrible experience of Jesus, in which God’s Law concerning payment for sin had been fully satisfied, also impacted every human being who never does become saved. The fact that Jesus met and fulfilled all the demands of the Law guarantees that each and every person who never does become saved must on his own behalf bear the punishment of eternal damnation as payment for his own sins. This is why the unfolding of history in terms of the rise and fall of civilizations, or of nations or of any other aspect of human existence is entirely Chapter 9 / 7 B.C.-A.D. 33 Christ’s Birth and Ministry
- 348. 356 Time Has An End unimportant.Itisunimportantbecausewhenitisallover,andtheworldhascome to an end, the only thing that is important is: “Do I spend eternity future in Hell undertheawfulwrathofGodorisitpossiblethatIwillspendeternityfuturewith Christ in the New Heavens and the New Earth?” There is no third solution. It is one or the other. It is Heaven or Hell. Christ Arose A very interesting and perhaps significant piece of information is the fact that, in all likelihood, Jesus was, to the very day, exactly 38½ years old when He arose from the grave on that Sunday morning in A.D. 33. We have already learned that, in all likelihood, Jesus was born on Octo- ber 1, 7 B.C. In 7 B.C., October 1 was the Day of Atonement. The Passover in A.D. 33, which was the year and occasion for the crucifixion of Jesus, took place on March 31, according to our modern calendar. Therefore, it was two days later, on Sunday, April 2, that Jesus arose from the grave. The time from October 1 in 7 B.C. toApril 2 inA.D. 33 is precisely, to the very day, 38½ years. The number 38½ is interesting because it can be broken down into the expres- sion .5 x 77. We know that the number .5 can signify salvation or judgment. The number 77 appears to be very significant because God uses it in another impor- tant place in connection with the coming of Jesus. In Luke Chapter 3, God gives the genealogical line of Jesus going all the way from Adam the son of God to Jesus Himself. Beginning with God as number 1, counting Adam as number 2, etc., we find that Jesus is number 77. We can be sure that God wanted the total number of names to come to the number 77.Acareful inspection of the names in the Luke 3 account fromAdam to David show the names, with one important exception, to be identical to the names given in the Old Testament (Genesis Chapters 5 and 11). The exception is that God introduced the name Cainan between the names Arphaxad and Sala (Luke 3:35-36). In Genesis 11:10-14 we read: These are the generations of Shem: Shem was an hundred years old, and begat Arphaxad two years after the flood: and Shem lived after he begat Arphaxad five hundred years, and begat sons and daughters. And Arphaxad lived five and thirty years, and begat Salah: and Arphaxad lived after he begat Salah four hun- dred and three years, and begat sons and daughters. And Salah lived thirty years, and begat Eber. Please note in this citation Cainan is not included.
- 349. 357 It was no problem for God in the Luke 3 account to introduce the name Cainan between Arphaxad and Salah because, as we learned much earlier in our study, Salah was not an immediate son of Arphaxad. By introducing the name Cainan betweenArphaxad and Salah, God was able to focus on 77 names in the genealogical history of Jesus. Thus, not only does God tie Jesus to the number 77 in His human genealogy, but also God ties Jesus to the number 77 by the fact that He was exactly .5 x 77 = 38 ½ years old when He arose as the firstborn from the dead (Colossians 1:18). It is startling to see this time relationship be- tween the date of His physical birth and the date when He became the firstborn from the dead. This information also helps us to learn that there was great precision as God unfolded His salvation plan. A quick review of the time information con- cerning Christ’s first coming which has been disclosed to us in the Bible is as follows: 1. In the Jubilee Year 7 B.C., Christ was born on the Day of Atonement (October 1). On the Day ofAtonement, the shophar of the Jubilee was blown. 2. Christ was announced as the Messiah on the first day of the seventh month in the year A.D. 29. This feast day identified with the Jubilee because the shophar was blown as a memo- rial of the Jubilee. 3. Christ came into Jerusalem on Sunday, March 26, A.D. 33, as the King who was about to be sacrificed. The evening of that Sunday began the tenth day of Nisan, the day the Passover lamb was to be selected. March 26 was, to the day, three and one half years after Jesus was announced on September 25, A.D. 29. 4. Jesus was crucified Friday, Nisan 14, the very day the Old Testament Passover was to be observed. 5. Jesus arose on Sunday morning,April 2,A.D. 33. On that day, Jesus was, to the very day, precisely 38½ years of age. 6. We will learn that the Holy Spirit was poured out — that is, God officially began the Church Age — 49 days after Christ Chapter 9 / 7 B.C.-A.D. 33 Christ’s Birth and Ministry
- 350. 358 Time Has An End arose from the grave. The period of 49 days reminds us that we have learned from Daniel 9:25 that 7 x 7 is speaking of from one Jubilee to the next Jubilee. Since Christ, the Jubilee, arose on April 2, A.D. 33, and that 49 days later (7 x 7), the Holy Spirit was poured out, spiritually, therefore, we can see that the Jubilee proclamation of deliverance from sin began in earnest on Pentecost Day of A.D. 33 as about 3,000 are saved. This summary shows that each important event that took place in rela- tionship to the first coming of Jesus followed a very precise pattern. We are amazed as each event was anticipated by Old Testament commands given to Israel concerning the timing and character of the feast days. Moreover, repeat- edly in this study, we have seen the precise placement of each event as it related to other events. Nothing occurs in a haphazard or random fashion. Each event holds tightly to a pattern of great precision. As we go on in this study and develop, from the Bible’s information, the timetable of the various events that relate to the second coming of the Lord Jesus, we will find again great precision as each event fits into its proper place, altogether in accord with patterns God has established and which He has re- corded in the Bible. Pentecost ReturningnowtothepropitiousyearA.D.33,thereisanothergreatevent that took place as God unfolds the timeline of history. When we were following the timeline of history in the Old Testament, we noted that one of the important ceremonial feast days was the Feast of Weeks. It was also called the Feast of Harvest or Feast of Firstfruits. It was a very important time when portions of the early spring harvest were brought to the temple. There is evidence that it was on this day that a great shift took place insofar as the unfolding of God’s salvation plan was concerned. We learned that this feast day was observed in the New Testament as Pentecost. It was called Pentecost from the Greek word “pente” which we translate as “fifty.” It was a day that came fifty days after the Sabbath following the Passover. There is evidence that it was on this day that a great shift took place insofar as the unfolding of God’s salvation plan was concerned.
- 351. 359 Remember that when Israel came out of Egypt, the external representationofthekingdomofGodwasshiftedfromanindividualfamilytothe nation of Israel. At that time in history, God gave further pictures to illustrate the character and nature of the kingdom of God. For example, the land of Canaan, which had been given to the nation of Israel, also became an external representation of the kingdom of God. Additionally, God focused on Jerusalem, and the temple in Jerusalem, and the nation of Israel, and the land of Judaea as external representatives of the kingdom of God. Thus, even when Christ came, entities such as the temple, Jerusalem, the nation of Israel, etc., were still regarded as external representations of the kingdom of God. But then, when Christ was hanging on the cross, the veil of the temple was rent. As we noted earlier in our study, the huge curtain that hid from the eyes of mankind the Holy of Holies was opened. It was effectively a great announcement that God was finished using Judaea and Jerusalem and national Israel and the temple as external representations of the kingdom of God. Jesus had told the disciples that, when He went back to Heaven, He would send or pour out the Holy Spirit who would convict the world of sin, righteousness, and judgment (John 16:7-8). In other words, there was a new era dawning. The evidence of this new era, which was the central focus of the unfolding of God’s salvation plan, can be clearly seen on that day of Pentecost in A.D. 33. Jesus, the Perfect Preacher, had been preaching for three and a half years, and very few people became saved. Yet, on that Pentecost Sunday, about 3,000 became saved (Acts 2:41). It was the beginning of the Church Age whereby local congregations would come into existence all over the world. These local congregations as divine institutions, carefully designed by God Himself, would now externally represent the kingdom of God. The land of Canaan, Judaea, Jerusalem, the temple would no longer typify or externally represent the kingdom of God. Fact is, the local congregations would be spoken of as the temple, or Jerusalem, or Judaea, or the house of God because they now had become the external representation of the kingdom of God. Within these local churches, two kinds of people could be found. Within these local churches, two kinds of people could be found. There werethosewhotrulyhadbecomesavedsothatalreadytheywereeternalcitizens of the kingdom of God. God speaks of them in the Bible as Jerusalem above Chapter 9 / 7 B.C.-A.D. 33 Christ’s Birth and Ministry
- 352. 360 Time Has An End (Galatians 4:26). They are spoken about in the Bible as “wheat” (Matthew Chapter 13). They are the eternal church which Christ came to build, against which the gates of Hell cannot prevail (Matthew 16:18). On the other hand, there were many in the local churches who believed they had become saved, who gave substantial outward evidence of having become saved, but they were not saved. They were still under the wrath of God. TheyarespokenofintheBibleasJerusalemwhichisnow(Galatians4:25).They are called “weeds” or “tares” in the Bible (Matthew Chapter 13). They were actually trusting in their church or their pastor or in some spiritual work they had done. They did not understand that the entire work of salvation was God’s work. They had not received from God a brand new resurrected soul in which God would energize them and God Himself would work in them to will and to do of His good pleasure (Philippians 2:13). These local churches would rise and fall throughout the time of the Church Age. Some would become so apostate that they would disappear. Some wouldbecomesooverrunwithfalsegospelsthatfinally,Satan,asanangeloflight (II Corinthians 11:14), would be ruling within them. Again and again, God would raise up new local congregations. Thus, as a whole, the local congregations carried out the task God had assigned to them. That task was to send the Gospel into all the world. Because “faith cometh by hearing, and hearing by the word of God” (Romans 10:17), wherever the Bible could be read, God would save people. Therefore, in the churches in which encouragement was given to read the Bible, God’s salvation program for the world continued. This was in spite of the fact that many wrong doctrines were taught in most of these churches. How wonderful that it was not the church or the pastor who saved anyone. More Information about A.D. 33 A.D. 33, when Christ was crucified and when the Church Age began, alsointerrelatedwithmanyothersignificantmilestonesinthetimelineofhistory. Forexample,wemightrecallthatintheyear2092B.C.,Abraham,togetherwith his wife Sarah and his nephew Lot, arrived in the promised land, the land of Canaan, which externally represented the kingdom of God. Now 2,092 + 33 = 2,125 years inclusive. That is, 2,125 years after that firstentranceintothepromisedland,thekingdomofGodisforeversecured.This is so because Christ rose from the grave, proving that He had paid for the sins of those He came to save. Curiously, the number 2,125 breaks down into some very significant numbers. (See Chapter 8 of this book for a discussion on the numbers of the Bible.)
- 353. 361 2,125 is the product of 5 x 5 x 5 x 17. Thenumber5cansignifysalvationorjudgment.Thenumber3(thereare 3 “5s”) signifies God’s purpose. The number 17 signifies Heaven. Thus, the number 2,125 in a sense teaches that the land of Canaan and the resurrection of JesussymbolizethatGod’spurposeofsalvationistobringpeopletoHeaven.This isanotherbriefexampleofhowthemilestonesofGod’ssalvationhistoryaretied together in a very definite pattern. Preliminary Outline of End-time Events Now, to assist in our understanding of the events that precede the end of the world, we shall briefly outline the sequence of events that will occur between this present time and the end of the world. This sequence of events has been developed by very careful Bible study. Later in our study, we will examine these events in greater detail. We will find that inA.D. 33, immediately after Jesus returned to Heaven, God shifted from the utilization of the nation of Israel as the caretaker of the Gospel to the era of the local churches. (Please read Ephesians Chapters 3 and 4 and Hebrews Chapters 2 through 6 and Chapter 12.) The local churches, or groups of churches that were called denominations (see Mark 9:38-41), were established by God to be the caretakers of the Bible. They were given the express command to send the Gospel into all the world (Acts 1:1-8; II Thessalonians 3:1). To make their efforts successful throughout the time of the ChurchAge, God Himself, in the person of the Holy Spirit, applied the words of the Bible to the lives of those whom God planned to save (John 14:16-17, 26; 16:7-15). Thus, even though at any given time, a local church may have been incorrect in many of its doctrines, God’s plan to save those who had been elected to salvation was not frustrated (I Corinthians 11:19).As long as the Bible could be heard and read in that congregation, God would apply the words of the Bible to the lives of those He planned to save (Romans 10:17; I Timothy 4:13-16; II Timothy 2:24-25). Additionally, it was the task of the local congregation, particularly by means of their elders and deacons, to nurture those who had become saved by teaching these saved individuals the Biblical principles by which they were to live (Acts 14:21-27; study also the Books of I and II Timothy and Titus). This was the basic plan of God throughout the Church Age. The Church Age continued for 1,955 years. It officially began on Pen- tecost Day in A.D. 33 when about 3,000 individuals were saved in one day (Acts 2:1, 41). The ChurchAge ended, as we will discover the Biblical evidence Chapter 9 / 7 B.C.-A.D. 33 Christ’s Birth and Ministry
- 354. 362 Time Has An End shows, in A.D. 1988, possibly on the day before the day of Pentecost in 1988. Curiously, the calendar works out so that from Pentecost in A.D. 33 to the day before Pentecost in A.D. 1988 was a time duration of precisely 1,955 years to the very day. We will learn that, like so many of the time intervals between milestones in the development of God’s salvation plan, 1,955 years breaks down into significant prime numbers. 1,955 = 5 x 17 x 23. We are learning that spiritually these numbers signify: 5 = judgment or salvation, 17 = Heaven, 23 = judgment. We do know that the Gospel is a two-edged sword that brings, on the one hand, many to salvation or Heaven, and on the other hand, brings those who remain unsaved into eternal damnation (II Corinthians 2:15-16). Immediately following the 1,955-year Church Age, a short period of time began that the Bible calls a time of Great Tribulation (Matthew 24:21; Revelation 2:22-23). At that juncture in time, several tremendously significant changes occurred in the unfolding of God’s salvation plan. We can summarize them as follows: 1. The moment God began the period of Great Tribulation, the Church Age ended (II Thessalonians 2:1-5). 2. When the Church Age ended, God the Holy Spirit abandoned each and every local church so that even though Bible truths were still proclaimed in many of them, no one could become saved because the Holy Spirit was no longer present within them to apply the words of the Bible to those who were elected by God to salvation (II Thessalonians 2:6-12; also, please study I Samuel Chapters 1 through 4). 3. The cause for this great change was the growing evidence that the people in the local churches were trusting in the church doctrines for their salvation rather than in the Bible alone. Their church had become their god instead of Christ. Therefore, even as God had earlier prophesied, He brought judgment on the
- 355. 363 churches because of their growing apostasy (I Peter 4:7-19; see also Jeremiah Chapters 5-8). This judging process would transition into God’s judgment on the whole world at the end of time (Matthew 24:15-31). 4. The remnant of true believers within the churches was com- manded to come out of the churches to escape the prepara- tions of God to bring the remaining members of these churches to trial when Christ returns at the end of the world (Matthew 13:24-43; Luke 21:20-24; Revelation Chapter 18). 5. This period of Great Tribulation was divided into two periods of time. The first period lasted for 2,300 days. During this first period, no one in the whole world was being saved even though inside and outside of the local churches, there were true believ- ers zealously sending the true Gospel into the world (Daniel 8:13-14;Amos 8:11-14; Revelation 8:1; 11:7-10). 6. During the second period of the Great Tribulation, even though the Bible was still present in the local churches, no one could become saved because God the Holy Spirit did not return to any local church to apply the Word of God to anyone. Instead, during this second period of time, God continues to prepare those in these churches for the trial at the Judgment Throne of Christ which will take place when Christ returns at the end of the world. 7. During this second period of the Great Tribulation, outside of the local churches there is a great harvest of people who are becoming true believers all over the world (Matthew 24:21- 22). They hear the true Gospel from individuals who have no connection with a local congregation (Matthew 24:9-14). This period of time, which apparently will continue for seventeen years, will probably result in more people becoming saved than ever before in history (Revelation 7:9-14). It appears that most of the people who will become saved will have had little or no previous knowledge of the Bible or its truths (Luke 13:25-30). 8. At the end of these two periods, which together will encom- pass twenty-three years of time, Christ will appear to everyone Chapter 9 / 7 B.C.-A.D. 33 Christ’s Birth and Ministry
- 356. 364 Time Has An End living in the whole world as the Judge of all the unsaved (Mat- thew 24:29-31; II Thessalonians 1:4-10; II Peter 2:1-9; Revela- tion Chapter 19). Simultaneously, all the true believers will be instantly changed into their eternal spiritual bodies and will be caught up in the air to be with Christ (I Corinthians 15:51-57; I Thessalonians 4:17). 9. Virtually at this same time, those who had died after having become saved will have their bodies resurrected as eternal spiri- tual bodies, and they, too, will be caught up to meet Christ in the air (I Thessalonians 4:13-18). When they died, they, in their spirit essence or soul, had been taken to Heaven where they had been reigning with Christ. However, they come with Christ when He returns as the Judge on the last day (Revelation 19:14). Therefore, it is at this time that they are joined with their resur- rected bodies. 10. Simultaneously, all of the unsaved who had lived during the previous 13,023 years of the history of the world but had died will be resurrected. They will be resurrected as whole person- alties to stand for Judgment alongside all of those who are still living at that time and had not become saved (Revelation 20:11- 15). 11. After all the unbelievers are individually judged and removed into a place called Hell and the Lake of Fire, God will com- pletely destroy this present universe by fire and create New Heavens and a New Earth wherein the true believers will live with Christ forevermore (Matthew 25:46; II Peter 3:10-13; Revelation 21:1-8). This is a brief outline of the main end-time events God speaks of in a great many places in the Bible. If we keep this outline in view as we continue our study of the Bible, it will greatly help us to see the perfect harmony of the whole Bible as it addresses these end-time events.
- 357. 365 Chapter 10 The Church Age and the Great Tribulation Weareintheprocessofunfoldingthetimelineofthehistoryoftheworld. We have found that this timeline is governed by God’s salvation program for the worldasitisrevealedinGod’sHolyBook,theBible.Wehavecometothatperiod which we will call the “Church Age.” Actually,earlierinourstudy,whenwelookedatPentecostasitoccurred inA.D.33,atwhichtimetheHolySpiritwaspouredout,wewerestandingatthe beginning of the Church Age. That day officially marked the beginning of the Church Age. By the term “Church Age,” we are speaking of the period in God’s unfolding history of the world when He utilized a divine institution consisting of local congregations or local churches to evangelize the world. The official beginning of the Church Age coincided with the end of the long period of time during which the nation of Israel was officially the external representative of the kingdom of God on this earth. The nation of Israel with its headquarters in Jerusalem had become so wicked that even though the Messiah Himself (the Lord Jesus) was physically present in their midst, they refused to recognizeHimastheirSavior.Factis,theyhatedHimsointenselythattheyfinally killedHim(Acts2:36;3:13-15). Jesus said of the Jews in John 8:44, “Ye are of your father the devil.” Jesus ministered for many months in cities such as Chorazin and Capernaum, whichwerelocatedbytheSeaofGalilee,andyet,JesusobservedinLuke10:13- 15: Woe unto thee, Chorazin! woe unto thee, Bethsaida! for if the mighty works had been done in Tyre and Sidon, which have been done in you, they had a great while ago repented, sitting in sackcloth and ashes. But it shall be more tolerable for Tyre and Sidon at the judgment, than for you. And thou, Capernaum, which art exalted to heaven, shalt be thrust down to hell. . . . during Jesus’ ministry, very, very few became saved.
- 358. 366 Time Has An End Thus, during Jesus’ ministry, very, very few became saved. However, it was God’s plan that this was the time that God would shift from using the nation of Israel as God’s special people to the utilization of local congregations as the external representative of the kingdom of God (Acts 2:36- 47; Ephesians 2:11-22; 3:1-10; Hebrews 12:18-24). Thus, seven weeks after the resurrection of Jesus, God began the Church Age. Remember, we earlier learned that on the Pentecost afternoon in A.D.33,about3,000individualsweresaved.Forthenext1,955years,theChurch Agewouldcontinue.DuringtheChurchAge,thenatureandstructureofthelocal congregations were carefully designed by God. They were to have as church overseers (elders and deacons), men who met very stringent spiritual qualifications (I Timothy Chapter 3). The people who attended these churches were to be under the rule of these elders. Thus, they were to have membership in these congregations (I Corinthians Chapter 5; I Peter 5:1-5). The task of each congregation was to assist in the sending forth of the Gospel into the world. As they carried out this task, they started additional churches wherever a few people became believers. These mission churches in turn would send out missionaries to establish additional churches (Acts 13:1-3; 15:40-41; 16:4-5; II Corinthians 10:12-16). Thus, by the end of the Church Age, local congregations are to be found all over the world. Those who believed they had become saved became members of one of these local congregations. God, however, designed the local churches as a divine institution that could effectively teach the Gospel in spite of these obvious shortcomings. For the greatest part of the Church Age, the printing press did not exist. Itwasinventedabout500yearsago,buttheChurchAgecontinuedformorethan 1,900years.Thus,forabout1,400yearsoftheChurchAge,allcopiesoftheBible were handwritten. Therefore, they were quite rare, and most people were illiterate. God, however, designed the local churches as a divine institution that could effectively teach the Gospel in spite of these obvious shortcomings. God established the local churches in such a way that the church members could be taught the Scriptures by pastors and elders who had access to a handwritten copy of the Bible and who were able to read it (Ephesians 4:11-12; II Thessalonians 2:15).
- 359. 367 Even after the invention of the printing press, during most of the remaining years of the Church Age, a copy of the Bible was not readily available to many people of the world, and many people still lived with the problem of illiteracy. New Testament Ceremonial Laws To assist with the understanding of the Gospel message, God also gave the local churches two ceremonial laws. The observance of these ceremonial lawsdidnotinitiatesalvationorinanywayguaranteesalvation.Theyweregiven to assist individuals in understanding the nature of salvation. There was no spiritual power in the observance of these ceremonial laws. The first ceremonial law was the act of water baptism. The purpose of water baptism was to show that even as water washes away the physical dirt on us, so the Gospel, which is the spiritual water, is required to wash our sins away (I Peter 3:20-21). The second ceremonial law that was given was that of the communion service. The second ceremonial law that was given was that of the communion service. The bread and the wine which were eaten in this ceremony were foods that contributed to our physical life. Thus, they were symbols that reminded us that we receive spiritual strength and life from the fact that Christ gave His life, that is, His body was broken and His blood was shed (He gave His life), that we might have life (I Corinthians 11:26). The Lord’s Supper, as the communion service was frequently called, alsowaspointingtothecompletionofthesalvationofallgenuinebelieverswhen spiritually,theywillbecalledtothemarriagesupperoftheLambwho,ofcourse, is Jesus (Revelation 19:7-9). The Bible teaches us that spiritually, the true believers are the bride of Christ. These ceremonial acts were to be carried out under the supervision of the church overseers (Acts16:4; Ephesians 4:11-12). The underlying spiritual power of the Church Age was the fact that God Himself was present whenever two or three or more people were gathered together in Christ’s name (Matthew 18:20). God was present as the Holy Spirit not only in the lives of the true believers but also to apply the preached Word of God to the lives of those whom God planned to save. Therefore, even though the preaching was often very faulty, God still saved people as long as those that He Chapter 10 / The Church Age and the Great Tribulation
- 360. 368 Time Has An End planned to save were hearing verses from the Bible. The principle taught in Romans 10:17, “faith cometh by hearing, and hearing by the word of God,” continually was a fundamental principle that God utilized to cause the local churches to grow. Thiswasinsharpcontrasttothespiritualconditionsthatprevailedatthe time the nation of Israel was coming to its end as the external representation of the kingdom of God. At that time, Jesus preached perfect sermons, but virtually noonewassaved.Thiswasthesituationbecauseatthattime,GodtheHolySpirit hardly ever applied the perfectly preached Word of God to any hearer’s life so that they might become saved. Moreover, during the Church Age, Satan, the great enemy of Christ, was restricted by God from interfering with God’s desire to save those that He wished to save as they heard the Word of God (Matthew 12:25-29;Luke10:17-24;Revelation20:1-3). Satan Impacts the Local Congregations Satan, however, as the enemy of Christ, was still able to seriously affect the local congregations throughout the time of the Church Age (I Timothy 5:15; IPeter5:8-9).Hedidsobybringingintothecongregationsindividualswhowere convinced they were saved but in fact were not saved. Because they were convinced they were saved, they tried very hard to live the way a truly saved personshouldlive.Therefore,theywerevirtuallyindistinguishablefromthetrue believerswithinthecongregation.Becausenochurchoverseerscouldknowwith certainty the true spiritual condition of any individual, they could easily give membership to those who outwardly appeared to be saved but actually were not saved. These spurious believers were still under the authority of Satan (Matthew 13:24-30, 37-42; II Peter 2:1-2; Jude 4). Satan, however, as the enemy of Christ, was still able to seriously affect the local congregations throughout the time of the Church Age. Very frequently, these unsaved individuals were pastors, elders, or deaconswhohadthespiritualoversightofthecongregations.Thus,eventhough Christ was officially the King of the New Testament churches, in effect, Satan toahighdegreeruledinthosechurches.ThisisspokenofinIICorinthians11:14- 15:
- 361. 369 And no marvel; for Satan himself is transformed into an angel of light. Therefore it is no great thing if his ministers also be transformed as the ministers of righteousness; whose end shall be according to their works. This is also the teaching of Matthew 13:24-25: Another parable put he forth unto them, saying, The kingdom of heaven is likened unto a man which sowed good seed in his field: but while men slept, his enemy came and sowed tares among the wheat, and went his way. The tares or weeds represent those who appear to be true believers but in actuality are under the authority of Satan. (For a more complete discussion of this subject, the reader is invited to obtain, free of charge, the book Wheat and Tares from Family Radio.) The result of this condition of local churches being filled with unsaved people who thought they were true believers created spiritual havoc in the churches. The result of this condition of local churches being filled with unsaved people who thought they were true believers created spiritual havoc in the churches. Many local churches and denominations became so corrupted that the true Gospel became completely obliterated, and they became altogether another gospel,afalsegospel.TheBiblealoneandinitsentiretynolongerwasthedivine authority that structured and determined the character of the gospel they were preaching. The authority for their gospel was the Bible plus church tradition or that which they heard through dreams or visions or tongues. Even though they spoke of Christ as their Savior, Satan had become their ruler, completely. This could be seen especially in those churches that began to believe that God is still bringing divine revelation to men and women by means of tongues or dreams or visionsorangelvisitations.Thus,entiredenominationscameintoexistencewhich were altogether ruled over by Satan even though the rulers of these churches were convinced that they were serving Christ. In God’s plan for the unfolding of the timeline of history, God was fully awareofthisterriblefallingawayfromtruth.Almost2,000yearsago,Godwrote Chapter 10 / The Church Age and the Great Tribulation
- 362. 370 Time Has An End in Revelation Chapters 2 and 3 about seven churches that were among the first churches of the Church Age. As He wrote about these churches, God was actually writing to all of the churches that would come into existence throughout the Church Age. Godindicatedthatevenatthatveryearlytimeinchurchhistory,already Satanwasactiveinthechurches(Revelation2:9, 13,24;3:9).Alreadyoneofthe churches, the church at Sardis, was effectively a dead church, even though it still had a few members who were true believers (Revelation 3:1-4). Fact is, a few hundred years later, all seven of these churches had ceased to exist. This has been the experience of local congregations throughout the Church Age. However, in spite of the spiritual weaknesses of these churches, God still used them to accomplish His purposes to bring the Gospel message to the world. Nothing man or Satan could do could frustrate God’s plan of salvation. In spite of the weaknesses and failures of mankind, God could override this and still accomplish His purpose of saving each and every individual He had plannedtosave.Factis,nothingwashappeningoutsideofGod’scontrol.Nothing man or Satan could do could frustrate God’s plan of salvation. Finally, however, the time came when God was finished with the utilizationoftheinstitutionoflocalchurchestoaccomplishHisplanofsalvation. At least three things had developed. Firstofall,thechurcheswereincreasinglydepartingfrom truth.Gospels that focused on miracles, visions, voices, and tongues were proliferating. The Bible itself became increasingly less authoritative in the churches. For example, the marriage institution was destroyed as churches began to sanction divorce in opposition to the Biblical law that there is not to be divorce for any reason. Or, for example, churches increasingly taught that one can initiate one’s own salvation by doing certain things, such as “accepting Christ” as Savior or becoming baptized in water. Secondly, the population of the world was exploding so that at this time inhistory,everyhourtheworldpopulationisabout8,300individualsgreaterthan thehourbefore.Thus,today,theworldpopulationissubstantiallygreaterthansix billionpeople.
- 363. 371 Thirdly, there was an enormous explosion in scientific knowledge. For almost 13,000 years, the fastest means of travel was a running horse. The fields were plowed by horses or oxen. There was no electricity, no understanding of atoms or neutrons or protons. No understanding of DNA. This was not because men of the past were less intelligent or less desirous to learn about these things. ItwasthesimplefactthatintheunfoldingofGod’stimelineofhistory,itwasnot the time for this knowledge to be given to mankind. However,beginningabout400yearsago,andparticularlyduringthelast 200 years, there has been an explosion of knowledge. The time has come when God is allowing mankind to increasingly understand the intricate nature and awesome complexity of God’s creation. This awareness should cause mankind torealizethatonlyGodcouldcreatesuchacomplexandbeautifulworld.Instead, because of the total perverseness of their hearts, mankind believes that they are inchargeofthisuniverse,andthatthey,inturn,areincreasinglyincontroloftheir own destiny. Even the local churches, under pressure to reconcile the Bible with prevailing scientific theories and procedures, began to accept and approve un- Biblical doctrines such as theistic evolution and birth control. This same wicked mind of man also becomes the engine that drives the desire to learn more and more about all of these things. Man’s attempts to make large sums of money and to satisfy the lusts of the flesh take advantage of these secrets of God’s creation. Man proceeds to use and abuse them in what he believes are practical applications. Significantly,thisexplosionofscientificknowledge,whichhasresulted inshrinkingtheworldsothatthereisvirtuallyinstantcommunicationwithmany, many people in the world, coincides perfectly with the unfolding of God’s salvation plan. Just as pornographic material and secular knowledge can now blanket the world, so too, the same means can be used to blanket the world with the Gospel. Moreover, even as secular knowledge becomes more accurate and availabletotheworld,sotoo,weareatatimeintheunfoldingofGod’ssalvation plan when there can be a much more accurate presentation of Gospel details. Forexample,thewholeworldcanbetoldthattheBibleteachesthatGod alone, in the person of our Lord Jesus Christ, has done all of the work required to save those whom He sovereignly plans to save. ` God delayed the explosion of secular knowledge for this time when the spiritual knowledge of the Bible is to blanket the world. Chapter 10 / The Church Age and the Great Tribulation
- 364. 372 Time Has An End Indeed, it becomes quite obvious that God delayed the explosion of secular knowledge for this time when the spiritual knowledge of the Bible is to blankettheworld.Whilesecularmanseekstosatisfyhisownlustsformoneyand forsatisfactionofthelustsoftheflesh,thespiritualman,thetruebelieverinChrist, commandeersthisexplodingscientificknowledge,puttingittoworktoblanketthe world with the true Gospel. All of the above factors set the stage for the tremendous drama that is presently taking place as Christ is making the final preparations for His return. When we go back to the Jubilee Year of 7 B.C., we witness that God’s tremendousplantopublishthegoodnewsofsalvationtothewholeworldbecame a reality. In that Jubilee Year of 7 B.C., it was first a band of shepherds who “made known abroad” (Luke 2:17) the wonderful news given to them by the angelic host. Luke 2:10-11 records: And the angel said unto them, Fear not: for, behold, I bring you good tidings of great joy, which shall be to all people. For unto you is born this day in the city of David a Savior, which is Christ the Lord. The proclamation of this wonderful news of spiritual liberty was further declared to the world as Jesus was announced as the “lamb of God which taketh away the sin of the world” (John 1:29). That is, through Jesus, anyone who truly became saved would, with absolute certainty, have the penalty for his sins paid. He would be liberated from bondage to sin and to Satan. He was spirituallyliberatedsothathewouldbefreetoserveChristashisSaviorandKing forever. This announcement was made in A.D. 29. It was the first day of the seventh month. Remember, it was at the Feast of the Seventh Month New Moon that there was to be a remembrance of the Jubilee. Thus, effectively, the Jubilee Year,thatbeganwiththebirthofJesusin7B.C.,wasnowinfullmotionbecause Christ, who is the very essence of the Jubilee, had now been announced to the world. Jesus had come to free people from bondage to sin. Jesus Himself expressed this in Luke 4:18-19: The Spirit of the Lord is upon me, because he hath anointed me to preach the gospel to the poor; he hath sent me to heal the brokenhearted, to preach deliverance to the captives, and recovering of sight to the blind, to set at liberty them that are
- 365. 373 bruised, to preach the acceptable year of the Lord. The term “acceptable year” is synonymous with the term “Jubilee Year” because both terms identify with the concept of preaching or publishing deliverance to the captives. The captives include each and every human being who is not saved. To be without salvation is to be still in bondage to sin and to Satan. This is spoken of in connection with the Jubilee Year in Leviticus 25:10: And ye shall hallow the fiftieth year, and proclaim liberty throughout all the land unto all the inhabitants thereof: it shall be a jubile unto you; and ye shall return every man unto his possession, and ye shall return every man unto his family. This publishing or preaching of the message of deliverance of people from their sins became officially recognized on Pentecost in A.D. 33. Laterinourstudy,wewilldiscoverthattheJubileeYearofthepreaching of the Gospel would continue for 1,955 years, until A.D. 1988. In that year, the “acceptable year,” the Jubilee Year, came to an end. In that year, the Church Age came to an end. How do we know that A.D.1988 was the year that ended the Church Age and how does the Bible speak of that awful time of the end of theChurchAge?*Thesearequestionswewilladdressaswecontinuethisstudy. The Great Tribulation Wearecontinuingwithourtaskofunfoldingthetimelineofhistory,fully recognizing that it is securely tied to God’s wonderful salvation plan. We are learning that for 1,955 years, the focus of God’s salvation plan was the Church Age. The local churches were the divine institution God had establishedtobethemeansbywhichthewholeworldwastobecomeacquainted with the Bible. Thus, those who had been chosen by God to become saved might comeunderthehearingoftheWordofGod.But,thatwonderfulChurchAgewas to come to an end. The following is a brief summary of some of the Biblical references to this terrible end of the Church Age, which coincides with the beginning of the GreatTribulation. Chapter 10 / The Church Age and the Great Tribulation _____________________________ * For a more complete discussion of the end of the Church Age, the reader is invited to obtain,freeofchargefromFamilyRadio,acopyofthebooks TheEndoftheChurchAgeandAfter and Wheat and Tares.
- 366. 374 Time Has An End 1. Revelation Chapter 7, the Great Tribulation cannot begin until the complete fullness (144,000) of all those who are to be saved during the Church Age has been accomplished. (Remember, the number 144,000 is not to be understood literally but sym- bolically, being the product of 12 x 12 x 1,000. See Chapter 8 of this book for more on the numbers of the Bible.) 2. I Peter 4:17, Christ will come to judge the house of God (the local churches). 3. Matthew 24:21, there will be great tribulation such as the world has never known. 4. Revelation 20:1-4, Satan will be loosed so that he can be used by God as a judgment in the local churches. 5. Revelation 9:1-5, Christ as a star looses Satan. 6. Revelation 13:1-7, the beast (Satan) comes out of the sea to make war with the saints and overcome them. 7. Revelation 13:11, the beast (Satan) come out of the earth ap- pearing as a lamb but speaking like a dragon. 8. Revelation 13:1 and 17:12, Satan rules throughout the Great Tribulation time as a beast with crowns on its ten horns. 9. Revelation 9:15, the four angels are loosed to slay the third part (those unbelievers who externally represent the kingdom of God) of men. 10. Revelation 8:1, the Great Tribulation begins with a symbolic half hour during which Heaven is silent (nobody in the whole world will become saved). 11. II Thessalonians 2:3-4, the man of sin (Satan) takes his seat (becomes the sole ruler) in the temple (the local congrega- tions). 12. Revelation 11:7, the two witnesses (the true believers) are killed (driven out of the local congregations).
- 367. 375 13. Revelation 11:2, the holy city (the true believers in the local congregations) are trodden underfoot. 14. II Thessalonians 2:7, He (that is, the Holy Spirit) who restrains is taken out of the midst of each and every local congregation. These are a sampling of the teachings found throughout the Bible that instruct us concerning the reality and character of the Great Tribulation we are presently experiencing. And, as we have seen previously, now again, the focus of God’s fearful judgment upon the whole world begins with His judgment upon thereligious.WhentheGreatTribulationbegins,God’sjudgmentisfallingupon the local churches and congregations. Those who remain in the local churches and congregations, seeking refuge in them rather than in Christ, are in rebellion againstGodandwillappearattheFinalJudgmentThroneofGod.Theseunsaved arejudgedoutofthosethingswritteninGod’srecordbooks,theyarefoundguilty, andtheyareassignedtoeternalpunishment(Matthew7:21-23;25:31-33,41-46a; Revelation 20:11-15). God’s mercy is to be found only upon the truly saved. As eternity begins, only the true believers, in whom God has worked His salvation, are secure and are given their entrance into Heaven (Matthew 25:31-40, 46b). (To study more about what the Bible says will happen as eternity begins, see Chapter 12 of this book.) The Bible greatly assures us that just before the end of time there will be thisperiodofGreatTribulation.Thefactthatthisdreadfultimecomesjustbefore the end of the world is clearly stated in Matthew 24, verse 29: Immediately after the tribulation of those days shall the sun be darkened, and the moon shall not give her light, and the stars shall fall from heaven, and the powers of the heavens shall be shaken. As we continue this study, we will learn how the Bible speaks of the end of the Church Age. We will also learn from the Bible when the Church Age, in all likelihood, came to an end. Furthermore, we will learn what follows the end of the Church Age. Silence In Heaven In Revelation 8:1, God gives us a very unusual and ominous prophecy. There we read: Chapter 10 / The Church Age and the Great Tribulation
- 368. 376 Time Has An End And when he had opened the seventh seal, there was silence in heaven about the space of half an hour. To understand this verse, a couple of Biblical teachings should be kept in mind. Mankind can preach sermons as perfectly as possible; however, these messages will not benefit the hearers unless God applies the message to those whom God wishes to bless by that message (Matthew 13:14-17; John 16:13-15; 17:14, 17- 19;IITimothy4:2-4).IfHeavenissilent,itimpliesthatthereisnoactioncoming fromGodtoblessthatmessage.Thus,howeverfaithfultotheBiblethatmessage may be, it is not being used of God as a means through which God saves any of the hearers. Secondly, we read in Luke 15:7: I say unto you, that likewise joy shall be in heaven over one sinner that repenteth, more than over ninety and nine just persons, which need no repentance. Luke 15:10 adds: Likewise, I say unto you, there is joy in the presence of the angels of God over one sinner that repenteth. If Heaven is silent, we can surely understand that this joyful activity identified with the moment of salvation of any individual is not going on in Heaven. If Heaven is silent, we can surely understand that this joyful activity identifiedwiththemomentofsalvationofanyindividualisnotgoingoninHeaven. Indeed,themostterriblesituationexistedintheworldduringtheaboutahalfhour of silence. During this half hour, which we will learn is the first part of the Great Tribulation,nooneanywhereintheworldcouldbecomesaved.Laterinourstudy, we will indicate when this dreadful half hour occurred. Indeed, all the evidence of the Bible indicates that we have already gone through this awful time. There will be many who will claim they became saved during the time of those years. Many will testify that during those years their church witnessed the salvation of a great many people.
- 369. 377 Wemustremember,however,thatnoonecanseetheheartsofmen.The churchesofourdayarefilledwithmenandwomenwhoarealtogetherconvinced that they are saved. But by their disobedience to the command of God to come out of their local congregation, because God’s judgment has come upon it, they are showing that they may not be true believers. We must listen to the Bible and nottrustatallinwhatwethink.Therefore,duringthishalfhourofsilence,wecan knowthatthosewhowereconvincedtheyweresavedinthattimecouldnothave become saved. TheChurchAge,thatis,thetimewhenthelocalchurcheswerebringing theGospeltotheworld,istypifiedbytwowitnesses.GodsaysinRevelation11:3- 6: And I will give power unto my two witnesses, and they shall prophesy a thousand two hundred and threescore days, clothed in sackcloth. These are the two olive trees, and the two candlesticks standing before the God of the earth. And if any man will hurt them, fire proceedeth out of their mouth, and devoureth their enemies: and if any man will hurt them, he must in this manner be killed. These have power to shut heaven, that it rain not in the days of their prophecy: and have power over waters to turn them to blood, and to smite the earth with all plagues, as often as they will. The time these two witnesses are to preach is 1,260 days. This equals forty-two months of thirty days which equals three and a half years. These three and a half years can be shown to be the last half of the seven years spoken of in Daniel 9:27, where we read: And he shall confirm the covenant with many for one week: and in the midst of the week he shall cause the sacrifice and the oblation to cease, and for the overspreading of abominations he shall make it desolate, even until the consummation, and that determined shall be poured upon the desolate. The three and a half years or 1,260 days is the period from the middle of the seventieth seven, “the midst of the week,” when sacrifice and offering was tocease,untiltheconsummation,whichcomesattheendoftheworld.This1,260 daysisthesameperiodspokenofinRevelation12:6whichidentifieswiththebody of believers throughout the New Testament era. The fire that proceeds out of the mouthsofthesetwowitnesses(Revelation11:5)referstotheWordofGodwhich they publish. That Word is the fragrance of life unto life and death unto death (II Chapter 10 / The Church Age and the Great Tribulation
- 370. 378 Time Has An End Corinthians 2:14-16). That is, the Word of God brings eternal life to those who becomesaved,butitalsowillcondemntheunsavedtoHellforever.Thelanguage that speaks of these two witnesses having the power to shut up Heaven, to turn waters into blood, and smite the earth with all plagues (Revelation 11:6), are a reminder of two Old Testament men. The prophet Elijah prayed and the rain stopped for three and a half years (James 5:17). Moses was used of God to turn thewatersofEgyptintoblood(Exodus7:20)andtobringtenterribleplaguesupon Egypt (Exodus Chapters 7-12). Moses represents the Law and Elijah the prophets. The Bible is called Mosesandtheprophets(Luke16:29)andtheLawandtheprophets(Luke16:16). Therefore, whenever these two witnesses are prophesying, it is the Bible that is the power and authority of their witnessing. But the time would come when these two witnesses would become silenced because they are killed. This must coincide with the approximate half hour when Heaven is silent. Revelation 11:7-8 explains this: And when they shall have finished their testimony, the beast that ascendeth out of the bottomless pit shall make war against them, and shall overcome them, and kill them. And their dead bodies shall lie in the street of the great city, which spiritually is called Sodom and Egypt, where also our Lord was crucified. The two witnesses are killed, that is, the Gospel has been silenced. It does not mean that they are physically dead. In John 16:2, God explains that being killed is equivalent to being put out of the synagogue (also translated “assembly”). There we read: They shall put you out of the synagogues: yea, the time cometh, that whosoever killeth you will think that he doeth God service. When individuals are driven from the assembly, spiritually they have been killed because their voice can no longer be heard in the assembly. When individuals are driven from the assembly, spiritually they have been killed because their voice can no longer be heard in the assembly. They are killed in the sense that they have been driven out by the congregation itself.
- 371. 379 Please note the language God uses in Revelation 11:8. There God indicates their dead bodies lie in the streets of the great city called Sodom and Egypt where also our Lord was crucified. Jesus was crucified in Jerusalem. Jerusalem in Jesus’ day was the external representation of the kingdom of God. During the Church Age, the local congregations became the external representation of the kingdom of God, so they are the Jerusalem that is in view in this verse. But now Jerusalem — the local churches — have become Sodom and Egypt. That is, they, like ancient Sodom which was destroyed because of its extreme wickedness, are under the judgment of God (Jude 3-4, 7). They have become like ancient Egypt of Moses’ day which God used to typify being in bondage to sin and being under the rule of Satan (typified by Pharaoh) (Exodus 13:14-15; II Peter 2:18-19). That is why Revelation 11:7 speaks of the beast that comes from the bottomless pit making war against the true believers who are the two witnesses. The beast represents Satan. As Revelation 9:1-2 discloses, it is Christ Himself who has loosed Satan from the bottomless pit. The bottomless pit typifies Hell. Satan was loosed from the bottomless pit in the sense that he would be allowed to rule in all of the local churches, throughout the world, as the man of sin (Revelation 20:1-3, 7-10). Therefore, Satan (the beast) is now ruling in the local congregations and is able to drive out the true believers (the two witnesses). He is ruling in the local congregations because God Himself has abandoned all the local churches (II Thessalonians 2:3-7). Now God has shifted the responsibility of evangelizing the world away from the institution of the local churches and to individuals. You will remember that for the first approximately 9,000 years of history, God had used individuals like Enoch and Noah to represent the kingdom of God to the world. Then beginning with Abraham, God raised up the nation of Israel to be the external representation of the kingdom of God. Then after Jesus was crucified, as God continuedtounfoldHissalvationplantotheworld,Godshiftedtotheutilization of local churches to provide an external representation of the kingdom of God to the world. God’s utilization of the local churches ended when the half an hour of silence from Heaven commenced. Temporarily, God the Holy Spirit was not saving anyone anywhere in the world. True, preachers continue to preach and individuals continue to witness. However, remember we learned that two very important things are required before God can save His elect. (The elect are those who were chosen by God to become saved.) First of all, they must read or hear theWordofGodwhichistheBible.Secondly,GodHimselfmustapplythatWord to the hearts of those whom He plans to save. Chapter 10 / The Church Age and the Great Tribulation
- 372. 380 Time Has An End These principles were in evidence in a striking way when Jesus preached. He was the Perfect Preacher since He was God Himself. Yet, do you rememberthateventhoughHediligentlypreachedforthreeandahalfyears,only afewpeoplebecamesaved(Mark2:1-12;5:1-20;Luke23:39-43;John8:3-11)? Butlater,whentheHolySpiritwaspouredoutonPentecost,about3,000became saved (Acts 2:1, 41). Thus, when Revelation 8:1 reports that Heaven was silent for about half an hour, it means that for this symbolic period of time, no one was being saved throughout the whole world. It was at this time that the churches lost their commission to represent the Gospel to the world. IntheBible,thisdreadfulsituationiscalledtheGreatTribulation.Thisis referred to in Matthew 24:21-22: For then shall be great tribulation, such as was not since the beginning of the world to this time, no, nor ever shall be. And except those days should be shortened, there should no flesh be saved: but for the elect’s sake those days shall be shortened. In several verses, the entire period of the Great Tribulation is referred to as a period of one hour (Revelation 17:12; 18:10, 17, 19). Revelation 17:12 is especiallysignificant: And the ten horns which thou sawest are ten kings, which have received no kingdom as yet; but receive power as kings one hour with the beast. We, therefore, conclude that the ten horns represent the rule of Satan within the local churches throughout the entire time of the Great Tribulation. If no one could become saved, it means there was no hope for the world. Matthew 24:21 effectively speaks of this time of Great Tribulation as a trauma, a catastrophe, by using the language “tribulation, such as was not since the beginning of the world.” Nowhere in the Bible do we read of another time when there was silence in Heaven for a period of time. If no one could become saved, it means there was no hope for the world. Therefore, it appeared
- 373. 381 that each and every human being who had not become saved before the Great Tribulation began was guaranteed to end up in Hell. No situation can be imagined that is more terrible, more awful, more traumatic than this. During this half hour of silence in Heaven, which identified withthefirstpartoftheGreatTribulation,eventhoughmanytruebelievers,who are eternally secure as saved people, brought the Gospel outside of the local congregations, no one was becoming saved. Indeed, during the half hour of silence, which was the first part of the Great Tribulation, the whole world was in the most awful predicament, the greatest spiritual trouble it had ever seen. During the entire period of Great Tribulation, Satan had been given full rule in each and every local congregation throughout the world. We read in II Thessalonians2:3-4: Let no man deceive you by any means: for that day shall not come, except there come a falling away first, and that man of sin be revealed, the son of perdition; who opposeth and exalteth himself above all that is called God, or that is worshipped; so that he as God sitteth in the temple of God, shewing himself that he is God. The man of sin spoken of in this verse can be shown to be Satan. He is called the man of sin because he is typified by the king of Babylon whom God used to representSatan(IsaiahChapter14).WhileSatanisaspiritbeingandnotahuman being, he is called a man in Isaiah 14:16 because he is typified by the king of Babylon. The phrase he “sitteth in the temple” means he rules in the temple. The temple signifies the local congregations. In the Old Testament, the physical temple was the external representation of the kingdom of God. In the Church Age, the local churches were the external representation of the kingdom of God. Thus, the phrase “he . . . sitteth in the temple” refers to Satan ruling in the local congregations throughout the world. This terrible condition in the local congregations will continue throughout the entire Great Tribulation period, that is, to the last day of this world’s existence. Thisterribleconditioninthelocalcongregationswillcontinuethroughout theentireGreatTribulationperiod,thatis,tothelastdayofthisworld’sexistence (II Thessalonians 2:6-9). That is why God commands in Matthew 24:15-16: Chapter 10 / The Church Age and the Great Tribulation
- 374. 382 Time Has An End When ye therefore shall see the abomination of desolation, spoken of by Daniel the prophet, stand in the holy place, (whoso readeth, let him understand:) then let them which be in Judaea flee into the mountains. The “holy place” in this verse refers to the local congregations which throughout the Church Age were the caretakers of the Bible. They had been mandated by God to send the Gospel into all the world. But during the Great Tribulation,theabominationofdesolationisinallofthelocalcongregations.The abomination of desolation is Satan who now rules in the churches. The word “Judaea,” like the word “temple” in II Thessalonians 2:4, was used in the Old Testament as a representation of the external kingdom of God. In the Church Age, it therefore refers to the local churches. The “mountains” refer to Christ Himself. We read in Psalm 121:1: I will lift up mine eyes unto the hills [or mountains], from whence cometh my help. Thus, in Matthew 24:15, God is teaching that the true believers, if they have not already been driven out, are commanded to flee from the local congregations. Outside of the Churches, There Is an End to the Silence However, wonderfully, throughout the world outside of the local congregations, this terrible situation ends at the conclusion of the first part (the time of the half hour of silence) of the Great Tribulation. The silence in Heaven gives place to a great Gospel salvation program during the second part of the Great Tribulation that will continue to the end of time. Now, the “latter rain” is falling; the Jubilee is again being sounded. All around the world, there is a great multitude being saved outside of the local congregations. We will examine this wonderful news later in our study. The logical questions that follow are: The Great Tribulation lasted one hour; how long is that? How long is the period that is spoken of as “about half an hour?” When did the Great Tribulation begin? We will examine these questions as we continue our study. We do know that the period called the Great Tribulation is an event that closes with the return of Jesus Christ at the very end of the world. We read in Matthew24:29-30:
- 375. 383 Immediately after the tribulation of those days shall the sun be darkened, and the moon shall not give her light, and the stars shall fall from heaven, and the powers of the heavens shall be shaken: and then shall appear the sign of the Son of man in heaven: and then shall all the tribes of the earth mourn, and they shall see the Son of man coming in the clouds of heaven with power and great glory. Therefore, as we begin to understand the length of time of that dreadful period, we will also be given some understanding of the timing of the end of the world. But first, we must search the Bible to determine when that period began. We can use the past tense “began” because we can know that we are already living in thatperiodoftime.ThebeginningoftheGreatTribulationidentifieswithagreat many Biblical expressions spread throughout the Bible. “My People” Are Under God’s Judgment God indicated why the local churches are experiencing judgment in our day by verses such as those quoted below. Please note the references in these verses to phrases like “my people,” “the house of Judah,” and “the house of God.” The entire nation of Israel was called “my people” by God. Likewise, allthosewhobecamemembersoflocalchurchesthroughouttheNewTestament era were known to God as “his people,” “the house of God,” and “the temple of God,” that is, as God’s very own people. Unless someone has become truly saved, he is still headed for Hell, even though he may appear to be a fine church member. In both instances, they were God’s people in the sense that they were an external representation of the kingdom of God. However, the fact that these verses, which we will cite below, show that God’s wrath is on “my people” indicates that blood descent from Abraham (national Israel) or church membership does not in any way guarantee salvation. Unless someone has become truly saved, he is still headed for Hell, even though he may appear to be a fine church member (Matthew 7:21-23; Romans 2:28-29; II Corinthians 13:5- 6; Hebrews 6:4-6; II Peter 2:20-22). Chapter 10 / The Church Age and the Great Tribulation
- 376. 384 Time Has An End As indicated above, these verses are representative of a great many versessprinkledthroughouttheBiblethatbringthesesolemnandawfulwarnings. Jeremiah2:12-13: Be astonished, O ye heavens, at this, and be horribly afraid, be ye very desolate, saith the LORD. For my people have committed two evils; they have forsaken me the fountain of living waters, and hewed them out cisterns, broken cisterns, that can hold no water. Jeremiah4:22: For my people is foolish, they have not known me; they are sottish children, and they have none understanding: they are wise to do evil, but to do good they have no knowledge. Jeremiah5:30-31: A wonderful and horrible thing is committed in the land; the prophets prophesy falsely, and the priests bear rule by their means; and my people love to have it so: and what will ye do in the end thereof? Jeremiah6:13-15: For from the least of them even unto the greatest of them every one is given to covetousness; and from the prophet even unto the priest every one dealeth falsely. They have healed also the hurt of the daughter of my people slightly, saying, Peace, peace; when there is no peace. Were they ashamed when they had committed abomination? nay, they were not at all ashamed, neither could they blush: therefore they shall fall among them that fall: at the time that I visit them they shall be cast down, saith the LORD. Jeremiah7:23-24: But this thing commanded I them, saying, Obey my voice, and I will be your God, and ye shall be my people: and walk ye in all the ways that I have commanded you, that it may be well unto you. But they hearkened not, nor inclined their ear, but walked in the counsels and in the imagination of their evil heart, and went backward, and not forward.
- 377. 385 Isaiah1:21: How is the faithful city become an harlot! it was full of judgment; righteousness lodged in it; but now murderers. Isaiah3:12: As for my people, children are their oppressors, and women rule over them. O my people, they which lead thee cause thee to err, and destroy the way of thy paths. Lamentations1:8: Jerusalem hath grievously sinned; therefore she is removed: all that honoured her despise her, because they have seen her nakedness: yea, she sigheth, and turneth backward. Ezekiel9:9-10: Then said he unto me, The iniquity of the house of Israel and Judah is exceeding great, and the land is full of blood, and the city full of perverseness: for they say, The LORD hath forsaken the earth, and the LORD seeth not. And as for me also, mine eye shall not spare, neither will I have pity, but I will recompense their way upon their head. Ezekiel34:2-5: Son of man, prophesy against the shepherds of Israel, prophesy, and say unto them, Thus saith the Lord GOD unto the shepherds; Woe be to the shepherds of Israel that do feed themselves! should not the shepherds feed the flocks? Ye eat the fat, and ye clothe you with the wool, ye kill them that are fed: but ye feed not the flock. The diseased have ye not strengthened, neither have ye healed that which was sick, neither have ye bound up that which was broken, neither have ye brought again that which was driven away, neither have ye sought that which was lost; but with force and with cruelty have ye ruled them. And they were scattered, because there is no shepherd: and they became meat to all the beasts of the field, when they were scattered. Chapter 10 / The Church Age and the Great Tribulation
- 378. 386 Time Has An End Jeremiah1:16: And I will utter my judgments against them touching all their wickedness, who have forsaken me, and have burned incense unto other gods, and worshipped the works of their own hands. Jeremiah6:19: Hear, O earth: behold, I will bring evil upon this people, even the fruit of their thoughts, because they have not hearkened unto my words, nor to my law, but rejected it. Jeremiah2:8: The priests said not, Where is the LORD? and they that handle the law knew me not: the pastors also transgressed against me, and the prophets prophesied by Baal, and walked after things that do not profit. Jeremiah9:11: And I will make Jerusalem heaps, and a den of dragons; and I will make the cities of Judah desolate, without an inhabitant. Jeremiah23:1-2: Woe be unto the pastors that destroy and scatter the sheep of my pasture! saith the LORD. Therefore thus saith the LORD God of Israel against the pastors that feed my people; Ye have scattered my flock, and driven them away, and have not visited them: behold, I will visit upon you the evil of your doings, saith the LORD. Lamentations2:5: The Lord was as an enemy: he hath swallowed up Israel, he hath swallowed up all her palaces: he hath destroyed his strong holds, and hath increased in the daughter of Judah mourning and lamentation.
- 379. 387 Isaiah5:5-7: And now go to; I will tell you what I will do to my vineyard: I will take away the hedge thereof, and it shall be eaten up; and break down the wall thereof, and it shall be trodden down: and I will lay it waste: it shall not be pruned, nor digged; but there shall come up briers and thorns: I will also command the clouds that they rain no rain upon it. For the vineyard of the LORD of hosts is the house of Israel, and the men of Judah his pleasant plant: and he looked for judgment, but behold oppression; for righteousness, but behold a cry. Isaiah5:13: Therefore my people are gone into captivity, because they have no knowledge: and their honourable men are famished, and their multitude dried up with thirst. Ezekiel8:17-18: Then he said unto me, Hast thou seen this, O son of man? Is it a light thing to the house of Judah that they commit the abominations which they commit here? for they have filled the land with violence, and have returned to provoke me to anger: and, lo, they put the branch to their nose. Therefore will I also deal in fury: mine eye shall not spare, neither will I have pity: and though they cry in mine ears with a loud voice, yet will I not hear them. IIThessalonians2:3-4: Let no man deceive you by any means: for that day shall not come, except there come a falling away first, and that man of sin be revealed, the son of perdition; who opposeth and exalteth himself above all that is called God, or that is worshipped; so that he as God sitteth in the temple of God, shewing himself that he is God. Chapter 10 / The Church Age and the Great Tribulation
- 380. 388 Time Has An End Hebrews 10:30: For we know him that hath said, Vengeance belongeth unto me, I will recompense, saith the Lord. And again, The Lord shall judge his people. I Peter 4:17: For the time is come that judgment must begin at the house of God: and if it first begin at us, what shall the end be of them that obey not the gospel of God? As God wrote the Bible using the nations of Israel and Judah as illustrations of the local churches of our day, at times He included verses that distinctly show that His focus was not on these nations but upon the local congregations of our day, which in I Peter 4:17 are called the “house of God.” For example, as we have already noted, the Book of Jeremiah was written about God’swrathonJudahatthetimetheyweretobedestroyedbyBabylon.ButGod hasincludedversestoclearlyshowthatthepropheciesofimpendingdestruction areultimatelyfocusedonGod’sjudgmentonthechurchesoftheNewTestament Church Age. For example, in Jeremiah 10:20-21, we read: My tabernacle is spoiled, and all my cords are broken: my chil- dren are gone forth of me, and they are not: there is none to stretch forth my tent any more, and to set up my curtains. For the pastors are become brutish, and have not sought the LORD: therefore they shall not prosper, and all their flocks shall be scattered. The tabernacle mentioned in these verses was the tabernacle that was constructed about 800 years earlier when Israel was at Mount Sinai. Remember, it was taken to Shiloh where it remained for over 300 years. But the tabernacle at Shiloh ceased to exist about the year 1067 B.C. It was replaced by the temple, the foundation of which was laid in the year 967 B.C. This citation of Jeremiah 10:20 was written after 609 B.C. How then can it be speaking of the tabernacle being destroyed at this time, over 450 years later, when God is writing the Book of Jeremiah? The answer is that God used the tabernacle at Shiloh as a picture or representationoftheChurchAge.WeknowthistobetruebecauseinIsaiah54:2- 3, God wrote through Isaiah (in about 700 B.C.):
- 381. 389 Enlarge the place of thy tent, and let them stretch forth the curtains of thine habitations: spare not, lengthen thy cords, and strengthen thy stakes; for thou shalt break forth on the right hand and on the left; and thy seed shall inherit the Gentiles, and make the desolate cities to be inhabited. This citation is speaking of God’s tent (the Hebrew word for tent is also translated tabernacle) being enlarged. That is, not only has it not been destroyed, but it is being enlarged and strengthened. How can that be? It had ceased to exist hundreds of years before Isaiah Chapter 54 was written. The answer is that the language of these verses is pointing to another tabernacle that was typified by the tabernacle that had been located in Shiloh. It isatabernaclethatismadeupofthenations(Gentiles)thatwillcometosalvation. This was to occur throughout the Church Age as the Gospel was sent into all the world. ThisisthetabernaclethatGodisspeakingofinJeremiah10:20-21.God is telling us that that tabernacle has been destroyed because the pastors are at fault. Through verses of this nature that are sprinkled throughout the books of Isaiah, Jeremiah, Amos, etc., we are assured by God that we are to learn, by carefully studying these Old Testament books as well as the New Testament, all the reasons why the Church Age finally did come to an end. Good works are those actions and beliefs which are obedient to all of the commands of the Bible. Unfortunately,individualsinlocalcongregationsareconvincedtheyare saved because they believe that Jesus is their Savior. But they do not realize that “faith without works is dead” (James 2:26). To have true faith or true belief in Christ as Savior will result in good works. Good works are those actions and beliefswhichareobedienttoallofthecommandsoftheBible.Thus,toholdafalse teaching such as a false hermeneutic, which un-Biblically interprets the Bible usingrulesdevisedbymen,willnotsquarewithtrulybelievinginJesus.Ignoring the plain rules set forth in the Bible itself for discovering spiritual truth produces the kind of false teaching that has brought the wrath of God upon the local churches. ThemethodthatGodisusingtobringHisdivinewrathuponthechurches is two-pronged. On the one hand, at the start of this period of Great Tribulation, God Himself left the local churches, and secondly, God has permitted Satan as Chapter 10 / The Church Age and the Great Tribulation
- 382. 390 Time Has An End the enemy of the Gospel to occupy the churches. The Bible speaks in several waysofGodhavingleftthelocalcongregations.Thefollowingarerepresentative verses that speak to this. Jeremiah 5:1: Run ye to and fro through the streets of Jerusalem, and see now, and know, and seek in the broad places thereof, if ye can find a man, if there be any that executeth judgment, that seeketh the truth; and I will pardon it. Christ,astheSonofGodaswellastheSonofman,istheonlyManwhocanbring aboutpardonorforgivenessforthoseinthecongregations,butnowHeisabsent. Jeremiah8:19: Behold the voice of the cry of the daughter of my people be- cause of them that dwell in a far country: Is not the LORD in Zion? is not her king in her? Why have they provoked me to anger with their graven images, and with strange vanities? God here poses a rhetorical question that shows that Christ is absent. Ezekiel 22:30-31: And I sought for a man among them, that should make up the hedge, and stand in the gap before me for the land, that I should not destroy it: but I found none. Therefore have I poured out mine indignation upon them; I have consumed them with the fire of my wrath: their own way have I recompensed upon their heads, saith the Lord GOD. Only Christ is the Man (the Son of God, the Son of man) who can keep God from destroyingtheland.HedoessobytakinguponHimselfthesinsofthosewhohad been under the wrath of God. But now, He is gone from the churches. Each and Every Local Church Is Under God’s Wrath We have learned that it is God’s plan that He would entirely reject the local congregations. The Bible teaches us that there is not a single congregation that is not under God’s righteous judgment. We learn this from language such as that given in Mark 13:1-4: And as he went out of the temple, one of his disciples saith unto
- 383. 391 him, Master, see what manner of stones and what buildings are here! And Jesus answering said unto him, Seest thou these great buildings? there shall not be left one stone upon another, that shall not be thrown down. And as he sat upon the mount of Ol- ives over against the temple, Peter and James and John and Andrew asked him privately, Tell us, when shall these things be? and what shall be the sign when all these things shall be fulfilled? This same incident is reported in Matthew 24:1-3: And Jesus went out, and departed from the temple: and his dis- ciples came to him for to shew him the buildings of the temple. And Jesus said unto them, See ye not all these things? verily I say unto you, There shall not be left here one stone upon an- other, that shall not be thrown down. And as he sat upon the mount of Olives, the disciples came unto him privately, saying, Tell us, when shall these things be? and what shall be the sign of thy coming, and of the end of the world? These citations are clearly teaching that at the end of the world, the temple buildingswillbethrowndownsothatnotonestonewillbeleftuponanother.The words “temple” and “building” are used by God in I Corinthians 3:9 to describe the body of believers that would develop during the Church Age. We read there: For we are labourers together with God: ye are God’s husbandry, ye are God’s building. ICorinthians3:16adds: Know ye not that ye are the temple of God, and that the Spirit of God dwelleth in you? Twokindsofbuildingblocksarebuiltintothisbuildingortemple.Weread inICorinthians3:12: Now if any man build upon this foundation gold, silver, precious stones, wood, hay, stubble. The phrase “gold, silver, precious stones” refers to those who are Chapter 10 / The Church Age and the Great Tribulation
- 384. 392 Time Has An End true believers like the wheat in the parable of the wheat and tares (Matthew 13: 24-30, 37-42). Wood, hay, and stubble would be like the tares. Throughout the Church Age, every true believer is a living stone in the temple of God which was externally represented by the local congregations (Ephesians 2:19-22; I Peter 2:5). However, in the opening verses of Matthew Chapter 24 and Mark Chapter 13,GodisindicatingthatasasignthatChristiscoming,notonestonewillbeleft uponanother.Thatis,therewillnotbeonelocalcongregationthatstillhasliving stones(truebelievers)withinit.FromotherBiblicalcitations,weknowthatthey will have been driven out or they will have obeyed the command to come out. The end of the Church Age, which coincides with the beginning of the Great Tribulation, which immediately precedes the end of the world, is awful, traumatic, disastrous, to the divine institution of the local congregations. Furthermore, it is worldwide in its scope. In Which Century Will The Great Tribulation Begin? The big question that should be asked is: In which century will that be? OneofthefirstBiblecluesthathelpusknowtheapproximatetimingoftheGreat Tribulation which comes just before the end of the world is recorded in Matthew 24:32: Now learn a parable of the fig tree; When his branch is yet ten- der, and putteth forth leaves, ye know that summer is nigh. In this verse, God is speaking of a fig tree coming into leaf. Shortly before this propheticstatementwasmade,wereadthatJesuscametoafigtreeseekingfruit, but there was nothing but leaves. Jesus then cursed the fig tree and declared that it was never to bear fruit (Mark 11:12-14). God’s curse came upon Israel so that they were rejected by God. From the context, we must realize that Jesus was looking at that fig tree as a portrait or representation of national Israel. They, like the fig tree with its leaves,appearedtobeaspirituallyhealthynation.Theyhadthetemple,theykept the spiritual feast days, etc. But when Christ looked for spiritual fruit, there was none. Fact is, they wanted to kill the Source of all spiritual fruit, the Lord Jesus. Therefore, God’s curse came upon Israel so that they were rejected by God.
- 385. 393 They no longer could be the external representation of the kingdom of God (Numbers24:24;Amos8:14;Romans11:7,25).Morethanthat,inA.D.70,they were utterly destroyed by the Roman armies, so that for almost 2,000 years, they were a scattered people without a land they could call their own. However, in the parable of Matthew 24:32, Jesus speaks of a time when the fig tree would bear leaves. This appearance of life and vitality would be an indicator that summer was close at hand. This also would be an indicator that all the things spoken of in the context of this verse were in the process of being fulfilled. Matthew Chapter 24, the entire chapter, is speaking of the Great Tribulationthatimmediatelyprecedestheendoftheworld.Thus,whenthissign of the fig tree in leaf can be seen, we will know that we are very near the end of the world. But what about the phrase that says when the fig tree is in leaf, summer isnigh? In the Bible, harvest time is associated with summer. This is readily understood because winter is never the time of harvest. Therefore, we must understand that this verse is prophesying that there will be a time of spiritual harvestduringthistimeofGreatTribulation.Howcanthatbe?MatthewChapter 24 is speaking about Great Tribulation when Satan is ruling in the local congregations. It is a time of spiritual winter. So, how can we understand this prophecy of Matthew 24:32 which ties all of these things to summer, that is, to a time of harvest? The solution can be known if we realize that outside of the local congregations, during the last part of the Great Tribulation, there will be a great harvest of believers, even as we read in Revelation 7:9-14. There God says that a great multitude of true believers will come out of Great Tribulation. This great multitudeofgenuinely-savedindividuals,truechildrenofGod,willbeharvested from nations all over the world. Indeed, it will be a summertime of spiritual harvest. ThisisthemeaningofMatthew24:22inwhichGodindicatesthatforthe sake of the elect, those days will be shortened. We will learn that during the second part of the Great Tribulation, outside of the local churches, there will be a great harvest of souls. In other words, the Great Tribulation is the time when God no longer uses any local churches anywhere in the world to evangelize the world. Instead, in the second part of the Great Tribulation, He will save a great multitudebytheuseoftruebelieverswhoareundernochurchauthorityandwho bring the true Gospel to the world. With this fact in mind, returning to the prophecy of Matthew 24:32, we see that God is indicating that when the nation of Israel again becomes a viable nation (a fig tree with leaves), it is a dynamic sign that all of the prophetic Chapter 10 / The Church Age and the Great Tribulation
- 386. 394 Time Has An End statements of Matthew Chapter 24 are about to be fulfilled, including the wonderful news that there would still be a great harvest of people becoming saved! This prophecy of Matthew 24:32 has truly been fulfilled. In A.D.1948, the fig tree, Israel, almost miraculously again began to occupy the land of Israel asasovereignnationamongstthenationsoftheworld.Theprophecywasfulfilled that declared that they were again to be in leaf. It did not predict that there would beanyfruit.Tobeinleafwithoutfruitmeanstherewouldbenospiritualfruit.That prophecy also has truly been fulfilled. Except for a tiny trickle of true believers, Israel, as a nation, continues to reject Christ as the Messiah. The prophecy of Matthew 24:32 was indeed fulfilled in A.D. 1948. Indeed, it will not be long before everything spoken of in Matthew Chapter 24 will have taken place. This prophecy of Matthew 24:32 declares that all of the events associated with the Great Tribulation and the return of Christ would take place shortlyafterIsraelagainbecameanation.Fromourvantagepointoflivingmore than fifty years after A.D. 1948, we can see that all of these things spoken of in MatthewChapter24aretakingplace.Indeed,itwillnotbelongbeforeeverything spoken of in Matthew Chapter 24 will have taken place. It is indeed curious that Israel, the fig tree that came into leaf, officially became an independent viable nation on May 16, A.D. 1948. This was almost precisely 40 years to the very day before the end of the Church Age. As we continue our study, we will learn that the Church Age, in all likelihood, ended on May 21, A.D. 1988, the day before Pentecost of that year. 40 years is certainly a significant period of time given the fact that so many other periods of Gospel history identify with the number 40. (For example, Israel was in the wilderness for 40 years.) Moreover, the period of time from A.D. 1948 to the Jubilee Year A.D. 1994 is 46 years, which breaks down into the significant numbers 2 x 23. Furthermore,theperiodoftimefromA.D.1948toA.D.2011,whichwe willlearnisthelikelyyearthatendstheworld,is63years.Thenumber63ismade up of the significant numbers 3 x 3 x 7. Is all of this coincidental? Or, does it indicate that God has a carefully designed plan for the unfolding of history?
- 387. 395 False Prophets Will Arise We are learning that the entirety of Matthew Chapter 24 is focused on the Great Tribulation, a real event which occurs just prior to the end of time. We have already briefly looked at verse 15 which warns that the abomination of desolation would be standing in the holy place. We have learned that this is speaking of Satan ruling within the local churches after Christ has abandoned these churches. Indeed, remember the true believers were commanded to flee from these churches. Another striking characteristic of the Great Tribulation is described by the language of Matthew 24:24: For there shall arise false Christs, and false prophets, and shall shew great signs and wonders; insomuch that, if it were pos- sible, they shall deceive the very elect. ThisverseisteachingthatduringtheGreatTribulation,therewouldarise preachersofwhatseemsliketheGospel.TheyareunderSatan’spower,andthey would preach gospels so close to the true Gospel that even the elect would be deceivedbythem,ifsuchathingwerepossible.Butitisnotpossiblethattheelect be deceived. The elect are those who are or do become true believers because theyhadbeenchosenbyGodtobecomesavedandcouldneverbelost(John6:37, 39).Matthew24:24saysthatthesefalseprophets,whobringcounterfeitgospels, willberecognizablebecausetheywillcomewithsignsandwonders.Thatis,they will come appearing to be able to do miracles and other supernatural acts. Significantly,agospelcameintoexistencecalledthecharismaticgospel. Sixty years ago, when it was still very small, it was not called the charismatic gospel,butasthisgospelgrewintoaworldwidephenomenon,itgenerallybecame knownasthecharismaticgospel.Thisgospelisfocusedontheconceptthatatrue believer,filledwiththeHolySpirit,willreceiveevidenceofthisinhislifeinthat hewillspeakintongues.Charismaticsbelievethattospeakintonguesistospeak words in a heavenly language that come from the Holy Spirit. This experience normally occurs during prayer, and the words that are spoken will be interpreted into a known language by a fellow believer who presumably has been given the gift of interpretation. Those who hold the charismatic gospel presume that accompanyingtheactivityofspeakingintongues,therewillbethepossibilityof receiving messages from God by means of visions, angel visitation, or hearing a voice. Also, they believe there may be the possibility of miraculous healing and the supernatural activity of people mysteriously falling backward when they are “slain in the Spirit.” Chapter 10 / The Church Age and the Great Tribulation
- 388. 396 Time Has An End All of the above is based on an altogether wrong understanding of a phenomenonthatwasofashorttimedurationinthechurchofCorinth.TheBible reports in I Corinthians Chapters 12 through 14 that receiving a verbalized or articulated message directly from God was possible before the Bible was completed. This phenomenon was experienced by a few people in the early church of Corinth. . . . once the Bible was completed, such an experience is impossible because the Bible indicates that the Bible alone and in its entirety gives us the Word of God. However, once the Bible was completed, such an experience is impossiblebecausetheBibleindicatesthattheBiblealoneandinitsentiretygives us the Word of God. We read in Revelation 22:18-19: For I testify unto every man that heareth the words of the prophecy of this book, If any man shall add unto these things, God shall add unto him the plagues that are written in this book: and if any man shall take away from the words of the book of this prophecy, God shall take away his part out of the book of life, and out of the holy city, and from the things which are written in this book. ThisbookmentionedintheseversescanbeonlytheBible.ThereaderoftheBible alwaysknowsforcertainheishearingwordsfromthemouthofGodbecausethat is precisely what the Bible is. God, therefore, will not and cannot satisfy the desires of the charismatic gospel people to hear directly from God apart from the Bible. Butthereisaspiritbeingwhocansatisfytheirdesires.HeisSatanwhom the Bible says transforms himself into an “angel of light.” God warns in II Corinthians11:13-15: For such are false apostles, deceitful workers, transforming them- selves into the apostles of Christ. And no marvel; for Satan him- self is transformed into an angel of light. Therefore it is no great thing if his ministers also be transformed as the ministers of righteousness; whose end shall be according to their works.
- 389. 397 Satan,counterfeitingChrist,isactiveinourdaycompletelyfulfillingthe prophecyofMatthew24:24andIICorinthians11:13-15.Thecharismaticgospel has spread like wildfire throughout the world. For example, one of the largest churches in the world has been associated with the charismatic movement in Korea. This false gospel is successfully active in virtually every city and village in the whole world. All the dear people who are snared by it are convinced they have the true Gospel, when in fact the gospel they are following is totally false. This false gospel is dramatic evidence that the prophecy of Matthew 24:24 has now been fulfilled. (See the pamphlet Speaking in Tongues available free of charge from Family Radio.) The Noachian Flood Offers a Clue TheBiblegivesanothercluethatmayhelpusunderstandmoreprecisely the timing of the Great Tribulation and the end of the world. This clue is so important we are going to study it in great detail. Earlier in our study, we considered the Biblical information concerning the Flood of Noah’s day. Remember, we looked carefully at the language of II Peter Chapter 3 in which God tied together the Flood of Noah’s day and the destruction of the universe at the end of the world. We read in II Peter 3:3-8: Knowing this first, that there shall come in the last days scoff- ers, walking after their own lusts, and saying, Where is the prom- ise of his coming? for since the fathers fell asleep, all things continue as they were from the beginning of the creation. For this they willingly are ignorant of, that by the word of God the heavens were of old, and the earth standing out of the water and in the water: whereby the world that then was, being overflowed with water, perished: but the heavens and the earth, which are now, by the same word are kept in store, reserved unto fire against the day of judgment and perdition of ungodly men. But, beloved, be not ignorant of this one thing, that one day is with the Lord as a thousand years, and a thousand years as one day. The Final worldwide Judgment is typified by the first worldwide Judgment that the world experienced in Noah’s day. These two Judgments have a number of things in common, some of which are as follows: 1. They both are a result of man’s sin. Chapter 10 / The Church Age and the Great Tribulation
- 390. 398 Time Has An End 2 They both are totally worldwide in scope. 3. They both come when mankind in general does not expect that such a calamity could take place. 4. In both cases, there is a remnant of people who escape the dire and dreadful consequences of this terrible Judgment of God. . . . we can know, without question, that the first Judgment by water assures us that the Final Judgment by fire will take place. A most significant fact is that in these verses of II Peter Chapter 3, God links these two Judgments together. Thus, we can know, without question, that the first Judgment by water assures us that the Final Judgment by fire will take place. Godtheninsertsintothissolemndeclarationofafieryendtothisworld’s existence this very interesting and very significant verse that we should now carefully examine. II Peter 3:8 declares: But, beloved, be not ignorant of this one thing, that one day is with the Lord as a thousand years, and a thousand years as one day. What can this verse mean? To understand it, we should look very carefully at each word and phrase. The first phrase we will carefully examine is “beloved, be not ignorant.” Beloved, Be Not Ignorant The word “beloved” assures us that this verse is specifically addressed to the true believers. Only they are the beloved of God. Only they will take seriouslyandwillhaveunderstandingofwhatfollowsinthisverse.Evenasverse 3ofIIPeterChapter3speaksofscoffers,wecanexpecttheunsavedwillridicule and disbelieve what God discloses in this verse. Secondly,theversetellsthebeloved, “benotignorant.”Bythisphrase, Godiseffectivelytellingthetrulysaved,“Iamtellingyousomethingthatshould
- 391. 399 not be hidden from you. It is my plan that what I tell you in this verse will be understoodbyyou.”WhatcanitbethatGodisinsistingshouldnotbehiddenfrom the true believers? We shall see presently. One Thing Thirdly, the verse uses the phrase “one thing” to indicate that there is something very important that should not be hidden from the true believers’ knowledge. The phrase “one thing” is fairly unusual, but when it is used in the Bible, it is speaking of something of very great significance and importance. There are at least four other passages in which the term “one thing” is used. JohnChapter9recordsthehealingofablindman.AstheJewishleaders ridiculedtheonewhowashealedtogetherwiththeOnewhohealedhim,theman with his new eyesight declared in John 9:25: . . . Whether he be a sinner or no, I know not: one thing I know, that, whereas I was blind, now I see. Regardless of anything else, the fact could not be denied that a mighty miracle had been performed. A man hopelessly blind could now see: “. . . one thing I know, that, whereas I was blind, now I see.” In Luke 10:38-42, we read of Jesus in the home of Mary and Martha. Martha is beside herself trying to be the perfect hostess. Mary sat at Jesus’ feet drinkinginthewordsofspirituallife.Finally,Marthacouldstanditnolongerthat her sister Mary was not assisting her with her hostess duties and voiced her complaint to Jesus. Jesus’ answer to her is given in Luke 10:41-42: . . . Martha, Martha, thou art careful and troubled about many things: but one thing is needful: and Mary hath chosen that good part, which shall not be taken away from her. Obviously, the phrase “one thing” in this answer is pointing to that which is supremely important as compared with all other things. Spiritual nourishment, which Mary was receiving, is far more important than the physical nourishment that Martha wished to provide. In Luke 18:18-24, the Bible tells us of a ruler who asked Jesus what he must do to inherit eternal life. The context assures us that this man lived an exemplary godly life.But Jesus told him in verse 22: . . . Yet lackest thou one thing: sell all that thou hast, and distrib- Chapter 10 / The Church Age and the Great Tribulation
- 392. 400 Time Has An End ute unto the poor, and thou shalt have treasure in heaven: and come, follow me. This verse also emphasizes that the term “one thing” is referring to something of enormous importance. In this case, it was to look only to Jesus for salvation and not to any of our good works. In Philippians 3:13-14 we read: Brethren, I count not myself to have apprehended: but this one thing I do, forgetting those things which are behind, and reach- ing forth unto those things which are before, I press toward the mark for the prize of the high calling of God in Christ Jesus. In these verses, the phrase “one thing” again indicates that our trust cannot be in anything we have done. Forget all of that. The one thing that is supremely importantisthatwelookonlyforthesalvationwhichGodhasprovidedinChrist. In each of these four citations, the term “one thing” is pointing to something of supreme importance. Therefore, when we read in II Peter 3:8 that true believers are not to have hid from them one thing, we wonder what thing it is that is so tremendously important. One Day is as a Thousand Years TheBiblethentellsuswhatthisall-importantinformationis.Wereadin II Peter 3:8: . . . one day is with the Lord as a thousand years, and a thousand years as one day. What is this language telling us? Tohelpusunderstandthis,GodplacedarelatedstatementinPsalm90:3- 7. There we read: Thou turnest man to destruction; and sayest, Return, ye chil- dren of men. For a thousand years in thy sight are but as yester- day when it is past, and as a watch in the night. Thou carriest them away as with a flood; they are as a sleep: in the morning they are like grass which groweth up. In the morning it flourisheth, and groweth up; in the evening it is cut down, and
- 393. 401 withereth. For we are consumed by thine anger, and by thy wrath are we troubled. This language is quite parallel to that which we are reading in II Peter Chapter 3. For example, Psalm 90, verse 3 warns mankind of judgment as God declares, “Thou turnest man to destruction.” The Final Judgment is also emphasized in verse 4 by the phrase “a watch in the night.” In several citations, Christ speaks of His return during a watch in the night. For example, we read in Luke 12:38: And if he shall come in the second watch, or come in the third watch, and find them so, blessed are those servants. Verse 5 of Psalm 90 reminds us of the Flood of Noah’s day as God uses the language, “thou carriest them away as with a flood.” This is also emphasized by the language of verse 7, where we read: For we are consumed by thine anger. Each and every one of the above phrases given in Psalm 90 are concerned with Christ coming as the Judge of all of the earth. This is directly parallel to the verses we are presently examining which speak about the Judgment at the end of the world. Verse 4 of Psalm 90 is likewise very parallel to II Peter 3:8 as it speaks of a thousand years. The term “a thousand years” in this verse offers a bit more information that is not found in II Peter 3:8. Psalm 90:4 states “For a thousand years in thy sight are but as yesterday when it is past.” Literally, the phrase “as yesterday when it is past” is “a day of old when it is past.” Therefore, the phrase in Psalm 90:4 can be translated literally: “For a thousand years are but as a day of old when it is past.” Thus, God is assuring us that 1,000 years is as a day. However,itisnotreferringtoafuture1,000years.Instead,itisapast1,000years. Given these numerous parallels between the account of II Peter Chapter 3 and that of Psalm 90, we can be assured that the reference to a day being 1,000 years that is spoken of in II Peter 3:8 is a reference to a past period of time. Furthermore, as we look again at the Flood of Noah’s day, in which God gave a definite time reference of seven days and then the Flood would begin (Genesis 7:4), we cannot help but wonder: Is God giving a time reference in II Peter 3:8? Are the seven days before the Flood to be looked upon as seven days beforetheendoftheworld?No,notsevenliteraldays,butsevendayseachbeing 1,000 years in length. In both II Peter Chapter 3 and Psalm 90, God is speaking Chapter 10 / The Church Age and the Great Tribulation
- 394. 402 Time Has An End about the destruction of the whole world by the Flood and also about the destruction of the whole universe by fire on the last day. We Know When the Flood Occurred One fact is abundantly clear: if we did not know with any precision the year when the Noachian Flood occurred, then, even if II Peter 3:8 were pointing to the end of the world coming 7,000 years later, we would still be without any clear idea concerning the possible time of the end. However,therearetwoverystrikingfactsofwhichweshouldbeaware. Thefirstisthataswehavejustlearned,whateverthemeaningofthephrase“one day is with the Lord as a thousand years,” God is insisting that every true believer (beloved) is to understand that meaning because it is super, super important. I believe that those who hear or read this verse should be thoroughly impressed by the language, “beloved, be not ignorant of this one thing.” God has given knowledge of the very accurate Calendar of Time, which we have been scrutinizing, and which has been hidden in the pages of the Bible. The second fact is that at this time of history, when God is opening the true believers’ eyes to a great many Biblical truths that heretofore were not known, God has given knowledge of the very accurate Calendar of Time, which we have been scrutinizing, and which has been hidden in the pages of the Bible. And included in that Calendar is the precise year when the Flood of Noah’s day occurred. The fact is, we know that the year was 4990 B.C. Seven thousand years after 4990 B.C. is A.D. 2011. Remember that when we compute the passage of time between an Old Testament event and a New Testament event, we must add the two calendar dates together and subtract 1. We subtract 1 because there is no year 0. Thus, 4,990 + 2,011 = 7,001, and 7,001 - 1 = 7,000 years. Is God disclosing to us that A.D. 2011, which is so close at hand, is the last year of this earth’s existence? That is a conclusion each reader of the Bible must ponder and study. Certainly, as each one of us considers this awesome possibility, a few thoughts should be kept in mind.
- 395. 403 1. We learned that 120 years before God destroyed the whole world in Noah’s day, God gave the preacher Noah the exact year when the Flood was to occur. Remember, God said in Genesis 6:3: . . . My spirit shall not always strive with man, for that he also is flesh: yet his days shall be an hundred and twenty years. We know that this 120 years is not a statement giving the normal life expectancy of humans because for thousands of years after the Flood, men lived much longer than 120 years. Therefore, this statement could relate only to the amount of time Noah had been given to construct the ark. Since Noah was a preacher (II Peter 2:5), as a faithful preacher, he would publish everything that God told him. That would have had to include the fact that at the end of these 120 years, a terrible earth-destroying Flood was coming. 2. Seven days before the Flood, God gave Noah the precise day of the Flood (Genesis 7:4). 3. Hebrews 13:8 declares: “Jesus Christ the same yesterday, and to day and for ever.” We can know, by examining how God acted in the past, how He will act in the future. Since God gave Noah information concerning the timetable for God’s de- struction by the Flood, we can surely expect that likewise, to- day, He will give us similar information concerning His time- table for His end-of-the-world destruction. 4. Earlier in our study, we learned that frequently, God gave Phar- aoh notice as to the precise day when a plague would fall upon Egypt (Exodus 8:9-14; 9:5-6; 9:18-25; 10:4, 13-15). 5. Also, earlier in our study, we learned that when God was ready to destroy the ancient city of Nineveh in Jonah’s day, God gave Nineveh a precise time. In forty days, destruction would come (Jonah 3:4). It is true that the Bible clearly teaches that no one is to know the day or the hour of Christ’s return. Therefore, we should understand that quite literally. However, the Bible nowhere says we cannot know the century or the decade or the year of Christ’s return. Chapter 10 / The Church Age and the Great Tribulation
- 396. 404 Time Has An End Having said these things, this study is not attempting to make a declaration of the day and hour of the end of the world. It is a historical study of the timeline of history. But history is not finished until the end of the world. Therefore, as we continue this study, we will note those teachings that relate to theendoftheworld.Ofcourse,theseversesofIIPeterChapter3definitelyfocus our eyes on the end of the world as they speak of Christ’s coming and the total destruction of the universe. We briefly considered the possibility that the Flood occurred 7 days or 7,000 years before the end of the world. The number 7 is featured very prominentlyintheBibleasanumberofcompletenessorperfection.Forexample, wefind: 1. 7 days of creation (Genesis 1:1 - 2:3) 2. 7 years of plenty, 7 years of famine (Genesis Chapter 41) 3. 7 days of the Feast of Unleavened Bread (Leviticus 23:6) 4. Blood was sprinkled 7 times before the Lord (Leviticus 4:6, 17). 5. Miriam was given leprosy 7 days (Numbers Chapter 12). 6. 7 sabbaths between Passover and Pentecost (Leviticus 23:15-16) 7. The Feast of Tabernacles lasted 7 days (Leviticus 23:34). 8. 7 days in a week (Genesis 1:1 - 2:3) 9. Final Great Tribulation typified by 70 years (Jeremiah 25:11-12) These examples are among the many in which God uses the number 7 to illustrate completion or perfection. (See Chapter 8 of this volume for an in- depth study of God’s use of numbers in the Bible.) We know that presently, we are in the time of Great Tribulation which immediately precedes the end of this world. And we wonder if God is telling us that 7,000 years is the period between the Flood and the end of the world. Continuing to look closely at the words God speaks in II Peter 3:8 and in its companion verse, Psalm 90:4, we can list the important concepts that we must keep in mind:
- 397. 405 1. Both of the verses indicate that a day is as 1,000 years. 2. Both have in view the Flood of Noah’s Day and the wrath of God at the end of the world. 3. Psalm 90:4 emphasizes that it is an olden day that is past, that is, as 1,000 years. 4. II Peter 3:8 emphasizes that the message given in these verses is particularly for true believers. 5. II Peter 3:8 indicates the message given in these verses will be understood by the true people of God. 6. II Peter 3:8 indicates that the principle that one day is as 1,000 years is super important as God speaks of “one thing.” We understand this since God uses the expression “one thing” in a number of other Biblical passages to identify something of enormous importance. 7. II Peter 3:8 underscores and emphasizes the super importance of the truth that must not be hidden from the true believers by doubling the statement so that we read: . . . one day is . . . as a thousand years, and a thousand years as one day. 8. Seven days before God closed the door of the ark on the day that the Flood waters began, Noah, who was a true believer, was told very precisely which day the Flood would begin. 9. Until our present generation, no believer had been given exact information as to when the Flood of Noah’s day began. 10. Presently, we know that the Biblical Calendar teaches us that the Flood of Noah’s day occurred in the year 4990 B.C. 11. The number 7 is repeatedly used in the Bible to signify comple- tion or perfection. Chapter 10 / The Church Age and the Great Tribulation
- 398. 406 Time Has An End 12. If, by these verses which we are studying, God has in mind 7 days of the past, then it appears that the focus of these verses is 7,000 years after the long-past year of 4990 B.C. 13. Seven thousand years after 4990 B.C. is A.D. 2011. Is this the year of Christ’s return to which God is calling the attention of every true believer? 14. God is the same yesterday, today, and forever. Is there any reason that God cannot or will not give to the true believers of our day the precise year of the end of the world even as He gave the precise year of the Flood to Noah? Is this the one thing God wants every true believer to know?Amos 3, verse 7, states: Surely the Lord GOD will do nothing, but he revealeth his secret unto his servants the prophets. 15. In a number of situations recorded in the Bible, God uses one day for one year (Numbers 14:34; Ezekiel 4:6). Curiously, we have begun the serious discussion of II Peter 3:8 in the market- place of the world in A.D. 2004, just seven years before A.D. 2011. Are these last 7 years also related to the idea that 7 days before the Flood, Noah was given an exact timetable as to when the Flood would begin? 16. Completely apart from these verses, we know from a great amount of Biblical data, that we are presently very close to the end of the world. Are We Now Near the End of Seven Days? BeforewecompleteourstudyofIIPeterChapter3andGenesisChapter 7, we should consider one other possibility. IsitpossiblethatthereferencestosevendaysinGenesisChapter7 have a double meaning? In the historical setting, they declare that Noah was told that in seven days all of mankind and the animals that were to escape the Flood were to enter the ark during this seven-day period. The ark was the place of safety. It was the only place in which the destruction of the Flood could be avoided. In Genesis 7:4 we read:
- 399. 407 For yet seven days, and I will cause it to rain upon the earth forty days and forty nights; and every living substance that I have made will I destroy from off the face of the earth. But the Bible teaches that a day is as a thousand years. Could the command to Noah to enter the ark during the time of the next seven days be a command that all who are to escape the Final Judgment of God are to enter into the safety of the Lord Jesus Christ during the next seven days, that is, the next 7,000 years? Jesus is surely typified by the ark. The seven days can surely be understood as 7,000 years. Only by entering the ark could the people of Noah’s day escape the Judgment of the Flood. Only by becoming saved, by having entered into Christ, can lost sinners escape the Final Judgment of the last day. Genesis7:16tellsusthatwhenallwereintheark,Godshutthedoor.God is the only one who knows when the last of God’s elect will have become saved. Only then will He shut the door so that the time of mercy is past. We must take note that it is God who shut the door of the ark, even as it is God who determines when the last of the elect have become saved. Luke 17:26 records: And as it was in the days of Noe, so shall it be also in the days of the Son of man. In a real sense, are not the days of the Son of man the whole time from the time of the Flood all the way to the end of the world? Could this verse be understood to tie the seven days just before the Flood to the 7,000 years just before the end of the world? Genesis 7:1 declares: And the Lord said unto Noah, Come thou and all thy house into the ark; for thee have I seen righteous before me in this generation. Are not all true believers spiritually a part of the house of Noah who was a true believer? Certainly, every true believer is a direct descendant of Noah. Therefore, is this not the command that is obeyed by all who do become true believers? Is this not the activity that has been going on during the entire period of time following the Flood? Surely we can see this additional teaching which comes to us from the language of Genesis Chapter 7. Judgment Day Has Already Begun Now that we have seen this focus on A.D. 2011, are we not in danger of violating Scriptures? Is the Bible not emphatic that no one can know the day Chapter 10 / The Church Age and the Great Tribulation
- 400. 408 Time Has An End or hour of Christ’s coming? We have already noted that we are not to look for a precise day or hour. We may be surprised, but in a real way, this truth that we cannot know the day or hour has already been realized. For some time, a great many true believers have known that the period of time called the Great TribulationpossiblybeganinA.D.1988.Wewilldevelopthisconceptlaterinour study. What was not known until only very recently was the fact that the beginningoftheGreatTribulationwasthebeginningofGod’sFinalJudgmenton the world. During these past several years, the true believers have become increasingly aware of the fact that the world is now experiencing the Great Tribulation.Theyhavealsobecomeincreasinglyawarethatthebeginningofthe Great Tribulation is the beginning of Judgment Day (Daniel 12:9-10; I Thessalonians 5:4-5). Therefore, God’s Final Judgment, that began with God’s judgment on all the local congregations and transitions to the time when Christ appears in person, has already begun. Therefore, we now know that Judgment Day is not a single day of twenty-four hours. Instead, it is a period of time stretchingfromthebeginningofthetimeoftheGreatTribulationtotheactualend of this world’s existence. AsomewhatparallelsituationisfoundinconnectionwithCreation.Creation oftheuniverseencompassedsixdaysoftwenty-fourhours.However,inGenesis2:4, Godspeaksofadaywheneverythingwascreated,thusindicatingthattherearecases in which a day can be understood to be longer than twenty-four hours if the context allows it. However, insofar as we can tell, no one who was living at the time when the Great Tribulation began was aware that Judgment Day had begun in that year. Judgment Day coincides with the coming of Christ as Judge. Therefore, since Judgment Day began at the beginning of the Great Tribulation, and since we will presently learn that the Great Tribulation in all probability began in A.D. 1988, Christ must have already come as the Judge, and no one knew the day or the hour when He did come. This confirms and agrees with the words of Jesus as recorded in Matthew 24:36. Revelation Chapters 2 and 3 Speak to All Local Churches throughout the Church Age Letusfurtherdevelopthisconclusion.InRevelation2:5,Godwarnedthe church at Ephesus: Remember therefore from whence thou art fallen, and repent, and do the first works; or else I will come unto thee quickly, and will remove thy candlestick out of his place, except thou repent.
- 401. 409 The candlestick signifies the light of the Gospel. A local church without a candlestick is a church that no longer is being used of God in such a way that people are becoming saved. It is a church without the light of the Gospel. Its purpose and work of bringing the Gospel to the world has been finished. The significant fact that we must recognize is that while in Revelation Chapters 2 and 3, God is speaking of seven churches, including the church at Ephesus, that were in existence even before the Bible was completed, these sevenchurchesrepresentedallofthelocalchurchesthroughouttheChurchAge. We can be assured of this as we note that after speaking of each one of these seven churches, the words were added: “He that hath an ear, let him hear what the Spirit saith unto the churches” (Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 29; Revelation 3:6, 13, 22). In other words, the commendations and the warnings given to any one of these seven churches apply to each and every local church that has come into existence throughout the Church Age. This truth is further emphasized in the statement of Revelation 2:22 in which God warns the church of Thyatira that a false prophetess named Jezebel operatingwithinthatchurchwouldbecast,togetherwithherfollowers,intoGreat Tribulation. We must remember the term “Great Tribulation” is the time when God’s judgment has come on the local congregations just before the end of the world. Therefore, as God is speaking to the church of Thyatira, He is using this church as a portrait of all the churches at the end of the Church Age. This is further emphasized as God warns the church at Sardis, “. . . If therefore thou shalt not watch, I will come on thee as a thief . . .” (Revelation 3:3). He also warned the church at Thyatira to “ . . . hold fast till I come” (Revelation 2:25). The local congregations of Sardis and Thyatira ceased to exist hundreds of years before the coming of Christ at the end of the world. However, we must remember that the warning to them, that they were to “ . . . hold fast till I come,” etc., in actuality, was to all the churches throughout the world throughout time. We will discover that, indeed, today, He has already come as the Judge to each and every church. . . . we should also be aware that the nature of the Great Tribulation is the fact that it brought the local churches’ role in sending the Gospel to the world to an end. With this in mind, we should also be aware that the nature of the Great Tribulationisthefactthatitbroughtthelocalchurches’roleinsendingtheGospel Chapter 10 / The Church Age and the Great Tribulation
- 402. 410 Time Has An End to the world to an end. Remember, Matthew 24:21 describes a time when there would be Great Tribulation. There we read: For then shall be great tribulation, such as was not since the beginning of the world to this time, no, nor ever shall be. Earlier, in verses 15 and 16 of Matthew 24, God had instructed: When ye therefore shall see the abomination of desolation, spo- ken of by Daniel the prophet, stand in the holy place, (whoso readeth, let him understand:) then let them which be in Judaea flee into the mountains. During the Church Age, the only holy place was the place where the Bible should be found. This would have been the local congregations which had been mandated and assigned the task of sending the Gospel into all of the world. These local congregations are called Jerusalem or Judaea because they, in an external way, represent the kingdom of God. Prior to the Church Age, the nation of Israel with its capital in Jerusalem, which in turn was located in the land of Judaea, which in turn was located in the land of Canaan, was the external representation of the kingdom of God. Abraham and his seed had been given the land of Canaan as an eternal possession (Genesis 17:8). God spoke of the land of Canaan as an eternal possession, not because the physical land was the kingdom of God, but because it was a representation oftheeternalkingdomofGod.Thus,throughouttheBible,wordslikeJerusalem, Zion,Judaea,andIsrael,whichidentifywiththelandofCanaanorwiththenation of Israel, are used to point to the eternal kingdom of God. Therefore, because the local congregations were the external representation of the kingdom of God during the Church Age, which began in A.D. 33, the Bible frequently speaks of the local churches, which are the focus of the Church Age, as Jerusalem, Zion, Israel, Judaea, the temple, etc. (Jeremiah 2:1-4; 8:19; 9:26; 25:18; 26:18; Luke 21:20-21; II Thessalonians 2:4). . . . when a person becomes saved, he has eternally entered the actual kingdom of God. Incidentally, we must remember in this connection that when a person becomes saved, he has eternally entered the actual kingdom of God. Therefore,
- 403. 411 the true believers are also frequently called Jerusalem, Zion, Israel, the temple, etc. The reader of the Bible must look carefully at the context where these words are used to determine whether God is speaking of the external representation of the kingdom of God or of the true believers who are the only eternal citizens of the actual kingdom of God. Returning to Matthew 24:15-16, we read the words “Judaea” and “holy place.” In this instance, the words “holy place” and “Judaea” are referring to the localcongregationswhichthroughouttheChurchAgeexternallyrepresentedthe kingdomofGod.ThroughoutthetimeoftheChurchAge,GodtheHolySpiritwas present in each and every local congregation that was reasonably true to the Word of God. The Holy Spirit was present in these congregations to apply the GospeltothelivesofthosewhomGodwishedtosave.Christwaspresentwithin that congregation as King of the church. Unfortunately, there were some individuals, and frequently very many individuals, who were preachers or elders or members of that local congregation who were not saved. In the parable of the wheat and tares recorded in Matthew Chapter 13, they are called the “tares” (or “weeds”). They are virtually indistinguishablefromthetruebelievers.Butbecausetheyarenotsaved,theyare still under the authority of Satan. Thus, throughout the Church Age, Satan, throughtheseindividuals,tosomedegree,ruledinthecongregation,eventhough Christ was the King of that local congregation.* However, at the beginning of the Great Tribulation, Christ and the Holy Spirit left the local churches, abandoning them completely to Satan. The true believers were driven out or were commanded by God to come out. Thus, the situation described in Matthew 24:15-16 took place. Satan, the abomination of desolation, now had become the only spiritual ruler in every local congregation throughout the world. That is why the true believers were commanded to flee from the local congregations (Judaea). Remember, in this context, Judaea is the local congregation which was an external representation of the kingdom of God during the Church Age. The local churches are now ruled by the man of sin (Satan) who had taken his seat (he became the ruler) in the temple (the local congregations which previously had been an external representation of the kingdom of God). In II Thessalonians 2:3-4, we can read about this: Let no man deceive you by any means: for that day shall not come, except there come a falling away first, and that man of sin Chapter 10 / The Church Age and the Great Tribulation ____________________ * For a thorough examination of the parable of the wheat and the tares, ask for the booklet Wheat and Tares, available free of charge from Family Radio.
- 404. 412 Time Has An End be revealed, the son of perdition; who opposeth and exalteth himself above all that is called God, or that is worshipped; so that he as God sitteth in the temple of God, shewing himself that he is God. Who Is The Antichrist? II Thessalonians 2:3 teaches that the man of sin will be revealed. The man of sin is the antichrist who will be very prominent near the end of the world. Who is the antichrist? Throughout the church era, theologians have believed that Satan would finallyruleintheworldbymeansofindwellingaveryprominentpolitical-religious man. It was thought that this man, because Satan indwells him, would have enormous evil power throughout the world. In the past, notorious rulers such as Kaiser Wilhelm II, Adolf Hitler, Benito Mussolini, or some supreme ruler of the Catholicchurch,haveintheirtimeofpowerbeenlookedataspossiblecandidates for the antichrist. However, each of these individuals has died and the world has continued, thus indicating that the speculation concerning them was altogether incorrect. However, in our day, we know for certain who this man of sin, this antichrist, is. The Bible verse that exposes him is I John 4:3: And every spirit that confesseth not that Jesus Christ is come in the flesh is not of God: and this is that of antichrist, whereof ye have heard that it [he] should come; and even now already is it [he] in the world. The fact that the antichrist was already in the world when God was writing this verse, about 2,000 years ago, and would also be in the world at the time of the closingeventsofthehistoryoftheworld,provesthathecannotbeahumanbeing. Each and every human lives out his life and then dies, never to reappear until the end of time when the resurrection of all the dead will occur. However,thedescriptionoftheantichrist inthisversefitsperfectlywith Satan. He was in existence 2,000 years ago and is still very much in existence today. He is the pseudo-christ, the false christ, the antichrist, who heads up the kingdom of Satan, which includes all the unsaved throughout the world. He is a counterfeit christ, constantly endeavoring to destroy Christ. He is described together with those who blindly assist him in II Corinthians 11:13-15: For such are false apostles, deceitful workers, transforming them- selves into the apostles of Christ. And no marvel; for Satan him-
- 405. 413 self is transformed into an angel of light. Therefore it is no great thing if his ministers also be transformed as the ministers of righteousness; whose end shall be according to their works. SatanindeedfitsalltheBiblicalstatementsthatspeakof“themanofsin” or the “antichrist.” He is called a man because he was typified by the king of Babylon in Isaiah 14:4-20. In verses 16 and 17 of Isaiah 14, God is speaking of Satan in this context by the language, “. . . Is this the man that made the earth to tremble, that did shake kingdoms; that made the world as a wilderness . . . .” Satan indeed fits all the Biblical statements that speak of “the man of sin” or the “antichrist.” Indeed, the “man of sin” has been revealed. He is Satan who now rules inallofthelocalchurchesthroughouttheworld.Hewasgiventhisrulershipover the churches because the Holy Spirit, who had previously always been present withinthesechurchestoapplytheWordsoftheBibletotheheartsofthosewhom Christintendedtosave,isnolongerpresentinthecongregations.GodtheSavior hasabandonedthecongregationsandisnolongerdoing theworkofsavingwithin them. Instead, as we are presently learning, He is now judging the congregations topreparethoseremainingwithinthecongregationsfortheircommitmenttoHell. Because Christ and the Holy Spirit have abandoned the local congregations, these churches no longer serve as the light of the world. Effectively, their candlestick has been removed. This is the awful calamity about which God warned in Revelation 2:5. Remember, we read there that if this church did not repent, Christ would come quickly and remove their candlestick. Remember, we have learned that this warning to the church at Ephesus, a local church existing at the time the Book of Revelation was being written, in actuality, was addressed to every local congregation that would come into existence throughout time. The local church of Ephesus was an example God used to illustrate a principle that applies to each and every one of the churches of the world. We know that this is true as Jesus warned in Revelation 2:5: “ . . . I will come unto thee quickly . . . .” This most significant phrase can apply only to the time when Christ has come as Judge of alltheearth.Thisphrase,therefore,greatlyhelpsustounderstandthatthesecond coming of Christ as the Judge includes and extends over a period of time rather than being focused on a single day. Let us develop this truth. Chapter 10 / The Church Age and the Great Tribulation
- 406. 414 Time Has An End I Come Quickly We should look more carefully at the Biblical language that speaks of Christ’s second coming to make certain that we are correctly understanding that Christ, at this time in history, has already come as Judge of all the earth. Over sixty times, the Bible makes reference to the coming of Christ as the time when He brings this world to its end. Several verses teach that when He comes, everyone will see Him (Matthew 16:28; 24:30; Revelation 1:7, etc.). Numerous verses teach that we will not know when He comes (Matthew 24:42; 25:13, etc.). In John 14:3, Jesus promises that He will receive the true believers when He comes. Several verses teach that the wrath of God is coming (Ephesians 5:6; Colossians 3:6, etc.). The Bible speaks of the hour of judgment (Revelation 14:7) and the great day of His wrath (Revelation 6:17). . . . because of the great amount of evidence that the Church Age has ended and the candlesticks have been removed from the churches, Christ must have already come. Six times Christ declares: “I will come unto thee quickly” or “I come quickly” (Revelation 2:5, 16; 3:11; 22:7, 12, 20). These are the phrases that are most significant in helping us to understand that Christ has already come. First, we will learn that it is a phrase that definitely identifies with Christ’s second coming to bring this world to its end. Then we will learn that because of the great amount of evidence that the Church Age has ended and the candlesticks have been removed from the churches, Christ must have already come. In Revelation 2:16, God warns the church of Pergamos: Repent; or else I will come unto thee quickly, and will fight against them with the sword of my mouth. This verse may be understood when we read in Revelation Chapter 19 God’s descriptionofChristcomingtobringjudgmentupontheworld.Heispicturedas riding on a white horse and having a sword protruding from His mouth. We read inRevelation19:15: And out of his mouth goeth a sharp sword, that with it he should smite the nations: and he shall rule them with a rod of iron: and he treadeth the winepress of the fierceness and wrath of Al- mighty God.
- 407. 415 ThatswordcanbeonlytheWordofGod(Ephesians6:17)thatwillbringjudgment upontheunsavedastheystandbeforetheJudgmentThroneofChrist(Revelation 20:11-12).Therefore,Godistellingthechurches,inRevelation2:16,thatChrist willcomequicklyatthetimeHecomesasJudgeofalltheearth.Thus,thephrase, “I will come unto thee quickly” identifies with Christ coming as the Judge. Likewise, we read in Revelation 22:12: And, behold, I come quickly; and my reward is with me, to give every man according as his work shall be. The reward for the true believers will be the completion of their salvation as they are given their eternal resurrected bodies. It is at the end of time that Christ comes with rewards. The reward for the true believers will be the completion of their salvation as they are given their eternal resurrected bodies. The rewards for the unsaved will be that which they have earned, “. . . the wages of sin is death” (Romans 6:23). The wages will be the terrible fact that they are judged, found guilty, and sentenced to eternal damnation. From the above, we can know that there is ample Biblical evidence that the phrase “. . . I come quickly” can identify only with Christ’s second coming as the Judge of all the earth. Thesecondprinciplewemustkeepinmindisthatwearenowinthetime of Great Tribulation, a time in which God has abandoned the churches. They no longer have the light of the Gospel because God is no longer applying the Word of God that may be preached by them to the lives of the unsaved. Therefore, the candlestick has been removed from them. Thus, if the candlestick has been removed from all of the churches, it means that, based on the truth we learned from our study of Revelation 2:5, we can be sure that Christ has already come quickly. He already has come as Judge of all the earth. This agrees with all of the other references such as I Peter 4:17 which teaches that judgment will begin with the house of God. Remember that in I Peter 4:17, the house of God is the external physical representation of the kingdom of God which is the local churches. Therefore,toanswerouroriginalquestion,sinceChristhasalreadycome quicklytoremovethecandlesticksfromeachandeverylocalcongregation,and, therefore, since Judgment Day is already in process, we need not worry that we might be guilty of violating the Scriptures that declare that no one can know the Chapter 10 / The Church Age and the Great Tribulation
- 408. 416 Time Has An End day or the hour when we ask the question, “Could A.D. 2011 be the year of the actual end of the world?”. No One Knows the Day or Hour of Christ’s Return WearelearningthatJesushasalreadycometobeginthejudgingprocess intheworld.Judgmenthasbeguninallofthelocalcongregationsthroughoutthe world. No one knew the day or hour when He came. His coming in a visible way, so that everyone will see Him with their physical eyes, will not occur until the very end of the world, which the Bible speaks of as the last day. Remember,Christhasnotcomeasecondtimeinavisibleforminwhich we can see Him with our physical eyes. He has come spiritually to begin the judgmentprocessinthelocalchurches.FromeverythingwereadintheBible,His coming in a visible way, so that everyone will see Him with their physical eyes, willnotoccuruntiltheveryendoftheworld,whichtheBiblespeaksofasthelast day. The Feast of Tabernacles We believe this last day must identify with the timing of the Feast of Tabernacles, which was to be observed by Old Testament Israel during the fifteenthtothetwenty-seconddayoftheBiblicalseventhmonth.Webelievethis for a number of reasons. It is the only Biblical feast day that has not yet had a literal fulfillment. Remember, the Passover focused on the crucifixion of Christ, and Christ, as the Passover Lamb, was actually crucified in A.D. 33 on the fourteenth day of the first month, which was stipulated to be the Passover day. Remember also, the Feast of Weeks (also called Pentecost) was to be observed seven weeks after the first Sabbath after the Passover Feast. The Feast of Weeks focused on the firstfruits of the springtime harvest. It was literally fulfilled in A.D. 33 when the Holy Spirit was poured out and about 3,000 were saved (Acts Chapter 2). TheFeastoftheSeventhMonthNewMoon,whichwastobeareminder oftheJubilee,wasliterallyfulfilledinA.D.29onthefirstdayoftheseventhmonth when Jesus was announced as the Lamb of God. Remember, at the same time,
- 409. 417 a voice from Heaven announced, “. . . This is my beloved Son, in whom I am well pleased” (Matthew 3:17). The Jubilee, in which liberty was to be proclaimed throughout the world, was literally fulfilled on two occasions. TheJubilee,inwhichlibertywastobeproclaimedthroughouttheworld, was literally fulfilled on two occasions. Remember, we learned there were to be two Jubilees. The first was the year 7 B.C., a Jubilee Year in which Jesus was born. At that time, the shepherds and the angelic host published to the world that Christ the Savior had come. The second Jubilee was A.D. 1994 at which time the half hour of silence endedinHeaven,andonceagaintheGospelbegantobepublishedthroughoutthe world so that “. . . a great multitude, which no man could number . . .” is being saved (Revelation 7:9). The Day of Atonement was to be observed on the tenth day of the seventh month. It identified with the Jubilee as Israel afflicted themselves (fasted), and we learned that fasting identifies with sending the Gospel into the world(Isaiah58:3-7).Welearnedthat,inalllikelihood,itwasliterallyontheDay of Atonement in the Jubilee Year 7 B.C. that Jesus was born. Thus,wehavelearnedoftheintimaterelationshipthatexistsbetweenthe Old Testament ceremonial feasts and the actual literal fulfillment of these feast days. . . . we must discuss the one additional very prominent feast that was called for by the Old Testament ceremonial laws. However, we must discuss the one additional very prominent feast that was called for by the Old Testament ceremonial laws. It was the Feast of Tabernacles or the Feast of Ingathering (Leviticus 23:34-36, 39-43). It was to be observed during the seven-day period that began on the fifteenth day of the seventh month and ended on the twenty-second day of the seventh month. It was a feast that pointed to the ingathering of the year’s final harvest. It is linked to the endoftheworldbecauseitidentifiedwiththesendingoftheGospelintotheworld during the time of the latter rain, which comes just prior to the end of the world, which is also the time of the second Jubilee. It is during this time that we are presently living, and a great multitude is being saved (Revelation 7:9-14). Chapter 10 / The Church Age and the Great Tribulation
- 410. 418 Time Has An End The Feast of Tabernacles is definitely linked to the end of the world by the phrase “last day.” Surprisingly, this phrase is found only once in the Old Testament and seven times in the New Testament. In the New Testament, four ofthecitationsthatspeakofthe“lastday”arevirtuallyidenticalandallarefound in John Chapter 6. They are in verses 39, 40, 44, and 54. Each verse is speaking of true believers who will be resurrected on the “last day.” Verse 40 is typical, and we read there: And this is the will of him that sent me, that every one which seeth the Son, and believeth on him, may have everlasting life: and I will raise him up at the last day. The Bible also speaks of the resurrection of the last day in John 11:24: Martha saith unto him, I know that he shall rise again in the resurrection at the last day. Thesixthplacethephrase “lastday”isfoundisinJohn12:48whereGod speaks of the unbelievers being judged on the last day. We read there: He that rejecteth me, and receiveth not my words, hath one that judgeth him: the word that I have spoken, the same shall judge him in the last day. Significantly, the remaining two Biblical citations in which God includes the phrase “last day” are speaking of the last day of the Feast of Tabernacles. Significantly,theremainingtwoBiblicalcitationsinwhichGodincludes the phrase “last day” are speaking of the last day of the Feast of Tabernacles. They are given in John 7:37 and in Nehemiah 8:18. We read in John 7:37: In the last day, that great day of the feast, Jesus stood and cried, saying, If any man thirst, let him come unto me, and drink. And we read in Nehemiah 8:18:
- 411. 419 Also day by day, from the first day unto the last day, he read in the book of the law of God. And they kept the feast seven days; and on the eighth day was a solemn assembly, according unto the manner. These last two citations definitely link the last day of the Feast of Tabernacles to the return of Christ at the end of the world. Given all of the foregoing information, we wonder, if all the Biblical evidencepointstoA.D.2011asthemostlikelyyearfortheendoftheworld,then by determining the date of the twenty-second day of the seventh month of the Jewish calendar in A.D. 2011, we would also know the likely day that ends the world. However, it is very curious that in A.D. 2011, the twenty-second day of the seventh month could come in the month of September or it might come in October.ThisproblemexistsbecausetheJewishBiblicalcalendarisdetermined by the moon cycles, and those cycles do not neatly fit into the yearly cycle. Let me explain. Each year consists of 365.2422 days. Each moon cycle (one new moon to the next new moon) averages 29.53059 days. The Biblical or Jewish calendar therefore consists of 29-day or 30-day months. Twelve months averaging 29½ days equals 354 days, but 354 days is about eleven days short of a year of 365 days. Therefore, every two or three years in the Jewish calendar, an extra month must be added so that, for example, the first month will always be as close as possible to the same location in the year. The vernal equinox is the day when, all over the world, the daytime hours are exactly equal to the nighttime hours. The Jewish calendar was instituted by God as reported in Exodus Chapter 12. From that calendar, we can calculate that the first Passover was on March21,1447B.C.Significantly,March20or21isalwaysthedateofthevernal equinox.Thevernalequinoxisthedaywhen,allovertheworld,thedaytimehours areexactlyequaltothenighttimehours.Therefore,itwouldappearthattheextra month should be added whenever it was necessary in any year to keep the Passover as close as possible to March 20 or 21, the date of the vernal equinox. The Bible, however, has given no rules concerning this. Therefore, in Jewishtradition,rulestogovernthetimewhentheextramonthwastobeinserted intheJewishcalendarareobviouslyman-made.Therefore,itispossibletoargue Chapter 10 / The Church Age and the Great Tribulation
- 412. 420 Time Has An End for the inclusion of the extra month in either of two years close to A.D. 2011 so that the twenty-second day of the seventh month comes either in September or October. The Jewish calendar according to its rules places the twenty-second day in October, 2011, but it is possible that it should be in September. Additionally, the Bible speaks of the Feast of Tabernacles as having seven days. But it also associates the eighth day as a day of solemn assembly that is intimately identified with the Feast of Tabernacles. Was it the seventh day or the eighth day that was the great day, the last day, of the Feast of Tabernacles spoken of in John 7:37? For all of these reasons, it does not appear that we can know with any certaintythecalendardatethatwillbethelastdayofthehistoryoftheworld.We probablyarefarwiserinsimplyindicatingthatitwill,inalllikelihood,occurinthe fall of A.D. 2011. . . . it does not appear that we can know with any certainty the calendar date that will be the last day of the history of the world. The Unsaved Do Not Hear Because They Do Not Believe Unsaved people can hear the truths of the Bible concerning the coming end of the world and Judgment Day, but spiritually, they remain in ignorance as if they never heard these truths even with their physical ears. One other fact must be kept in mind. Except for true believers who implicitlytrusttheBible,noonetrulybelieveswhattheBibledeclares.Unsaved people can hear the truths of the Bible concerning the coming end of the world andJudgmentDay,butspiritually,theyremaininignoranceasiftheyneverheard these truths even with their physical ears. That is why God says in Matthew 24:36-39: But of that day and hour knoweth no man, no, not the angels of heaven, but my Father only. But as the days of Noe were, so shall also the coming of the Son of man be. For as in the days that were before the flood they were eating and drinking, marry-
- 413. 421 ing and giving in marriage, until the day that Noe entered into the ark, and knew not until the flood came, and took them all away; so shall also the coming of the Son of man be. The people of the world in Noah’s day heard him preach that at the end of 120 years, the Flood would come. They witnessed the gigantic construction projectasNoahandhissonsbuiltthehugearkondryground.Itwasatremendous testimony to the fact that Noah absolutely believed the truths that he was preaching, but none of these truths registered in the sinful minds of those outside ofNoah’sownfamily.TheunbelieversofNoah’sdaycontinuedtoliveasifthey had never heard nor seen Noah. Then, right near the end, they heard the truth that in seven days the Flood would begin, but neither did these truths register with them.Theycontinuedtoliveasiftheyhadneverbeentold.TheFloodcameupon them as a thief in the night. This matches the language we read in I Thessalonians 5:2-3: For yourselves know perfectly that the day of the Lord so cometh as a thief in the night. For when they shall say, Peace and safety; then sudden destruction cometh upon them, as travail upon a woman with child; and they shall not escape. We thus learn that the Biblical emphasis that indicates that no one can know the day nor the hour of Christ’s return is literally true for the many reasons we have just related. However, we must recognize that I Thessalonians 5:4-5 goes on to declare: But ye, brethren, are not in darkness, that that day should over- take you as a thief. Ye are all the children of light, and the chil- dren of the day: we are not of the night, nor of darkness. . . . it is the unsaved who are especially in view when God speaks of people not knowing the day or the hour The language of this verse surely tells us that in the lives of the true believers, the knowledge of the timing of Christ’s return will be entirely different from that of the unsaved. The additional information of verse 3 particularly emphasizes that it is the unsaved who are especially in view when God speaks of people not knowing the day nor the hour. Chapter 10 / The Church Age and the Great Tribulation
- 414. 422 Time Has An End The people living in Noah’s day heard with their physical hearing the timingoftheFlood.Buttheycontinuedtheirearthlylifestyleoflivingincomplete denial that destruction was imminent. They did not hear the warning with their spiritual ears. Therefore, for them, Christ came as a thief in the night. So too, it willbeformostoftheunsavedoftheworldofourday.Christwillcomeasathief in the night. True Believers Must Warn the World Let us now return to II Peter Chapter 3 and the one thing every true believer must know. “But, beloved, be not ignorant of this one thing, that one day is with the Lord as a thousand years, and a thousand years as one day.” Again, the question hammers on the true believer. Is A.D. 2011, which we know is exactly 7,000 years after the beginning of the Flood of Noah’s day, the final year of this world’s existence? True,theunbelieverswillscoff.Theyhavetoridicule.Thelastthingthey want to think seriously about is that the end of the world is almost here. On the other hand, the true believers are faced with an enormous responsibility. Repeatedly, God warns them that they are watchmen who must sound the warning that the enemy is coming. The true believers have been commanded to declaretheGospeltothewholeworld.TheGospelbeginswiththewarningofthe fact that this world is heading for Judgment Day. It also includes the wonderful news that there is salvation through the Lord Jesus Christ. This is the reason God declaresinEzekiel3:17-19: Son of man, I have made thee a watchman unto the house of Israel: therefore hear the word at my mouth, and give them warn- ing from me. When I say unto the wicked, Thou shalt surely die; and thou givest him not warning, nor speakest to warn the wicked from his wicked way, to save his life; the same wicked man shall die in his iniquity; but his blood will I require at thine hand. Yet if thou warn the wicked, and he turn not from his wickedness, nor from his wicked way, he shall die in his iniquity; but thou hast delivered thy soul. God gives the true believer no option. He must warn the world that Christ is coming as Judge of all the earth.
- 415. 423 Godgivesthetruebelievernooption.HemustwarntheworldthatChrist iscomingasJudgeofalltheearth.HemustsendforththenewsthatonlyinChrist the Savior is there any hope. Is this perhaps the reason that God insists in II Peter 3:8 that He wants every true believer to know this super important fact that one day is as 1,000 years? For it is possible that this shows us that A.D. 2011 must be published to the world as the year of the end of the world. Every true believer must think carefully about these matters. There still remains a question that must be answered. We learned that when Jesus comes again, every eye will see Him (Matthew 24:30). Did He not promise in Acts 1:11 that He would “come in like manner as ye have seen Him go into heaven”? How then do we dare to keep saying that at this moment, He has already come? This is a fair question that we must honestly face. Christ Has Already Come As The Judge When we search the Bible, we learn that Christ can come spiritually or He can come so that every person on earth can see Him with their physical eyes. First, let us hear God’s Word concerning Him coming as a Spirit. In John 14:23, Jesus declares: If a man love me, he will keep my words: and my Father will love him, and we will come unto him, and make our abode with him. This is a faithful promise. Those who have become saved are indwelt by Jesus and their Heavenly Father. That is, God has come to dwell within the life of the true believer. I John 4:12-16 emphasizes: No man hath seen God at any time. If we love one another, God dwelleth in us, and his love is perfected in us. Hereby know we that we dwell in him, and he in us, because he hath given us of his Spirit. And we have seen and do testify that the Father sent the Son to be the Saviour of the world. Whosoever shall confess that Jesus is the Son of God, God dwelleth in him, and he in God. And we have known and believed the love that God hath to us. God is love; and he that dwelleth in love dwelleth in God, and God in him. This is why we read in Galatians 2:20: Chapter 10 / The Church Age and the Great Tribulation
- 416. 424 Time Has An End I am crucified with Christ: nevertheless I live; yet not I, but Christ liveth in me: and the life which I now live in the flesh I live by the faith of the Son of God, who loved me, and gave him- self for me. These citations assure us that Christ can come to us without our seeing Him with our physical eyes. If Christ can come into our lives as the Savior without our seeing Him with physical eyes, then He certainly can come into this world as the Judge of all the world without anyone seeing Him with their physical eyes. This is precisely the situation today. Christ as the Judge of all the earth has already come, even as He will come later so that every eye shall see Him. Thus, Biblical passages such as Matthew 24:42-51 and Luke 12:35-46, which indicate that we cannot know the day nor the hour when He shall come, in all likelihood, have already been fulfilled. He has come to bring the local churches under His judgment even as prophesied in I Peter 4:17: “. . . judgment must begin at the house of God . . . .” This also means that a passage such as Revelation 2:5 “. . . I will come unto thee quickly, and will remove thy candlestick . . .” has already been fulfilled. That will be the awful moment when there is no more mercy, no more the possibility of salvation. Ontheotherhand,theBiblespeaksofHiscominginawaythatindicates that every person can see Him with their physical eyes. This will be fulfilled at the end of the “last day.” That will be the time when all the true believers will be raptured and all the unbelievers who had died will be resurrected to stand for judgment (John 5:28-29). That will be the awful moment when there is no more mercy, no more the possibility of salvation (John 12:48). That will be the “last day” spoken of in connection with the resurrection of the bodies of the genuine believers (John 6:39, 40, 44, 54). The fact is, the Bible speaks in many ways about the second coming of Christ. For example, the Bible uses phrases such as “that great and notable day” (Acts 2:20), “the great day of His wrath” (Revelation 6:17), “the hour of His judgment” (Revelation 14:7), etc. All of these references are speaking of the time of the second coming of the Lord.
- 417. 425 BecausewearelivingatthattimewhenthedayofGod’swrathisalready taking place, we can now begin to have a better understanding of all of these phrases that identify with Judgment Day and the end of the world. We may conclude that the hour or day of judgment, the day of God’s wrath, the fact of Christ’scomingastheJudge,etc.,areallspeakingofthetimeinhistorythatbegan with the beginning of the Great Tribulation (Matthew 24:21) and ends with the entire universe being dissolved (II Peter 3:10). What Is the Judging Process? However, now the question arises: If Christ has already come as the Judge, where is His Judgment Throne where He is busy judging? To answer this question, we must understand what the Bible means when it speaks of Judgment. The word “judgment” or “judgments” is used very frequentlyintheBibleasasynonymfor“law”or“precept”or“commandment.” In Psalm 119, for example, God repeatedly uses the word “judgments” as a synonym for “laws.” Thus, we know that the laws of God are the judgments of God.Thus,sincesinistransgressionoftheLawofGod(IJohn3:4),itis,therefore, a transgression of the Judgment of God. We must, therefore, examine carefully the meaning of the word “judgment.” The Law or Judgment of God stipulates how mankind is to live. For example, the Bible declares: “Thou shalt not commit adultery” (Exodus 20:14; Matthew 5:27-28). Thus, if an individual does commit adultery, he has broken the Law or Judgment of God. However, now that he has committed adultery and thus has broken the Judgment of God, that is not the end of the matter. The Law or Judgment of God also stipulates that “the wages of sin is death” (Romans 6:23). That is, the Law decrees that a penalty must be imposed upon the person who has broken the Judgment of God by committing adultery. But this person who has committed adultery lives his whole life without consciously experiencing any penalty for his sin of adultery. Yet the Law or Judgment of God demands that the penalty must be paid. Therefore, the Law or Judgment of God stipulates that the hour will come when every person who has previouslylivedontheearthandsubsequentlydied(remember,physicaldeathis not payment for sin) will be resurrected and will stand before the Judgment Throne of God to answer for his sins. The resurrection of this person is decreed by the Law of God even as the appearance before the Judgment Throne of God andthesubsequentsentencingandremovalintoeternaldamnationareanintegral part of the Law or Judgment of God. Thus, we can know that when a person is brought to judgment it means that all of the laws that deal with the procedures that must be carried out in bringing that person to justice have been fully carried out. Chapter 10 / The Church Age and the Great Tribulation
- 418. 426 Time Has An End Weseethisinourmodernlegalsystem.Apersonhascommittedmurder. Therefore, he has broken the law. But then a whole series of procedures governed by the law must be carried out in order for judgment or justice to be done.Thisincludesthingssuchasallowingadequaterepresentationbyadefense attorney, pre-trial hearings, proper submission of evidence, proper courtroom procedures,etc.Sometimestheperiodoftimerequiredtoproperlybringjudgment against an individual may consume months or years. Closure on the case will occur only when the suspect has been actually tried and either has been exonerated and set free, or has been found guilty and has been executed or has experienced whatever punishment the judge has decreed is a lawful penalty for his crime. Returning to the Laws or Judgments of the Bible, we likewise discover that God had established many judgments or laws concerning the conduct of the localcongregations.Theyweretofollowstrictrulesintheappointmentofelders and deacons (I Timothy Chapter 3). They were to be faithful representatives of the kingdom of God on this earth. They were faithfully to send the whole Gospel intotheworld.TheyweretobeadivineinstitutionwhereinonlyGodisworshiped. Any violation of the Biblical Laws or Judgments by these churches calls for certain Biblical legal action to be taken against them. This includes the fact that the time would come when the Holy Spirit would forsake these churches. It includes the fact that finally Satan as the man of sin would be allowed to rule in them. It includes the fact that the true believers would be driven out of them or would be commanded to come out of them. It includes the fact that God would send a strong delusion upon those who remain within those churches. It includes the fact that finally those who remain in these churches must individually appear before the Judgment Throne of God to answer for their individual sins. All of the foregoing actions which are an integral part of the Law of God are an integral part of God’s Judgment coming upon the local congregations. All of these actions are included in the warning of I Peter 4:17: For the time is come that judgment must begin at the house of God: and if it first begin at us, what shall the end be of them that obey not the gospel of God? We can know that Christ has already come as the Judge. Christ is the Judge of all the earth. Thus, many of the above actions are already taking place in the local congregations. We can know that Christ has
- 419. 427 already come as the Judge. Fact is, we know, from the extensive Bible informationthatspeakstothissubject,thatthebeginningoftheGreatTribulation signaled the beginning of the Final Judgment. The hour of Judgment has begun. Therefore, we need not be concerned with wondering about the day or hour when Christ will come as the Judge. He already has come as the Judge, and thevariousactionsrequiredforthefinaljudgingprocesstobecarriedoutarenow infullswing.Eachdaybringsusclosertothataspectofthejudgingprocesswhen Christ will appear and each and every person will see Him with their physical eyes. It is then that each and every unsaved person will stand individually before the Judgment Throne of Christ to receive sentencing, and, from there, they will be removed into eternal Hell to pay for their sins. It is at that time, that time will be no more and the true believers will be evermore with Christ in the New Heavens and New Earth. No One Can Become Saved in Any of the Local Churches We should now begin to analyze in more detail the Great Tribulation periodthatisspokenofasoccurringimmediatelyprecedingtheendoftheworld. Remember, Matthew 24:21 speaks of it. We read there: For then shall be great tribulation, such as was not since the beginning of the world to this time, no, nor ever shall be. Remember, too, we learned that the chief character of the Great Tribulation is the fact that it seemed no one could become saved anywhere in the world. Matthew 24:22 declares: And except those days should be shortened, there should no flesh be saved: but for the elect’s sake those days shall be short- ened. But we must recall that this verse also teaches that for the sake of the elect, the days of the Great Tribulation shall be shortened. This is in agreement with the teaching of Revelation Chapters 13 and 17 which speak of Satan ruling, under the figure of a beast with ten crowned horns, for a period of one hour. However, remember Revelation 8:1 speaks of about a half hour of silence. We are learning that the Great Tribulation, therefore, is the entire period when Satan is ruling so that no one is becoming saved in any local church. This is so because Christ has abandoned each and every local church to the rule of Satan. However, forthesakeoftheelect,whileSatan’sruleinthechurchescontinuesfortheentire one hour (the entire Great Tribulation), outside of the churches, at the end of Chapter 10 / The Church Age and the Great Tribulation
- 420. 428 Time Has An End about half an hour of silence, God again begins to save. This He does for the sake oftheelectwhomGodhadnamedtobesavedandwhohadnotyetbecomesaved when the Great Tribulation began. Thus, the Great Tribulation is divided into two distinct parts. Thus, the Great Tribulation is divided into two distinct parts. During the first part, no one could become saved anywhere in the world. During the second part, no one can become saved in any of the local churches. But outside of the local churches, there is a great harvest of people becoming saved as the Gospel goes into all the world without the instrumentation of the local congregations. We have learned that the end of time appears to focus on A.D. 2011. Thus,A.D.2011must,inalllikelihood,betheyearthatcoincideswiththeendof the Great Tribulation. We should now begin to learn what we can about the duration of the Great Tribulation and the length of each of the two parts of the GreatTribulation. First,weshouldtrytodeterminethepreciselengthoftimeofthefirstpart of the Great Tribulation. Remember, it identifies with the “about half an hour of silence” recorded in Revelation 8:1. 2,300 Days TheBiblicalstatementmostlikelytogiveusthedurationofthehalfhour of silence is found in Daniel Chapter 8. In that chapter, God describes the period of the Great Tribulation by the citation of Daniel 8:10-12: And it waxed great, even to the host of heaven; and it cast down some of the host and of the stars to the ground, and stamped upon them. Yea, he magnified himself even to the prince of the host, and by him the daily sacrifice was taken away, and the place of his sanctuary was cast down.And an host was given him against the daily sacrifice by reason of transgression, and it cast down the truth to the ground; and it practised, and prospered. The question was then asked in Daniel 8:13: . . . How long shall be the vision concerning the daily sacrifice, and the transgression of desolation, to give both the sanctuary
- 421. 429 and the host to be trodden under foot? The answer was given in Daniel 8:14: . . . Unto two thousand and three hundred days; then shall the sanctuary be cleansed. The Hebrew words translated as “days” in this verse actually should be translated “evening mornings.” It is unique language that is very similar to that employed by God when He describes the six days of creation (Genesis Chapter 1). After each day’s creation activities, God declared, “And the evening and the morning were the first day,” etc. We can be certain that these days of creation, which were spoken of as evening and morning, were literal days of twenty-four hours. Therefore, we strongly suspect we are to understand the evening mornings of Daniel 8:14 to be literal twenty-four-hour days. Secondly, at the end of 2,300 evening mornings, the sanctuary was cleansed (literally, made righteous). The only sanctuary or holy place that could havebecomerighteousduringtheGreatTribulationperiodarethetruebelievers who are sending the true Gospel into the world completely outside the local church. Remember, we learned that the entire one hour of the Great Tribulation, the rule of Satan, continues in the local churches until the end of the world. Therefore, only outside of the churches can righteousness be found. Now let us examine how Daniel 8:13-14 ties to the language of Revelation 11:2, which speaks of forty-two months. Daniel 8:13: . . . How long shall be the vision concerning the daily sacrifice and the transgression of desolation, to give both the sanctuary and the host to be trodden under foot? Revelation 11:2: . . . and the holy city shall they tread under foot forty and two months. ThesanctuaryandthehostofDaniel8:13arethekingdomofGodwhich are the true believers, even as the holy city of Revelation 11:2 are the true believers who are the kingdom of God. Both citations therefore speak of the true believers being trodden underfoot. This language in turn identifies with the true believers being killed. Revelation11:7-9: And when they shall have finished their testimony, the beast that ascendeth out of the bottomless pit shall make war against Chapter 10 / The Church Age and the Great Tribulation
- 422. 430 Time Has An End them, and shall overcome them, and kill them. And their dead bodies shall lie in the street of the great city, which spiritually is called Sodom and Egypt, where also our Lord was crucified. And they of the people and kindreds and tongues and nations shall see their dead bodies three days and an half, and shall not suffer their dead bodies to be put in graves. ItidentifieswithRevelation13:7: And it was given unto him to make war with the saints, and to overcome them: and power was given him over all kindreds, and tongues, and nations. ItidentifieswithDaniel8:23-24: And in the latter time of their kingdom, when the transgressors are come to the full, a king of fierce countenance, and under- standing dark sentences, shall stand up. And his power shall be mighty, but not by his own power: and he shall destroy wonder- fully, and shall prosper, and practise, and shall destroy the mighty and the holy people. ItidentifieswithRevelation8:1: And when he had opened the seventh seal, there was silence in heaven about the space of half an hour. During this literal period of 2,300 days, which we are presently considering, no one anywhere in the world could become saved. It is the same period of time God speaks of as forty-two months in Revelation 11:2: But the court which is without the temple leave out, and mea- sure it not; for it is given unto the Gentiles: and the holy city shall they tread under foot forty and two months. It is the same period of time that God speaks of as three and a half days in Revelation11:8-9: And their dead bodies shall lie in the street of the great city, which spiritually is called Sodom and Egypt, where also our Lord
- 423. 431 was crucified. And they of the people and kindreds and tongues and nations shall see their dead bodies three days and an half, and shall not suffer their dead bodies to be put in graves. It is the same period of time God speaks of as “time and times and the dividing of time” in Daniel 7:25: And he shall speak great words against the most High, and shall wear out the saints of the most High, and think to change times and laws: and they shall be given into his hand until a time and times and the dividing of time. Theclosestapproximationtothisterribleperiodof2,300daysisthethree and a half years during which Jesus preached. Jesus, the Perfect Preacher, preached for three and a half years. During this time, virtually no one was saved. When Jesus was preaching, Satan had not yet been bound. Thus, Satan was able to snatch away the perfect words of Jesus, even as Christ indicates in the parable of the sower in Luke 8:12: Those by the way side are they that hear; then cometh the devil, and taketh away the word out of their hearts, lest they should believe and be saved. Moreover, it was a time when the Holy Spirit had not yet been poured out. Therefore, God at that time was rarely applying the perfect Words of God spoken by Jesus to the hearts of the hearers so that they might become saved. But on Pentecost day in A.D. 33, a great number (about 3,000) did become saved. Satan had been bound in the sense that he could not snatch away theWordofGod.TheHolySpiritwasnowapplyingtheWordofGodtothehearts of the elect so that they did become saved. . . . when the first part of the Great Tribulation began, all over the world, within the churches and outside of the churches, Satan had become loosed. Thus, when the first part of the Great Tribulation began, all over the world,withinthechurchesandoutsideofthechurches,Satanhadbecomeloosed so that he could again snatch away the Word from the hearers. During this same period of time, it was not God’s plan that the Holy Spirit would apply the Word Chapter 10 / The Church Age and the Great Tribulation
- 424. 432 Time Has An End of God to the hearts of any who were chosen to salvation and who had not yet becomesaved.ItwasduringthisfirstpartoftheGreatTribulationthatSatantook hisseat,thatis,hebegantoruleinallofthelocalcongregations(IIThessalonians 2:3-4). Throughout the Church Age, which we are learning was in place from A.D. 33 to A.D. 1988, Satan had been planting within the local congregations tares or weeds. These tares were individuals who were not saved but who gave every outward appearance of having become saved. They were virtually indistinguishable from the true believers. They were individuals who believed they were faithful to all of the doctrines and practices of the church wherein they had become a member. They were altogether convinced that they were serving Christ as their Savior and King. But they had not become saved and, therefore, they were still under the authorityofSatan.Theyfrequentlyincludedthevastmajorityofpeoplewithinthe local congregations. Early evidence of such degradation of the churches is recorded in Revelation Chapter 3, verses 1-4 and 15-17. Today, the evidence is abundantaswewitnesshowfewpeoplefromthelocalcongregationsareobeying God’s command to leave the local congregation, now that we are in this time of GreatTribulation.Thefactis,thosewhoareunsaved,thatis,thosewhoareunder the authority of Satan, will not want to obey God’s command to come out of the churches. When the Great Tribulation began, the impact of God’s withdrawal from the local churches throughout the world was hardly noticed in these churches. WhentheGreatTribulationbegan,theimpactofGod’swithdrawalfromthe local churches throughout the world was hardly noticed in these churches. In many instances, most of the genuine believers who had been members in these churches had already been driven out. Frequently, this was a result of the true believers’ criticism of some of the doctrines or practices observed by their congregation that werenotfaithfultotheBible.Thus,whentheHolySpiritabandonedthesechurches, it made hardly a ripple. Only because of what we read in the Bible can the truth be revealed about what has been happening in the churches. During this 2,300-day first part of the Great Tribulation, not only was Satan the prince of the secular world, but he also had become the ruler in all of thelocalcongregations.Moreover,throughouttheworld,noonewasbeingsaved regardless of how they heard the Gospel. Indeed, the world had come into Great Tribulation.ThisiswhytheBibledeclaresinRevelation13:7-8,concerningthis
- 425. 433 forty-twomonths(Revelation13:5),thatis,thisfirstpartoftheGreatTribulation: And it was given unto him to make war with the saints, and to overcome them: and power was given him over all kindreds, and tongues, and nations. And all that dwell upon the earth shall worship him, whose names are not written in the book of life of the Lamb slain from the foundation of the world. The Holy Place is Made Righteous Butafterthis2,300days,thereisachangeintheworld.WereadinDaniel 8:14: And he said unto me, Unto two thousand and three hundred days; then shall the sanctuary be cleansed. Literally, this verse is teaching that after 2,300 days, the holy place will be made righteous. What can this mean? The holy place is where the true believers are. Throughout the Church Age,thetruebelievershadbeenfoundmainlyinthelocalcongregations.Butnow they have been driven out into the world. While these true believers continue to bein-filledbytheHolySpiritandcontinuetobringtheGospelthroughouttheworld duringthefirstpartoftheGreatTribulation,nooneisbecomingsaved.Therefore, during these 2,300 days, the true believers, effectively, are no longer the holy place. The Holy Spirit is again saving people. Christ, the Jubilee, is again being proclaimed throughout the world. But at the end of 2,300 days, the holy place is cleansed. That is, the true believers, typified by the two witnesses of Revelation Chapter 11, are now standing on their feet with the Spirit of life from God having entered into them. TheyarebringingthetrueGospeltotheworld.Thatis,Heavenisnolongersilent. The about “half an hour” of silence has ended. The Holy Spirit is again saving people. Christ, the Jubilee, is again being proclaimed throughout the world. A great multitude which no man can number is becoming saved (Revelation 7:9-14). Chapter 10 / The Church Age and the Great Tribulation
- 426. 434 Time Has An End This is the time of the latter rain. (See The End of the Church Age and After, available free of charge from Family Radio.) This is the time of the final summerofharvest.Thisisthetimeofthefinalingathering.Thisisthetimeofthe secondJubilee.Indeed,ChristhascomeagainastheSavior.Wewillfindthatthis timeoftheendofthefirstpartoftheGreatTribulation,theendofthe2,300days, the beginning of the latter rain, the beginning of the final ingathering of the elect from all over the world, coincides with A.D. 1994. Remember, A.D. 1994 is a Jubilee Year. It, like the Jubilee Year of 7 B.C., coincides with the coming of Christ as Savior. And remember, Jubilee identifies with the proclamation of the Gospel throughout the world. True,duringthislasthalfoftheGreatTribulation,Satancontinuestorule in the local churches. Within the churches located all over the world, Christ continues to bring judgment as He prepares the members of these churches for theirappearancebeforetheJudgmentThroneofGod.Hecontinuestosendthese people,whoonlycorporatelyorexternallyhadbeenHispeople,astrongdelusion that they should believe a lie (II Thessalonians 2:11). In the secular world outside of these churches, God is also preparing the unsaved who are not chosen for salvation for their appearance at the Judgment Throne of God. He has given them up unto uncleanness and vile affections (Romans 1:24, 26). He has given them over to a reprobate mind (Romans 1:28). The two witnesses again are standing on their feet, filled with the Spirit, declaring the Gospel throughout the world. Indeed, throughout the one hour, which is the entire time of the Great Tribulation, Satan is ruling both in the local churches and in the secular world as sin multiplies in the churches and throughout the world. But there is a major difference throughout the world during the second part of the Great Tribulation as compared with the first part of the Great Tribulation. During the second part, it is again the time of Jubilee. The two witnesses again are standing on their feet, filled with the Spirit, declaring the Gospel throughout the world. We read in Revelation11:11: And after three days and an half the Spirit of life from God en- tered into them, and they stood upon their feet; and great fear fell upon them which saw them.
- 427. 435 The three and a half days correspond to the 2,300 days. It is called three and a half days because three and a half is one-half of 7. We have learned that the number 7 signifies perfect completeness. The language in the above verse that says the Spirit entered the witnesses and they stood upon their feet means that they are again to bring the Gospel to the world. Similar language is used in Ezekiel 2:1-2, 4 to describe the declaration of the Gospel to the world. There we read: And he said unto me, Son of man, stand upon thy feet, and I will speak unto thee. And the spirit entered into me when he spake unto me, and set me upon my feet, that I heard him that spake unto me. For they are impudent children and stiffhearted. I do send thee unto them; and thou shalt say unto them, Thus saith the Lord GOD. This passage assures us that standing on one’s feet and endowed with the Holy Spirit signifies the sending forth of the Gospel. It is a time when each saved person has placed his trust only in all that the Bible alone teaches. Thisisthetimethatagreatmultitudewhichnomancannumberiscoming outofGreatTribulationintosalvation.WereadinRevelation11:11thatwhenthe two witnesses stood on their feet, “great fear fell upon them which saw them.” This is the fear of God that every true believer receives when he has become a true believer. This is the time in which those who do become saved are not certified by spiritual rulers who have been appointed to rule over a divine institution called the nation of Israel or the local New Testament church. It is a time when each saved person has placed his trust only in all that the Bible alone teaches.HeknowsthatGodwillworkinhimtowillandtodoofHisgoodpleasure (Philippians2:13). The Gospel Goes Into All of the World We are now in the time of the latter rain, when the world, which has explodedtomorethansixbillionpeople,isbeingblanketedwiththetrueGospel. Chapter 10 / The Church Age and the Great Tribulation
- 428. 436 Time Has An End ThetrueGospelpresentationattemptstobeasfaithfulaspossibletotheBibleand entirely rejects any doctrine that suggests that man’s work of being baptized in water, or accepting Christ, or believing in Christ, or anything else he does, has a part, together with the grace of God, in providing for salvation. We must realize, of course, that false gospels, which teach many doctrinescontrarytotheBible,willcontinuetobombardtheworldbysuchmeans asradio,television,andInternet.These,however,willnotdeterthespreadofthe true message of salvation to the world. The two witnesses who stand upon their feet include only those who faithfully bring the true Gospel. By means of this faithful proclamation of the true Gospel, the language of II Chronicles 36:21, “the land had enjoyed her sabbaths,” will occur. Remember,the“land”inthiscontextrepresentstheactualkingdomofGodwhich consists of all true believers. The sabbath is the seventh-day sabbath that points to the fact that we are not to trust in any work of any kind that we do as an assist in becoming saved. Thus, during this time of the second part of the Great Tribulation, the land (the kingdom of God, which consists of the true believers scattered throughout the world) is enjoying the sending forth of the true Gospel which insists that all of the work of saving is done by Christ. It is the time that the “holy place” (Daniel 8:14) has been cleansed. Now, entirely apart from any local congregation, it is the Bible alone and in its entirety that is the ultimate and only spiritual authority that God is using in the world. This is so even though the local congregations and others with less than the true Gospel are still attempting to send a gospel into the world. We will learn that the duration of time encompassed by the entire Great Tribulation appears to be 23 years. The Great Tribulation: 23 Years We will learn that the duration of time encompassed by the entire Great Tribulationappearstobe23years.Thefirstpartofthatperiodis2,300dayswhich is a few months longer than six years. Thus, the last part of the Great Tribulation appears to be 23 - 6 = 17 years. In Chapter 8 of this study, we learned that the number 23 is intimately associated with judgment and the wrath of God. We also know that the number 17 is intimately associated with Heaven. Given this much information, we now can suggest a timeline for the Great Tribulation and the end of the world.
- 429. 437 If we begin with the Jubilee Year of A.D. 1994 as the end of the “silence in heaven about the space of half an hour” (Revelation 8:1), then 2,300 days earlier would be sometime in A.D. 1988. Thus, A.D. 1988 would have been the year in which the Church Age came to an end and the Great Tribulation of Matthew 24:21 began. Then the period from A.D. 1994 to A.D. 2011, a period of 17 years, would be the second part of the Great Tribulation. Thus, the entire length of the Great Tribulation would be a total of 23 years. Immediately, we can see that 23 years is quite in agreement with the manner in which God uses numbers. The number 23 consistently identifies with God’s judgment, which is the essential character of the Great Tribulation. We have already seen the number 23 used in connection with the 2,300 days of Daniel 8:14. Remember the example of I Corinthians 10:8. God is describing a plague that was recorded in Numbers 25:9. Actually, 24,000 were killed in the plague (Numbers 25:9), but I Corinthians 10:8 declares that 23,000 fell in one day. This obviously means that 1,000 must have fallen the second day to make a total of 24,000. But God is certainly identifying the number 23 with judgment. The 276 survivors represent the true believers who are driven out or commanded to come out of the churches, beginning with the time of the Great Tribulation. Earlier, we also saw the example in Acts 27:37. There we read that God made certain that when the ship on which Paul was a prisoner was destroyed, there were 276 individuals aboard that ship who were saved. Although we will not develop it in this study, it can be shown that the destroyed ship is typifying or representing the local churches that come under the wrath of God at the end of the Church Age. The 276 survivors represent the true believers who are driven out or commanded to come out of the churches, beginning with the time of the GreatTribulation. Significantly, the number 276 can be broken down in several ways, as showninthefollowing: 12 x 23 = 276 3 x 4 x 23 = 276 3 x 2 x 2 x 23 = 276 Chapter 10 / The Church Age and the Great Tribulation
- 430. 438 Time Has An End 12signifiesfullness. 3 signifies God’s purpose. 4 signifies universality or the end. 2 signifies those who bring the Gospel. 23signifiesjudgment. Thus, the number 276 spiritually is teaching that the fullness (12) of all true believers will escape the judgment (23) of God. Or we could understand the number 276 to signify that it is God’s purpose (3) that genuine believers all over the world at the end of the Church Age (4) will escape God’s judgment (23). Or we could understand that the number 276 represents that it was God’s purpose (3) that those who are to continue to bring the Gospel (2) would be rescued from the judgment of God (23) that destroyed the ship (the local churches). We might note again another interesting and perhaps significant fact in connection with the number 23. The Flood of Noah’s day occurred in the year 4990 B.C. Creation occurred in the year 11,013 B.C. Thus, there were exactly 6,000 plus 23 years from Creation to the Flood. A.D. 1988 coincides exactly with the 13,000th anniversary of the history of the world. The next great judgment that took place was the Judgment the Lord Jesus endured when He paid for the sins of all those included in God’s salvation plan of electing love. That Judgment occurred in A.D. 33. It is very curious that the time from the Judgment in Noah’s day, in 4990 B.C., to that experienced by Jesus, in A.D. 33, was precisely 5,000 plus 23 calendar or inclusive years. Likewise, A.D. 2011 is exactly 13,000 plus 23 years from Creation. Is all of this coincidental?OrdoesitshowthemajesticconsistencyoftheunfoldingofGod’s salvation plan? We might also note another interesting fact: A.D.1988 coincides exactly with the 13,000th anniversary of the history of the world. Is this a significant fact or is it merely a curiosity?
- 431. 439 The Church Age: Pentecostal Firstfruits The Church Age, in the unfolding of God’s salvation plan, was the harvest of the Pentecostal firstfruits. Remember that at the Feast of Weeks, which in the New Testament is called Pentecost, the firstfruits were brought in. In this connection, we know that God officially began that harvest very literally on Pentecost day in A.D. 33. That day about 3,000 were saved (Acts 2:41). The occurrence of each following Pentecost day in a real sense signified thecontinuingoftheharvestofthefirstfruits(thesalvationofadditionalpeople). Therefore, we can call those who became saved at any time during the Church Age, “Pentecostal firstfruits”. If the Church Age, the age of gathering in the firstfruits of the harvest, ended in A.D. 1988, we would suspect that it would have ended the day before the A.D. 1988 Pentecost day. We can calculate very accurately the date of the Pentecost of A.D. 33. It was May 21. We also know that in A.D. 1988, Pentecost occurred on May 22. This in itself is striking because the date of Pentecost is controlledbyitsrelationshiptothePassoverday.AndthePassoverdayisalways the fourteenth day of a lunar month. Thus, the Passover, and likewise Pentecost, could be any one of about twenty-nine different calendar days. Yet, in God’s Timeline of History, the day of Pentecost in A.D. 1988 came on a day so that the Church Age continued exactly 1,955 complete years (1,988 - 33 = 1,955) to the very day. Its duration would have been May 21, A.D. 33, to May 21, A.D. 1988. Moreover, it is indeed interesting that when we add 2,300 days, the duration of the first part of the Great Tribulation, to May 21, 1988, the end of the ChurchAge,wecometoSeptember6,1994.September6wasaveryspecialday intheyear1994.Itwasthefirstdayoftheseventhmonth.Rememberwelearned that this feast day identified with the Jubilee. Thus, we learn that the end of the “silence in heaven about the space of half an hour” (Revelation 8:1), which ended with the Jubilee again being sounded throughout the world, identifies perfectly with September 6, 1994. Both the day September 6 and A.D. 1994 are identifiedwiththeJubilee. We thus learn that, in all likelihood, the Church Age encompassed exactly 1,955 full years to the very day. Wethuslearnthat,inalllikelihood,theChurchAgeencompassedexactly 1,955 full years to the very day. We also have learned that, in all likelihood, the end of the half hour of silence, the first part of the Great Tribulation, coincided Chapter 10 / The Church Age and the Great Tribulation
- 432. 440 Time Has An End with the Jubilee day of September 6 in the Jubilee Year of A.D. 1994. We surely can see how carefully God, all the way to the end of time, has preplanned the unfolding of the Gospel Timeline of History. A Brief Review Thus far, we have discovered considerable Biblical evidence that appears to give us a good understanding of the major events, and the timing of those events, that bring us to the very end of the world. In summary, those events are as follows: 1. The Church Age, which began on the Day of Pentecost May 21, A.D. 33, probably continued for precisely 1,955 years until the day before Pentecost, May 21, in A.D. 1988. 2. This tremendous period, during which the Gospel reached into all the world and local congregations were established in virtually ev- ery city and village of the world, coincided with the first great Jubilee period. During this great period that in principle began with the birth of Christ in the JubileeYear 7 B.C., the Gospel went forth as a two-edged sword. It was a sweet fragrance of Christ to those who became saved. But it was the stench of death to those who did not become saved (II Corinthians 2:15-16). As we learned, it was typified by the conquest of the land of Canaan that began in the year 1407 B.C. Individuals like Rahab the harlot (Joshua Chap- ters 2 and 6) or like the inhabitants of the city of Gibeon who wanted peace with Israel (Joshua Chapter 9) were spared. Inhab- itants of other cities of the land of Canaan who resisted Israel were destroyed. This worldwide activity of the Church Age probably came to an abrupt end in A.D. 1988. In that year, the judgment preparations for the end of the world began. 3. This worldwide activity of the Church Age probably came to an abrupt end in A.D. 1988. In that year, the judgment preparations for the end of the world began. It was in this year that the brief period of time the Bible calls the Great Tribulation began. We learned that it probably began inA.D. 1988 and will probably end
- 433. 441 in A.D. 2011, which, according to our present understanding, will be the last year of this present world’s existence. 4. The Great Tribulation began at the moment this first great Jubilee period came to an end probably on May 21,A.D. 1988, which was the day just before Pentecost in that year. As we learned from Revelation 8:1, for a brief period of time, Heaven became silent, so that for this period of time, no one in the whole world could become saved. Christ had come to bring judgment upon every local congregation in the entire world. On the one hand, God was finished using these churches as the external representation of the kingdom of God on this earth. All of those elect of God who were to become saved by God’s utilization of the local congregations had become saved. On the other hand, the local congregations were increasingly un- faithful in presenting to the world the teaching of the Bible. The doctrines of the church confessions and the man-made herme- neutic (the method of Bible interpretation) that were uniquely those of their denomination had become the ultimate authority rather than the Bible. Thus, the local churches had come under the wrath of God. Therefore, Christ had come in judgment, beginning inA.D. 1988, to prepare those churches for the great Judgment Throne when Christ will judge all of the unsaved of the world. 5. This awesome event, that appears to have occurred in A.D. 1988, marking the end of the time of the first Jubilee period and coinciding with the end of the Church Age, marked the beginning of what ap- pears to be a time of great success for Satan. Throughout the Church Age, he had been unable to frustrate the purpose of the Gospel to save those whom God had elected to salvation. True, he had been abletoseed,toplant,withinthelocalchurches,individualswhowere not saved but who gave the appearance of having become saved. The Bible speaks of these individuals as tares or weeds. Thus, even though Christ was the King of the local churches, Satan as an angel of light had much authority in the local churches through his subjects (the tares), who the Bible says are “transformed as the ministers of righteousness” (II Corinthians 11:15). However, at the end of the ChurchAge, as a first act of preparing the individuals who were members of the churches for judgment, Christ, Chapter 10 / The Church Age and the Great Tribulation
- 434. 442 Time Has An End who had ruled as King in the local churches, abandoned them to the full control of Satan. The true believers within the churches were driven out or were commanded to come out. Those tares who remained within the local churches were blinded by God so that they were convinced that they were saved Christians and that their local congregation would remain faithful until the very end of the world.* Christ, who had ruled as King in the local churches, abandoned them to the full control of Satan. 6. At the same time that this terrible situation descended on all of the local congregations throughout the world, God also gave Satan unparalleled rule over the kingdoms of the world. God has taken His hand of restraint off the unsaved of the world who by nature are in complete rebellion against the Law of God but who, through- out the Church Age, had been restrained by God from unbridled wickedness. Therefore, especially beginning inA.D. 1988, which marked the end of the Church Age, God also has allowed sin to greatly increase throughout the world. Thus, we have entered a period marked by such things as enormous growth in sexual per- version and homosexuality. God has taken His hand of restraint off the unsaved of the world who by nature are in complete rebellion against the Law of God but who, throughout the Church Age, had been restrained by God from unbridled wickedness. 7. This terrible period of GreatTribulation will probably continue for a period of twenty-three years, ending with the return of Christ at the end of time in A.D. 2011. We have learned that this twenty- ________________________ * Again, the reader is invited to obtain free of charge from Family Radio the books The End of the Church Age and After and Wheat and Tares.
- 435. 443 three-year period appears to be divided into two parts. The first part was exactly 2,300 days in length and ended, in all likelihood, on September 6, A.D. 1994. The second part began on September 6, 1994, and continues for seventeen years to the autumn of A.D. 2011. During this first part of the 2,300 days, no one anywhere in the world could have become saved. There was no longer in exist- ence a Jubilee. The local churches and the whole world were experiencing a tribulation of monumental consequence. During this first part of the 2,300 days, no one anywhere in the world could have become saved. 8. The true believers who live during this period do not lose their salvation. Most of them were not even aware that such a dreadful situation prevailed throughout the world. They may have been concerned about the doctrines and practices that were increas- ingly Biblically questionable. They may have wondered about the spectacular success of gospels such as the charismatic gospels that feature tongues and signs and wonders. But they had no knowl- edge that Jesus had come to begin the judgment process, begin- ning with the judgment on the house of God (the local churches) and transitioning to the return of Christ and the judgment at the end of the world. It is at the end of the world that the dreadful time will have come when each and every unsaved individual must personally stand before Christ as the Judge. They will be found guilty, and they will hear the awful truth that they have been sen- tenced to an eternity under God’s eternal damnation. 9. This terrible first part of the Great Tribulation ended, in all likeli- hood, on September 6, A.D. 1994. We learned that September 6 was the first day of the seventh month of the Jewish calendar. A.D. 1994 was a Jubilee Year and September 6 of that year was the first day of the seventh month. It was a special ceremonial feast day identifying with the Jubilee Year. Thus, the end of this first part of the Great Tribulation coincided with the beginning of the second Jubilee period which would continue for seventeen years, ending in A.D. 2011. Chapter 10 / The Church Age and the Great Tribulation
- 436. 444 Time Has An End . . . salvation is again taking place all over the world. 10. During the seventeen years of the second part of the Great Tribu- lation, the period of time in which we are now living, the spiritual conditions in the local churches will continue unchanged. Satan continues to rule as he ruled in the churches during the first part of the time of the Great Tribulation. But in the world outside of the local churches, a great change occurred. As we have previously noted, the Jubilee is again being sounded throughout the world. That is, salvation is again taking place all over the world. God is not utilizing the local churches as the means to send forth the Gospel. Instead, God is utilizing individuals, who have no relation- ship with local congregations, who faithfully continue to send forth the Gospel throughout the world. It is a time when a great multi- tude which no man can number is being saved. 11. During the second part of the Great Tribulation, Satan continues to rule as “prince of this world” (John 14:30; also see II Thessalonians 2:1-4; Revelation 20:7-9). Throughout the time of this last seventeen years, God continues to give people up to great wickedness. That is, all kinds of rebellion against God continue to get stronger. The Bible appears to have virtually no authority in the world. But for the sake of the elect, who are sprinkled through- out the huge population of the world, the Bible continues to be used of God as the means through which God is doing His work of saving people. Immediately following this twenty-three-year pe- riod of Great Tribulation will come the end of time and the end of the history of planet Earth. Later in our study, we will indicate what we can know at this time concerning our understanding of eternity future. But before we examine some of the Biblical citations that speak of the end of time, when Christ appears so that every eye shall see Him, we should raise a very serious question. Is There More Biblical Information? ItistruethattheBibledeclaresinMatthew24:21thattherewillbeGreat Tribulationsuchasthisworldhasneverknownnorevershallknow.Itisalsotrue
- 437. 445 thatthisGreatTribulationisimmediatelyfollowedbythereturnofChristandthe end of the world. This is clearly indicated by the citation of Matthew 24:29: Immediately after the tribulation of those days shall the sun be darkened, and the moon shall not give her light, and the stars shall fall from heaven, and the powers of the heavens shall be shaken. The Biblical rule is that we are to compare Scripture with Scripture until we obtain conclusions that are in harmony with any and every citation of the Bible that might relate to the conclusion that was obtained. However,inarrivingatthedetailsofthisperiodofGreatTribulation,we have had to piece together bits of information from various parts of the Bible. True,becauseoftheawesomenatureofthisGreatTribulation,theBiblepresents extensive information about it. It is also true that this is the way all doctrines of theBiblearedeveloped.TheBiblicalruleisthatwearetocompareScripturewith Scripture until we obtain conclusions that are in harmony with any and every citation of the Bible that might relate to the conclusion that was obtained. Therefore,wemustask,giventheenormousnatureofthesubjectweare considering — the timing and details of the end of the world — is there anything moreintheBiblethatwouldfurtherstrengthenandcorroborateourconclusions? And the answer is: Yes, indeed, there is still more that can be learned from the Bible that greatly strengthens our belief that we have properly understood the Biblical information concerning the timing of the end. What We Know Thus Far 1. The fig tree in leaf assures us that the end has to be after A.D. 1948. 2. The phrase “summer is nigh” (Matthew 24:32) emphasizes that shortly after A.D. 1948, there must be a harvest of souls. 3. A harvest of souls means there must a Jubilee. 4. A.D. 1994 is the next Jubilee Year after the year 1948 when Israel again became a nation. Chapter 10 / The Church Age and the Great Tribulation
- 438. 446 Time Has An End 5. If summer harvest begins in the JubileeYear 1994, it means some- thing must have ended the first Jubilee that identified with the Church Age. 6. We are very comfortable with two Jubilees because of what we learned when we studied the destruction of Jericho. 7. The ending of the first Jubilee coincided with the beginning of the Great Tribulation. 8. The Great Tribulation is spoken of as one hour in Revelation Chap- ters 17 and 18. 9. Revelation 8:1 speaks of a half hour of silence. This verse as- sures us that there will be an end to the first Jubilee. 10. Matthew 24:21 speaks of the beginning of the Great Tribulation. 11. But Matthew 24:22 implies there will be some kind of relenting or change before the full end of the Great Tribulation: “. . . for the elect’s sake those days shall be shortened.” 12. Matthew 24:22 identifies with Revelation 8:1 which indicates that the silence in Heaven is half an hour. That is, there is a great change somewhere in the midst of the Great Tribulation. 13. Since A.D. 1994 must be the beginning of the second Jubilee, it must coincide with the end of the half hour of silence and the beginning of the second period when, for the sake of the elect, the Gospel is again going forth. 14. The duration of the first part of the Great Tribulation appears to be best described by Daniel Chapter 8 where we read of a period of 2,300 days. 15. Since the ChurchAge identifies with Pentecost, at which time the firstfruits were brought in, we could expect the end of the Church Age to be the day before Pentecost in A.D. 1988. The day before Pentecost in 1988 was May 21. This date in A.D. 1988 is 2,300 days earlier than September 6, 1994.
- 439. 447 16. This makes the Church Age equal to 1,955 years to the very day. 1,955 breaks down into the significant numbers 5 x 17 x 23. (See Chapter 8 of this book.) 17. 2,300 days after the day before Pentecost in A.D.1988 comes to the first day of the seventh month in 1994 according to the Jewish calendar. In the Old Testament ceremonial law, this day was the feast day for remembering the Jubilee. According to our modern calendar, this date was September 6. 18. When we try to identify the end of the second part of the Great Tribulation, which coincides with the duration of the second Jubi- lee, we find that a time duration of seventeen years is most prob- able. 19. Seventeen years goes to A.D. 2011. Thus, the entire duration of the Great Tribulation would then be 23 years. 20. A time duration of 23 years for the entire Great Tribulation fits with the fact that these 23 years are a time of judgment on the local congregations. 21. 23 years fits with two prior 23-year periods that ended with judg- ment. 11,013 - 4,990 = 6,000 plus 23 years from Creation to the Noachian Flood Judgment 4,990 + 33 = 5,000 plus 23 years inclusive from the Noachian Flood Judgment to the Judgment on Christ 11,013 + 2,011 - 1 = 13,000 plus 23 years from Creation to the Judgment by Christ 22. A period of 17 years for the duration of the second part of the Great Tribulation, which is the period of the second Jubilee (also called the latter rain or final harvest), fits well with the final har- vest of souls since the number 17 signifies Heaven. 23. The 17 years fits well with the 153 fish caught (see John 21:11). These fish represent all of those saved during the latter rain which we call the second Jubilee. 153 = 3 x 3 x 17. (See Chapter 8 of the book.) Chapter 10 / The Church Age and the Great Tribulation
- 440. 448 Time Has An End 24. The 17 years in a veiled way identify with the 17 years that Jacob lived after he came under the care of Joseph in the year 1877 B.C. 25. The 17 years in a veiled way identifies with the 17 shekels Jeremiah paid for the deed to the land which was a proof that Israel would again return to the promised land. 26. A.D. 2011 fits perfectly with the statement of II Peter 3:8 which speaks of a day being as 1,000 years. Precisely 7,000 years after the Noachian Flood of 4990 B.C. is A.D. 2011. 27. The year 2011, which likely is the Final Judgment Day for the local church as well as for the whole world, is 1,978 years after A.D. 33, which breaks down into the significant numbers 2 x 23 x 43. (See Chapter 8 of this book.) 28. The year 391 B.C. is the year when the Old Testament was fin- ished, and 2,011 + 391 - 1 = 2,401, or 7 x 7 x 7 x 7. In the perfectly complete end of time, Christ will finish speaking to this present world. 29. Egypt and Nineveh. God gave precise time information as to when His judgment would fall upon the Egyptians and the Ninevites. Thus, we have learned that a great many facts harmonize with the conclusion that the Great Tribulation began in 1988 and ends at the end of the worldinA.D.2011.Further,thatitwasdividedintotwoparts,thefirstpartbeing 2,300 days and the second part being 17 years, also appears to harmonize with any and all Biblical data that relates to this subject. But now, before we can feel secure with these conclusions, there is one morebigtestthatcanbeappliedtotheseconclusions.Withthattest,wediscover much more strengthening and corroborating evidence that we have properly understood the Biblical information concerning the timing of the end.
- 441. 449 Chapter 11 Patterns God uses a very interesting device in conveying truth. That device is the giving of a pattern by which the object to be built or formed will be correctly finished. This is a method or procedure we can readily understand. For example, if an individual is going to make a garment that will fit properly, it is extremely helpfulifapatterncanbeobtainedthatwillshowhoweachpieceofmaterialfrom which the garment is made should be cut. This ensures that the garment will fit well and no material will be wasted. Likewise, before the temple was built by Solomon, we read in I Chronicles28:11-12: Then David gave to Solomon his son the pattern of the porch, and of the houses thereof, and of the treasuries thereof, and of the upper chambers thereof, and of the inner parlours thereof, and of the place of the mercy seat, and the pattern of all that he had by the spirit, of the courts of the house of the LORD, and of all the chambers round about, of the treasuries of the house of God, and of the treasuries of the dedicated things. This same concept is conveyed in I Timothy 1:16: Howbeit for this cause I obtained mercy, that in me first Jesus Christ might shew forth all longsuffering, for a pattern to them which should hereafter believe on him to life everlasting. In this citation, the life and conduct of the Apostle Paul is declared to be a pattern to follow for those who would live in a God-glorifying way. Likewise, God gave Moses the pattern for the objects that were to be placed in the tabernacle. For example, we read in Numbers 8:4: And this work of the candlestick was of beaten gold, unto the shaft thereof, unto the flowers thereof, was beaten work: according unto the pattern which the LORD had shewed Moses, so he made the candlestick. Significantly, this is the method God used when He gave much information concerning His Gospel plan. We read in Hebrews 8:3-6:
- 442. 450 Time Has An End For every high priest is ordained to offer gifts and sacrifices: wherefore it is of necessity that this man have somewhat also to offer. For if he were on earth, he should not be a priest, seeing that there are priests that offer gifts according to the law: who serve unto the example and shadow of heavenly things, as Moses was admonished of God when he was about to make the tabernacle: for, See, saith he, that thou make all things according to the pattern shewed to thee in the mount. But now hath he obtained a more excellent ministry, by how much also he is the mediator of a better covenant, which was established upon better promises. This citation is teaching us that the pattern that typified or showed God’s Gospel program were the various laws that governed the activities of the priests as they performed their duties in the temple. Biblical Patterns of the Great Tribulation In this study, as we have traveled down the highway of time, we have made many references to three dramatic events that appear to be related. They are as follows: 1. The experience of Jacob when he was commanded to leave the promised land of Canaan and go with his entire family to live in the heathen land of Egypt. The year was 1877 B.C. 2. The experience of the nation of Judah when the armies of Babylon destroyed Jerusalem in the year 587 B.C. 3. The traumatic experience of true believers of our day as, in this time of Great Tribulation, they are commanded to leave their local churches. It might be noted that superficially, there is no resemblance that can readily be seen between the great tribulation that Jacob experienced in 1877 B.C. and that which was experienced by the nation of Israel in 587 B.C. Furthermore, superficially, there does not appear to be any resemblance between either of these two tribulations and the Great Tribulation of our day.
- 443. 451 God has provided two distinct patterns that clearly sharpen the focus of events relating to the Great Tribulation of our day. However,Godhasprovidedtwodistinctpatternsthatclearlysharpenthe focusofeventsrelatingtotheGreatTribulationofourday.Remember,itisduring the period of the Great Tribulation that the final activity is taking place as God is completing the unfolding of the Calendar of History. When we discover the precise fit of these two patterns as they are compared with the details of the Great Tribulation that has come just prior to the endoftheworld,wewillbegreatlyencouragedthatwehaveproperlyunderstood the Biblical information concerning the end of the world. . . . as God gives understanding of the metaphors and parables of the Bible, the understanding of the teachings of the Bible is greatly increased. Only when we thoroughly understand that Christ spoke in parables so that we clearly see the spiritual meaning of these events, can we see the precise relationshipsthatexistbetweenthem.ThisisanexcellentillustrationoftheLord’s assertion in Mark 4:11-12 that He spoke in parables so that those who were not truebelieverswouldnotunderstand.Forthetruebelievers,thefactisthatasGod givesunderstandingofthemetaphorsandparablesoftheBible,theunderstanding of the teachings of the Bible is greatly increased. Now, let us briefly outline the two great tribulation patterns recorded in the Bible. Pattern 1. The first pattern is that of Jacob having to leave the promised land (Canaan) to go to Egypt to escape the grievous famine that was occurring (Genesis 43:1; 46:2-3). The total time duration was seven years. It was divided into two parts in that it was after the first two years of the famine that Jacob and his family left Canaan. The year he left Canaan was 1877 B.C. Pattern 2. The second pattern is that of Judah during the seventy-year period from 609 B.C. to 539 B.C. It, too, was a time of great affliction that was divided into two parts. The first part ended when Jerusalem and the temple were completely destroyed by the armies of the Babylonians. Chapter 11 / Patterns
- 444. 452 Time Has An End We will find that the tribulation experience of Jacob and also the tribulation experience of Judah are patterns that identify very closely with the conclusions to which we have already come in this study. Furthermore, because our conclusions concerning the present Great Tribulation fit these patterns so closely,wewillbegreatlyencouragedthatwearecorrectlyunderstandingGod’s closing program for the churches and for the world which ends with Christ’s return. We will discover at least fourteen distinct parallels or similarities between the two patterns themselves as well as between them and the present Great Tribulation, which will end with Christ’s return at the end of the world. To facilitatethesettingforthoftheseparallels,wewillusetheword“JACOB”when speaking of the great tribulation Jacob experienced in 1877 B.C. We will use the word “JUDAH” when speaking of the terrible tribulation Judah experienced in 587 B.C. We will use the phrase “PRESENT GREAT TRIBULATION” when speaking of the present time of Great Tribulation. Wemustrememberthatthetribulationsof“JACOB”and“JUDAH”are facts of history. They are the patterns that God has given us. The tribulation we call “PRESENT GREAT TRIBULATION” is the Great Tribulation we are presently experiencing. We will find that it is precisely patterned after the “JACOB” and “JUDAH” tribulations. Parallel Number 1: EACH TRIBULATION WAS A TIME OF GREAT TRIBULATION. JACOB:Acts7:11speaksofthistimeasatimeof“greataffliction.”The Greek word which is translated “affliction” is the identical word translated as “tribulation” in Matthew 24:21. Therefore, God speaks of Jacob’s experience as “greattribulation.” JUDAH:TheGreatTribulationspokenofinMatthew24:21wastypified by the destruction of Judah in 587 B.C. Therefore, it is very extensively written about in Old Testament books such as Isaiah, Jeremiah, Lamentations, Ezekiel, Zephaniah, etc. In each book, the destruction of Judah is used as an example of the end of the Church Age, at which time all the local churches throughout the worldwouldcomeintojudgment.IntheOldTestament,GodwroteintheHebrew language rather than in the Greek (Greek is the language of the New Testament). Therefore,wedonotfindtheexactwords,“greattribulation.”However,theidea of great tribulation is expressed in many ways in these books. For example, Lamentations2:2-7clearlydescribestheenormoustribulationthenationofJudah experienced at that time in history. We read in these verses:
- 445. 453 The Lord hath swallowed up all the habitations of Jacob, and hath not pitied: he hath thrown down in his wrath the strong holds of the daughter of Judah; he hath brought them down to the ground: he hath polluted the kingdom and the princes thereof. He hath cut off in his fierce anger all the horn of Israel: he hath drawn back his right hand from before the enemy, and he burned against Jacob like a flaming fire, which devoureth round about. He hath bent his bow like an enemy: he stood with his right hand as an adversary, and slew all that were pleasant to the eye in the tabernacle of the daughter of Zion: he poured out his fury like fire. The Lord was as an enemy: he hath swallowed up Israel, he hath swallowed up all her palaces: he hath destroyed his strong holds, and hath increased in the daughter of Judah mourning and lamentation. And he hath violently taken away his tabernacle, as if it were of a garden: he hath destroyed his places of the assembly: the LORD hath caused the solemn feasts and sabbaths to be forgotten in Zion, and hath despised in the indignation of his anger the king and the priest. The Lord hath cast off his altar, he hath abhorred his sanctuary, he hath given up into the hand of the enemy the walls of her palaces; they have made a noise in the house of the LORD, as in the day of a solemn feast. PRESENT GREAT TRIBULATION: God declares in Matthew 24:21: For then shall be great tribulation, such as was not since the beginning of the world to this time, no, nor ever shall be. Parallel Number 2: THE PHYSICAL HOMELAND IN EACH PERIOD WAS AN EXTERNAL REPRESENTATION OF THE KINGDOM OF GOD. JACOB: The land of Canaan, which the family of Jacob had to leave, was an external representation of the kingdom of God. Abram, the grandfather of Jacob, had been told in Genesis 17:8: And I will give unto thee, and to thy seed after thee, the land wherein thou art a stranger, all the land of Canaan, for an everlasting possession; and I will be their God. JUDAH:ThelandofJudah,whichallofIsraelwascommandedtoleave, Chapter 11 / Patterns
- 446. 454 Time Has An End was also an external representation of the kingdom of God. This was so because thelandofJudahandJerusalemwasanintegralpartofthelandofCanaan(Isaiah 5:13; Jeremiah 5:30-31; Lamentations 1:8). PRESENT GREAT TRIBULATION: The local churches physically in evidencethroughouttheworldwereadivineinstitutiondesignedbyGodtobethe placeidentifiedwithtruebelievers(Acts2:41-47;ICorinthians7:17;Revelation 2:1-5). Thus, it too was an external representation of the kingdom of God. That iswhyGodfrequentlyspeaksofthemasJerusalem,Judaea,Zion,thetemple,etc. (See The End of the Church Age and After, pages 62-67). Parallel Number 3: THE PEOPLE OCCUPYING THAT HOMELAND WERE ALSO A REPRESENTATION OF THE KINGDOM OF GOD. JACOB: The entire family of Jacob was also given the name Israel. Israel, which means Prince of God, is a name that is repeatedly used to signify the kingdom of God (Genesis 32:28; Isaiah 48:1-2). JUDAH: All of the nation of Judah, which, after the year 709 B.C., included anyone who was a blood descendant of Abraham, was looked upon by God as the external representation of the kingdom of God (Psalms 74 and 137). PRESENT GREAT TRIBULATION: All the members of the local congregations, which are located throughout the world, are an external representation of the kingdom of God. Parallel Number 4: EACH HOMELAND HAS A LONG HISTORY OF OCCUPATION. THE NUMBERS OF YEARS HAVE WITHIN THEM NUMBERS SIGNIFYING JUDGMENT. JACOB:AbrahamhadcometothelandofCanaanintheyear2092B.C. JacobandhisfamilywerecommandedtoleaveCanaanandgotoEgypt215years later, in the year 1877 B.C. The number 215 breaks down into 5 x 43. 5signifiessalvationorjudgment 43signifiessalvationorjudgment JUDAH:IsraelbecameakingdomwithSaulastheirfirstkingintheyear
- 447. 455 1047 B.C. The kingdom of Israel ended in the year 587 B.C. when it was destroyed by Nebuchadnezzar the king of Babylon. 1,047 - 587 = 460 years. The number 460 breaks down into 2 x 10 x 23. 2 signifies the caretakers of the Bible 10 signifies completeness 23signifiesjudgment. PRESENT GREAT TRIBULATION: The Church Age began a few weeks after Jesus returned to Heaven in A.D. 33. Satan took his seat, that is, he began to rule in the churches most likely in A.D. 1988. 1,988 - 33 = 1,955 years. The number 1,955 breaks down into 5 x 17 x 23. 5signifiessalvationorjudgment 17 signifies heaven 23signifiesjudgment. Parallel Number 5: EACH TRIBULATION BEGAN WITH FAMINE. JACOB: Genesis 41:54-56 declares: And the seven years of dearth began to come, according as Joseph had said: and the dearth was in all lands; but in all the land of Egypt there was bread. And when all the land of Egypt was famished, the people cried to Pharaoh for bread: and Pharaoh said unto all the Egyptians, Go unto Joseph; what he saith to you, do. And the famine was over all the face of the earth: And Joseph opened all the storehouses, and sold unto the Egyptians; and the famine waxed sore in the land of Egypt. JUDAH: Jeremiah 21:6-7 declares: And I will smite the inhabitants of this city, both man and beast: they shall die of a great pestilence. And afterward, saith the LORD, I will deliver Zedekiah king of Judah, and his servants, and the people, and such as are left in this city from the pestilence, from the sword, and from the famine, into the hand of Nebuchadrezzar king of Babylon, and into the hand of their Chapter 11 / Patterns
- 448. 456 Time Has An End enemies, and into the hand of those that seek their life: and he shall smite them with the edge of the sword; he shall not spare them, neither have pity, nor have mercy. Jeremiah 14:1-4 declares: The word of the LORD that came to Jeremiah concerning the dearth. Judah mourneth, and the gates thereof languish; they are black unto the ground; and the cry of Jerusalem is gone up. And their nobles have sent their little ones to the waters: they came to the pits, and found no water; they returned with their vessels empty; they were ashamed and confounded, and covered their heads. Because the ground is chapt, for there was no rain in the earth, the plowmen were ashamed, they covered their heads. PRESENT GREAT TRIBULATION: Amos 8:11 declares: Behold, the days come, saith the Lord GOD, that I will send a famine in the land, not a famine of bread, nor a thirst for water, but of hearing the words of the LORD. A famine of hearing the Word of God means that God is no longer giving people inthechurchesearstohear;thatis,theyheartheWordofGodwiththeirphysical ears,butthatWordisnotspirituallyappliedtotheirheartsbecauseGodtheHoly Spirit has left the churches. In Revelation 11:7-8, we read of the killing of the two witnesses (the true believers)bythelocalcongregations.Theyarenotphysicallykilledbuttheyarekilled in the sense that their voice is no longer heard in the congregation. They have been driven out of the congregation. This sad fact is recorded in Jeremiah 14:16: And the people to whom they prophesy shall be cast out in the streets of Jerusalem because of the famine and the sword; and they shall have none to bury them, them, their wives, nor their sons, nor their daughters: for I will pour their wickedness upon them. Iwillpourtheirwickednessuponthemisnotreferringtothewickednessofthose who were killed. It is the wickedness of the killers. This idea is further expressed inPsalm79:1-3:
- 449. 457 O God, the heathen are come into thine inheritance; thy holy temple have they defiled; they have laid Jerusalem on heaps. The dead bodies of thy servants have they given to be meat unto the fowls of the heaven, the flesh of thy saints unto the beasts of the earth. Their blood have they shed like water round about Jerusalem; and there was none to bury them. Because God has left the local congregations and because the true witnesses have been driven out, God is no longer applying the Word of God that is preached in these congregations to the lives of those people in the congregations.Therefore,itislikethereisnoWordofGodbeingpreached.Thus, the churches are experiencing intense spiritual famine. Parallel Number 6: GREAT TRIBULATION: A TWO-PART PROGRAM. JACOB: The seven years of famine that endured in the days of Joseph were divided into two significant parts. The first part was two years in length. Duringthesetwoyears,JacobandhisfamilyremainedinthelandofCanaaneven though there was great famine within the land of Canaan. Duringthelastfiveyearsoffamine,Jacobandallofhisfamilycameinto Egypt and remained there for the duration of the famine and even for a long time afterwards. Thus, the seven years was divided into a two-year part and a five- year part. JUDAH: The great tribulation period that fell on Judah officially began in the year when the last God-fearing king who reigned over Judah was killed. That king was Josiah who was killed in battle in the year 609 B.C. This was the year that the seventy-year tribulation began for Judah. First they were subjugated to Egypt, and then they came under the authority of Babylon. In the year 587 B.C., Jerusalem and the nation of Judah were totally destroyed by the armies of Babylon. This was twenty-three years inclusive after King Josiah was killed in battle. During the remainder of the seventy years, Judah did not exist as a nation in the land of Canaan. PRESENT GREAT TRIBULATION: The Great Tribulation spoken of in Matthew 24:21 is also divided into two periods. Revelation 18:8 speaks of the Final Tribulation as “one day” and Revelation 18:10, 17, and 19 as “one hour.” Likewise,Revelation17:12speaksofthistimeas“onehour.”InRevelation14:7, this time is spoken of as the hour of His (God’s) judgment. Chapter 11 / Patterns
- 450. 458 Time Has An End Thecontextinwhichtheaboveone-dayandone-hourcitationsarefound show that these phrases refer to the entire Great Tribulation period. However, in Revelation 8:1, we read: And when he had opened the seventh seal, there was silence in heaven about the space of half an hour. WehaveshownthatthishalfhouristhefirstpartoftheGreatTribulationperiod. This first period is followed by the remainder of the Great Tribulation period during which time, for the sake of the elect, that is, for the sake of those who had been elected by God to become saved and had not yet become saved, the Gospel continuestogointotheworld.However,itisaGospelforwhichnolocalchurch, anywhereintheworld,hasanymandateorauthoritytobringittotheworld.This latter period is spoken of in the Bible as the latter rain and as the time of the end of the year harvest (Matthew 13:39; James 5:7). Parallel Number 7: THE FIRST PART OF THE GREAT TRIBULATION PERIOD FEATURES THE NUMBER 23. JACOB: As we have learned, the great tribulation of Jacob’s day was dividedintotwoparts.Thefirstpartwastwoyearsinlength.Jacobandhisfamily, which included all of Israel who lived in the land of Canaan at that time, left Canaan and came under the protection of Joseph during the remaining five years of famine. Genesis 45:6 declares: For these two years hath the famine been in the land: and yet there are five years, in the which there shall neither be earing nor harvest. A full two years equals 24 months. However, nowhere does the Bible say two full years in connection with the famine Jacob and the world were experiencing (compare Acts 7:23). Therefore, if 23 months had passed at which time Jacob came into Egypt, it would still be permissible language to state two years had passed. ThereisprecedenceintheBibletothinkofthenumber24asthenumber 23. In I Corinthians 10:8, we read: Neither let us commit fornication, as some of them committed, and fell in one day three and twenty thousand.
- 451. 459 This citation is speaking of a plague that came upon Israel just before they were to cross over the Jordan River into Canaan, the promised land. We read in Numbers25:9: And those that died in the plague were twenty and four thousand. Thisistrulyacurioussituation.WhydoesGodgivethenumber24,000inNumbers Chapter 25 and the number 23,000 in I Corinthians Chapter 10? We know there isnocontradiction.The23,000isthenumberofthosewhowerekilledinoneday. Thus, 1,000 of those who were killed in the plague were killed the day earlier or the day following the day when the 23,000 were killed. But this is a significant reference because as we learned earlier, God speaks of the Great Tribulation as “one day” (Revelation 18:8). Thus, we see by theusageofthephrase“oneday”thatthereexistsanidentificationofthenumber 23 with the Great Tribulation. Therefore, since the two years of the famine are notspecificallyspokenofastwofullyears,andbecausetheydoidentifywiththe great tribulation of Jacob’s day, could not the two years be looked upon as 23 months instead of 24 months, even as the plague featured in Numbers Chapter 25, in which 24,000 died, is identified with 23,000 in I Corinthians Chapter 10? JUDAH: As we have learned, there was a distinct break in the seventy years of tribulation experienced by Judah. It was in the year 587 B.C. when Jerusalemwasdestroyed.Thisterribletribulationbeganintheyear609B.C.and continuedtobeexperiencedintheyear587B.C.whenJerusalemwasdestroyed. Therefore, 609 - 587 inclusive equals 23 years. The tribulation began in the year 609 B.C., and it was during the year 587 B.C. that Jerusalem was destroyed, indicating that both of these years can be included as the first part of this seventy-year tribulation period. We thus see that these 23 years inclusive identify with the probable 23 months of the tribulation experienced by Jacob. PRESENT GREAT TRIBULATION: In the Book of Daniel, God prophesiesconcerningthecomingoftheGreatTribulationattheendoftheworld. During that time, Satan will be the apparent winner in the local churches. Daniel 8:11-12 describes his actions: Yea, he magnified himself even to the prince of the host, and by him the daily sacrifice was taken away, and the place of his sanctuary was cast down. And an host was given him against the daily sacrifice by reason of transgression, and it cast down the truth to the ground; and it practised, and prospered. Chapter 11 / Patterns
- 452. 460 Time Has An End A commentary on these verses is recorded in Daniel 8:23-24, where we read: And in the latter time of their kingdom, when the transgressors are come to the full, a king of fierce countenance, and understanding dark sentences, shall stand up. And his power shall be mighty, but not by his own power: and he shall destroy wonderfully, and shall prosper, and practise, and shall destroy the mighty and the holy people. ThesestatementswerefulfilledwhenthepresentGreatTribulationbegan.Inthis connection, the question is raised in Daniel 8:13: Then I heard one saint speaking, and another saint said unto that certain saint which spake, How long shall be the vision concerning the daily sacrifice, and the transgression of desolation, to give both the sanctuary and the host to be trodden under foot? The question is, “How long will Satan be able to prevail so that Christ and the Gospel are vanquished?” Remember we read earlier in Revelation 8:1 that there was silence for about one half hour. That half hour, which was the first part of the Great Tribulation, identifies with these verses we are reading in Daniel Chapter 8. In answer to the question of how long this situation would continue, the answer is given in Daniel 8:14: And he said unto me, Unto two thousand and three hundred days; then shall the sanctuary be cleansed. The word “days” in this verse literally, in the original Hebrew, reads “evening mornings.” This is like the language of Genesis Chapter 1 where an evening morning was a day of twenty-four hours. Therefore, we would suspect that Daniel8:14isdescribing2,300twenty-four-hourdays.Attheendofthese2,300 days, the sanctuary (the holy place) would be cleansed (literally, “be made righteous”). This citation thus appears to be speaking either of the entire Great Tribulation period, or it can be speaking of the first part of the Great Tribulation period. Thekeytothisquestionmustrelatetothephrase“theholyplacebemade righteous.”BeforethebeginningoftheGreatTribulation,thelocalchurcheswere
- 453. 461 the “holy place.” This is so because the Bible was present there, and these churches had been given the task of evangelizing the world. But then there was silenceinHeavenforhalfanhour.Effectively,duringthishalf-hourperiod,there was no salvation going on. However, immediately following this half hour of silence, came the latter rain. During the latter rain, the final harvest of true believerstakesplace,andthe“holy”placeshiftstothesendingforthoftheGospel byindividualsoutsideofthelocalcongregations.Therefore,inthatsense,theholy place has been cleansed or made righteous. Thus, it would appear that the 2,300 days (evening mornings) of Daniel 8:14 is the literal duration of time of the first part of the Great Tribulation period. Thus, in the great tribulation of Jacob’s day, the first part of this period was in all likelihood to be considered as 23 months. Likewise, the first part of the seventy- year tribulation period that fell on Judah was 23 years, inclusively. And the first part of the Great Tribulation of our day, when Christ is judging the local congregations, is 2,300 literal days. Parallel Number 8: THE ENTIRE GREAT TRIBULATION PERIOD RELATES TO THE NUMBER 84. JACOB: The tribulation period experienced by Jacob encompassed seven years or 84 months. JUDAH: The tribulation period experienced by Judah endured for seventy years, which is 840 months. Again the number 84 is in view. PRESENT GREAT TRIBULATION: Earlier in our study, we learned from II Peter 3:8 that a day is as 1,000 years in God’s sight and 1,000 years is as a day. We also learned that this statement was made in the context of reminding us of the Flood of Noah’s day and of the coming end of the world at which time the entire universe will be destroyed by fire. We learned that A.D. 2011 is precisely 7,000 years after the Noachian Flood. Therefore, there is a distinct possibility that A.D. 2011 could be the year when the world is brought to an end. We have also learned that A.D.1988 is the probable year when the Great Tribulation of our day began. The period from A.D. 1988 to A.D. 2011 spans 23 years, and given the fact that the number 23 is used in the Bible to signify judgment,wecanseethelikelihoodthattheentireperiodoftheGreatTribulation could be 23 years. What is remarkable is the fact that each year has 365.2422 days within it. Thus, our calendar shows each year as 365 days with each fourth year as a leap year of 366 days. In a period of 23 years, there are five leap years. Thus, eighteen years of 365 days plus five years of 366 days equals a total of Chapter 11 / Patterns
- 454. 462 Time Has An End exactly 8,400 days. Thus, we see that the number 84 is also prominently in evidence in the present Great Tribulation period just as it was in the tribulation periods experienced by Jacob and by Judah. Parallel Number 9: GOD TESTS THE BELIEVERS BY COMMANDING THEM TO LEAVE THEIR HOMELAND. JACOB: As we learned earlier, because of the famine in Canaan (the landthatexternallytypifiedthekingdomofGod),Jacobandhisentirefamilywere commanded to leave Canaan and go to Egypt. We read in Genesis 45:9-10: Haste ye, and go up to my father, and say unto him, Thus saith thy son Joseph, God hath made me lord of all Egypt: come down unto me, tarry not: and thou shalt dwell in the land of Goshen, and thou shalt be near unto me, thou, and thy children, and thy children’s children, and thy flocks, and thy herds, and all that thou hast. That this was God’s plan for Jacob is emphasized by the language of Genesis46:2-3: And God spake unto Israel in the visions of the night, and said, Jacob, Jacob. And he said, Here am I. And he said, I am God, the God of thy father: fear not to go down into Egypt; for I will there make of thee a great nation. Therefore, we read in Genesis 46:5-7: And Jacob rose up from Beersheba: and the sons of Israel carried Jacob their father, and their little ones, and their wives, in the wagons which Pharaoh had sent to carry him. And they took their cattle, and their goods, which they had gotten in the land of Canaan, and came into Egypt, Jacob, and all his seed with him: his sons, and his sons’ sons with him, his daughters, and his sons’ daughters, and all his seed brought he with him into Egypt. ThismeantthatGodhadabandonedthelandofCanaanleavingittobepossessed onlybyunbelievers. JUDAH: In similar manner, at the time great tribulation had come upon Judah and Jerusalem, God commanded in Jeremiah 21:8-10:
- 455. 463 And unto this people thou shalt say, Thus saith the LORD; Behold, I set before you the way of life, and the way of death. He that abideth in this city shall die by the sword, and by the famine, and by the pestilence: but he that goeth out, and falleth to the Chaldeans that besiege you, he shall live, and his life shall be unto him for a prey. For I have set my face against this city for evil, and not for good, saith the LORD: it shall be given into the hand of the king of Babylon, and he shall burn it with fire. In similar fashion, God declared in Jeremiah 38:2-3: Thus saith the LORD, He that remaineth in this city shall die by the sword, by the famine, and by the pestilence: but he that goeth forth to the Chaldeans shall live; for he shall have his life for a prey, and shall live. Thus saith the LORD, This city shall surely be given into the hand of the king of Babylon’s army, which shall take it. This meant that God had abandoned Jerusalem and Judaea so that they would be possessed only by unbelievers. PRESENT GREAT TRIBULATION: As we learned earlier, the 24th chapterofMatthewteachesveryplainlyaboutthistimeofGreatTribulationthat hascomejustpriortotheendoftheworld.InMatthew24:15-16,Godcommands: When ye therefore shall see the abomination of desolation, spoken of by Daniel the prophet, stand in the holy place, (whoso readeth, let him understand:) then let them which be in Judaea flee into the mountains. The holy place and Judaea signify the local churches that are located all over the world. They are the holy place because throughout the Church Age, they had been entrusted with the Bible by which they had been commanded to send the Gospel into all of the world. But now Satan, as the man of sin, who in this verse iscalledthe“abominationofdesolation,”isrulinginallthelocalcongregations, andthebelievershavebeencommandedtofleetothemountains.Themountains are a figure pointing to God Himself. We read in Psalm 121:1: I will lift up mine eyes unto the hills, from whence cometh my help. Chapter 11 / Patterns
- 456. 464 Time Has An End In this verse, the word “hills” can also be translated “mountains.” The local churches have become Babylon because Christ has abandoned them and given them to Satan, who is typified by the king of Babylon, to rule over. This is stated, for example, in II Thessalonians 2:3-4: Let no man deceive you by any means: for that day shall not come, except there come a falling away first, and that man of sin be revealed, the son of perdition; who opposeth and exalteth himself above all that is called God, or that is worshiped; so that he as God sitteth in the temple of God, shewing himself that he is God. Satan is called a man because in Isaiah Chapter 14, he is typified by the man Nebuchadnezzar who was king over Babylon. To take one’s seat is a figure of speech that expresses rulership. Thus, God commands the believers, in Revelation18:4: And I heard another voice from heaven, saying, Come out of her, my people, that ye be not partakers of her sins, and that ye receive not of her plagues. Thus, we must understand that God has abandoned the local congregations, leaving them entirely to unbelievers. Parallel Number 10: TRUE BELIEVERS WHO OBEY THE COMMAND TO COME OUT ARE UNDER GOD’S PROTECTION. JACOB:JacobandallofhisfamilycametoEgyptandsettledintheland of Goshen. They were under the care and protection of Joseph who, as the ruler second only to Pharaoh, was a type of the Lord Jesus Christ. JUDAH: Judah was told in Jeremiah 29:4-7: Thus saith the LORD of hosts, the God of Israel, unto all that are carried away captives, whom I have caused to be carried away from Jerusalem unto Babylon; Build ye houses, and dwell in them; and plant gardens, and eat the fruit of them; take ye wives, and beget sons and daughters; and take wives for your sons, and give your daughters to husbands, that they may bear sons and daughters; that ye may be increased there, and not diminished. And seek the peace of the city whither I have caused you to be
- 457. 465 carried away captives, and pray unto the LORD for it: for in the peace thereof shall ye have peace. PRESENT GREAT TRIBULATION: Those who have been driven out of the local congregations, or in obedience to God’s command have come out of thelocalcongregations,continueundertheprotectionofChristwhohaspromised the true believer: “I will never leave thee, nor forsake thee” (Hebrews 13:5b). Parallel Number 11: THE LAND OR LOCATION FROM WHICH THE TRUE BELIEVERS HAVE COME OUT WILL CONTINUE TO BE WITHOUT THE PRESENCE OF TRUE BELIEVERS TO THE END OF THE GREAT TRIBULATION. JACOB: The Great Tribulation is identified with a seven-year famine. When Jacob and his family left Canaan to go into Egypt, the land of Canaan was left to those who follow Satan (unbelievers), and the famine continued until the end of the seven-year tribulation period (Genesis 45:4-13, 17-21; 46:1-27; Acts 7:11-15). JUDAH: When Judah and Jerusalem entered into this seventy-year tribulationperiod,thosewhoremainedundertheblessingofGodlivedinBabylon. Fortheentiretimeofthistribulation,afterBabylondestroyedJerusalem,theland of Israel remained as a hostage of Babylon, and Israel could not return. It was only at the end of this seventy-year period that Israel could return to Jerusalem. PRESENTGREATTRIBULATION:Thistribulationwillcontinueuntil the end of the world when Christ appears as the Judge of all the earth. The local churcheswillbeexperiencingtheactionofGodinpreparingthemforthelastday. This action of God’s wrath upon them will continue all the way to the end of the world.Thosewhoremaininthemwillbesentastrongdelusion(IIThessalonians 2:11). To use the language of the parable of the wheat and tares (Matthew 13:27- 30), they are the tares that are bound in bundles to be burned. Parallel Number 12: EACH TRIBULATION PERIOD IDENTIFIES WITH THE NUMBER 43, MAKING THE NUMBER 43, IN THESE CASES, IDENTIFY WITH JUDGMENT. JACOB:Thenumber43isprominentintwoways.Firstofall,itwasafter 215 years of occupancy in the land of Canaan that Jacob came into Egypt. The Chapter 11 / Patterns
- 458. 466 Time Has An End number 215 is the product of 5 x 43. Secondly, in one sense, the great tribulation experienced by Jacob and his family continued for five years, until the end of the seven-year famine. However, it continued in another sense for 430 years because that was the period of time that Israel remained in Egypt as they grew into a nation. JUDAH: In the year 1877 B.C., Jacob and his family left the promised land (Canaan) and came into Egypt. This year began the second part of their seven-year tribulation. Exactly 1,290 (3 x 10 x 43) years later, in the year 587 B.C., Jerusalem was destroyed by the king of Babylon. This began the second part of the seventy-year tribulation endured by Judah. This 1,290-year period between the tribulation periods of Jacob and Judah was prophesied in Daniel 12:11: And from the time that the daily sacrifice shall be taken away, and the abomination that maketh desolate set up, there shall be a thousand two hundred and ninety days. This citation speaks of 1,290 days from the time that the daily sacrifice was taken away (which identifies with great tribulation) to the time the abomi- nation that makes desolate is set up (which also identifies with great tribulation). The Bible allows us, as we learned earlier in this study, to understand that 1,290 days equals 1,290 years. The number 1,290 equals 3 x 10 x 43. Thus, the time duration from the great tribulation of 1877 B.C. to that great tribulation of 587 B.C., which came 1,290 years later, equals 1,290 years, or 3 x 10 x 43 years. PRESENT GREAT TRIBULATION: The time duration between the beginning year of the second part of Jacob’s tribulation (1877 B.C.), and what appears to be the beginning year of the second part of the present Great Tribulation (A.D. 1994), is exactly 3 x 3 x 430 years. 1,877 + 1,994 - 1 = 3,870 = 3 x 3 x 430. Once again the number 43 identifies with tribulation. Parallel Number 13: THE TRUE BELIEVERS ARE TO BE REPRESENTATIVES OF THE KINGDOM OF GOD WHEN THEY HAVE COME OUT OF THEIR HOMELAND AND LIVE IN THE WORLD. JACOB: The family of Jacob was shepherds. When they came into Egypt, they were to serve as shepherds to the Egyptians. We read in Genesis 46:34: “every shepherd is an abomination unto the Egyptians.” In Genesis 47:6, Pharaoh declared to Jacob:
- 459. 467 The land of Egypt is before thee; in the best of the land make thy father and brethren to dwell; in the land of Goshen let them dwell: and if thou knowest any men of activity among them, then make them rulers over my cattle. Throughout the Bible, God uses the idea of shepherds to represent those who are to bring the Gospel. For example, Jesus is the Good Shepherd, and the true believers are His sheep (John 10:7-15). JUDAH: In Jeremiah 29:4-7 we read: Thus saith the LORD of hosts, the God of Israel, unto all that are carried away captives, whom I have caused to be carried away from Jerusalem unto Babylon; Build ye houses, and dwell in them; and plant gardens, and eat the fruit of them; take ye wives, and beget sons and daughters; and take wives for your sons, and give your daughters to husbands, that they may bear sons and daughters; that ye may be increased there, and not diminished. And seek the peace of the city whither I have caused you to be carried away captives, and pray unto the LORD for it: for in the peace thereof shall ye have peace. PRESENT GREAT TRIBULATION: The true believers live in the world but they are living here as representatives or ambassadors of the Gospel. They are the two witnesses of Revelation 11:11 who during the second part of the Great Tribulation stand on their feet and “ . . . the Spirit of life from God entered into them . . . and great fear fell upon them which saw them.” The true believers have come out of the local churches, the external representation of the kingdom of God during the Church Age. And to “seek the peace of the city” is altogether identified with the true believers, outside of the local congregations, who bring the Gospel to the world with Christ as the Prince of Peace. The fear of God comes upon those whom the Holy Spirit is saving as they hear the true Gospel that is sent into all the world during the second part of the GreatTribulation. Parallel Number 14: THE DIVISION OF EACH TRIBULATION PERIOD INTO PARTS IS VERY SIMILAR. Please note the similarities as shown in the following chart. Chapter 11 / Patterns
- 460. 468 Time Has An End JACOB First part was 2 years Entire tribulation was 7 years 2 years equals 28.6% of 7 years JUDAH First part was 22 years Entire tribulation was 70 years 22 years equals 31.4% of 70 years PRESENTGREATTRIBULATION First part equals 2,300 days Entire Great Tribulation appears to be 23 years, which equals 8,400 days 2,300 days equals 27.4% of 8,400 days It is very significant that these three events, which superficially appear to be altogether unrelated, are so similar in their time relationships. We know that it is extremely unlikely that these similarities are merely coincidental. In each case, the period of time encompassed by the entire event is broken very decisively into two parts. In all three, the ratio of the first part of each event to the whole time of the event is nearly the same. This can only be true because all three events follow the same pattern. We should be greatly impressed by these fourteen parallels that exist between the patterns themselves. We should be even more impressed by these fourteen parallels that exist between the two patterns on the one hand and the present Great Tribulation on the other. These many parallels can be true only if we have correctly understood God’s Timetable for the final end of history that encompassesthispresentGreatTribulationperiod.Wearegivengreatassurance thatourpresentunderstandingofthetimetableoftheunfoldingofGod’ssalvation plan during this present Great Tribulation is accurate. We must remember that all of this material is derived solely from the Bible. Because it is new to our ears does not in any way diminish its value and authority as truth. Againitshouldbeemphasized:WeshouldbegreatlyimpressedthatGod in His divine mercy has hidden within the Bible these two patterns of the Great Tribulation of our present time. Thus, we can receive great assurance that our understanding of the bits and pieces of information that were scattered throughout the Bible have been correctly assembled and understood.
- 461. 469 A Brief Summary By means of the two Biblical patterns which we have just extensively examined, God has very carefully given us the design and character of the events that must take place just prior to the end of the world. These Biblical patterns that were set forth when the Patriarch Jacob and his family entered into Egypt in the year 1877 B.C., and when Jerusalem was devastated by the Babylonians in the year 587 B.C., in fourteen different ways demonstrate what we should expect regarding the closing events prior to the end of the world. Significantly, now that we are more than halfway through the expected timetable of these closing events, we have seen that everything called for in the Bible, which relates to these closing events, appears to be right on schedule. Moreover, we should recall that in II Peter Chapter 3, God spoke about the worldwide judgment of the Noachian Flood together with a clear statement of the coming Judgment at the end of the world when the whole universe will be consumed by fire.We have learned that, in that chapter of the Bible, God strongly appears to link the date of the Noachian Flood, 4990 B.C., to A.D. 2011, which comes precisely 7,000 years after the Noachian Flood, as the date for the Final Judgment. 4,990 + 2,011 - 1 = 7,000 years. (Remember, we must subtract one year when adding Old Testament years to New Testament years because there is no year zero.) Furthermore, we have taken note of the fact that the last time God spoke to Old Testament prophets, giving them information that became an inte- gral part of the Bible, was in the year 391 B.C. The last time God will speak in the New Testament era will be on the last day of this world’s existence when He will come with the voice of Christ as the Chief Messenger (I Thessalonians 4:16). It appears that will happen in A.D. 2011. Surely it is not coincidental or accidental that 391 + 2,011 - 1 = 2,401 years, and that the number 2,401 is made up of the extremely significant numbers 7 x 7 x 7 x 7. As we noted in Chapter 8 of this book, the number 7 signifies complete perfection, and the number 4 (4 sevens) signifies universality or the extreme end. We do know that the end of the world will be the end of time when all of God’s work in connection with the existence of this universe will have been perfectly completed. Additionally, we have taken note that, in connection with the history of the world, there are three great judgments in view: 1. The Judgment on the world by means of the Noachian Flood. 2. The Judgment on Christ as He went to the cross to pay for the sins of each and every person who would become saved. Chapter 11 / Patterns
- 462. 470 Time Has An End 3. The Judgment at the end of the world when all of the unsaved are judged. We also learned that the number 23 invariably signifies God’s Judg- ment. Therefore, we must also be impressed that the following parallels exist between the timing of these three judgments. 1. 11,013 B.C. (Creation year) to 4990 B.C. (Noachian Flood Judg- ment year) = 6,000 + 23 years. 2. 4990 B.C. (Noachian Flood Judgment year) to A.D. 33 (year when Christ was judged) = 5,000 years inclusive + 23 years. 3. 11,013 B.C. (Creation year) toA.D. 2011 (possible Final Judg- ment year) = 13,000 + 23 years. Indeed, we wonder how likely is it that all of the above is coincidental or accidental. Surely, we must take into very serious consideration the likelihood that A.D. 2011 may be the year that ends this world’s existence. And we must act in light of the Bible’s admonitions clearly stated in Hebrews 2:1-5: Therefore we ought to give the more earnest heed to the things which we have heard, lest at any time we should let them slip. For if the word spoken by angels was stedfast, and every trans- gression and disobedience received a just recompense of re- ward; how shall we escape, if we neglect so great salvation; which at the first began to be spoken by the Lord, and was confirmed unto us by them that heard him; God also bearing them witness, both with signs and wonders, and with divers miracles, and gifts of the Holy Ghost, according to his own will? For unto the an- gels hath he not put in subjection the world to come, whereof we speak. Remember II Peter 3:11-12: Seeing then that all these things shall be dissolved, what man- ner of persons ought ye to be in all holy conversation and godli- ness, looking for and hasting unto the coming of the day of God, wherein the heavens being on fire shall be dissolved, and the elements shall melt with fervent heat?
- 463. 471 But now, we should briefly examine what the Bible teaches concerning that which takes place following the end of time. Chapter 11 / Patterns
- 465.
- 466. 515 Chronology of the Judges* The Exodus 1447 B.C. Entrance into Canaan 1407 B.C. Initial 40 year period in Canaan 1407-1367 B.C. During this period the conquest of Canaan occurred under Joshua, and Othniel delivered Israel Next 80-year period in Canaan 1367-1287 B.C. During this period Ehud and Shamgar delivered Israel Next 40 year period in Canaan 1287-1247 B.C. Deborah and Barak were deliverers during this period Gideon judged 1247-1207 B.C. Abimelech ruled 1207-1204 B.C. Tola judged 1204-1181 B.C. Jair judged 1181-1159 B.C. Jephthah judged 1159-1153 B.C. Ibzan judged 1153-1146 B.C. Elon judged 1146-1136 B.C. Abdon judged 1136-1128 B.C. Samson judged 1128-1108 B.C. Elijudged 1108-1068 B.C. Ark in Philistines’ hands 1068-1067 B.C. Samuel judged 1067-1047 B.C. Saul reigned as king 1047-1007 B.C. David reigned 1007-967 B.C. Solomon reigned 971-931 B.C. Foundation of temple laid in fourth year of Solomon’s reign 967 B.C. Chronology of the Judges * See also Adam When, chapter 5.
- 467. 516 Time Has An End Kings of Judah Year (B.C.) Rehoboam 931-914 Abijam 914-911 Asa 911-870 Jehoshaphat 871-846 Jehoram (Joram) 854-842 Ahaziah (Jehoahaz) 842-841 Athaliah (Azariah) 841-835 Joash (Jehoash) 835-795 Amaziah 796-767 Uzziah (Azariah) 789-737 Jotham 738-718 Ahaz 730-714 Hezekiah 715-686 Manasseh 697-642 Amon 642-640 Josiah 640-609 Jehoahaz 609 Jehoiakim 609-598 Jehoiachin 608-597 (Jeconiah, Coniah) Zedekiah 597-587 Kings of Israel Year (B.C.) Jeroboam 931-910 Nadab 910-909 Baasha 909-886 Elah 886-885 Zimri 885 Tibni 885-880 Omri 885-874 Ahab 874-853 Ahaziah 854-853 Joram (Jehoram) 853-841 Jehu 841-813 Jehoahaz 813-796 Jehoash (Joash) 798-782 Jeroboam 792-751 Zecariah 751-750 Shallum 750 Menahem 750-740 Pekahiah 740-738 Pekah 738-718 Hoshea 718-709 Chronology of the Kings* * For in-depth discussion, see The Perfect Harmony of the Numbers of the Hebrew Kings, available free of charge from Family Radio.
- 468. 517Scripture Index Scripture Index Time Has An End Book Chapter:Verse(s), Pages Genesis 1, 93, 429, 460, 481 1 to 3, 37 1 to 5, 187 1:1-2:3, 404 1:1, 47 1:3, 321 1:14, 88 1:14-18,58 1:14-19, 104 1:19, 88 1:26, 126, 230, 479 1:26-27, 88, 119 1:27, 33, 34, 35, 105 1:27-2:9,49 1:31, 88, 230 2, 50 2:1-3, 67, 88 2:4, 408 2:7, 120, 123, 124, 127, 128, 129, 139 2:9b, 49 2:15, 49 2:15-17, 136-137 2:16-17, 49, 109, 133, 136 2:17, 50, 142 2:19, 120, 121 2:23-24, 67 3:1, 106 3:1-7, 134, 173 3:6, 173 3:17-19, 106, 139 3:19, 120 3:20, 106, 134 3:22, 50 3:22-24, 173 4, 113 4:3-4, 108, 111 4:4b-5, 115 4:5, 108 4:8, 108 4:9-15, 109, 116 4:17, 166 4:19, 108 4:21, 166 4:22, 166 4:23-24, 108 4:25, 71, 115 4:25-26, 173 4:26, 71-72, 89 5, 74, 90, 91, 93 5 and 11, 69, 70, 72, 73, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78, 84, 86, 87, 91, 356 5 to 11, 187 5:2, 71 5:3, 70, 71, 119 5:3-5, 89 5:5, 20, 27, 147 5:6, 101 5:6-8, 89 5:9, 90 5:9-11, 89 5:11, 91, 101 5:12, 70, 91 5:14, 91, 101 5:15-17,74 5:15-27,92 5:17, 91, 101 5:20, 101 5:22-24, 112 5:23, 101
- 469. 518 Time Has An End Genesis Continued 5:23-24, 109 5:25, 87 5:25-27,92 5:27, 101 5:28-29, 70, 72, 92, 101 5:30, 92 5:32, 72 6, 13, 154 6:2, 152, 405 6:2-4, 152, 173 6:3, xv, 5, 6, 148, 151, 155,403 6:3,14-16, 6 6:3-7, 147-148 6:4a, 164 6:4, 153, 158, 159, 161 6:5, 173 6:5-7, 5, 154 6:7, 148 6:8, 154 6:9, 109 6:14-16,6 6:15, 303 6:15-16, 148 6:17-18, 173 6:18,6 6 and 7, 13, 6 to 8, 158 6 to 10, 94 7, 13, 406, 407 7:1, 407 7:1-4, 155 7:2-3,6 7:4, xv, 401, 403, 406-407 7:6, 76, 102 7:7-9,6 7:10,6 7:10-12, 149 7:10-16,6 7:11, 92, 93, 151, 155-156, 163, 165, 309 7:11-12, 162 7:13, 72, 156 7:15, 125 7:16, 156, 149, 407 7:17-23, 173 7:18-19,7 7:19-20, 162 7:20, 165 7:20-23,7 7:21-23, 150 7:23b, 173 7 and 8, 76 8:3-4, 151 8:13, 76 8:13-16,93 8:14-16, 152 8:14-18, 309 8:20-9:3,173 9:8-17, 173 9:18, 72 9:28, 93 9:28-29,93 10, 75, 168 10:7, 197 10:25, 74, 75, 76, 102, 168, 169, 174 10:31, 75 11, 93, 95, 168, 174 11:1-8, 167, 168, 170 11:1-9, 102 11:4, 173 11:5-9, 173 11:6, 173 11:7, 170 11:10, 93, 94 11:10-11, 93, 102 11:10-14, 357 11:12, 90 11:12-13, 95, 102
- 470. 519Scripture Index 11:14-15, 95, 102 11:16-17, 74, 75, 77, 95, 102 11:16-19,75 11:18-19, 95, 102 11:20-21, 95, 102 11:22-23, 95, 102 11:24-25, 95, 102 11:26, 72, 73, 103 11:27, 147 11:27-28,73 11:31, 73, 97 11:31-32,97 11:32, 73, 95, 103 11 and 12, 187 11 to 35, 187 12:1-3, 173 12:1-5, 175 12:2-3, 177 12:4, 73, 97, 103 12:7, 175-176 15:1, 110 15:5, 31 15:13-16, 86, 307 17, 318 17:5, 97, 177 17:5-7,xiii 17:6-8, 177 17:7-14, 178 17:8, 185, 232, 410, 453 17:15, 97, 177 17:19, 21, 177 17:23-26, 249 17:24, 103 17:48, 288 18:1-3, 110 18:25, 191 19, 13, 234 19:1-29,8 19:24-25, 177 20, 261 20:6, 261 20:12, 179 21:1-3, 177 21:3, 71 21:5, 97, 103 23:1, 292 23:15, 307 24, 187 24:1-51, 174 25:7, 311 25:20, 26, 178 25:25, 71 25:26, 103 26:2-3, 185 26:34-35, 188 27:27-29, 182 28:1-7, 174 28:3-4, 182 28:6, 8, 188 28-29, 188 29:1-14, 174 29:20, 81 29:18-30,81 29:30, 81 29:31-34,84 29:31-35,81 29:32, 71 29:35, 81 30:1-24, 188 30:9-13,81 30:16-21,81 30:22-24,81 30:25, 83 30:25-34, 81, 83 30:35-36,82 31:22, 82-83 31:41, 81, 82, 83 32:28, 180, 454 35:9-12,97 35:10, 180
- 471. 520 Time Has An End Genesis Continued 35:16-18, 188 35:22-26, 188 37, 182 37 to 47, 187 37:1-2, 182 37:2, 182 37:3, 182 37:4, 182 37:4-5, 8, 183 37:5-11, 182 37:18-28, 183 37:24, 183 37:28, 183 38, 71, 182 38:2, 188 38:3-5, 29-30, 71 39:10-12, 183 40:15, 183 41, 404 41:1-25, 110 41:14, 183 41:33-49, 184 41:38-44, 183 41:39-44, 184 41:46, 81 41:53-57, 184 41:54-56, 455 42, 184 43, 184 43:1, 451 44, 184 45, 184 45:4-13, 465 45:6, 81, 184, 458 45:6-9, 13, 184 45:7, 184 45:9, 185 45:9-10, 462 45:10–11, 184, 45:13, 185 45:17-21, 465 46:1-27, 465 46:2-3, 185, 451, 462 46:5-7, 462 46:10, 188 46:11,79 46:34, 466 46:34b, 188 47:6, 466-467 47:9, 81, 97, 103 47:12, 184 47:28, 187,309 48, 182 49:1-28, 309 49:10, 43, 181, 245 49:28, 180 50, 182 50:26, 187 Exodus 1;8, 188 2:1, 80, 86 2:1-10, 79, 80 2:10, 80 3:6-10, 188 3:14, 22, 203 3:19-20, 189 4:22-23, 197 6, 91 6:16, 84 6:16-20, 79, 80, 84, 86 6:20, 80 7:7, 80, 84, 85, 86 7-12, 191, 378 7-14, 190 7:17-21, 191-192 7:20, 378 7:25, 192 8:1-15, 192
- 472. 521Scripture Index 8:9, 193 8:9-14, 403 8:10, 193 8:13-14, 193 8:17, 192 8:22-23, 193 8:24, 192 9:3, 6a, 193 9:4, 6b, 194 9:5-6, 403 9:8-9, 194 9:13-16, 191 9:16, 189 9:18, 194 9:18-25, 403 9:23-25, 194-195 10:1-2, 191 10:1-20, 195 10:4, 403 10:13-15, 403 10:22-23, 195 11:1, 189 11:4-7, 202 12, 347, 419 12:3, 346 12:2-3, 198 12:3, 346 12:6, 346 12:6-11, 198-199 12:12-14, 198 12:14, 204 12:16, 127 12:25, 199 12:28-29, 202 12:29-31, 197 12:39, 189 12:40, 85, 303 12:40-41, 85, 97, 103, 199 13:5, 199 13:13, 197 13:14-15, 379 14:7, 189 14:21-22, 29, 199 14:23-28, 30, 200 19, 213 19:9-19, 110 19:12-13, 213-214 19:13, 214 20:2, 196 20:11, 308 20:14, 425 20:19, 110 22:4, 125 23:16, 206 24:18, 309 25:20, 219 25:21-22, 246 29, 113 30:13, 308 31:13-15, 222-223 31:18, 219, 244 32:1-4, 309 32:7-Chap. 33, 110 34:6-7,4 34:27-28, 219 34:28, 242 35-40, 219 37:9, 219 40:34-38, 220 Leviticus 4:6, 17, 404 7:21, 349 11, 6 16:2-29, 211 16:29-31, 211-212 16:30-33, 211 19:28, 128 21:1, 128 23, 203
- 473. 522 Time Has An End Leviticus Continued 23:5, 204 23:5-6, 203 23:6, 404 23:11-16, 206 23:15-16, 305, 404 23:23-25, 348 23:24, 209 23:27, 338 23:34, 404 23:34-36, 417 23:39-43, 417 25, 217 25:2, 215 25:8, 215, 305, 25:8-10, 337 25:9, 208-209, 210, 213, 237, 338 25:10, 213, 215, 217, 373 25:10-11, 337 25-27, 216 26, 235 Numbers 1:45-46, 189 5:2, 128 8:4, 451 9:6, 128 9:7, 128 9:10, 128 10:9, 207 10:10, 208 12, 404 13 and 14, 218 13:33, 159 14:33-34, 311 14:34, 406 16:33, 125 19:11, 127 23:19, 269 24:17, 332 24:24, 393 25, 459 25:9, 307, 437, 459 26:58-59,80 28:26, 205 29:1, 209 31:6, 209 32:33, 309 33:8-9, 84 33:38-39, 85, 86 35:31, 128 Deuteronomy 2:10-11, 159 2:20-21, 159 3:11, 159-160 4:2,xii 4:32-40,49 6:6-7, 224 6:14-15, 223 7:7-8, 223-224 7:9, 308 7:23-24, 228 8:2, 311 8:5, 229 9:4-5, 228 9:5, 228 10:12-13,48 12:2-3, 228 16:2-3, 204-205 16:16, 206 20:10-11, 236 20:16-17, 229 28:14, 257 28:15-68, 235 29:23, 8, 174, 177, 234 30:19-20,47 31:24-26,48 32:39, 194 34:1-4, 232-233
- 474. 523Scripture Index 34:3, 239 Joshua 2 and 6, 440 3:3-4, 225 3:15-16, 225 4:18, 226 5:6, 222 5:10-11, 206 5:13-15, 110, 233-234 6, 237, 440 6:4, 237-238 6:4, 238 6:5, 238 6:8, 238 6:13, 238 6:15, 237 6:20, 208 6:22-23, 25, 237 9, 237, 440 16:17, 309 18:1, 245 23:6, 257 24:2, 15, 171 Judges 17:6, 243 21:25, 243 I Samuel 1:3, 245 1 to 4, 363 2:12-25, 245 2:27-29, 245 2:27-30, 245 4:3, 245, 246 4:1-2, 245 4:18, 245 4:21-22, 246 5:1, 8, 10, 246 6:1, 249 16:7b, 262 17:4, 160 17:36, 126 18:3, 242 II Samuel 21:18-22, 160-161 I Kings 6:1, 97, 103, 251 11, 252 11:9-12, 253 11:31, 253 11:31-32, 308 14:15, 258 16:21-29, 253 II Kings 2:11, 484 8:26, 299, 301 10:30, 307 13:1, 307 13:9-10, 307 14:16, 29, 307 14:25, 254 15:8-12, 307 17, 264 17:6, 253 17:7-8, 268 17:13, 268 17:14, 18, 258 17:18, 268 18:9, 266 18:10, 266, 267 18:11, 267 18:13, 264, 265, 266 18:13-19:37,265 19:34-36, 265 19:35, 265, 309 21:11-14, 269
- 475. 524 Time Has An End II Kings Continued 23:25, 269-270 23:26-27, 270 23:29-35, 279 23:31-34, 272 24:19-20, 271-272 24 and 25, 279 25, 13, 271 I Chronicles 1:19, 75, 76 1:34, 74 2:4, 71 6:1-3a, 80 15:28, 208 17, 251 17:8, 251 22, 251 24, 334 24:10, 334 27, 334 27:5, 334 28:11-12, 449 II Chronicles 1:12, 252 9:22, 252 10 and 11, 253 21 to 26, 74 22:2, 299, 301 28:15, 239 32:1-12, 265 36:17-20, 271 36:21, 436 36:22-23, 284 Ezra, 278, 280, 285, 343 1, 284 1:1-2, 343 1:1-2, 8, 282 1:1-3, 280 3, 349 3:1, 349 3:6, 349 3:13, 208 4, 285 4:4-7, 284-285 4:6, 11, 289 4:23-24, 285 6:1, 285 6:1-12, 285 6:14, 278-279, 283 6:15, 285 7:1, 6-7, 286-287 7:8-26, 336 7:25, 354 9:6, 13, 48 Nehemiah, 278, 280, 284, 285 2:1, 5, 286 8:18, 418, 419 Esther, 196, 277, 278, 280, 281, 284, 286, 287, 288, 290, 291, 292, 293, 294, 295 1, 293 1:1, 291 1:1-2, 294 1:3-4, 292 1:6, 291 2:1-17, 293 3, 294 3:7, 294 3:12, 289 4 to 8, 294 4:16, 295 7:7-10, 294 8:9, 289 9:1, 294 9:1-25, 294
- 476. 525Scripture Index 9:3, 289 9:17-32, 294 9:32, 294 10:1-3, 277-278, 287 Job, 171 19:25-27, 141 32:7-9,xii 38:36,xii Psalms, 251 2:1-4, 40 2:8-11, 40 7:8, 50 9:8, 50 14:1, 35 19:7-11,32 21:4, 125 22, 43 23:4, 154 31:15,xii 36:9, 125 37:9, 134, 231, 232, 480 37:11, 232, 480 37:20, 134-135, 231, 480 37:29, 232 37:34, 232 41:13, 58, 64 46:1-3, 14 50:16-17,39 51, 494, 496 51:5, 138, 142 51:11, 496 52:5, 126 53:1, 35-36 53:2-3, 141 58:3, 138 62:5-8, 510 65:4, 14, 48 72:1-2, 5-7, 31 73:24, 140 74, 454 76:10, 190, 261 78:13, 200 78:43-53, 195 78:55, 229 79:1-3, 456-457 81:3, 210 90, 401 90:2, 64 90:3, 401 90:3-7, 400-401 90:4, 401, 404, 405 90:5, 401 90:7, 401 90:10, 139, 148 92:12a, 239 97:7-10a, 49 98:9, 10 99:1-5, 10 103:8, 4, 509 103:10-11,51 104:5-9, 150 104:35, 232 105, 305 105:7, 305 105:8, 304 107:3, 307 108:4, 40 115:16, 230, 479 115:17-18, 140 117:2, 40 119, 38, 48, 49, 425, 493 119:9, 48 119:10, 493 119:11, 493 119:16, 493 119:24, 493 119:47, 493 119:77, 493 119:97, 493
- 477. 526 Time Has An End Psalms Continued 119:105,xii 121:1, 382, 463 137, 454 138:2, 49, 52 139:7-12, 256 147:4-5,47 Proverbs, 252 1:7, 496 13:19, 128 16:1,xii 16:24, 128 21:1,xii 25:2, 301 25:28, 134 Ecclesiastes 3:1, 58 3:2-8, 59 8:12-13, 496 12:14, 12 Isaiah, 254, 330, 389, 452 1:4-6, 141 1:21, 385 3:12, 385 4:6, 180, 5:5-7, 387 5:13, 387, 454 6:9-12, 43 7:14, 71 11:11-12, 241 13:9, 1, 3-4, 8, 30 13:10a, 31 13:10b,31 13:10c, 31 14, 142, 325, 326, 381, 464 14:4, 325 14:4-20, 413 14:12, 230 14:12-15, 325, 326 14:12-17, 106 14:13-14, 107 14:16, 381 14:16-17, 413 20:3-5, 197 24:5, 242 24:16-23,31 26:1, 239 30:18, 344 34:1-4, 21-22 34:2, 22 34:10, 235 36 and 37, 265 37:36, 265 40:1-2, 154 40:13-15, 40-41 40:17, 41 40:28, 41 41:4, 41 42:9, 42 43:3, 197 43:11, 51 43:25, 143 44:28, 279, 284 45:1, 284 45:18, 49 46:9-10, 41, 114 48:1-2, 454 48:3, 41 48:5, 114 48:12-13,47 53, 43, 52, 56 53:5-6, 54 53:6, 51, 55, 488, 504 53:8, 127, 338 53:10, 55, 135 53:11, 52 54, 389
- 478. 527Scripture Index 54:1-3, 294 54:2-3, 246, 388-389 55:11, 25 58:3, 338 58:3, 5, 212 58:3-7, 417 58:6-7, 212, 339 58:13-14,32 60:9, 256 60:18, 239 63:5, 53, 54, 487 64:6, 141 65:17, 483 66:2, 244 Jeremiah, 110, 254, 326, 328, 329, 330, 388, 389, 452 1:7-10, 17, xvii 1:9, xviii, 69 1:16, 386 2:1-4, 410 2:8, 386 2:12-13, 384 3:14, 294 4:19, 208 4:22, 384 5 to 8, 363 5:1, 390 5:23, 14 5:30-31, 384, 454 6:10-19,57 6:19, 386 6:13-15, 384 7:12-13, 25, 253 7:14, 247, 248 7:23-24, 384 8:19, 390, 410 9:11, 386 9:26, 410 10:16, 179 10:20, 388 10:20-21, 247, 388, 389 14:1-4, 456 14:16, 456 17:4, 50 17:9, 14, 134, 190, 261-262 17:10, 42 18:7-8, 255 20:9, xvii, xviii 21:6-7, 455-456 21:8-10, 462-463 22:29, 42 23:1-2, 386 25, 326, 327, 328 25:2-5, 326, 327 25:5, 327, 329 25:11-12, 327, 404 25:13, 327-328 25:18, 410 25:26, 328 25:26-29,xx 26;18, 410 29:4-5, 7, 315 29:4-7, 273, 464-465, 467 29:13, 506 30:2, 48 31:35-36,31 32:9, 309 36:1-3, 42, 110 36:2, 69 38:2-3, 463 38:17-18, 272 39, 271 39:2, 273 50 and 51, 57 52, 271 Lamentations, 452 1:8, 385, 454
- 479. 528 Time Has An End Lamentations Continued 2:2-7, 452-453 2:5, 386 3:25, 128 3:26, 39, 498, 510 3:31-32, 4, 509 Ezekiel, 254, 330, 452 2:1-2, 4, 435 3:17-19, 422 4:6, 406 7:2, 307 7:14, 207 8:17-18, 24, 387 9:9-10, 385 16:46-48, 313, 314 21:8-10,24 22:30, 487 22:30-31, 390 32:7-8, 31 33, xvii 33:1-10,xviii 33:2-6, 62-63 33:6-8, xvii 33:6, 8, 21 33:7, 69 33:11, 4, 154 33:2-9, 20-21 34:2-5, 385 36:26-27, 506 37:9, 123 Daniel, 280, 284, 286, 459 2:20-23,xii 4:34-35, 269 5:30-31, 284 5:31, 282 6:1-2, 282-283 6:1-7, 289 6:28, 279, 282 7:25, 431 8, 428, 446, 460 8:10-12, 428 8:11-12, 459 8:13, 428-429, 460 8:13-14, 242, 363, 429 8:14, 307, 429, 433, 436, 437, 460 8:19, 60 8:23-24, 430, 460 9, 345, 353 9:1, 283 9:24, 353 9:25, 336, 337, 338, 354, 358 9:25-27, 336 9:26, 338 9:27, 344, 345, 347, 377 10:1, 282 10:10, 349 11:1, 283 12, xiv, 62, 353 12:8-9, xiv 12:9, 63 12:9-10, 408 12:11, 466 12:12, 344, 345, 347, 349, 350 Hosea, 330 Joel, 330 2:10,3:15,31 2:31, 31 Amos, 254, 389 3:7, 406 8:11, 29, 456 8:11-14, 363 8:14, 43, 393 Jonah, 15, 254, 256, 293
- 480. 529Scripture Index 1, 255 1:1-3, 15 1:2, 254, 257 1:3, 255, 256, 257 1:3-10, 256 1:4, 256 1:5, 255, 256 1:12, 15, 257 1:15-16, 257 2 and 3, 255 3:1-4, xix, 15 3:2, 257 3:2-4, 254-255 3:3-4, 257 3:4, 15, 257, 403 3:5-8, 16 3:5-10, xix-xx 3:7-8, 257 3:8-9, 255 3:9, 16 4:2, 256, 257 4:11, 16, 257 Micah 1:1-5, 253 5:2, 43, 332 6:8, 48 Nahum, 254 Habakkuk 2:3, 60 Zephaniah, 452 2:13, 254 Haggai, 280, 284, 285 Zechariah, 280, 284, 285 Malachi 3:1, 318 4:2, 31 Matthew 1:1, 75 1:8, 74 1:18-25,53 1:20-21, 245 2:1-2, 332 2:1-18, 332 2:7, 332 2:8, 333 2:9-11, 332 2:12, 333 2:13-15, 351-352 2:15, 352 2:16, 333 3:17, 296, 417 4:1-2, 309 4:3-11, 309 4:4, 37 5:5, 179 5:17-18,31 5:18, 129 5:27, 425 5:28, 425 5:45-48,49 5:48, 47, 141 7:21-23, 31, 375, 383 7:22-23, 476-477 8:12, 235 10:28, 140 11:28-30,47 12:25-29, 368 12:40, 255 12:41, 256 13, 360, 411 13:14-17, 376 13:24-25, 369
- 481. 530 Time Has An End Matthew Continued 13:24-30, 368, 392 13:24-43, 363 13:27-30, 465 13:37-42, 368, 392 13:39, 458 13:41-42, 483 15:19, 261, 262 16:1, 131 16:18, 360 16:21-23,52 16:28, 414 18:20, 367 18:21, 304, 305 18:22, 304 19:3, 131 19:25-26,32 21:33-45, 240 22:14, 503 23:23, 39 23:35, 115 24, xiv, 87, 392, 393, 394, 395, 463 24:1-3, 391 24:9-14, 363 24:15, 57, 382, 395 24:15-16, 381, 382, 410, 411, 463 24:15-31, 363 24:21, 11, 184, 186, 362, 374, 380,410, 425, 427, 437, 444, 446, 452, 453, 457 24:21-22, 363, 380 24:22, 393, 427, 446 24:24, 395, 397 24:27, 474 24:29, 31, 184, 375, 445, 473 24:29-30, 11, 382, 383 24:29-31, 364 24:30, 414, 423, 474 24:31, 307 24:32, 392, 393, 394, 445 24:34, 87 24:35, xii, xv, 31, 41 24:36, 408 24:36-39, 420-421 24:37-38, 258-259 24:37-39, xx-xxi, 157, 484 24:39,xvii 24:40-41,11 24:42, 414 24:42-46,xix 24:42-51, 28, 424 25:1-2, 308 25:13, 414 25:31-33, 375 25:31-40, 375 25:31-46, 138 25:34, 65 25:41-46, 375 25:41, 46, 142 25:46b, 375 25:46, 50, 364, 483 26:15, 242, 306 26:39, 55 26:59, 306 27:2, 55 27:19, 56 27:41-44, 508 27:45, 306 27:46, 55, 355, 488 27:51 , 220 27:54, 55 28:19,xiii 28:19-20, 13, 25 28:20,xviii Mark 1:9-11, 350-351 1:15, 59 2:1-12, 380
- 482. 531Scripture Index 2:5-12, 304 4, 324 4:11, 323 4:9-12, 323, 324 4:11-12, 301, 451 4:34, 323 5:1-20, 380 8:31,xii 9:31-32,xiii 9:38-41, 361 10:45, 138 11, 45 11:9-11, 346 11:12-14, 45, 392 11:13-14,43 11:20-21,45 13, 45, 392 13:1-4, 390-391 13:15, 19 13:24, 31 13:28-29, 44, 45 13:31,xv 14:23-24,55 14:32-41, 306 14:33, 306 14:66-72, 306 15:27, 306 15:42-45, 353 16:15, 20 Luke 1:5, 334 1:23-24, 335 1:35-36, 333-334, 335 1:36, 335 1:38-39, 335-336 1:56, 335 1:57, 335 2:9-14, 350 2:10-11, 372 2:11, 51, 245 2:13, 339 2:16-17, 339 2:17, 350, 372 2:20, 350 3, 90, 91, 356 3:1-3, 342 3:23, 351 3:33, 181 3:35-36, 90, 356 3:36, 90 4, 217 4:1-2, 309 4:1-13, 131 4:3-14, 309 4:18-19, 113, 217, 372, 373 8:12, 431 8:26-39,28 8:38, 18 8:39, 18 9:23, 213 9:51, 60, 276 10:1, 307 10:13-15, 365 10:17-24, 368 10:38-42, 399 10:41-42, 399 11:13, 124 12, 18 12:3, 18-19, 25 12:5, 50 12:35-46, 424 12:35-57,xvii 12:37-38, 63 12:38, 401 12:57, 39 13:25-30, 259-260, 363 15:4, 308 15:7, 376 15:8, 308
- 483. 532 Time Has An End Luke Continued 15:10, 376 16:16, 378 16:23-25, 28, 235 16:29, 378 17:12-19, 509 17:26, 407 17:28-32, 248 18:13-14, 509, 510 18:18-24, 399 18:22, 399, 400 19:2-8, 509 19:10, 25 19:13, 24 19:41-44,4 20:20-21, 410 21:20-24, 363 21:33,xv 22:41-42, 52, 54 22:42b,56 22:44, 55, 355 23:39-43, 380, 508, 509 24:6-8,xiii 24:45,xii John 1, 330 1:1-3, 47 1:1, 14, 476 1:9, 137 1:14, 318 1:29, 296, 338, 342, 350, 372 2:13-17,57 3:3, 490 3:3-7, 505 3:3-8, 124, 130, 141 3:5, 489 3:14-16,47 3:16, 203 3:20, 141 3:21, 39 3:36, 47, 133, 142 3:27, 133 4:4-42, 509 4:10-15, 490 5:28-29, 10, 133, 424, 475, 478 5:38, 40, 39 5:39, 32 6, 418 6:10-13, 308 6:36, 47 6:37, 53, 395, 487, 504 6:39, 395, 418, 424 6:40, 418, 424 6:44, 133, 418, 424, 494, 500 6:47-51, 221 6:48, 205 6:51, 205 6:54, 418, 424 6:63, 32 6:65, 133 6:68,xii 6:70-71, 308 7:24, 39 7:37, 418, 420 7:38, 490 8, 487 8:1-11, 509 8:3-11, 380 8:6, 131 8:10-11, 304 8:12, 31, 195 8:44, 107, 367 8:58, 22, 65 9, 399 9:25, 399 10:7-15, 467 10:11-15,47 10:11, 16, 25 10:14-15, 251
- 484. 533Scripture Index 10:27-29, 143-144 10:28-30,54 11, 501, 502, 505 11:15-17, 307 11:24, 418 11:25-26, 501 11:39, 501 11:43, 501 11:44, 502 12:1, 345 12:12-15, 345 12:31, 231, 479 12:48, 10, 51, 140, 418, 424 13:1, 276-277 14:2-3, 140 14:3, 414 14:6, 57 14:16-17, 26, 361 14:21, 496 14:23, 423, 496 14:26, 126 14:30, 231, 444 15:5b, 133 15:16, 204 16:2, 116, 378 16:7-8, 345, 359 16:7-15, 361 16:11, 231 16:13, 57, 254 16:13-15, 376 17:1-2, 137 17:1-4, 51 17:1-5, 55 17:2, 53, 245 17:2, 9, 54 17:5, 65 17:11-12,24,54 17:13-21, 302 17:14, 376 17:17, 37, 41, 57 17:17-19, 376 17:20-24, 137 17:24, 64, 245, 482 18:11, 55 18:37, 342 19:13, 56 19:19-20, 306 19:30, 56, 346, 355 20:21, 25 20:22, 123 20:30-31,42 21, 305 21:11, 303, 447 Acts 1:3, 482 1:1-8, 361 1:6b, 62 1:7, 62 1:8, 20, 25, 302 1:11, 423, 474, 482 1:13-26, 308 2, 18, 345, 416 2:1, 206, 361, 380 2:17, 18 2:20, 31, 424 2:36, 365 2:36-47, 366 2:38, 499 2:41, 359, 361, 380, 439 2:41-47, 454 3:13-15, 365 4:10-12,xxi 7:4, 73 7:11, 184, 452 7:11-15, 185-186, 465 7:17, 59, 60 7:20, 60 7:23, 60-61, 458 7:30, 61
- 485. 534 Time Has An End Acts Continued 7:36, 61 9:31, 496 10:35, 496 13, 307 13:1-3, 366 13:26-39, 505 14:21-27, 361 15:14, 138 15:14-18,xvii 15:40-41, 366 16:4, 367 16:4-5, 366 16:14, 14 16:30-31, 499 17:30-31,xxi 20:26-27, xvii, xviii 27:37, 306, 437 Romans 1, xiv, 42, 190, 262 1 to 6, 37 1:18, 133 1:18-20, 33, 35 1:18-23,37 1:19-21,42 1:21-23, 262 1:24, 26, 190, 262, 434 1:24-28, 262-263, 264 1:28, 190, 263, 434 1:28-32,42 1:31, 242 2, 36 2:3, 51 2:4, 48 2:7-8, 50 2:11, 487 2:14-15, 133 2:14-16, 33-34, 35, 36, 37 2:28-29, 383 3, 39 3:10-12, 53, 133, 486, 494, 504 3:10-19, 23, 262 3:11, 506 3:19, 51 3:23, 47, 133, 141 3:23-26,52 3:24-25,51 3:26, 56 4:25, 52 5:6-10, 133 5:10, 133 5:11-19, 52, 56 5:12, 65, 133 5:14, 132 5:15, 138 5:19, 138, 204 6:6-23, 190 6:12, 17, 141 6:14, 31 6:17, 141 6:22-23,50 6:23, 415, 425 6:23a, 52 7:5, 130-131, 140 7:9, 136, 138 7:11, 138 7:18, 141 7:21-24, 491-492, 506 7:22-23, 140 7:22-24, 131 7:22-25, 129-130 8, 47 8:1, 56 8:1-4, 137 8:8, 141 8:9, 492 8:14, 152 8:16-18,52 8:19-21, 480-481
- 486. 535Scripture Index 8:19-22, 482 8:19-23, 105-106 8:20-22, 231 8:28-29,xii 8:29, 197 8:35-39, 491 9:14-24, 38-39 9:15, 486 9:20, 39 9:31-33, 324 10, 14 10:9, 499 10:13, 499 10:14, 13, 17, 19, 20 10:14-15,23 10:14-17, 25, 32 10:15, 20 10:17, 17, 23, 29, 32, 360, 361, 368, 490, 498, 502, 505, 507 11, 44, 45 11:5-6, 39 11:5-8, 44 11:5-10, 25, 43 11:7, 393 11:25, 44, 45, 393 11:33, 145 11:36, xi, 49 13:14, 141 14:9, 203 16:25-27, 302 I Corinthians 1:18-20, 133 1:26-29, 505 2:9-10, 48 2:9-14, 186 2:10-14, 254 2:10-15, 505 2:11-14, 301-302 2:13, 299 2:14, 14, 133 3:9, 391 3:11, 320 3:12, 391 3:16, 391 4:1-4,xvii 5, 366 5:1, 263 5:7-8, 205 5:7b, 203 6:14, 141 7:17, 454 9:1-2, 308, 309 10, 459 10:8, 437, 458 10:10, 307 11:19, 361 11:26, 367 12-14, 396 13:12, 141 15:8-9, 308, 309 15:12-13, 141 15:16-23, 141 15:20-22,52 15:21, 52 15:22, 133, 187 15:22-28, 233 15:24, xv, 308 15:35-57, 141 15:42-44, 140 15:45, 132 15:45-47, 187 15:49-54, 140 15:51-53, 478 15:51-57, 144, 235, 364 15:52, 29 II Corinthians 2:14-16, 378
- 487. 536 Time Has An End II Corinthians Continued 2:15-16, 236, 240, 316, 321, 322, 362, 440 4:14, 141 5:6-9, 129 5:7-8, 140 5:8, 482, 489, 506 5:9, xvii 5:10, 12, 50-51, 56, 133, 138, 476 5:11, 27 5:17, 124, 505 5:20, 13, 20 5:21, 51, 52, 53, 54, 203, 204 6:14, 152-153 10:12-16, 366 11:13-15, 396, 397, 412-413 11:14, 360 11:14-15, 368-369 11:!5, 441 12:11-12, 309 13:5, 28 13:5-6, 383 Galatians 1:10,xvii 2:16, 20, 29 2:20, 135-136, 423-424 3:10, 49 3:13, 55, 488, 505 3:26, 340 3:29, 31, 181, 311, 318, 340 3:29-4:7,318 4:4, 59, 331 4:4-5, 53, 276, 344 4:25, 360 4:26, 360 4:27-28, 31, 291-292 Ephesians 1:3-5, 485-486, 504 1:3-7, 54 1:4, 64 1:9-10, 114, 138 1:9-12,xii 1:10, xi, 59-60 1:11, 135 2:1-3, 22, 142, 489 2:1-5, 134 2:1-10, 133 2:2, 135 2:2-5, 494 2:3, 202 2:8, 52, 154 2:8-9, 39 2:11-22, 366, 392 2:12-17, 48, 138 2:13, 198 2:17-19, 198 2:19-22, 366 3:1-5,xii 3:1-10, 366 3:3-5,xiii 3:6, xiii 3:14-19,29 3 and 4, 361 4:11-12, 366, 367 4:14-15,xvi